Add Windows SDK sample code to deps/third_party/winsdk_samples_v71
TBR=kjellander
Review URL: https://webrtc-codereview.appspot.com/939023
git-svn-id: http://webrtc.googlecode.com/svn/deps/third_party/winsdk_samples_v71@3145 4adac7df-926f-26a2-2b94-8c16560cd09d
diff --git a/License/License.htm b/License/License.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e5d9d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/License/License.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,1866 @@
+<html xmlns:v="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml"
+xmlns:o="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:office"
+xmlns:w="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:word"
+xmlns:m="http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/2004/12/omml"
+xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40">
+
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv=Content-Type content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
+<meta name=ProgId content=Word.Document>
+<meta name=Generator content="Microsoft Word 14">
+<meta name=Originator content="Microsoft Word 14">
+<link rel=File-List href="License_files/filelist.xml">
+<!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>
+ <o:OfficeDocumentSettings>
+ <o:RemovePersonalInformation/>
+ <o:RemoveDateAndTime/>
+ </o:OfficeDocumentSettings>
+</xml><![endif]-->
+<link rel=themeData href="License_files/themedata.thmx">
+<link rel=colorSchemeMapping href="License_files/colorschememapping.xml">
+<!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>
+ <w:WordDocument>
+ <w:SpellingState>Clean</w:SpellingState>
+ <w:GrammarState>Clean</w:GrammarState>
+ <w:TrackMoves>false</w:TrackMoves>
+ <w:TrackFormatting/>
+ <w:PunctuationKerning/>
+ <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/>
+ <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>
+ <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent>
+ <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>
+ <w:DoNotPromoteQF/>
+ <w:LidThemeOther>EN-US</w:LidThemeOther>
+ <w:LidThemeAsian>X-NONE</w:LidThemeAsian>
+ <w:LidThemeComplexScript>AR-SA</w:LidThemeComplexScript>
+ <w:Compatibility>
+ <w:BreakWrappedTables/>
+ <w:SnapToGridInCell/>
+ <w:WrapTextWithPunct/>
+ <w:UseAsianBreakRules/>
+ <w:DontGrowAutofit/>
+ <w:SplitPgBreakAndParaMark/>
+ <w:EnableOpenTypeKerning/>
+ <w:DontFlipMirrorIndents/>
+ <w:OverrideTableStyleHps/>
+ </w:Compatibility>
+ <m:mathPr>
+ <m:mathFont m:val="Cambria Math"/>
+ <m:brkBin m:val="before"/>
+ <m:brkBinSub m:val="--"/>
+ <m:smallFrac m:val="off"/>
+ <m:dispDef/>
+ <m:lMargin m:val="0"/>
+ <m:rMargin m:val="0"/>
+ <m:defJc m:val="centerGroup"/>
+ <m:wrapIndent m:val="1440"/>
+ <m:intLim m:val="subSup"/>
+ <m:naryLim m:val="undOvr"/>
+ </m:mathPr></w:WordDocument>
+</xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>
+ <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState="false" DefUnhideWhenUsed="true"
+ DefSemiHidden="true" DefQFormat="false" DefPriority="99"
+ LatentStyleCount="267">
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="0" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Normal"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="heading 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 7"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 8"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="9" QFormat="true" Name="heading 9"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 7"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 8"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" Name="toc 9"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="35" QFormat="true" Name="caption"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="10" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Title"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="1" Name="Default Paragraph Font"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="11" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Subtitle"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="22" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Strong"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="20" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Emphasis"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="59" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Table Grid"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Placeholder Text"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="1" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="No Spacing"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Revision"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="34" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="List Paragraph"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="29" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Quote"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="30" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Intense Quote"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 1"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 2"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 3"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 4"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 5"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="60" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Shading Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="61" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light List Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="62" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Light Grid Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="63" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="64" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="65" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 1 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="66" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium List 2 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="67" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="68" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="69" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="70" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Dark List Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="71" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Shading Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="72" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful List Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="73" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" Name="Colorful Grid Accent 6"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="19" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Subtle Emphasis"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="21" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Intense Emphasis"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="31" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Subtle Reference"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="32" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Intense Reference"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="33" SemiHidden="false"
+ UnhideWhenUsed="false" QFormat="true" Name="Book Title"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="37" Name="Bibliography"/>
+ <w:LsdException Locked="false" Priority="39" QFormat="true" Name="TOC Heading"/>
+ </w:LatentStyles>
+</xml><![endif]-->
+<style>
+<!--
+ /* Font Definitions */
+ @font-face
+ {font-family:Wingdings;
+ panose-1:5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0;
+ mso-font-charset:2;
+ mso-generic-font-family:auto;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:0 268435456 0 0 -2147483648 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:"MS Mincho";
+ panose-1:2 2 6 9 4 2 5 8 3 4;
+ mso-font-alt:"\FF2D\FF33 \660E\671D";
+ mso-font-charset:128;
+ mso-generic-font-family:modern;
+ mso-font-pitch:fixed;
+ mso-font-signature:-536870145 1791491579 18 0 131231 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:SimSun;
+ panose-1:2 1 6 0 3 1 1 1 1 1;
+ mso-font-alt:\5B8B\4F53;
+ mso-font-charset:134;
+ mso-generic-font-family:auto;
+ mso-font-format:other;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:1 135135232 16 0 262144 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:SimSun;
+ panose-1:2 1 6 0 3 1 1 1 1 1;
+ mso-font-alt:\5B8B\4F53;
+ mso-font-charset:134;
+ mso-generic-font-family:auto;
+ mso-font-format:other;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:1 135135232 16 0 262144 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:Tahoma;
+ panose-1:2 11 6 4 3 5 4 4 2 4;
+ mso-font-charset:0;
+ mso-generic-font-family:swiss;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:-520081665 -1073717157 41 0 66047 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:Verdana;
+ panose-1:2 11 6 4 3 5 4 4 2 4;
+ mso-font-charset:0;
+ mso-generic-font-family:swiss;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:-1593833729 1073750107 16 0 415 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:"Trebuchet MS";
+ panose-1:2 11 6 3 2 2 2 2 2 4;
+ mso-font-charset:0;
+ mso-generic-font-family:swiss;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:647 0 0 0 159 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:"\@SimSun";
+ panose-1:2 1 6 0 3 1 1 1 1 1;
+ mso-font-charset:134;
+ mso-generic-font-family:auto;
+ mso-font-pitch:variable;
+ mso-font-signature:3 680460288 22 0 262145 0;}
+@font-face
+ {font-family:"\@MS Mincho";
+ panose-1:2 2 6 9 4 2 5 8 3 4;
+ mso-font-charset:128;
+ mso-generic-font-family:modern;
+ mso-font-pitch:fixed;
+ mso-font-signature:-536870145 1791491579 18 0 131231 0;}
+ /* Style Definitions */
+ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal
+ {mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ mso-style-parent:"";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+h1
+ {mso-style-priority:9;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ mso-style-link:"Heading 1 Char";
+ mso-style-next:Normal;
+ margin-top:24.0pt;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:0in;
+ margin-left:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan lines-together;
+ page-break-after:avoid;
+ mso-outline-level:1;
+ font-size:14.0pt;
+ font-family:"Cambria","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
+ mso-ascii-theme-font:major-latin;
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-theme-font:major-fareast;
+ mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
+ mso-hansi-theme-font:major-latin;
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-theme-font:major-bidi;
+ color:#365F91;
+ mso-themecolor:accent1;
+ mso-themeshade:191;
+ mso-font-kerning:0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;}
+p.MsoCommentText, li.MsoCommentText, div.MsoCommentText
+ {mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-link:"Comment Text Char";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoHeader, li.MsoHeader, div.MsoHeader
+ {mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-link:"Header Char";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ tab-stops:center 3.25in right 6.5in;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoFooter, li.MsoFooter, div.MsoFooter
+ {mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-link:"Footer Char";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ tab-stops:center 3.25in right 6.5in;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+span.MsoCommentReference
+ {mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-ansi-font-size:8.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:8.0pt;}
+a:link, span.MsoHyperlink
+ {mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ color:blue;
+ text-decoration:underline;
+ text-underline:single;}
+a:visited, span.MsoHyperlinkFollowed
+ {mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ color:purple;
+ mso-themecolor:followedhyperlink;
+ text-decoration:underline;
+ text-underline:single;}
+p.MsoCommentSubject, li.MsoCommentSubject, div.MsoCommentSubject
+ {mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-parent:"Comment Text";
+ mso-style-link:"Comment Subject Char";
+ mso-style-next:"Comment Text";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoAcetate, li.MsoAcetate, div.MsoAcetate
+ {mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-link:"Balloon Text Char";
+ margin:0in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:8.0pt;
+ font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoListParagraph, li.MsoListParagraph, div.MsoListParagraph
+ {mso-style-priority:34;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ margin-top:0in;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:0in;
+ margin-left:.5in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-add-space:auto;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst
+ {mso-style-priority:34;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ mso-style-type:export-only;
+ margin-top:0in;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:0in;
+ margin-left:.5in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-add-space:auto;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle
+ {mso-style-priority:34;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ mso-style-type:export-only;
+ margin-top:0in;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:0in;
+ margin-left:.5in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-add-space:auto;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast
+ {mso-style-priority:34;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-qformat:yes;
+ mso-style-type:export-only;
+ margin-top:0in;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:0in;
+ margin-left:.5in;
+ margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ mso-add-space:auto;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+p.HeadingEULA, li.HeadingEULA, div.HeadingEULA
+ {mso-style-name:"Heading EULA";
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-next:Normal;
+ margin-top:6.0pt;
+ margin-right:0in;
+ margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+ margin-left:0in;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:14.0pt;
+ font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"MS Mincho";
+ font-weight:bold;}
+span.CommentTextChar
+ {mso-style-name:"Comment Text Char";
+ mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-link:"Comment Text";
+ mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-hansi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+span.CommentSubjectChar
+ {mso-style-name:"Comment Subject Char";
+ mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-parent:"Comment Text Char";
+ mso-style-link:"Comment Subject";
+ mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-hansi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ font-weight:bold;}
+span.BalloonTextChar
+ {mso-style-name:"Balloon Text Char";
+ mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-link:"Balloon Text";
+ mso-ansi-font-size:8.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:8.0pt;
+ font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:Tahoma;
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-hansi-font-family:Tahoma;
+ mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+span.Heading1Char
+ {mso-style-name:"Heading 1 Char";
+ mso-style-priority:9;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-link:"Heading 1";
+ mso-ansi-font-size:14.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:14.0pt;
+ font-family:"Cambria","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:Cambria;
+ mso-ascii-theme-font:major-latin;
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-theme-font:major-fareast;
+ mso-hansi-font-family:Cambria;
+ mso-hansi-theme-font:major-latin;
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-theme-font:major-bidi;
+ color:#365F91;
+ mso-themecolor:accent1;
+ mso-themeshade:191;
+ font-weight:bold;
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;}
+span.HeaderChar
+ {mso-style-name:"Header Char";
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-link:Header;
+ mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-hansi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+span.FooterChar
+ {mso-style-name:"Footer Char";
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-unhide:no;
+ mso-style-locked:yes;
+ mso-style-link:Footer;
+ mso-ansi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;
+ font-family:"Times New Roman","serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-hansi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;}
+span.SpellE
+ {mso-style-name:"";
+ mso-spl-e:yes;}
+span.GramE
+ {mso-style-name:"";
+ mso-gram-e:yes;}
+.MsoChpDefault
+ {mso-style-type:export-only;
+ mso-default-props:yes;
+ font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri;
+ mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
+ mso-fareast-font-family:Calibri;
+ mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin;
+ mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri;
+ mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
+ mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;
+ mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;}
+.MsoPapDefault
+ {mso-style-type:export-only;
+ margin-left:.25in;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+ /* Page Definitions */
+ @page
+ {mso-footnote-separator:url("License_files/header.htm") fs;
+ mso-footnote-continuation-separator:url("License_files/header.htm") fcs;
+ mso-endnote-separator:url("License_files/header.htm") es;
+ mso-endnote-continuation-separator:url("License_files/header.htm") ecs;}
+@page WordSection1
+ {size:8.5in 11.0in;
+ margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in;
+ mso-header-margin:.5in;
+ mso-footer-margin:.5in;
+ mso-even-header:url("License_files/header.htm") eh1;
+ mso-header:url("License_files/header.htm") h1;
+ mso-even-footer:url("License_files/header.htm") ef1;
+ mso-footer:url("License_files/header.htm") f1;
+ mso-first-header:url("License_files/header.htm") fh1;
+ mso-first-footer:url("License_files/header.htm") ff1;
+ mso-paper-source:0;}
+div.WordSection1
+ {page:WordSection1;}
+ /* List Definitions */
+ @list l0
+ {mso-list-id:72555307;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-673314984 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693;}
+@list l0:level1
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:89.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l0:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:125.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l0:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:161.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l0:level4
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:197.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l0:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:233.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l0:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:269.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l0:level7
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:305.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l0:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:341.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l0:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:377.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l1
+ {mso-list-id:317072181;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-799370550 -1411460628 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715;}
+@list l1:level1
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:89.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:125.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:161.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l1:level4
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:197.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:233.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:269.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l1:level7
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:305.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:341.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l1:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:377.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l2
+ {mso-list-id:442189430;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-489234706 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693;}
+@list l2:level1
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:71.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l2:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:107.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l2:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:143.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l2:level4
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:179.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l2:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:215.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l2:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:251.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l2:level7
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:287.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l2:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:323.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l2:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:359.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l3
+ {mso-list-id:952636574;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-630920404 67698703 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715;}
+@list l3:level1
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l3:level4
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l3:level7
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l3:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l4
+ {mso-list-id:2038118249;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-1412671382 -1279482502 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715;}
+@list l4:level1
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ mso-ansi-font-size:8.0pt;
+ font-family:"Verdana","sans-serif";
+ mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";
+ color:black;
+ text-decoration:none;
+ text-underline:none;}
+@list l4:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l4:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l4:level4
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l4:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l4:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l4:level7
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l4:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l4:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l5
+ {mso-list-id:2083522293;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-1919239184 972183006 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715 67698703 67698713 67698715;}
+@list l5:level1
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:71.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:107.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:143.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l5:level4
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:179.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:215.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:251.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l5:level7
+ {mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:287.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:alpha-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:323.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;}
+@list l5:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:roman-lower;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:right;
+ margin-left:359.85pt;
+ text-indent:-9.0pt;}
+@list l6
+ {mso-list-id:2108503099;
+ mso-list-type:hybrid;
+ mso-list-template-ids:-225819026 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693 67698689 67698691 67698693;}
+@list l6:level1
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:89.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l6:level2
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:125.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l6:level3
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:161.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l6:level4
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:197.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l6:level5
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:233.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l6:level6
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:269.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+@list l6:level7
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0B7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:305.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Symbol;}
+@list l6:level8
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:o;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:341.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:"Courier New";}
+@list l6:level9
+ {mso-level-number-format:bullet;
+ mso-level-text:\F0A7;
+ mso-level-tab-stop:none;
+ mso-level-number-position:left;
+ margin-left:377.85pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ font-family:Wingdings;}
+ol
+ {margin-bottom:0in;}
+ul
+ {margin-bottom:0in;}
+-->
+</style>
+<!--[if gte mso 10]>
+<style>
+ /* Style Definitions */
+ table.MsoNormalTable
+ {mso-style-name:"Table Normal";
+ mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0;
+ mso-tstyle-colband-size:0;
+ mso-style-noshow:yes;
+ mso-style-priority:99;
+ mso-style-parent:"";
+ mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt;
+ mso-para-margin-top:0in;
+ mso-para-margin-right:0in;
+ mso-para-margin-bottom:0in;
+ mso-para-margin-left:.25in;
+ mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt;
+ text-indent:-.25in;
+ mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
+ font-size:11.0pt;
+ font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";
+ mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri;
+ mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;
+ mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri;
+ mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;
+ mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;
+ mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;}
+</style>
+<![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>
+ <o:shapedefaults v:ext="edit" spidmax="2049"/>
+</xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>
+ <o:shapelayout v:ext="edit">
+ <o:idmap v:ext="edit" data="1"/>
+ </o:shapelayout></xml><![endif]-->
+</head>
+
+<body lang=EN-US link=blue vlink=purple style='tab-interval:.5in'>
+
+<div class=WordSection1>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span style='font-size:14.0pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>MICROSOFT
+SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:14.0pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span style='font-size:14.0pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>MICROSOFT
+WINDOWS SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT KIT FOR WINDOWS 7 and .NET FRAMEWORK 4</span></b><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:14.0pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>These
+license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where
+you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They
+apply to the software named above, which includes the media on which you
+received it, if any. The terms also apply to any Microsoft</span><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>updates,<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>supplements,<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Internet-based
+services, and <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>support
+services<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>for
+this software, unless other terms accompany those items. If so, those
+terms apply.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>BY
+USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THEM, DO
+NOT USE THE SOFTWARE.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>If
+you comply with these license terms, you have the rights below.</span></b><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>1.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>INSTALLATION
+AND USE RIGHTS. </span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt;mso-outline-level:2'><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>a.
+Installation and Use. </span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'>You may install and use any
+number of copies of the software on your devices to design, develop and test
+your programs that run on a Microsoft Windows operating system. <span
+style='mso-spacerun:yes'> </span>Further, you may install, use and/or deploy
+via a network management system or as part of a desktop image, any number of
+copies of the software on computer devices within your internal corporate
+network to design, develop and test your programs that run on a Microsoft
+Windows operating system. Each copy must be complete, including all
+copyright and trademark notices. You must require end users to agree to
+the terms that protect the software as much as these License terms.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>b.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Included Microsoft
+Programs.</span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>
+The software contains other Microsoft programs. These license terms apply
+to your use of those programs.<b> <o:p></o:p></b></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>2.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>ADDITIONAL
+LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND/OR USE RIGHTS.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt;mso-outline-level:2'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>a.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Distributable Code.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'> The software
+contains code that you are permitted to distribute in programs you develop if
+you comply with the terms below.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:53.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt'><b><span style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>i.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Right to Use and
+Distribute.</span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>
+The code and text files listed below are “Distributable Code.”</span><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>REDIST.TXT Files</span></u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>. You may copy
+and distribute the object code form of code listed in REDIST.TXT files, plus
+any files listed on the REDIST list located at </span><a
+href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=185268&clcid=0x409">http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=185268&clcid=0x409</a>.</p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:1.0in;text-indent:-.25in'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><u><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Sample
+Code</span></u><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.
+You may modify, copy, and distribute the source and object code form of code
+marked as “sample.”<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoListParagraph style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:
+6.0pt;margin-left:1.0in;mso-add-space:auto;text-indent:-.25in;mso-list:l6 level1 lfo3'><![if !supportLists]><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:Symbol;mso-fareast-font-family:Symbol;
+mso-bidi-font-family:Symbol'><span style='mso-list:Ignore'>·<span
+style='font:7.0pt "Times New Roman"'>
+</span></span></span><![endif]><u><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Sample Code for Microsoft Bing Maps AJAX Control</span></u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.<span
+style='mso-spacerun:yes'> </span>The software contains sample code that makes
+use of the Bing Maps AJAX Control.<span style='mso-spacerun:yes'> </span>Your
+use and access of the Bing Maps AJAX Control is subject to the “Microsoft Bing
+Maps Platform API’s Terms of Use” which is located at:<span
+style='mso-spacerun:yes'> </span></span><a
+href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=185267&clcid=0x409">http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=185267&clcid=0x409</a><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.<span
+style='mso-spacerun:yes'> </span><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Microsoft Merge
+Modules</span></u><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.
+You may copy and distribute the unmodified output of Microsoft Merge Modules.<u><o:p></o:p></u></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Third Party
+Distribution</span></u><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.
+You may permit distributors of your programs to copy and distribute the
+Distributable Code as part of those programs.<u><o:p></o:p></u></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:53.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt'><b><span style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>ii.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Distribution
+Requirements</span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>.
+For any Distributable Code you distribute, you must</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>add significant
+primary functionality to it in your programs;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>for any Distributable
+Code having a filename extension of .lib, distribute only the results of
+running such Distributable Code through a linker with your application;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>distribute
+Distributable Code included in a setup program only as part of that setup
+program without modification;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>require distributors
+and external end users to agree to terms that protect it at least as much as
+this agreement; <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>display your valid
+copyright notice on your programs; <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>for Distributable
+Code from the Windows Media Services SDK portions of the software, include in
+your programÂ’s Help-About box (or in another obvious place if there is no box)
+the following copyright notice: “Portions utilize Microsoft Windows Media
+Technologies. Copyright (c) 2006 Microsoft Corporation. All Rights
+Reserved”; and<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>indemnify, defend,
+and hold harmless Microsoft from any claims, including attorneysÂ’ fees, related
+to the distribution or use of your programs.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:53.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt'><b><span style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>iii.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Distribution
+Restrictions. </span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>You
+may not</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>alter any copyright,
+trademark or patent notice in the Distributable Code; <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>use MicrosoftÂ’s
+trademarks in your programsÂ’ names or in a way that suggests your programs come
+from or are endorsed by Microsoft; <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>distribute
+Distributable Code to run on a platform other than the Windows platform;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>include Distributable
+Code in malicious, deceptive or unlawful programs; or<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:71.75pt;text-indent:-17.9pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>modify or distribute
+the source code of any Distributable Code so that any part of it becomes
+subject to an Excluded License. An Excluded License is one that requires,
+as a condition of use, modification or distribution, that<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:89.6pt;text-indent:-17.85pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>the code be disclosed
+or distributed in source code form; or <o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:89.6pt;text-indent:-17.85pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt'> </span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>others have the right
+to modify it.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt;mso-outline-level:2'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>b.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Additional
+Functionality. </span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Microsoft
+may provide additional functionality for the software. Other license
+terms and fees may apply.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>3.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>INTERNET-BASED
+SERVICES. </span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Microsoft provides Internet-based services with the
+software. It may change or cancel them at any time. You may not use this
+service in any way that could harm it or impair anyone elseÂ’s use of it.
+You may not use the service to try to gain unauthorized access to any service,
+data, account or network by any means.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>4.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";text-transform:uppercase;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Scope of License</span></b><b><span style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+The software is licensed, not sold. This agreement only gives you some rights
+to use the software. Microsoft reserves all other rights. Unless
+applicable law gives you more rights despite this limitation, you may use the
+software only as expressly permitted in this agreement. In doing so, you
+must comply with any technical limitations in the software that only allow you
+to use it in certain ways. For more information, see </span><a
+href="http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/userights"><span style='font-size:
+9.5pt;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>www.microsoft.com/licensing/userights</span></a><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>.
+You may not</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>work
+around any technical limitations in the software;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>reverse
+engineer, decompile or disassemble the software, except and only to the extent
+that applicable law expressly permits, despite this limitation;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>make
+more copies of the software than specified in this agreement or allowed by
+applicable law, despite this limitation;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>publish
+the software for others to copy;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>rent,
+lease or lend the software; or<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>use the software
+for commercial software hosting services.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-pagination:none;mso-outline-level:
+1;tab-stops:list .25in'><b><span style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-fareast-font-family:SimSun'>5.<span style='mso-tab-count:1'> </span>BACKUP
+COPY.</span></b><span style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-fareast-font-family:
+SimSun;mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'> You may make one backup copy of the
+software. You may use it only to reinstall the software.</span><b><span
+style='font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-fareast-font-family:SimSun'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>6.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>DOCUMENTATION.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+Any person that has valid access to your computer or internal network may copy
+and use the documentation for your internal, reference purposes.</span><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>7.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>TRANSFER
+TO A THIRD PARTY. </span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>The first user of the software
+may transfer it, and this agreement, directly to a third party. Before
+the transfer, that party must agree that this agreement applies to the transfer
+and use of the software. The first user must uninstall the software
+before transferring it separately from the device. The first user may not
+retain any copies.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";color:black;mso-themecolor:text1;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>8.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-bidi-font-size:10.0pt;color:black;mso-themecolor:text1;mso-font-kerning:
+18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Export Restrictions</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+The software is subject to United States export laws and regulations. You
+must comply with all domestic and international export laws and regulations
+that apply to the software. These laws include restrictions on
+destinations, end users and end use. For additional information, see </span><a
+href="http://www.microsoft.com/exporting"><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>www.microsoft.com/exporting</span></a><u><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;color:blue;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>.</span></u><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>9.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:
+18.0pt'>SUPPORT SERVICES.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Because
+this software is “as is,” we may not provide support services for it.</span><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>10.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:7.0pt;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:
+18.0pt'>Entire Agreement.</span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> This agreement, and the
+terms for supplements, updates, Internet-based services and support services
+that you use, are the entire agreement for the software and support services.</span><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.25in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+color:black;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>11.</span></b><b><span style='font-size:
+7.0pt;color:black;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";color:black;
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Applicable Law</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";color:black;
+mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt;mso-outline-level:2'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>a.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>United States.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'> If you
+acquired the software in the United States, Washington state law governs the
+interpretation of this agreement and applies to claims for breach of it,
+regardless of conflict of laws principles. The laws of the state where
+you live govern all other claims, including claims under state consumer protection
+laws, unfair competition laws, and in tort.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt;mso-outline-level:2'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>b.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt'> </span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Outside the United
+States.</span></b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>
+If you acquired the software in any other country, the laws of that country
+apply.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>12.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt;text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+</span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Legal Effect.</span></b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other rights
+under the laws of your country. You may also have rights with respect to
+the party from whom you acquired the software. This agreement does not
+change your rights under the laws of your country if the laws of your country
+do not permit it to do so.</span><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt;text-indent:-17.85pt;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>13.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt;text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+</span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Disclaimer of Warranty.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+<span style='text-transform:uppercase'>The software is licensed “as-is.”
+You bear the risk of using it. Microsoft gives no express warranties,
+guarantees or conditions. You may have additional consumer rights under
+your local laws which this agreement cannot change. To the extent
+permitted under your local laws, Microsoft excludes the implied warranties of
+merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement.</span></span></b><b
+style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.25in;text-indent:-.25in;mso-outline-level:1'><b><span
+style='font-family:"Trebuchet MS","sans-serif";mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>14.</span></b><b><span
+style='font-size:7.0pt;text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>
+</span></b><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+text-transform:uppercase;mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'>Limitation on and Exclusion
+of Remedies and Damages. You can recover from Microsoft and its suppliers
+only direct damages up to U.S. $5.00. You cannot recover any other
+damages, including consequential, lost profits, special, indirect or incidental
+damages.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:normal'><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-font-kerning:18.0pt'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:17.85pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>This
+limitation applies to<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>anything
+related to the software, services, content (including code) on third party
+Internet sites, or third party programs; and<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma'>·</span><span style='font-size:7.0pt'>
+</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>claims
+for breach of contract, breach of warranty, guarantee or condition, strict
+liability, negligence, or other tort to the extent permitted by applicable law.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.25in'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>It
+also applies even if Microsoft knew or should have known about the possibility
+of the damages. The above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you
+because your country may not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental,
+consequential or other damages.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal><b><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Please
+note: As this software is distributed in Quebec, Canada, some of the clauses in
+this agreement are provided below in French.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:12.0pt'><b><span lang=FR style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:FR'>Remarque : Ce
+logiciel étant distribué au Québec, Canada, certaines des clauses dans ce
+contrat sont fournies ci-dessous en français.</span></b><b style='mso-bidi-font-weight:
+normal'><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>EXONÉRATION DE GARANTIE.</span></b><span lang=FR
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:
+FR'> Le logiciel visé par une licence est offert « tel quel ». Toute
+utilisation de ce logiciel est à votre seule risque et péril. Microsoft
+nÂ’accorde aucune autre garantie expresse. Vous pouvez bénéficier de droits
+additionnels en vertu du droit local sur la protection dues consommateurs, que
+ce contrat ne peut modifier. La ou elles sont permises par le droit locale, les
+garanties implicites de qualité marchande, dÂ’adéquation à un usage particulier
+et dÂ’absence de contrefaçon sont exclues.</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES-INTÉRÊTS ET EXCLUSION DE
+RESPONSABILITÉ POUR LES DOMMAGES.</span></b><span lang=FR style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:FR'> Vous
+pouvez obtenir de Microsoft et de ses fournisseurs une indemnisation en cas de
+dommages directs uniquement à hauteur de 5,00 $ US. Vous ne pouvez prétendre à
+aucune indemnisation pour les autres dommages, y compris les dommages spéciaux,
+indirects ou accessoires et pertes de bénéfices.</span><span style='font-size:
+9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><span class=SpellE><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'>Cette</span></span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'> limitation <span class=SpellE><span
+class=GramE>concerne</span></span><span class=GramE> :</span><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-.25in'><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;mso-ansi-language:FR'>·</span><span
+lang=FR style='font-size:7.0pt;mso-ansi-language:FR'>
+</span><span class=GramE><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>tout</span></span><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:FR'> ce qui est relié
+au logiciel, aux services ou au contenu (y compris le code) figurant sur des
+sites Internet tiers ou dans des programmes tiers ; et</span><span
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:.5in;text-indent:-18.15pt'><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:Symbol;mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma;mso-ansi-language:FR'>·</span><span
+lang=FR style='font-size:7.0pt;mso-ansi-language:FR'>
+</span><span class=GramE><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>les</span></span><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;
+font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:FR'> réclamations au titre
+de violation de contrat ou de garantie, ou au titre de responsabilité stricte,
+de négligence ou dÂ’une autre faute dans la limite autorisée par la loi en
+vigueur.</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>Elle sÂ’applique également, même si Microsoft connaissait
+ou devrait connaître lÂ’éventualité dÂ’un tel dommage. Si votre pays
+nÂ’autorise pas lÂ’exclusion ou la limitation de responsabilité pour les dommages
+indirects, accessoires ou de quelque nature que ce soit, il se peut que la
+limitation ou lÂ’exclusion ci-dessus ne <span class=GramE>sÂ’appliquera</span>
+pas à votre égard.</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal style='margin-top:6.0pt;margin-right:0in;margin-bottom:6.0pt;
+margin-left:0in'><b><span lang=FR style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";
+mso-ansi-language:FR'>EFFET JURIDIQUE.</span></b><span lang=FR
+style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:"Tahoma","sans-serif";mso-ansi-language:
+FR'> Le présent contrat décrit certains droits juridiques. Vous pourriez
+avoir dÂ’autres droits prévus par les lois de votre pays. Le présent
+contrat ne modifie pas les droits que vous confèrent les lois de votre pays si
+celles ci ne le permettent pas.</span><span style='font-size:9.5pt;font-family:
+"Tahoma","sans-serif"'><o:p></o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal><o:p> </o:p></p>
+
+<p class=HeadingEULA><span lang=FR style='mso-ansi-language:FR;font-weight:
+normal'><o:p> </o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=HeadingEULA><span lang=FR style='mso-ansi-language:FR'><o:p> </o:p></span></p>
+
+<p class=MsoNormal><o:p> </o:p></p>
+
+</div>
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
diff --git a/License/Redist.txt b/License/Redist.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9513bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/License/Redist.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+Windows Software Development Kit Redistributable Code
+=====================================================
+The following list is a list of files available with the Microsoft Windows SDK for Windows 7 and .NET Framework 4 for redistribution under the Windows SDK license. If the Microsoft software you have licensed is not the Windows SDK, only the files that are installed by the Microsoft software may be redistributed under such license.
+
+
+
+Static LIB files
+================
+Subject to the license terms for the software, the .lib files under the following directories may be distributed unmodified when built as part of your application:
+
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\lib,
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\lib\x64 or
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\lib\ia64
+
+
+
+Windows SDK Binaries
+=====================================
+Subject to the license terms for the software, the following files may be distributed
+unmodified:
+
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\Resgen.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\IA64\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\IA64\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\x64\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\x64\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\Resgen.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\IA64\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\IA64\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\X64\Mage.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\bin\NETFX 4.0 Tools\X64\MageUI.exe
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\x86\sas.dll
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\amd64\sas.dll
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\ia64\sas.dll
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Application Verifier\ApplicationVerifier.x86.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Application Verifier\ApplicationVerifier.amd64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Application Verifier\ApplicationVerifier.ia64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Debugging Tools for Windows\dbg_x86.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Debugging Tools for Windows\dbg_amd64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Debugging Tools for Windows\dbg_ia64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Windows Performance Toolkit\wpt_ia64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Windows Performance Toolkit\wpt_x64.msi
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\Windows Performance Toolkit\wpt_x86.msi
+
+
+.NET Framework
+=====================================
+
+ .NET Framework 3.5
+ ==================
+ Subject to the license terms for the software, the following .EXE files may be redistributed unmodified:
+ dotNetFx35setup.exe
+
+Please note that the file listed above is not included with the software. You can obtain copies of the file from Microsoft Downloads (http://www.microsoft.com/downloads).
+
+
+ .NET Framework 4
+ ==================
+ Subject to the license terms for the software, the following .EXE files may be redistributed unmodified:
+ dotNetFx40_Client_x86_x64.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Full_x86_x64.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Client_x86.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Full_x86.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Full_x86_ia64.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Client_setup.exe
+ dotNetFx40_Full_setup.exe
+
+Please note that the last 7 files listed above are not included with the software. You can obtain copies of those files from http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=185911.
+
+Please note that the Language Packs listed below are not included with the software. However, you may redistribute, unmodified, the individual language pack versions of the following files: You may obtain copies of those files from http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=185911.
+
+ dotNetFx40LP_Full_x86_x64<Culture>.exe
+ dotNetFx40LP_Full_x86_ia64<Culture>.exe
+ dotNetFx40LP_Full_x86<Culture>.exe
+ dotNetFx40LP_Client_x86_x64<Culture>.exe
+ dotNetFx40LP_Client_x86<Culture>.exe
+
+Note: <Culture> represents the specific language identifier. Language Packs are available for the following (listed here with their associated identifier code):
+
+Arabic (ar), Chinese-Taiwan (zh-cht), Czech (cs), Danish (da), German (de), Greek (el), Finnish (fi), French (fr), Hebrew (he), Hungarian (hu), Italian (it), Japanese (ja), Korean (ko), Dutch-Netherlands (nl), Norwegian (no), Polish (pl), Portuguese-Brazil (pt-BR), Russian (ru), Swedish (sv), Turkish (tr), Chinese (zh-chs), Portuguese-Portugal (pt-PT), Spanish (es)
+
+
+Visual C++ Compiler Redist files
+=====================================
+Subject to the license terms for the software, you may redistribute the files listed below unmodified as a part of your installation package:
+
+ \Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Redist\VC
+ vcredist_ia64.exe
+ vcredist_x64.exe
+ vcredist_x86.exe
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af0de96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMExtra.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CRenderedInputPin class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h> // DirectShow base class definitions
+#include <mmsystem.h> // Needed for definition of timeGetTime
+#include <limits.h> // Standard data type limit definitions
+#include <measure.h> // Used for time critical log functions
+
+#include "amextra.h"
+
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+// Implements CRenderedInputPin class
+
+CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),
+ m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),
+ m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+// Flush end of stream condition - caller should do any
+// necessary stream level locking before calling this
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndOfStream()
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Do EC_COMPLETE handling for rendered pins
+ if (S_OK == hr && !m_bAtEndOfStream) {
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = TRUE;
+ FILTER_STATE fs;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pFilter->GetState(0, &fs)));
+ if (fs == State_Running) {
+ DoCompleteHandling();
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Called to complete the flush
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // Clean up renderer state
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+
+ return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// Notify of Run() from filter
+
+HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+ if (m_bAtEndOfStream) {
+ DoCompleteHandling();
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Clear status on going into paused state
+
+HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Active()
+{
+ m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;
+ m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;
+ return CBaseInputPin::Active();
+}
+
+
+// Do stuff to deliver end of stream
+
+void CRenderedInputPin::DoCompleteHandling()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bAtEndOfStream);
+ if (!m_bCompleteNotified) {
+ m_bCompleteNotified = TRUE;
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE, S_OK, (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)m_pFilter);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a861bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amextra.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMExtra.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __AMEXTRA__
+#define __AMEXTRA__
+
+// Simple rendered input pin
+//
+// NOTE if your filter queues stuff before rendering then it may not be
+// appropriate to use this class
+//
+// In that case queue the end of stream condition until the last sample
+// is actually rendered and flush the condition appropriately
+
+class CRenderedInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+public:
+
+ CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ // Override methods to track end of stream state
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();
+
+ HRESULT Active();
+ HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+protected:
+
+ // Member variables to track state
+ BOOL m_bAtEndOfStream; // Set by EndOfStream
+ BOOL m_bCompleteNotified; // Set when we notify for EC_COMPLETE
+
+private:
+ void DoCompleteHandling();
+};
+
+#endif // __AMEXTRA__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03c13d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,5358 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// The following classes are declared in this header:
+//
+//
+// CBaseMediaFilter Basic IMediaFilter support (abstract class)
+// CBaseFilter Support for IBaseFilter (incl. IMediaFilter)
+// CEnumPins Enumerate input and output pins
+// CEnumMediaTypes Enumerate the preferred pin formats
+// CBasePin Abstract base class for IPin interface
+// CBaseOutputPin Adds data provider member functions
+// CBaseInputPin Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// CMediaSample Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+// CBaseAllocator General list guff for most allocators
+// CMemAllocator Implements memory buffer allocation
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+// Helpers
+//=====================================================================
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ return CoCreateInstance(CLSID_MemoryAllocator,
+ 0,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IMemAllocator,
+ (void **)ppAllocator);
+}
+
+// Put this one here rather than in ctlutil.cpp to avoid linking
+// anything brought in by ctlutil.cpp
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+)
+{
+ *ppPassThru = NULL;
+ IUnknown *pUnkSeek;
+ HRESULT hr = CoCreateInstance(CLSID_SeekingPassThru,
+ pAgg,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IUnknown,
+ (void **)&pUnkSeek
+ );
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ISeekingPassThru *pPassThru;
+ hr = pUnkSeek->QueryInterface(IID_ISeekingPassThru, (void**)&pPassThru);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pPassThru->Init(bRenderer, pPin);
+ pPassThru->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppPassThru = pUnkSeek;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#define CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL 3
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseMediaFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::CBaseMediaFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::~CBaseMediaFilter()
+{
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a stopped state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a paused state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IBaseFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IBaseFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IAMovieSetup) {
+ return GetInterface((IAMovieSetup *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ KASSERT(m_pGraph == NULL);
+ }
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+
+/* Passes in a redundant HRESULT argument */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::~CBaseFilter()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // NOTE we do NOT hold references on the filtergraph for m_pGraph or m_pSink
+ // When we did we had the circular reference problem. Nothing would go away.
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Stop method, to deactivate any pins this
+// filter has.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // notify all pins of the state change
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins worrying
+ // about this state themselves. We ignore the return code to make
+ // sure everyone is inactivated regardless. The base input pin
+ // class can return an error if it has no allocator but Stop can
+ // be used to resync the graph state after something has gone bad
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hrTmp = pPin->Inactive();
+ if (FAILED(hrTmp) && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = hrTmp;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_STOP( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Pause method to activate any pins
+// this filter has (also called from Run)
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Active();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_PAUSE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State != State_Running) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Run(tStart);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RUN( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, tStart, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Create an enumerator for the pins attached to this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::EnumPins(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ return *ppEnum == NULL ? E_OUTOFMEMORY : NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// default behaviour of FindPin is to assume pins are named
+// by their pin names
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ // We're going to search the pin list so maintain integrity
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+ int iCount = GetPinCount();
+ for (int i = 0; i < iCount; i++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(i);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (0 == lstrcmpW(pPin->Name(), Id)) {
+ // Found one that matches
+ //
+ // AddRef() and return it
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/* Return information about this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryFilterInfo(__out FILTER_INFO * pInfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(FILTER_INFO));
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+ pInfo->pGraph = m_pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph)
+ m_pGraph->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Provide the filter with a filter graph */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // NOTE: we no longer hold references on the graph (m_pGraph, m_pSink)
+
+ m_pGraph = pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,
+ (void**) &m_pSink);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pSink == NULL);
+ }
+ else m_pSink->Release(); // we do NOT keep a reference on it.
+ } else {
+ // if graph pointer is null, then we should
+ // also release the IMediaEventSink on the same object - we don't
+ // refcount it, so just set it to null
+ m_pSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ delete[] m_pName;
+ m_pName = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t namelen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &namelen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[namelen + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, namelen + 1, pName);
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter",(IBaseFilter *) this, pGraph );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+// memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+// default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pVendorInfo);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+// returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+// events, or an error otherwise.
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2)
+{
+ // Snapshot so we don't have to lock up
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink = m_pSink;
+ if (pSink) {
+ if (EC_COMPLETE == EventCode) {
+ EventParam2 = (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter*)this;
+ }
+
+ return pSink->Notify(EventCode, EventParam1, EventParam2);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Request reconnect
+// pPin is the pin to reconnect
+// pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+// Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::ReconnectPin(
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt
+)
+{
+ IFilterGraph2 *pGraph2;
+ if (m_pGraph != NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IFilterGraph2, (void **)&pGraph2);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pGraph2->ReconnectEx(pPin, pmt);
+ pGraph2->Release();
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ return m_pGraph->Reconnect(pPin);
+ }
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is the same idea as the media type version does for type enumeration
+ on pins but for the list of pins available. So if the list of pins you
+ provide changes dynamically then either override this virtual function
+ to provide the version number, or more simply call IncrementPinVersion */
+
+LONG CBaseFilter::GetPinVersion()
+{
+ return m_PinVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the current pin version cookie */
+
+void CBaseFilter::IncrementPinVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_PinVersion);
+}
+
+/* register filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Register()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // init is ref counted so call just in case
+ // we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, TRUE );
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // and clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* unregister filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Unregister()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // OLE init is ref counted so call
+ // just in case we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, FALSE );
+
+ // release interface
+ //
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumPins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumPins::CEnumPins(__in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_PinCount(0),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_cRef(1), // Already ref counted
+ m_PinCache(NAME("Pin Cache"))
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumPins", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a filter derived from CBaseFilter */
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our filter */
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumPins == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_Position <= m_PinCount);
+ m_Position = pEnumPins->m_Position;
+ m_PinCount = pEnumPins->m_PinCount;
+ m_Version = pEnumPins->m_Version;
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(&(pEnumPins->m_PinCache));
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our filter NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the filter who created us we know it is safe to
+ release it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumPins::~CEnumPins()
+{
+ m_pFilter->Release();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumPins || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumPins *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(m_pFilter,
+ this);
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Return the next pin after the current position */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Next(ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin **ppPins, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed returned here
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPins,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPins,cPins * sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ ASSERT(ppPins);
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cPins>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ // If we are out of sync, we should refresh the enumerator.
+ // This will reset the position and update the other members, but
+ // will not clear cache of pins we have already returned.
+ Refresh();
+ }
+
+ /* Return each pin interface NOTE GetPin returns CBasePin * not addrefed
+ so we must QI for the IPin (which increments its reference count)
+ If while we are retrieving a pin from the filter an error occurs we
+ assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example someone has deleted a pin) so we
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cFetched < cPins && m_PinCount > m_Position) {
+
+ /* Get the next pin object from the filter */
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(m_Position++);
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ // If this happend, and it's not the first time through, then we've got a problem,
+ // since we should really go back and release the iPins, which we have previously
+ // AddRef'ed.
+ ASSERT( cFetched==0 );
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* We only want to return this pin, if it is not in our cache */
+ if (0 == m_PinCache.Find(pPin))
+ {
+ /* From the object get an IPin interface */
+
+ *ppPins = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+
+ cFetched++;
+ ppPins++;
+
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(pPin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return (cPins==cFetched ? NOERROR : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Skip(ULONG cPins)
+{
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* Work out how many pins are left to skip over */
+ /* We could position at the end if we are asked to skip too many... */
+ /* ..which would match the base implementation for CEnumMediaTypes::Skip */
+
+ ULONG PinsLeft = m_PinCount - m_Position;
+ if (cPins > PinsLeft) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ m_Position += cPins;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 4 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * Clear the cache of pins already returned
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Reset()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Clear the cache
+ m_PinCache.RemoveAll();
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Refresh has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Refresh()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumMediaTypes
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::CEnumMediaTypes(__in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_pPin(pPin),
+ m_cRef(1)
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumMediaTypes", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a pin derived from CBasePin */
+
+ ASSERT(pPin != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our pin */
+ m_pPin->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_Position = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Position;
+ m_Version = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Version;
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our base pin. NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the pin who created us we know it is safe to release
+ it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we might have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::~CEnumMediaTypes()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+ m_pPin->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumMediaTypes || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumMediaTypes *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(m_pPin,
+ this);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Enumerate the next pin(s) after the current position. The client using this
+ interface passes in a pointer to an array of pointers each of which will
+ be filled in with a pointer to a fully initialised media type format
+ Return NOERROR if it all works,
+ S_FALSE if fewer than cMediaTypes were enumerated.
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC if the enumerator has been broken by
+ state changes in the filter
+ The actual count always correctly reflects the number of types in the array.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Next(ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many types...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppMediaTypes,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaTypes,cMediaTypes * sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cMediaTypes>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Return each media type by asking the filter for them in turn - If we
+ have an error code retured to us while we are retrieving a media type
+ we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example the window size changing) so we return
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cMediaTypes) {
+
+ CMediaType cmt;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position++, &cmt);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* We now have a CMediaType object that contains the next media type
+ but when we assign it to the array position we CANNOT just assign
+ the AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure because as soon as the object goes out of
+ scope it will delete the memory we have just copied. The function
+ we use is CreateMediaType which allocates a task memory block */
+
+ /* Transfer across the format block manually to save an allocate
+ and free on the format block and generally go faster */
+
+ *ppMediaTypes = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ if (*ppMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Do a regular copy */
+ **ppMediaTypes = cmt;
+
+ /* Make sure the destructor doesn't free these */
+ cmt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.cbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.pUnk = NULL;
+
+
+ ppMediaTypes++;
+ cFetched++;
+ cMediaTypes--;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return ( cMediaTypes==0 ? NOERROR : S_FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes)
+{
+ // If we're skipping 0 elements we're guaranteed to skip the
+ // correct number of elements
+ if (cMediaTypes == 0) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ m_Position += cMediaTypes;
+
+ /* See if we're over the end */
+ CMediaType cmt;
+ return S_OK == m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position - 1, &cmt) ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * set position to head of list
+ * sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Reset()
+
+{
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Bring the enumerator back into step with the current state. This
+ // may be a noop but ensures that the enumerator will be valid on the
+ // next call.
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBasePin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants its lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor since a connected pin holds a reference count on us there is
+ no way that we can be deleted unless we are not currently connected */
+
+CBasePin::~CBasePin()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // We don't call disconnect because if the filter is going away
+ // all the pins must have a reference count of zero so they must
+ // have been disconnected anyway - (but check the assumption)
+ ASSERT(m_Connected == FALSE);
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // check the internal reference count is consistent
+ ASSERT(m_cRef == 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface((IQualityControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override to increment the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef) > 0);
+ return m_pFilter->AddRef();
+}
+
+
+/* Override to decrement the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef) >= 0);
+ return m_pFilter->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Displays pin connection information */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void
+CBasePin::DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ PIN_INFO ConnectPinInfo;
+ PIN_INFO ReceivePinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(QueryPinInfo(&ConnectPinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ConnectPinInfo.achName, sizeof(ConnectPinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ConnectPinInfo);
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(pReceivePin->QueryPinInfo(&ReceivePinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ReceivePinInfo.achName, sizeof(ReceivePinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ReceivePinInfo);
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying to connect Pins :")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ConnectPinInfo.achName));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ReceivePinInfo.achName));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Displays general information on the pin media type */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CBasePin::DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying media type:")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" major type: %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Type()]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" sub type : %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Subtype()]));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Asked to connect to a pin. A pin is always attached to an owning filter
+ object so we always delegate our locking to that object. We first of all
+ retrieve a media type enumerator for the input pin and see if we accept
+ any of the formats that it would ideally like, failing that we retrieve
+ our enumerator and see if it will accept any of our preferred types */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pReceivePin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pReceivePin,sizeof(IPin));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ DisplayPinInfo(pReceivePin);
+
+ /* See if we are already connected */
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Already connected")));
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+
+ // Find a mutually agreeable media type -
+ // Pass in the template media type. If this is partially specified,
+ // each of the enumerated media types will need to be checked against
+ // it. If it is non-null and fully specified, we will just try to connect
+ // with this.
+
+ const CMediaType * ptype = (CMediaType*)pmt;
+ HRESULT hr = AgreeMediaType(pReceivePin, ptype);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to agree type")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Connection succeeded")));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+// checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+)
+{
+ // The caller should hold the filter lock becasue this function
+ // uses m_Connected. The caller should also hold the filter lock
+ // because this function calls SetMediaType(), IsStopped() and
+ // CompleteConnect().
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ // Check that the connection is valid -- need to do this for every
+ // connect attempt since BreakConnect will undo it.
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("CheckConnect failed")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DisplayTypeInfo(pReceivePin, pmt);
+
+ /* Check we will accept this media type */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pmt);
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+
+ /* Make ourselves look connected otherwise ReceiveConnection
+ may not be able to complete the connection
+ */
+ m_Connected = pReceivePin;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* See if the other pin will accept this type */
+
+ hr = pReceivePin->ReceiveConnection((IPin *)this, pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,
+ CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL,
+ TEXT("Failed to complete connection")));
+ pReceivePin->Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ // we cannot use this media type
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // BreakConnect and release any connection here in case CheckMediaType
+ // failed, or if we set anything up during a call back during
+ // ReceiveConnection.
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ /* If failed then undo our state */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* Given an enumerator we cycle through all the media types it proposes and
+ firstly suggest them to our derived pin class and if that succeeds try
+ them with the pin in a ReceiveConnection call. This means that if our pin
+ proposes a media type we still check in here that we can support it. This
+ is deliberate so that in simple cases the enumerator can hold all of the
+ media types even if some of them are not really currently available */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt,
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum)
+{
+ /* Reset the current enumerator position */
+
+ HRESULT hr = pEnum->Reset();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ CMediaType *pMediaType = NULL;
+ ULONG ulMediaCount = 0;
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code if there is one
+ HRESULT hrFailure = S_OK;
+
+ for (;;) {
+
+ /* Retrieve the next media type NOTE each time round the loop the
+ enumerator interface will allocate another AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+ If we are successful then we copy it into our output object, if
+ not then we must delete the memory allocated before returning */
+
+ hr = pEnum->Next(1, (AM_MEDIA_TYPE**)&pMediaType,&ulMediaCount);
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ if (S_OK == hrFailure) {
+ hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+ return hrFailure;
+ }
+
+
+ ASSERT(ulMediaCount == 1);
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+
+ // check that this matches the partial type (if any)
+
+ if (pMediaType &&
+ ((pmt == NULL) ||
+ pMediaType->MatchesPartial(pmt))) {
+
+ hr = AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pMediaType);
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code
+ if (FAILED(hr) &&
+ SUCCEEDED(hrFailure) &&
+ (hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+
+ if(pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(pMediaType);
+ pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to make the connection, including the taask of finding
+ a media type for the pin connection. pmt is the proposed media type
+ from the Connect call: if this is fully specified, we will try that.
+ Otherwise we enumerate and try all the input pin's types first and
+ if that fails we then enumerate and try all our preferred media types.
+ For each media type we check it against pmt (if non-null and partially
+ specified) as well as checking that both pins will accept it.
+ */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ ASSERT(pReceivePin);
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes = NULL;
+
+ // if the media type is fully specified then use that
+ if ( (pmt != NULL) && (!pmt->IsPartiallySpecified())) {
+
+ // if this media type fails, then we must fail the connection
+ // since if pmt is nonnull we are only allowed to connect
+ // using a type that matches it.
+
+ return AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pmt);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Try the other pin's enumerator */
+
+ HRESULT hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (i == (int)m_bTryMyTypesFirst) {
+ hr = pReceivePin->EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ } else {
+ hr = EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pEnumMediaTypes);
+ hr = TryMediaTypes(pReceivePin,pmt,pEnumMediaTypes);
+ pEnumMediaTypes->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ // try to remember specific error codes if there are any
+ if ((hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hrFailure;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to complete a connection to another filter. Failing
+ this will also fail the connection and disconnect the other pin as well */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to set the format for a pin connection - CheckMediaType
+ will have been called to check the connection format and if it didn't
+ return an error code then this (virtual) function will be invoked */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_mt.Set(*pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called during Connect() to provide a virtual method that can do
+ any specific check needed for connection such as QueryInterface. This
+ base class method just checks that the pin directions don't match */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ /* Check that pin directions DONT match */
+
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+
+ ASSERT((pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (pd == PINDIR_INPUT));
+ ASSERT((m_dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (m_dir == PINDIR_INPUT));
+
+ // we should allow for non-input and non-output connections?
+ if (pd == m_dir) {
+ return VFW_E_INVALID_DIRECTION;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when we realise we can't make a connection to the pin and
+ must undo anything we did in CheckConnect - override to release QIs done */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Called normally by an output pin on an input pin to try and establish a
+ connection.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the pin who we will connect to
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pConnector,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pConnector,sizeof(IPin));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Are we already connected */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pConnector);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Ask derived class if this media type is ok */
+
+ CMediaType * pcmt = (CMediaType*) pmt;
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ // no -we don't support this media type
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ m_Connected = pConnector;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pConnector);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to set the media type or failed to complete the connection.")));
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to terminate a pin connection */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Disconnect()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::DisconnectInternal()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ HRESULT hr = BreakConnect();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, hr );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // There is usually a bug in the program if BreakConnect() fails.
+ DbgBreak( "WARNING: BreakConnect() failed in CBasePin::Disconnect()." );
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_OK );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // no connection - not an error
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_FALSE );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an AddRef()'d pointer to the connected pin if there is one */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectedTo(
+ __deref_out IPin **ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+ //
+ // It's pointless to lock here.
+ // The caller should ensure integrity.
+ //
+
+ IPin *pPin = m_Connected;
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ if (pPin != NULL) {
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(*ppPin == NULL);
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the media type of the connection */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectionMediaType(
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Copy constructor of m_mt allocates the memory */
+ if (IsConnected()) {
+ CopyMediaType( pmt, &m_mt );
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ((CMediaType *)pmt)->InitMediaType();
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return information about the filter we are connect to */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(PIN_INFO));
+
+ pInfo->pFilter = m_pFilter;
+ if (m_pFilter) {
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+
+ pInfo->dir = m_dir;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPinDir,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pPinDir,sizeof(PIN_DIRECTION));
+
+ *pPinDir = m_dir;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Default QueryId to return the pin's name
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+)
+{
+ // We're not going away because someone's got a pointer to us
+ // so there's no need to lock
+
+ return AMGetWideString(Name(), Id);
+}
+
+/* Does this pin support this media type WARNING this interface function does
+ not lock the main object as it is meant to be asynchronous by nature - if
+ the media types you support depend on some internal state that is updated
+ dynamically then you will need to implement locking in a derived class */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* The CheckMediaType method is valid to return error codes if the media
+ type is horrible, an example might be E_INVALIDARG. What we do here
+ is map all the error codes into either S_OK or S_FALSE regardless */
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType*)pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ // note that the only defined success codes should be S_OK and S_FALSE...
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This can be called to return an enumerator for the pin's list of preferred
+ media types. An input pin is not obliged to have any preferred formats
+ although it can do. For example, the window renderer has a preferred type
+ which describes a video image that matches the current window size. All
+ output pins should expose at least one preferred format otherwise it is
+ possible that neither pin has any types and so no connection is possible */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns a media type corresponding with
+ place iPosition in the list. This base class simply returns an error as
+ we support no media types by default but derived classes should override */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(iPosition);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMediaType);
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns the current media type version.
+ The base class initialises the media type enumerators with the value 1
+ By default we always returns that same value. A Derived class may change
+ the list of media types available and after doing so it should increment
+ the version either in a method derived from this, or more simply by just
+ incrementing the m_TypeVersion base pin variable. The type enumerators
+ call this when they want to see if their enumerations are out of date */
+
+LONG CBasePin::GetMediaTypeVersion()
+{
+ return m_TypeVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the cookie representing the current media type version */
+
+void CBasePin::IncrementTypeVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_TypeVersion);
+}
+
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from Stopped
+ to either paused or running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Active(void)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from
+ to either paused to running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Also called by the IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes to
+ Stopped at which point you should decommit allocators and free hardware
+ resources you grabbed in the Active call (default is also to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when no more data will arrive
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ if (piqc) ValidateReadPtr(piqc,sizeof(IQualityControl));
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);
+ DbgBreak("IQualityControl::Notify not over-ridden from CBasePin. (IGNORE is OK)");
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+} //Notify
+
+
+// NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+// about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+// returns S_OK.
+// Override this to pass downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+ m_tStop = tStop;
+ m_dRate = dRate;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseOutputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This is called after a media type has been proposed
+
+ Try to complete the connection by agreeing the allocator
+*/
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return DecideAllocator(m_pInputPin, &m_pAllocator);
+}
+
+
+/* This method is called when the output pin is about to try and connect to
+ an input pin. It is at this point that you should try and grab any extra
+ interfaces that you need, in this case IMemInputPin. Because this is
+ only called if we are not currently connected we do NOT need to call
+ BreakConnect. This also makes it easier to derive classes from us as
+ BreakConnect is only called when we actually have to break a connection
+ (or a partly made connection) and not when we are checking a connection */
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBasePin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // get an input pin and an allocator interface
+ hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **) &m_pInputPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* Release any allocator we hold */
+
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a connection is broken.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Release any input pin interface we hold */
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when the input pin didn't give us a valid allocator */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ return CreateMemoryAllocator(ppAlloc);
+}
+
+
+/* Decide on an allocator, override this if you want to use your own allocator
+ Override DecideBufferSize to call SetProperties. If the input pin fails
+ the GetAllocator call then this will construct a CMemAllocator and call
+ DecideBufferSize on that, and if that fails then we are completely hosed.
+ If the you succeed the DecideBufferSize call, we will notify the input
+ pin of the selected allocator. NOTE this is called during Connect() which
+ therefore looks after grabbing and locking the object's critical section */
+
+// We query the input pin for its requested properties and pass this to
+// DecideBufferSize to allow it to fulfill requests that it is happy
+// with (eg most people don't care about alignment and are thus happy to
+// use the downstream pin's alignment request).
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin *pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+
+ // get downstream prop request
+ // the derived class may modify this in DecideBufferSize, but
+ // we assume that he will consistently modify it the same way,
+ // so we only get it once
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES prop;
+ ZeroMemory(&prop, sizeof(prop));
+
+ // whatever he returns, we assume prop is either all zeros
+ // or he has filled it out.
+ pPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&prop);
+
+ // if he doesn't care about alignment, then set it to 1
+ if (prop.cbAlign == 0) {
+ prop.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the allocator provided by the input pin */
+
+ hr = pPin->GetAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the GetAllocator failed we may not have an interface */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the output pin's allocator by the same method */
+
+ hr = InitAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ // note - the properties passed here are in the same
+ // structure as above and may have been modified by
+ // the previous call to DecideBufferSize
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Likewise we may not have an interface to release */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator WARNING the same
+ dangers and restrictions apply here as described below for Deliver() */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ return m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(ppSample,pStartTime,pEndTime,dwFlags);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin. NOTE the object must
+ have locked itself before calling us otherwise we may get halfway through
+ executing this method only to find the filter graph has got in and
+ disconnected us from the input pin. If the filter has no worker threads
+ then the lock is best applied on Receive(), otherwise it should be done
+ when the worker thread is ready to deliver. There is a wee snag to worker
+ threads that this shows up. The worker thread must lock the object when
+ it is ready to deliver a sample, but it may have to wait until a state
+ change has completed, but that may never complete because the state change
+ is waiting for the worker thread to complete. The way to handle this is for
+ the state change code to grab the critical section, then set an abort event
+ for the worker thread, then release the critical section and wait for the
+ worker thread to see the event we set and then signal that it has finished
+ (with another event). At which point the state change code can complete */
+
+// note (if you've still got any breath left after reading that) that you
+// need to release the sample yourself after this call. if the connected
+// input pin needs to hold onto the sample beyond the call, it will addref
+// the sample itself.
+
+// of course you must release this one and call GetDeliveryBuffer for the
+// next. You cannot reuse it directly.
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DELIVER( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseOutputPin", (IPin *) this, (IPin *) m_pInputPin, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);
+}
+
+
+// called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+// our connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+/* Commit the allocator's memory, this is called through IMediaFilter
+ which is responsible for locking the object before calling us */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Commit();
+}
+
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+// an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// BeginFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// EndFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// call BeginFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->BeginFlush();
+}
+
+// call EndFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndFlush();
+}
+// deliver NewSegment to connected pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseInputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor creates a default allocator object */
+
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor releases it's reference count on the default allocator */
+
+CBaseInputPin::~CBaseInputPin()
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// override this to publicise our interfaces
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemInputPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemInputPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return the allocator interface that this input pin would like the output
+ pin to use. NOTE subsequent calls to GetAllocator should all return an
+ interface onto the SAME object so we create one object at the start
+
+ Note:
+ The allocator is Release()'d on disconnect and replaced on
+ NotifyAllocator().
+
+ Override this to provide your own allocator.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocator(
+ __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&m_pAllocator);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pAllocator != NULL);
+ *ppAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ m_pAllocator->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually going to use
+ Override this if you care - NOTE the locking we do both here and also in
+ GetAllocator is unnecessary but derived classes that do something useful
+ will undoubtedly have to lock the object so this might help remind people */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ IMemAllocator *pOldAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator;
+
+ if (pOldAllocator != NULL) {
+ pOldAllocator->Release();
+ }
+
+ // the readonly flag indicates whether samples from this allocator should
+ // be regarded as readonly - if true, then inplace transforms will not be
+ // allowed.
+ m_bReadOnly = (BYTE)bReadOnly;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* We don't need our allocator any more */
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a pin is disconnected.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Do something with this media sample - this base class checks to see if the
+ format has changed with this media sample and if so checks that the filter
+ will accept it, generating a run time error if not. Once we have raised a
+ run time error we set a flag so that no more samples will be accepted
+
+ It is important that any filter should override this method and implement
+ synchronization so that samples are not processed when the pin is
+ disconnected etc
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RECEIVE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseInputPin", (IPin *) m_Connected, (IPin *) this, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ /* Check for IMediaSample2 */
+ IMediaSample2 *pSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {
+ hr = pSample2->GetProperties(sizeof(m_SampleProps), (PBYTE)&m_SampleProps);
+ pSample2->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Get the properties the hard way */
+ m_SampleProps.cbData = sizeof(m_SampleProps);
+ m_SampleProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_SampleProps.dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags = 0;
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsPreroll()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_PREROLL;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT;
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->GetTime(&m_SampleProps.tStart,
+ &m_SampleProps.tStop))) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID |
+ AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->GetMediaType(&m_SampleProps.pMediaType)) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED;
+ }
+ pSample->GetPointer(&m_SampleProps.pbBuffer);
+ m_SampleProps.lActual = pSample->GetActualDataLength();
+ m_SampleProps.cbBuffer = pSample->GetSize();
+ }
+
+ /* Has the format changed in this sample */
+
+ if (!(m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the derived class accepts this format */
+ /* This shouldn't fail as the source must call QueryAccept first */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType *)m_SampleProps.pMediaType);
+
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Raise a runtime error if we fail the media type */
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ EndOfStream();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED,0);
+ return VFW_E_INVALIDMEDIATYPE;
+}
+
+
+/* Receive multiple samples */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSamples,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSamples,nSamples * sizeof(IMediaSample *));
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ while (nSamples-- > 0) {
+ hr = Receive(pSamples[*nSamplesProcessed]);
+
+ /* S_FALSE means don't send any more */
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ break;
+ }
+ (*nSamplesProcessed)++;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* See if Receive() might block */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveCanBlock()
+{
+ /* Ask all the output pins if they block
+ If there are no output pin assume we do block
+ */
+ int cPins = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ int cOutputPins = 0;
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ if (pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pConnected != NULL);
+ cOutputPins++;
+ IMemInputPin *pInputPin;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(
+ IID_IMemInputPin,
+ (void **)&pInputPin);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();
+ pInputPin->Release();
+ if (hr != S_FALSE) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* There's a transport we don't understand here */
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return cOutputPins == 0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+// Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+// of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+// fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+// and then call downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // BeginFlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // if we are already in mid-flush, this is probably a mistake
+ // though not harmful - try to pick it up for now so I can think about it
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);
+
+ // first thing to do is ensure that no further Receive calls succeed
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // now discard any data and call downstream - must do that
+ // in derived classes
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+// - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+// pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+// then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+// receives
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ // Endlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // almost certainly a mistake if we are not in mid-flush
+ ASSERT(m_bFlushing);
+
+ // before calling, sync with pushing thread and ensure
+ // no more data is going downstream, then call EndFlush on
+ // downstream pins.
+
+ // now re-enable Receives
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ // No more errors
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ CheckPointer(pSender,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));
+ DbgBreak("IQuality::Notify called on an input pin");
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// what requirements do we have of the allocator - override if you want
+// to support other people's allocators but need a specific alignment
+// or prefix.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pProps);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+// Check if it's OK to process data
+//
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::CheckStreaming()
+{
+ // Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!
+ ASSERT(IsConnected());
+
+ // Don't process stuff in Stopped state
+ if (IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ if (m_bRunTimeError) {
+ return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Pass on the Quality notification q to
+// a. Our QualityControl sink (if we have one) or else
+// b. to our upstream filter
+// and if that doesn't work, throw it away with a bad return code
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::PassNotify(Quality& q)
+{
+ // We pass the message on, which means that we find the quality sink
+ // for our input pin and send it there
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Passing Quality notification through transform")));
+ if (m_pQSink!=NULL) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ } else {
+ // no sink set, so pass it upstream
+ HRESULT hr;
+ IQualityControl * pIQC;
+
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND; // default
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl, (void**)&pIQC);
+
+ if (pIQC!=NULL) {
+ hr = pIQC->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ pIQC->Release();
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+} // PassNotify
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocation class, implements CMediaSample
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants it's lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* The last two parameters have default values of NULL and zero */
+
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+
+ if (length < 0) {
+ *phr = VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ m_cbBuffer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor deletes the media type memory */
+
+CMediaSample::~CMediaSample()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSample ||
+ riid == IID_IMediaSample2 ||
+ riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaSample *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+
+// -- CMediaSample lifetimes --
+//
+// On final release of this sample buffer it is not deleted but
+// returned to the freelist of the owning memory allocator
+//
+// The allocator may be waiting for the last buffer to be placed on the free
+// list in order to decommit all the memory, so the ReleaseBuffer() call may
+// result in this sample being deleted. We also need to hold a refcount on
+// the allocator to stop that going away until we have finished with this.
+// However, we cannot release the allocator before the ReleaseBuffer, as the
+// release may cause us to be deleted. Similarly we can't do it afterwards.
+//
+// Thus we must leave it to the allocator to hold an addref on our behalf.
+// When he issues us in GetBuffer, he addref's himself. When ReleaseBuffer
+// is called, he releases himself, possibly causing us and him to be deleted.
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::Release()
+{
+ /* Decrement our own private reference count */
+ LONG lRef;
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ lRef = 0;
+ m_cRef = 0;
+ } else {
+ lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ }
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Unknown %X ref-- = %d"),
+ this, m_cRef));
+
+ /* Did we release our final reference count */
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ /* Free all resources */
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged) {
+ SetMediaType(NULL);
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags = 0;
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+
+ /* This may cause us to be deleted */
+ // Our refcount is reliably 0 thus no-one will mess with us
+ m_pAllocator->ReleaseBuffer(this);
+ }
+ return (ULONG)lRef;
+}
+
+
+// set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+// want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+// This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+// and so cannot be changed by clients.
+HRESULT
+CMediaSample::SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes)
+{
+ if (cBytes < 0) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_pBuffer = ptr; // new buffer area (could be null)
+ m_cbBuffer = cBytes; // length of buffer
+ m_lActual = cBytes; // length of data in buffer (assume full)
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory. I will actually
+// want to use sizeUsed bytes.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppBuffer,sizeof(BYTE *));
+
+ // creator must have set pointer either during
+ // constructor or by SetPointer
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+
+ *ppBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return the size in bytes of this buffer
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetSize(void)
+{
+ return m_cbBuffer;
+}
+
+
+// get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_StopValid)) {
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ } else {
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+
+ // Make sure old stuff works
+ *pTimeEnd = m_Start + 1;
+ return VFW_S_NO_STOP_TIME;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+ *pTimeEnd = m_End;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+// NULL pointers means the time is reset
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~(Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid);
+ } else {
+ if (pTimeEnd == NULL) {
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid;
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_StopValid;
+ } else {
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_End = *pTimeEnd;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid;
+ }
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// get the media times (eg bytes) for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_MEDIA_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_MediaStart;
+ *pTimeEnd = (m_MediaStart + m_MediaEnd);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the media times for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ } else {
+ if (NULL == pTimeEnd) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_MediaStart = *pTimeStart;
+ m_MediaEnd = (LONG)(*pTimeEnd - *pTimeStart);
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsSyncPoint(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_SyncPoint) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint)
+{
+ if (bIsSyncPoint) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_SyncPoint;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_SyncPoint;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+// not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+// - there has been a seek).
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsDiscontinuity(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Discontinuity) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+// set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+// continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscont)
+{
+ // should be TRUE or FALSE
+ if (bDiscont) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Discontinuity;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Discontinuity;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsPreroll(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Preroll) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll)
+{
+ if (bIsPreroll) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Preroll;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Preroll;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetActualDataLength(void)
+{
+ return m_lActual;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual)
+{
+ if (lActual > m_cbBuffer || lActual < 0) {
+ ASSERT(lActual <= GetSize());
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_lActual = lActual;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* These allow for limited format changes in band */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ ASSERT(ppMediaType);
+
+ /* Do we have a new media type for them */
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ *ppMediaType = NULL;
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+
+ /* Create a copy of our media type */
+
+ *ppMediaType = CreateMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ if (*ppMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Mark this sample as having a different format type */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType)
+{
+ /* Delete the current media type */
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ m_pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Mechanism for resetting the format type */
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* Take a copy of the media type */
+
+ m_pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pMediaType);
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+STDMETHODIMP CMediaSample::GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+ if (0 != cbProperties) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ // Return generic stuff up to the length
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES Props;
+ Props.cbData = min(cbProperties, sizeof(Props));
+ Props.dwSampleFlags = m_dwFlags & ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ Props.dwTypeSpecificFlags = m_dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ Props.pbBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ Props.cbBuffer = m_cbBuffer;
+ Props.lActual = m_lActual;
+ Props.tStart = m_Start;
+ Props.tStop = m_End;
+ Props.dwStreamId = m_dwStreamId;
+ if (m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ Props.pMediaType = m_pMediaType;
+ } else {
+ Props.pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(pbProperties, &Props, Props.cbData);
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+#define CONTAINS_FIELD(type, field, offset) \
+ ((FIELD_OFFSET(type, field) + sizeof(((type *)0)->field)) <= offset)
+
+HRESULT CMediaSample::SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+
+ /* Generic properties */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType = NULL;
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbData, cbProperties)) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *pProps =
+ (AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *)pbProperties;
+
+ /* Don't use more data than is actually there */
+ if (pProps->cbData < cbProperties) {
+ cbProperties = pProps->cbData;
+ }
+ /* We only handle IMediaSample2 */
+ if (cbProperties > sizeof(*pProps) ||
+ pProps->cbData > sizeof(*pProps)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Do checks first, the assignments (for backout) */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Check the flags */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags &
+ (~Sample_ValidFlags | Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Check a flag isn't being set for a property
+ not being provided
+ */
+ if ((pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !(m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NB - can't SET the pointer or size */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->pbBuffer != 0 && pProps->pbBuffer != m_pBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check cbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer != 0 && pProps->cbBuffer != m_cbBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties) &&
+ CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check lActual */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer < pProps->lActual) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ CheckPointer(pProps->pMediaType, E_POINTER);
+ pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pProps->pMediaType);
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now do the assignments */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwStreamId = pProps->dwStreamId;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set the flags */
+ m_dwFlags = pProps->dwSampleFlags |
+ (m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid);
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ } else {
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwTypeSpecificFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set lActual */
+ m_lActual = pProps->lActual;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_End = pProps->tStop;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_Start = pProps->tStart;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ if (m_pMediaType != NULL) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fix up the type changed flag to correctly reflect the current state
+ If, for instance the input contained no type change but the
+ output does then if we don't do this we'd lose the
+ output media type.
+ */
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// The streaming thread calls IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+// IMemInputPin::Receive() and IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the
+// connected input pin. The application thread calls Block(). The
+// following class members can only be called by the streaming thread.
+//
+// Deliver()
+// DeliverNewSegment()
+// StartUsingOutputPin()
+// StopUsingOutputPin()
+// ChangeOutputFormat()
+// ChangeMediaType()
+// DynamicReconnect()
+//
+// The following class members can only be called by the application thread.
+//
+// Block()
+// SynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+// AsynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+//
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::~CDynamicOutputPin()
+{
+ if(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent
+ // and m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+ }
+
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Initialize(void)
+{
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent = ::CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security descriptor.
+ TRUE, // This is a manual reset event.
+ TRUE, // The event is initially signaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ // Set flag to say we can reconnect while streaming.
+ SetReconnectWhenActive(true);
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IPinFlowControl) {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IPinFlowControl*>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Disconnect(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD VALID_FLAGS = AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK;
+
+ // Check for illegal flags.
+ if(dwBlockFlags & ~VALID_FLAGS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the event is unsignaled.
+ if((dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) && (NULL != hEvent)) {
+ if( !::ResetEvent( hEvent ) ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // No flags are set if we are unblocking the output pin.
+ if(0 == dwBlockFlags) {
+
+ // This parameter should be NULL because unblock operations are always synchronous.
+ // There is no need to notify the caller when the event is done.
+ if(NULL != hEvent) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if(dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) {
+ // IPinFlowControl::Block()'s hEvent parameter is NULL if the block is synchronous.
+ // If hEvent is not NULL, the block is asynchronous.
+ if(NULL == hEvent) {
+ hr = SynchronousBlockOutputPin();
+ } else {
+ hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hEvent);
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = UnblockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = :: CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security attributes.
+ FALSE, // This is an automatic reset event.
+ FALSE, // The event is initially unsignaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = WaitEvent(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent)
+{
+ // This function holds the m_BlockStateLock because it uses
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID, m_BlockState and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState) {
+ if(m_dwBlockCallerThreadID == ::GetCurrentThreadId()) {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED_ON_THIS_THREAD;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ BOOL fSuccess = ::DuplicateHandle( ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ &m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ EVENT_MODIFY_STATE,
+ FALSE,
+ 0 );
+ if( !fSuccess ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = PENDING;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = ::GetCurrentThreadId();
+
+ // The output pin cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is
+ // calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(), IMemInputPin::Receive()
+ // or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the connected input pin. Also, it
+ // cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is calling DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat().
+ if(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin()) {
+
+ // The output pin can be immediately blocked.
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::BlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the m_BlockStateLock because this function
+ // uses m_BlockState and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ // This function should not be called if the streaming thread is modifying
+ // the connection state or it's passing data downstream.
+ ASSERT(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::ResetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ m_BlockState = BLOCKED;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::UnblockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // UnblockOutputPin() holds the m_BlockStateLock because it
+ // uses m_BlockState, m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // Cancel the block operation if it's still pending.
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = NOT_BLOCKED;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = 0;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should not hold m_BlockStateLock. If the caller does,
+ // a deadlock could occur.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ // Are we in the middle of a block operation?
+ while(BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ m_BlockStateLock.Unlock();
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, a deadlock could occur. The caller should make sure
+ // that this thread never acquires the Block State lock more than once.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut( &m_BlockStateLock ));
+
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects() returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 if the unblock event
+ // is fired. It returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1 if the stop event if fired.
+ // See the Windows SDK documentation for more information on
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects().
+ const DWORD UNBLOCK = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+ const DWORD STOP = WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1;
+
+ HANDLE ahWaitEvents[] = { m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent, m_hStopEvent };
+ DWORD dwNumWaitEvents = sizeof(ahWaitEvents)/sizeof(HANDLE);
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForMultipleObjects( dwNumWaitEvents, ahWaitEvents, FALSE, INFINITE );
+
+ m_BlockStateLock.Lock();
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case UNBLOCK:
+ break;
+
+ case STOP:
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers++;
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::StopUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers--;
+
+ if((m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers == 0) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) {
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+}
+
+bool CDynamicOutputPin::StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ return (m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers > 0);
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent)
+{
+ // This pointer is not addrefed because filters are not allowed to
+ // hold references to the filter graph manager. See the documentation for
+ // IBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph() in the Direct Show SDK for more information.
+ m_pGraphConfig = pGraphConfig;
+
+ m_hStopEvent = hStopEvent;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the user initialized the object by calling SetConfigInfo().
+ if((NULL == m_hStopEvent) || (NULL == m_pGraphConfig)) {
+ DbgBreak( ERROR: CDynamicOutputPin::Active() failed because m_pGraphConfig and m_hStopEvent were not initialized. Call SetConfigInfo() to initialize them. );
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Active();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Inactive();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// ChangeOutputFormat() either dynamicly changes the connection's format type or it dynamicly
+// reconnects the output pin.
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // Callers should always pass a valid media type to ChangeOutputFormat() .
+ ASSERT(NULL != pmt);
+
+ CMediaType cmt(*pmt);
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaType(&cmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DeliverNewSegment(tSegmentStart, tSegmentStop, dSegmentRate);
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This function assumes the filter graph is running.
+ ASSERT(!IsStopped());
+
+ if(!IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* First check if the downstream pin will accept a dynamic
+ format change
+ */
+ QzCComPtr<IPinConnection> pConnection;
+
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IPinConnection, (void **)&pConnection);
+ if(pConnection != NULL) {
+
+ if(S_OK == pConnection->DynamicQueryAccept(pmt)) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaTypeHelper(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do the dynamic connection */
+ return DynamicReconnect(pmt);
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_Connected->ReceiveConnection(this, pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Does this pin use the local memory transport?
+ if(NULL != m_pInputPin) {
+ // This function assumes that m_pInputPin and m_Connected are
+ // two different interfaces to the same object.
+ ASSERT(::IsEqualObject(m_Connected, m_pInputPin));
+
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES apInputPinRequirements;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbBuffer = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbPrefix = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cBuffers = 0;
+
+ m_pInputPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&apInputPinRequirements);
+
+ // A zero allignment does not make any sense.
+ if(0 == apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign) {
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(m_pAllocator, &apInputPinRequirements);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pInputPin->NotifyAllocator(m_pAllocator, m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// this method has to be called from the thread that is pushing data,
+// and it's the caller's responsibility to make sure that the thread
+// has no outstand samples because they cannot be delivered after a
+// reconnect
+//
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DynamicReconnect( const CMediaType* pmt )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ if((m_pGraphConfig == NULL) || (NULL == m_hStopEvent)) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraphConfig->Reconnect(
+ this,
+ NULL,
+ pmt,
+ NULL,
+ m_hStopEvent,
+ AM_GRAPH_CONFIG_RECONNECT_CACHE_REMOVED_FILTERS );
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ if(!IsStopped() && m_pAllocator) {
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ ASSERT(hr != VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CDynamicOutputPin::AssertValid(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the object was correctly initialized.
+
+ // This ASSERT only fires if the object failed to initialize
+ // and the user ignored the constructor's return code (phr).
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent);
+
+ // If either of these ASSERTs fire, the user did not correctly call
+ // SetConfigInfo().
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hStopEvent);
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_pGraphConfig);
+
+ // Make sure the block state is consistent.
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ // BLOCK_STATE variables only have three legal values: PENDING, BLOCKED and NOT_BLOCKED.
+ ASSERT((NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) || (PENDING == m_BlockState) || (BLOCKED == m_BlockState));
+
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is only needed when a block operation cannot complete
+ // immediately.
+ ASSERT(((NULL == m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING == m_BlockState)) );
+
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID should always be 0 if the pin is not blocked and
+ // the user is not trying to block the pin.
+ ASSERT((0 == m_dwBlockCallerThreadID) || (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState));
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the streaming thread is using the output pin and the
+ // output pin is blocked.
+ ASSERT(((0 != m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState)) );
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD EVENT_SIGNALED = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForSingleObject(hEvent, INFINITE);
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case EVENT_SIGNALED:
+ return S_OK;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor overrides the default settings for the free list to request
+ that it be alertable (ie the list can be cast to a handle which can be
+ passed to WaitForSingleObject). Both of the allocator lists also ask for
+ object locking, the all list matches the object default settings but I
+ have included them here just so it is obvious what kind of list it is */
+
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseAllocator::~CBaseAllocator()
+{
+ // we can't call Decommit here since that would mean a call to a
+ // pure virtual in destructor.
+ // We must assume that the derived class has gone into decommit state in
+ // its destructor.
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(!m_bCommitted);
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemAllocator ||
+ riid == IID_IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp && m_fEnableReleaseCallback) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRequest, E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pActual, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign != 1) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("Alignment requested was 0x%x, not 1"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lAllocated != m_lFree.GetCount()) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+// next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+// on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+// pointer and size will be correct.
+
+HRESULT CBaseAllocator::GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags
+ )
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pStartTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pEndTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwFlags);
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ *ppBuffer = NULL;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ { // scope for lock
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ /* Check we are committed */
+ if (!m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_COMMITTED;
+ }
+ pSample = (CMediaSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ SetWaiting();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't get a sample then wait for the list to signal */
+
+ if (pSample) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (dwFlags & AM_GBF_NOWAIT) {
+ return VFW_E_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+
+ /* Addref the buffer up to one. On release
+ back to zero instead of being deleted, it will requeue itself by
+ calling the ReleaseBuffer member function. NOTE the owner of a
+ media sample must always be derived from CBaseAllocator */
+
+
+ ASSERT(pSample->m_cRef == 0);
+ pSample->m_cRef = 1;
+ *ppBuffer = pSample;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Final release of a CMediaSample will call this */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ CAutoLock cal(this);
+
+ /* Put back on the free list */
+
+ m_lFree.Add((CMediaSample *)pSample);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ NotifySample();
+ }
+
+ // if there is a pending Decommit, then we need to complete it by
+ // calling Free() when the last buffer is placed on the free list
+
+ LONG l1 = m_lFree.GetCount();
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress && (l1 == m_lAllocated)) {
+ Free();
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+
+ //
+ // Note that this is not synchronized with setting up a notification
+ // method.
+ //
+ m_pNotify->NotifyRelease();
+ }
+
+ /* For each buffer there is one AddRef, made in GetBuffer and released
+ here. This may cause the allocator and all samples to be deleted */
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetNotify(
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp* pNotify
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (pNotify) {
+ pNotify->AddRef();
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+ m_pNotify = pNotify;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetFreeCount(
+ __out LONG* plBuffersFree
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ *plBuffersFree = m_lCount - m_lAllocated + m_lFree.GetCount();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+void
+CBaseAllocator::NotifySample()
+{
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Commit()
+{
+ /* Check we are not decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ // cannot need to alloc or re-alloc if we are committed
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Allow GetBuffer calls */
+
+ m_bCommitted = TRUE;
+
+ // is there a pending decommit ? if so, just cancel it
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress) {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // don't call Alloc at this point. He cannot allow SetProperties
+ // between Decommit and the last free, so the buffer size cannot have
+ // changed. And because some of the buffers are not free yet, he
+ // cannot re-alloc anyway.
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY, 1, TEXT("Allocating: %ldx%ld"), m_lCount, m_lSize));
+
+ // actually need to allocate the samples
+ HRESULT hr = Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Decommit()
+{
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ /* Check we are not already decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ if (m_bCommitted == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress == FALSE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No more GetBuffer calls will succeed */
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+
+ // are any buffers outstanding?
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ // please complete the decommit when last buffer is freed
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // need to complete the decommit here as there are no
+ // outstanding buffers
+
+ Free();
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Tell anyone waiting that they can go now so we can
+ // reject their call
+#pragma warning(push)
+#ifndef _PREFAST_
+#pragma warning(disable:4068)
+#endif
+#pragma prefast(suppress:__WARNING_DEREF_NULL_PTR, "Suppress warning related to Free() invalidating 'this' which is no applicable to CBaseAllocator::Free()")
+ NotifySample();
+
+#pragma warning(pop)
+ }
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Base definition of allocation which checks we are ok to go ahead and do
+ the full allocation. We return S_FALSE if the requirements are the same */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ /* Error if he hasn't set the size yet */
+ if (m_lCount <= 0 || m_lSize <= 0 || m_lAlignment <= 0) {
+ return VFW_E_SIZENOTSET;
+ }
+
+ /* should never get here while buffers outstanding */
+ ASSERT(m_lFree.GetCount() == m_lAllocated);
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (m_bChanged == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Implement CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(pSample)
+ Removes pSample from the list
+*/
+void
+CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(__inout CMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CMediaSample **pSearch;
+ for (pSearch = &m_List;
+ *pSearch != NULL;
+ pSearch = &(CBaseAllocator::NextSample(*pSearch))) {
+ if (*pSearch == pSample) {
+ *pSearch = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = NULL;
+ m_nOnList--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ DbgBreak("Couldn't find sample in list");
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CMemAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+CUnknown *CMemAllocator::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ CUnknown *pUnkRet = new CMemAllocator(NAME("CMemAllocator"), pUnk, phr);
+ return pUnkRet;
+}
+
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMemAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ SYSTEM_INFO SysInfo;
+ GetSystemInfo(&SysInfo);
+
+ /* Check the alignment request is a power of 2 */
+ if ((-pRequest->cbAlign & pRequest->cbAlign) != pRequest->cbAlign) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Alignment requested 0x%x not a power of 2!"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ }
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign == 0 ||
+ (SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity & (pRequest->cbAlign - 1)) != 0) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Invalid alignment 0x%x requested - granularity = 0x%x"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign, SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ // round length up to alignment - remember that prefix is included in
+ // the alignment
+ LONG lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer + pRequest->cbPrefix;
+ LONG lRemainder = lSize % pRequest->cbAlign;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ lSize = lSize - lRemainder + pRequest->cbAlign;
+ }
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = (lSize - pRequest->cbPrefix);
+
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// override this to allocate our resources when Commit is called.
+//
+// note that our resources may be already allocated when this is called,
+// since we don't free them on Decommit. We will only be called when in
+// decommit state with all buffers free.
+//
+// object locked by caller
+HRESULT
+CMemAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ /* Check he has called SetProperties */
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (hr == S_FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ ASSERT(hr == S_OK); // we use this fact in the loop below
+
+ /* Free the old resources */
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ ReallyFree();
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure we've got reasonable values */
+ if ( m_lSize < 0 || m_lPrefix < 0 || m_lCount < 0 ) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the aligned size */
+ LONG lAlignedSize = m_lSize + m_lPrefix;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lAlignedSize < m_lSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (m_lAlignment > 1) {
+ LONG lRemainder = lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ LONG lNewSize = lAlignedSize + m_lAlignment - lRemainder;
+ if (lNewSize < lAlignedSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ lAlignedSize = lNewSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create the contiguous memory block for the samples
+ making sure it's properly aligned (64K should be enough!)
+ */
+ ASSERT(lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment == 0);
+
+ LONGLONG lToAllocate = m_lCount * (LONGLONG)lAlignedSize;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lToAllocate > MAXLONG) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_pBuffer = (PBYTE)VirtualAlloc(NULL,
+ (LONG)lToAllocate,
+ MEM_COMMIT,
+ PAGE_READWRITE);
+
+ if (m_pBuffer == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ LPBYTE pNext = m_pBuffer;
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);
+
+ // Create the new samples - we have allocated m_lSize bytes for each sample
+ // plus m_lPrefix bytes per sample as a prefix. We set the pointer to
+ // the memory after the prefix - so that GetPointer() will return a pointer
+ // to m_lSize bytes.
+ for (; m_lAllocated < m_lCount; m_lAllocated++, pNext += lAlignedSize) {
+
+
+ pSample = new CMediaSample(
+ NAME("Default memory media sample"),
+ this,
+ &hr,
+ pNext + m_lPrefix, // GetPointer() value
+ m_lSize); // not including prefix
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // This CANNOT fail
+ m_lFree.Add(pSample);
+ }
+
+ m_bChanged = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to free up any resources we have allocated.
+// called from the base class on Decommit when all buffers have been
+// returned to the free list.
+//
+// caller has already locked the object.
+
+// in our case, we keep the memory until we are deleted, so
+// we do nothing here. The memory is deleted in the destructor by
+// calling ReallyFree()
+void
+CMemAllocator::Free(void)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+
+// called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+// actually free up the memory
+void
+CMemAllocator::ReallyFree(void)
+{
+ /* Should never be deleting this unless all buffers are freed */
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());
+
+ /* Free up all the CMediaSamples */
+
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+ for (;;) {
+ pSample = m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ delete pSample;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_lAllocated = 0;
+
+ // free the block of buffer memory
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(VirtualFree(m_pBuffer, 0, MEM_RELEASE));
+ m_pBuffer = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor frees our memory resources */
+
+CMemAllocator::~CMemAllocator()
+{
+ Decommit();
+ ReallyFree();
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// filter registration through IFilterMapper. used if IFilterMapper is
+// not found (Quartz 1.0 install)
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+
+ // unregister filter
+ // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key
+ // they do not need to be removed separately).
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));
+ HRESULT hr = pIFM->UnregisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID) );
+
+
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ // register filter
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->strName
+ , psetupdata->dwMerit );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // all its pins
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pins")));
+ for( UINT m1=0; m1 < psetupdata->nPins; m1++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPin( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bRendered
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bOutput
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bZero
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bMany
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].clsConnectsToFilter)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strConnectsToPin );
+
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // and each pin's media types
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pin types")));
+ for( UINT m2=0; m2 < psetupdata->lpPin[m1].nMediaTypes; m2++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPinType( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMajorType)
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMinorType) );
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// Remove warnings about unreferenced inline functions
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14f17cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amfilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1587 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __FILTER__
+#define __FILTER__
+
+/* The following classes are declared in this header: */
+
+class CBaseMediaFilter; // IMediaFilter support
+class CBaseFilter; // IBaseFilter,IMediaFilter support
+class CBasePin; // Abstract base class for IPin interface
+class CEnumPins; // Enumerate input and output pins
+class CEnumMediaTypes; // Enumerate the pin's preferred formats
+class CBaseOutputPin; // Adds data provider member functions
+class CBaseInputPin; // Implements IMemInputPin interface
+class CMediaSample; // Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+class CBaseAllocator; // General list guff for most allocators
+class CMemAllocator; // Implements memory buffer allocation
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+//
+// QueryFilterInfo and QueryPinInfo AddRef the interface pointers
+// they return. You can use the macro below to release the interface.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#define QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi) if ((fi).pGraph) (fi).pGraph->Release();
+
+#define QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi) if ((pi).pFilter) (pi).pFilter->Release();
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseMediaFilter
+//
+// Abstract base class implementing IMediaFilter.
+//
+// Typically you will derive your filter from CBaseFilter rather than
+// this, unless you are implementing an object such as a plug-in
+// distributor that needs to support IMediaFilter but not IBaseFilter.
+//
+// Note that IMediaFilter is derived from IPersist to allow query of
+// class id.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseMediaFilter : public CUnknown,
+ public IMediaFilter
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this filter's reference clock
+ // note: all filters in a filter graph use the same clock
+
+ // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CRefTime m_tStart;
+
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseMediaFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid);
+
+ virtual ~CBaseMediaFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+ // default implementation of Stop and Pause just record the
+ // state. Override to activate or de-activate your filter.
+ // Note that Run when called from Stopped state will call Pause
+ // to ensure activation, so if you are a source or transform
+ // you will probably not need to override Run.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active? (running or paused)
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+};
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseFilter
+//
+// An abstract class providing basic IBaseFilter support for pin
+// enumeration and filter information reading.
+//
+// We cannot derive from CBaseMediaFilter since methods in IMediaFilter
+// are also in IBaseFilter and would be ambiguous. Since much of the code
+// assumes that they derive from a class that has m_State and other state
+// directly available, we duplicate code from CBaseMediaFilter rather than
+// having a member variable.
+//
+// Derive your filter from this, or from a derived object such as
+// CTransformFilter.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseFilter : public CUnknown, // Handles an IUnknown
+ public IBaseFilter, // The Filter Interface
+ public IAMovieSetup // For un/registration
+{
+
+friend class CBasePin;
+
+protected:
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this graph's ref clock
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+ WCHAR *m_pName; // Full filter name
+ IFilterGraph *m_pGraph; // Graph we belong to
+ IMediaEventSink *m_pSink; // Called with notify events
+ LONG m_PinVersion; // Current pin version
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#endif
+ ~CBaseFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+
+ // override Stop and Pause so we can activate the pins.
+ // Note that Run will call Pause first if activation needed.
+ // Override these if you want to activate your filter rather than
+ // your pins.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active?
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+
+ // Is this filter stopped (without locking)
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ //
+ // --- IBaseFilter methods ---
+ //
+
+ // pin enumerator
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumPins(
+ __deref_out IEnumPins ** ppEnum);
+
+
+ // default behaviour of FindPin assumes pin ids are their names
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryFilterInfo(
+ __out FILTER_INFO * pInfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ // return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+ // memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo
+ );
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+ // returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+ // events, or an error otherwise.
+ HRESULT NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2);
+
+ // return the filter graph we belong to
+ __out_opt IFilterGraph *GetFilterGraph() {
+ return m_pGraph;
+ }
+
+ // Request reconnect
+ // pPin is the pin to reconnect
+ // pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+ // Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+ HRESULT ReconnectPin(IPin *pPin, __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt);
+
+ // find out the current pin version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetPinVersion();
+ void IncrementPinVersion();
+
+ // you need to supply these to access the pins from the enumerator
+ // and for default Stop and Pause/Run activation.
+ virtual int GetPinCount() PURE;
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n) PURE;
+
+ // --- IAMovieSetup methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Register(); // ask filter to register itself
+ STDMETHODIMP Unregister(); // and unregister itself
+
+ // --- setup helper methods ---
+ // (override to return filters setup data)
+
+ virtual __out_opt LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER GetSetupData(){ return NULL; }
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBasePin
+//
+// Abstract class that supports the basics of IPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePin : public CUnknown, public IPin, public IQualityControl
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ WCHAR * m_pName; // This pin's name
+ IPin *m_Connected; // Pin we have connected to
+ PIN_DIRECTION m_dir; // Direction of this pin
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+ bool m_bRunTimeError; // Run time error generated
+ bool m_bCanReconnectWhenActive; // OK to reconnect when active
+ bool m_bTryMyTypesFirst; // When connecting enumerate
+ // this pin's types first
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Filter we were created by
+ IQualityControl *m_pQSink; // Target for Quality messages
+ LONG m_TypeVersion; // Holds current type version
+ CMediaType m_mt; // Media type of connection
+
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // time from NewSegment call
+ CRefTime m_tStop; // time from NewSegment
+ double m_dRate; // rate from NewSegment
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ LONG m_cRef; // Ref count tracing
+#endif
+
+ // displays pin connection information
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt);
+#else
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin) {};
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt) {};
+#endif
+
+ // used to agree a media type for a pin connection
+
+ // given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+ // checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+ HRESULT
+ AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+ );
+
+ // try all the media types in this enumerator - for each that
+ // we accept, try to connect using ReceiveConnection.
+ HRESULT TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt, // proposed type from Connect
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum); // try this enumerator
+
+ // establish a connection with a suitable mediatype. Needs to
+ // propose a media type if the pmt pointer is null or partially
+ // specified - use TryMediaTypes on both our and then the other pin's
+ // enumerator until we find one that works.
+ HRESULT AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType *pmt); // proposed type from Connect
+
+public:
+
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBasePin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+
+ // --- IPin methods ---
+
+ // take lead role in establishing a connection. Media type pointer
+ // may be null, or may point to partially-specified mediatype
+ // (subtype or format type may be GUID_NULL).
+ STDMETHODIMP Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+ );
+
+ // (passive) accept a connection from another pin
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the initiating connecting pin
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect();
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectedTo(__deref_out IPin **pPin);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectionMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+ );
+
+ // does the pin support this media type
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+ );
+
+ // return an enumerator for this pins preferred media types
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+ );
+
+ // return an array of IPin* - the pins that this pin internally connects to
+ // All pins put in the array must be AddReffed (but no others)
+ // Errors: "Can't say" - FAIL, not enough slots - return S_FALSE
+ // Default: return E_NOTIMPL
+ // The filter graph will interpret NOT_IMPL as any input pin connects to
+ // all visible output pins and vice versa.
+ // apPin can be NULL if nPin==0 (not otherwise).
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInternalConnections(
+ __out_ecount_part(*nPin,*nPin) IPin* *apPin, // array of IPin*
+ __inout ULONG *nPin // on input, the number of slots
+ // on output the number of pins
+ ) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+
+ // Called when no more data will be sent
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // Begin/EndFlush still PURE
+
+ // NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+ // about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+ // returns S_OK.
+ // Override this to pass downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // Returns true if the pin is connected. false otherwise.
+ BOOL IsConnected(void) {return (m_Connected != NULL); };
+ // Return the pin this is connected to (if any)
+ IPin * GetConnected() { return m_Connected; };
+
+ // Check if our filter is currently stopped
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_pFilter->m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ // find out the current type version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ void IncrementTypeVersion();
+
+ // switch the pin to active (paused or running) mode
+ // not an error to call this if already active
+ virtual HRESULT Active(void);
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Notify of Run() from filter
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // check if the pin can support this specific proposed type and format
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // set the connection to use this format (previously agreed)
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *);
+
+ // check that the connection is ok before verifying it
+ // can be overridden eg to check what interfaces will be supported.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *);
+
+ // Set and release resources required for a connection
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // returns the preferred formats for a pin
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // access to NewSegment values
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStopTime() {
+ return m_tStop;
+ }
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStartTime() {
+ return m_tStart;
+ }
+ double CurrentRate() {
+ return m_dRate;
+ }
+
+ // Access name
+ LPWSTR Name() { return m_pName; };
+
+ // Can reconnectwhen active?
+ void SetReconnectWhenActive(bool bCanReconnect)
+ {
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive = bCanReconnect;
+ }
+
+ bool CanReconnectWhenActive()
+ {
+ return m_bCanReconnectWhenActive;
+ }
+
+protected:
+ STDMETHODIMP DisconnectInternal();
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumPins
+//
+// Pin enumerator class that works by calling CBaseFilter. This interface
+// is provided by CBaseFilter::EnumPins and calls GetPinCount() and
+// GetPin() to enumerate existing pins. Needs to be a separate object so
+// that it can be cloned (creating an existing object at the same
+// position in the enumeration)
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumPins : public IEnumPins // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ int m_PinCount; // Number of pins available
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // The filter who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Pin version information
+ LONG m_cRef;
+
+ typedef CGenericList<CBasePin> CPinList;
+
+ CPinList m_PinCache; // These pointers have not been AddRef'ed and
+ // so they should not be dereferenced. They are
+ // merely kept to ID which pins have been enumerated.
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* If while we are retrieving a pin for example from the filter an error
+ occurs we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the
+ filter (someone may have deleted all the pins). We can check before
+ starting whether or not the operation is likely to fail by asking the
+ filter what it's current version number is. If the filter has not
+ overriden the GetPinVersion method then this will always match */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pFilter->GetPinVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+ /* This method performs the same operations as Reset, except is does not clear
+ the cache of pins already enumerated. */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Refresh();
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumPins(
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumPins();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumPins
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin ** ppPins, // ...in this array of IPin*
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed returned here
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cPins);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum);
+
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumMediaTypes
+//
+// Enumerates the preferred formats for input and output pins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumMediaTypes : public IEnumMediaTypes // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // The pin who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Media type version value
+ LONG m_cRef;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* The media types a filter supports can be quite dynamic so we add to
+ the general IEnumXXXX interface the ability to be signaled when they
+ change via an event handle the connected filter supplies. Until the
+ Reset method is called after the state changes all further calls to
+ the enumerator (except Reset) will return E_UNEXPECTED error code */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumMediaTypes(
+ __in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumMediaTypes();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumMediaTypes
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE ** ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum);
+};
+
+
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseOutputPin
+//
+// class derived from CBasePin that can pass buffers to a connected pin
+// that supports IMemInputPin. Supports IPin.
+//
+// Derive your output pin from this.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseOutputPin : public CBasePin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator;
+ IMemInputPin *m_pInputPin; // interface on the downstreaminput pin
+ // set up in CheckConnect when we connect.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ // override CompleteConnect() so we can negotiate an allocator
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count and other properties
+ // Calls DecideBufferSize to set properties
+ virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);
+
+ // override this to set the buffer size and count. Return an error
+ // if the size/count is not to your liking.
+ // The allocator properties passed in are those requested by the
+ // input pin - use eg the alignment and prefix members if you have
+ // no preference on these.
+ virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * ppropInputRequest
+ ) PURE;
+
+ // returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator
+ virtual HRESULT GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin
+ // note - you need to release it after calling this. The receiving
+ // pin will addref the sample if it needs to hold it beyond the
+ // call.
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *);
+
+ // override this to control the connection
+ virtual HRESULT InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc);
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // override to call Commit and Decommit
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+ // an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+ // our connected input pin
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+
+ // same for Begin/EndFlush - we handle Begin/EndFlush since it
+ // is an error on an output pin, and we have Deliver methods to
+ // call the methods on the connected pin
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ // deliver NewSegment to connected pin - you will need to
+ // override this if you queue any data in your output pin.
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ // All inherited from CBasePin and not overridden here.
+ // STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseInputPin
+//
+// derive your standard input pin from this.
+// you need to supply GetMediaType and CheckConnect etc (see CBasePin),
+// and you need to supply Receive to do something more useful.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseInputPin : public CBasePin,
+ public IMemInputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator; // Default memory allocator
+
+ // allocator is read-only, so received samples
+ // cannot be modified (probably only relevant to in-place
+ // transforms
+ BYTE m_bReadOnly;
+
+ // in flushing state (between BeginFlush and EndFlush)
+ // if TRUE, all Receives are returned with S_FALSE
+ BYTE m_bFlushing;
+
+ // Sample properties - initalized in Receive
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES m_SampleProps;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseInputPin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // return the allocator interface that this input pin
+ // would like the output pin to use
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);
+
+ // tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually
+ // going to use.
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly);
+
+ // do something with this media sample
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // do something with these media samples
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed);
+
+ // See if Receive() blocks
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveCanBlock();
+
+ // Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+ // of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+ // fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+ // and then call downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+
+ // default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+ // - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+ // pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+ // then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+ // receives
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+
+ // this method is optional (can return E_NOTIMPL).
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL. Override if you have
+ // specific alignment or prefix needs, but could use an upstream
+ // allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps);
+
+ // Release the pin's allocator.
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // helper method to check the read-only flag
+ BOOL IsReadOnly() {
+ return m_bReadOnly;
+ };
+
+ // helper method to see if we are flushing
+ BOOL IsFlushing() {
+ return m_bFlushing;
+ };
+
+ // Override this for checking whether it's OK to process samples
+ // Also call this from EndOfStream.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Pass a Quality notification on to the appropriate sink
+ HRESULT PassNotify(Quality& q);
+
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods (from CBasePin)
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ // no need to override:
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Return sample properties pointer
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * SampleProps() {
+ ASSERT(m_SampleProps.cbData != 0);
+ return &m_SampleProps;
+ }
+
+};
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// CDynamicOutputPin
+//
+
+class CDynamicOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin,
+ public IPinFlowControl
+{
+public:
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ ~CDynamicOutputPin();
+
+ // IUnknown Methods
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IPin Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect(void);
+
+ // IPinFlowControl Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ // Set graph config info
+ void SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ virtual HRESULT StartUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual void StopUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual bool StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void);
+
+ HRESULT ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ );
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT DynamicReconnect(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+protected:
+ HRESULT SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void);
+ HRESULT AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ HRESULT UnblockOutputPin(void);
+
+ void BlockOutputPin(void);
+ void ResetBlockState(void);
+
+ static HRESULT WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ enum BLOCK_STATE
+ {
+ NOT_BLOCKED,
+ PENDING,
+ BLOCKED
+ };
+
+ // This lock should be held when the following class members are
+ // being used: m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent, m_BlockState,
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers.
+ CCritSec m_BlockStateLock;
+
+ // This event should be signaled when the output pin is
+ // not blocked. This is a manual reset event. For more
+ // information on events, see the documentation for
+ // CreateEvent() in the Windows SDK.
+ HANDLE m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent;
+
+ // This event will be signaled when block operation succeedes or
+ // when the user cancels the block operation. The block operation
+ // can be canceled by calling IPinFlowControl2::Block( 0, NULL )
+ // while the block operation is pending.
+ HANDLE m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent;
+
+ // The state of the current block operation.
+ BLOCK_STATE m_BlockState;
+
+ // The ID of the thread which last called IPinFlowControl::Block().
+ // For more information on thread IDs, see the documentation for
+ // GetCurrentThreadID() in the Windows SDK.
+ DWORD m_dwBlockCallerThreadID;
+
+ // The number of times StartUsingOutputPin() has been sucessfully
+ // called and a corresponding call to StopUsingOutputPin() has not
+ // been made. When this variable is greater than 0, the streaming
+ // thread is calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+ // IMemInputPin::Receive() or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple(). The
+ // streaming thread could also be calling: DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat(). The output pin cannot
+ // be blocked while the output pin is being used.
+ DWORD m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers;
+
+ // This event should be set when the IMediaFilter::Stop() is called.
+ // This is a manual reset event. It is also set when the output pin
+ // delivers a flush to the connected input pin.
+ HANDLE m_hStopEvent;
+ IGraphConfig* m_pGraphConfig;
+
+ // TRUE if the output pin's allocator's samples are read only.
+ // Otherwise FALSE. For more information, see the documentation
+ // for IMemInputPin::NotifyAllocator().
+ BOOL m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator;
+
+private:
+ HRESULT Initialize(void);
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ void AssertValid(void);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+};
+
+class CAutoUsingOutputPin
+{
+public:
+ CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr );
+ ~CAutoUsingOutputPin();
+
+private:
+ CDynamicOutputPin* m_pOutputPin;
+};
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr ) :
+ m_pOutputPin(NULL)
+{
+ // The caller should always pass in valid pointers.
+ ASSERT( NULL != pOutputPin );
+ ASSERT( NULL != phr );
+
+ // Make sure the user initialized phr.
+ ASSERT( S_OK == *phr );
+
+ HRESULT hr = pOutputPin->StartUsingOutputPin();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) )
+ {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_pOutputPin = pOutputPin;
+}
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::~CAutoUsingOutputPin()
+{
+ if( NULL != m_pOutputPin )
+ {
+ m_pOutputPin->StopUsingOutputPin();
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(pSample);
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT( StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin() );
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream();
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocators
+//
+// the shared memory transport between pins requires the input pin
+// to provide a memory allocator that can provide sample objects. A
+// sample object supports the IMediaSample interface.
+//
+// CBaseAllocator handles the management of free and busy samples. It
+// allocates CMediaSample objects. CBaseAllocator is an abstract class:
+// in particular it has no method of initializing the list of free
+// samples. CMemAllocator is derived from CBaseAllocator and initializes
+// the list of samples using memory from the standard IMalloc interface.
+//
+// If you want your buffers to live in some special area of memory,
+// derive your allocator object from CBaseAllocator. If you derive your
+// IMemInputPin interface object from CBaseMemInputPin, you will get
+// CMemAllocator-based allocation etc for free and will just need to
+// supply the Receive handling, and media type / format negotiation.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMediaSample
+//
+// an object of this class supports IMediaSample and represents a buffer
+// for media data with some associated properties. Releasing it returns
+// it to a freelist managed by a CBaseAllocator derived object.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CMediaSample : public IMediaSample2 // The interface we support
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ friend class CBaseAllocator;
+
+ /* Values for dwFlags - these are used for backward compatiblity
+ only now - use AM_SAMPLE_xxx
+ */
+ enum { Sample_SyncPoint = 0x01, /* Is this a sync point */
+ Sample_Preroll = 0x02, /* Is this a preroll sample */
+ Sample_Discontinuity = 0x04, /* Set if start of new segment */
+ Sample_TypeChanged = 0x08, /* Has the type changed */
+ Sample_TimeValid = 0x10, /* Set if time is valid */
+ Sample_MediaTimeValid = 0x20, /* Is the media time valid */
+ Sample_TimeDiscontinuity = 0x40, /* Time discontinuity */
+ Sample_StopValid = 0x100, /* Stop time valid */
+ Sample_ValidFlags = 0x1FF
+ };
+
+ /* Properties, the media sample class can be a container for a format
+ change in which case we take a copy of a type through the SetMediaType
+ interface function and then return it when GetMediaType is called. As
+ we do no internal processing on it we leave it as a pointer */
+
+ DWORD m_dwFlags; /* Flags for this sample */
+ /* Type specific flags are packed
+ into the top word
+ */
+ DWORD m_dwTypeSpecificFlags; /* Media type specific flags */
+ __field_ecount_opt(m_cbBuffer) LPBYTE m_pBuffer; /* Pointer to the complete buffer */
+ LONG m_lActual; /* Length of data in this sample */
+ LONG m_cbBuffer; /* Size of the buffer */
+ CBaseAllocator *m_pAllocator; /* The allocator who owns us */
+ CMediaSample *m_pNext; /* Chaining in free list */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_Start; /* Start sample time */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_End; /* End sample time */
+ LONGLONG m_MediaStart; /* Real media start position */
+ LONG m_MediaEnd; /* A difference to get the end */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *m_pMediaType; /* Media type change data */
+ DWORD m_dwStreamId; /* Stream id */
+public:
+ LONG m_cRef; /* Reference count */
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#endif
+
+ virtual ~CMediaSample();
+
+ /* Note the media sample does not delegate to its owner */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+ // want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+ // This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+ // and so cannot be changed by clients.
+ HRESULT SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes);
+
+ // Get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetSize(void);
+
+ // get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP IsSyncPoint(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsPreroll(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetActualDataLength(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual);
+
+ // these allow for limited format changes in band
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType);
+
+ // returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+ // not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+ // - there has been a seek).
+ STDMETHODIMP IsDiscontinuity(void);
+ // set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+ // continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscontinuity);
+
+ // get the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseAllocator
+//
+// Abstract base class that manages a list of media samples
+//
+// This class provides support for getting buffers from the free list,
+// including handling of commit and (asynchronous) decommit.
+//
+// Derive from this class and override the Alloc and Free functions to
+// allocate your CMediaSample (or derived) objects and add them to the
+// free list, preparing them as necessary.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseAllocator : public CUnknown,// A non delegating IUnknown
+ public IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp, // The interface we support
+ public CCritSec // Provides object locking
+{
+ class CSampleList;
+ friend class CSampleList;
+
+ /* Trick to get at protected member in CMediaSample */
+ static CMediaSample * &NextSample(__in CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ return pSample->m_pNext;
+ };
+
+ /* Mini list class for the free list */
+ class CSampleList
+ {
+ public:
+ CSampleList() : m_List(NULL), m_nOnList(0) {};
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ ~CSampleList()
+ {
+ ASSERT(m_nOnList == 0);
+ };
+#endif
+ CMediaSample *Head() const { return m_List; };
+ CMediaSample *Next(__in CMediaSample *pSample) const { return CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample); };
+ int GetCount() const { return m_nOnList; };
+ void Add(__inout CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ ASSERT(pSample != NULL);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = m_List;
+ m_List = pSample;
+ m_nOnList++;
+ };
+ CMediaSample *RemoveHead()
+ {
+ CMediaSample *pSample = m_List;
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ m_List = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(m_List);
+ m_nOnList--;
+ }
+ return pSample;
+ };
+ void Remove(__inout CMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ public:
+ CMediaSample *m_List;
+ int m_nOnList;
+ };
+protected:
+
+ CSampleList m_lFree; // Free list
+
+ /* Note to overriders of CBaseAllocator.
+
+ We use a lazy signalling mechanism for waiting for samples.
+ This means we don't call the OS if no waits occur.
+
+ In order to implement this:
+
+ 1. When a new sample is added to m_lFree call NotifySample() which
+ calls ReleaseSemaphore on m_hSem with a count of m_lWaiting and
+ sets m_lWaiting to 0.
+ This must all be done holding the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 2. When waiting for a sample call SetWaiting() which increments
+ m_lWaiting BEFORE leaving the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 3. Actually wait by calling WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE)
+ having left the allocator's critical section. The effect of
+ this is to remove 1 from the semaphore's count. You MUST call
+ this once having incremented m_lWaiting.
+
+ The following are then true when the critical section is not held :
+ (let nWaiting = number about to wait or waiting)
+
+ (1) if (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) then (m_lWaiting == 0)
+ (2) m_lWaiting + Semaphore count == nWaiting
+
+ We would deadlock if
+ nWaiting != 0 &&
+ m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 &&
+ Semaphore count == 0
+
+ But from (1) if m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 then m_lWaiting == 0 so
+ from (2) Semaphore count == nWaiting (which is non-0) so the
+ deadlock can't happen.
+ */
+
+ HANDLE m_hSem; // For signalling
+ long m_lWaiting; // Waiting for a free element
+ long m_lCount; // how many buffers we have agreed to provide
+ long m_lAllocated; // how many buffers are currently allocated
+ long m_lSize; // agreed size of each buffer
+ long m_lAlignment; // agreed alignment
+ long m_lPrefix; // agreed prefix (preceeds GetPointer() value)
+ BOOL m_bChanged; // Have the buffer requirements changed
+
+ // if true, we are decommitted and can't allocate memory
+ BOOL m_bCommitted;
+ // if true, the decommit has happened, but we haven't called Free yet
+ // as there are still outstanding buffers
+ BOOL m_bDecommitInProgress;
+
+ // Notification interface
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *m_pNotify;
+
+ BOOL m_fEnableReleaseCallback;
+
+ // called to decommit the memory when the last buffer is freed
+ // pure virtual - need to override this
+ virtual void Free(void) PURE;
+
+ // override to allocate the memory when commit called
+ virtual HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseAllocator();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ // return the properties actually being used on this allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProps);
+
+ // override Commit to allocate memory. We handle the GetBuffer
+ //state changes
+ STDMETHODIMP Commit();
+
+ // override this to handle the memory freeing. We handle any outstanding
+ // GetBuffer calls
+ STDMETHODIMP Decommit();
+
+ // get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+ // next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+ // on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+ // pointer and size will be correct. The two time parameters are
+ // optional and either may be NULL, they may alternatively be set to
+ // the start and end times the sample will have attached to it
+ // bPrevFramesSkipped is not used (used only by the video renderer's
+ // allocator where it affects quality management in direct draw).
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // final release of a CMediaSample will call this
+ STDMETHODIMP ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample *pBuffer);
+ // obsolete:: virtual void PutOnFreeList(CMediaSample * pSample);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetNotify(IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *pNotify);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFreeCount(__out LONG *plBuffersFree);
+
+ // Notify that a sample is available
+ void NotifySample();
+
+ // Notify that we're waiting for a sample
+ void SetWaiting() { m_lWaiting++; };
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMemAllocator
+//
+// this is an allocator based on CBaseAllocator that allocates sample
+// buffers in main memory (from 'new'). You must call SetProperties
+// before calling Commit.
+//
+// we don't free the memory when going into Decommit state. The simplest
+// way to implement this without complicating CBaseAllocator is to
+// have a Free() function, called to go into decommit state, that does
+// nothing and a ReallyFree function called from our destructor that
+// actually frees the memory.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+// Make me one from quartz.dll
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator);
+
+class CMemAllocator : public CBaseAllocator
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ LPBYTE m_pBuffer; // combined memory for all buffers
+
+ // override to free the memory when decommit completes
+ // - we actually do nothing, and save the memory until deletion.
+ void Free(void);
+
+ // called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+ // actually free up the memory
+ void ReallyFree(void);
+
+ // overriden to allocate the memory when commit called
+ HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+ /* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#endif
+ ~CMemAllocator();
+};
+
+// helper used by IAMovieSetup implementation
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister );
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif /* __FILTER__ */
+
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amvideo.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amvideo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42fe446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/amvideo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMVideo.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper functions for
+// bitmap formats.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+// These are bit field masks for true colour devices
+
+const DWORD bits555[] = {0x007C00,0x0003E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits565[] = {0x00F800,0x0007E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits888[] = {0xFF0000,0x00FF00,0x0000FF};
+
+// This maps bitmap subtypes into a bits per pixel value and also a
+// name. unicode and ansi versions are stored because we have to
+// return a pointer to a static string.
+const struct {
+ const GUID *pSubtype;
+ WORD BitCount;
+ CHAR *pName;
+ WCHAR *wszName;
+} BitCountMap[] = { &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1, 1, "RGB Monochrome", L"RGB Monochrome",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4, 4, "RGB VGA", L"RGB VGA",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8, 8, "RGB 8", L"RGB 8",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565, 16, "RGB 565 (16 bit)", L"RGB 565 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555, 16, "RGB 555 (16 bit)", L"RGB 555 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24, 24, "RGB 24", L"RGB 24",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32, 32, "RGB 32", L"RGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_ARGB32, 32, "ARGB 32", L"ARGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_Overlay, 0, "Overlay", L"Overlay",
+ &GUID_NULL, 0, "UNKNOWN", L"UNKNOWN"
+};
+
+// Return the size of the bitmap as defined by this header
+
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ return DIBSIZE(*pHeader);
+}
+
+
+// This is called if the header has a 16 bit colour depth and needs to work
+// out the detailed type from the bit fields (either RGB 565 or RGB 555)
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ BITMAPINFO *pbmInfo = (BITMAPINFO *) pbmiHeader;
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader->biBitCount == 16);
+
+ // If its BI_RGB then it's RGB 555 by default
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression == BI_RGB) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 555
+
+ DWORD *pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits555[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits555[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits555[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 565
+
+ pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits565[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits565[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits565[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a BITMAPINFOHEADER structure this returns the GUID sub type that is
+// used to describe it in format negotiations. For example a video codec fills
+// in the format block with a VIDEOINFO structure, it also fills in the major
+// type with MEDIATYPE_VIDEO and the subtype with a GUID that matches the bit
+// count, for example if it is an eight bit image then MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader);
+
+ // If it's not RGB then create a GUID from the compression type
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ FOURCCMap FourCCMap(pbmiHeader->biCompression);
+ return (const GUID) FourCCMap;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Map the RGB DIB bit depth to a image GUID
+
+ switch(pbmiHeader->biBitCount) {
+ case 1 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1;
+ case 4 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4;
+ case 8 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8;
+ case 16 : return GetTrueColorType(pbmiHeader);
+ case 24 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24;
+ case 32 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32;
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a video bitmap subtype we return the number of bits per pixel it uses
+// We return a WORD bit count as thats what the BITMAPINFOHEADER uses. If the
+// GUID subtype is not found in the table we return an invalid USHRT_MAX
+
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)) {
+ return USHRT_MAX;
+ }
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype)) {
+ return BitCountMap[iPosition].BitCount;
+ }
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Given a bitmap subtype we return a description name that can be used for
+// debug purposes. In a retail build this function still returns the names
+// If the subtype isn't found in the lookup table we return string UNKNOWN
+
+int LocateSubtype(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype) ||
+ IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)
+ )
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+
+ return iPosition;
+}
+
+
+
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].wszName;
+}
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].pName;
+}
+
+#ifndef GetSubtypeName
+#error wxutil.h should have defined GetSubtypeName
+#endif
+#undef GetSubtypeName
+
+// this is here for people that linked to it directly; most people
+// would use the header file that picks the A or W version.
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return GetSubtypeNameA(pSubtype);
+}
+
+
+// The mechanism for describing a bitmap format is with the BITMAPINFOHEADER
+// This is really messy to deal with because it invariably has fields that
+// follow it holding bit fields, palettes and the rest. This function gives
+// the number of bytes required to hold a VIDEOINFO that represents it. This
+// count includes the prefix information (like the rcSource rectangle) the
+// BITMAPINFOHEADER field, and any other colour information on the end.
+//
+// WARNING If you want to copy a BITMAPINFOHEADER into a VIDEOINFO always make
+// sure that you use the HEADER macro because the BITMAPINFOHEADER field isn't
+// right at the start of the VIDEOINFO (there are a number of other fields),
+//
+// CopyMemory(HEADER(pVideoInfo),pbmi,sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+//
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ // Everyone has this to start with this
+ LONG Size = SIZE_PREHEADER + pHeader->biSize;
+
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biSize >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ // Does this format use a palette, if the number of colours actually used
+ // is zero then it is set to the maximum that are allowed for that colour
+ // depth (an example is 256 for eight bits). Truecolour formats may also
+ // pass a palette with them in which case the used count is non zero
+
+ // This would scare me.
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed == 0);
+
+ if (pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ LONG Entries = (DWORD) 1 << pHeader->biBitCount;
+ if (pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ Entries = pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ }
+ Size += Entries * sizeof(RGBQUAD);
+ }
+
+ // Truecolour formats may have a BI_BITFIELDS specifier for compression
+ // type which means that room for three DWORDs should be allocated that
+ // specify where in each pixel the RGB colour components may be found
+
+ if (pHeader->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ Size += SIZE_MASKS;
+ }
+
+ // A BITMAPINFO for a palettised image may also contain a palette map that
+ // provides the information to map from a source palette to a destination
+ // palette during a BitBlt for example, because this information is only
+ // ever processed during drawing you don't normally store the palette map
+ // nor have any way of knowing if it is present in the data structure
+
+ return Size;
+}
+
+
+// Returns TRUE if the VIDEOINFO contains a palette
+
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Return a pointer to the first entry in a palette
+
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return TRUECOLOR(pVideoInfo)->bmiColors;
+ }
+ return COLORS(pVideoInfo);
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/arithutil.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/arithutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd0d127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/arithutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ArithUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2004 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+//
+// Declare function from largeint.h we need so that PPC can build
+//
+
+//
+// Enlarged integer divide - 64-bits / 32-bits > 32-bits
+//
+
+#ifndef _X86_
+
+#define LLtoU64(x) (*(unsigned __int64*)(void*)(&(x)))
+
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ // return remainder if necessary
+ if (Remainder != NULL)
+ *Remainder = (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) % Divisor);
+ return (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) / Divisor);
+}
+
+#else
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ ULONG ulResult;
+ _asm {
+ mov eax,Dividend.LowPart
+ mov edx,Dividend.HighPart
+ mov ecx,Remainder
+ div Divisor
+ or ecx,ecx
+ jz short label
+ mov [ecx],edx
+label:
+ mov ulResult,eax
+ }
+ return ulResult;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Arithmetic functions to help with time format conversions
+*/
+
+#ifdef _M_ALPHA
+// work around bug in version 12.00.8385 of the alpha compiler where
+// UInt32x32To64 sign-extends its arguments (?)
+#undef UInt32x32To64
+#define UInt32x32To64(a, b) (((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(a)) & 0xffffffff) * ((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(b)) & 0xffffffff))
+#endif
+
+/* Compute (a * b + d) / c */
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG d)
+{
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua, ub;
+ DWORDLONG uc;
+
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORDLONG)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p[2];
+ p[0].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.LowPart);
+
+ /* This next computation cannot overflow into p[1].HighPart because
+ the max number we can compute here is:
+
+ (2 ** 32 - 1) * (2 ** 32 - 1) + // ua.LowPart * ub.LowPart
+ (2 ** 32) * (2 ** 31) * (2 ** 32 - 1) * 2 // x.LowPart * y.HighPart * 2
+
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 64 + (2 ** 64 - 2 ** 33 + 1)
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 33 + 1
+ < 2 ** 96
+ */
+
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.HighPart) +
+ UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.LowPart) +
+ p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.HighPart) + x.HighPart;
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud[2];
+ if (bSign) {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud[0].LowPart + p[0].LowPart;
+ p[0].LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud[0].HighPart + p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p[1].QuadPart += ud[1].QuadPart + uliTotal.QuadPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p[1].HighPart < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p[0].QuadPart = ~p[0].QuadPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = ~p[1].QuadPart;
+ p[0].QuadPart += 1;
+ p[1].QuadPart += (p[0].QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ DWORDLONG ullResult;
+
+ /* Do the division */
+ /* If the dividend is a DWORD_LONG use the compiler */
+ if (p[1].QuadPart == 0) {
+ ullResult = p[0].QuadPart / uc;
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+ }
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ulic;
+ ulic.QuadPart = uc;
+ if (ulic.HighPart == 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = (DWORD)uc;
+ // ASSERT(p[1].HighPart == 0 && p[1].LowPart < dwDivisor);
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p[1].LowPart;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p[0].HighPart;
+#ifndef USE_LARGEINT
+ uliResult.HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart / dwDivisor);
+ p[0].HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart % dwDivisor);
+ uliResult.LowPart = 0;
+ uliResult.QuadPart = p[0].QuadPart / dwDivisor + uliResult.QuadPart;
+#else
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p[0].HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p[0],
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+#endif
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+ }
+
+
+ ullResult = 0;
+
+ /* OK - do long division */
+ for (int i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ ullResult <<= 1;
+
+ /* Shift 128 bit p left 1 */
+ p[1].QuadPart <<= 1;
+ if ((p[0].HighPart & 0x80000000) != 0) {
+ p[1].LowPart++;
+ }
+ p[0].QuadPart <<= 1;
+
+ /* Compare */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ p[1].QuadPart -= uc;
+ ullResult += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return bSign ? - (LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+}
+
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG d)
+{
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua;
+ DWORD ub;
+ DWORD uc;
+
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub = (DWORD)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORD)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p0;
+ DWORD p1;
+ p0.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub);
+
+ if (ua.HighPart != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub) + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p1 = x.HighPart;
+ } else {
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud0;
+ DWORD ud1;
+
+ if (bSign) {
+ //
+ // Cast d to LONGLONG first otherwise -0x80000000 sign extends
+ // incorrectly
+ //
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-(LONGLONG)d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud0.LowPart + p0.LowPart;
+ p0.LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud0.HighPart + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p1 += ud1 + uliTotal.HighPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p1 < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p0.QuadPart = ~p0.QuadPart;
+ p1 = ~p1;
+ p0.QuadPart += 1;
+ p1 += (p0.QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p1) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the division */
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = uc;
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p1;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p0.HighPart;
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p0.HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p0,
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.sln b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.sln
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a93b581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 9.00
+# Visual Studio 2005
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "BaseClasses", "BaseClasses.vcproj", "{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"
+EndProject
+Global
+ GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+ Debug_MBCS|Win32 = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ Debug_MBCS|x64 = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
+ Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
+ Release_MBCS|Win32 = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ Release_MBCS|x64 = Release_MBCS|x64
+ Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
+ Release|x64 = Release|x64
+ EndGlobalSection
+ GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
+ {E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
+ EndGlobalSection
+ GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+ HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+ EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.vcproj b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22c63b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/baseclasses.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
+<VisualStudioProject
+ ProjectType="Visual C++"
+ Version="8.00"
+ Name="BaseClasses"
+ ProjectGUID="{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"
+ RootNamespace="BaseClasses"
+ Keyword="Win32Proj"
+ >
+ <Platforms>
+ <Platform
+ Name="Win32"
+ />
+ <Platform
+ Name="x64"
+ />
+ </Platforms>
+ <ToolFiles>
+ </ToolFiles>
+ <Configurations>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="Debug"
+ IntermediateDirectory="Debug"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="4"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="Release"
+ IntermediateDirectory="Release"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug_MBCS|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="4"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release_MBCS|Win32"
+ OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="1"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Debug_MBCS|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="0"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"
+ MinimalRebuild="true"
+ BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+ RuntimeLibrary="3"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"
+ AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ <Configuration
+ Name="Release_MBCS|x64"
+ OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+ ConfigurationType="4"
+ CharacterSet="2"
+ >
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCMIDLTool"
+ TargetEnvironment="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+ Optimization="2"
+ AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."
+ PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"
+ RuntimeLibrary="2"
+ UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
+ WarningLevel="3"
+ DebugInformationFormat="3"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCLibrarianTool"
+ AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"
+ OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCALinkTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCFxCopTool"
+ />
+ <Tool
+ Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+ />
+ </Configuration>
+ </Configurations>
+ <References>
+ </References>
+ <Files>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Source Files"
+ Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
+ >
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amextra.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amfilter.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amvideo.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\arithutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\combase.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cprop.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ctlutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ddmm.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllentry.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllsetup.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\mtype.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\outputq.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perflog.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pstream.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pullpin.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\refclock.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\renbase.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\schedule.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\seekpt.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\source.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\strmctl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\sysclock.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transfrm.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transip.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\videoctl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\vtrans.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winctrl.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxdebug.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxlist.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxutil.cpp"
+ >
+ </File>
+ </Filter>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Header Files"
+ Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
+ >
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amextra.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\amfilter.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cache.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\combase.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\cprop.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ctlutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\ddmm.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dllsetup.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\dxmperf.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\fourcc.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\measure.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\msgthrd.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\mtype.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\outputq.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perflog.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\perfstruct.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pstream.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\pullpin.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\refclock.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\reftime.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\renbase.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\schedule.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\seekpt.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\source.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\streams.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\strmctl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\sysclock.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transfrm.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\transip.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\videoctl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\vtrans.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winctrl.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\winutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxdebug.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxlist.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ <File
+ RelativePath=".\wxutil.h"
+ >
+ </File>
+ </Filter>
+ <Filter
+ Name="Resource Files"
+ Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"
+ UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"
+ >
+ </Filter>
+ </Files>
+ <Globals>
+ </Globals>
+</VisualStudioProject>
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cache.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a807c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Cache.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines a non-MFC generic cache class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* This class implements a simple cache. A cache object is instantiated
+ with the number of items it is to hold. An item is a pointer to an
+ object derived from CBaseObject (helps reduce memory leaks). The cache
+ can then have objects added to it and removed from it. The cache size
+ is fixed at construction time and may therefore run out or be flooded.
+ If it runs out it returns a NULL pointer, if it fills up it also returns
+ a NULL pointer instead of a pointer to the object just inserted */
+
+/* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing for their
+ functionality but it allows us to check there are no memory leaks */
+
+/* WARNING Be very careful when using this class, what it lets you do is
+ store and retrieve objects so that you can minimise object creation
+ which in turns improves efficiency. However the object you store is
+ exactly the same as the object you get back which means that it short
+ circuits the constructor initialisation phase. This means any class
+ variables the object has (eg pointers) are highly likely to be invalid.
+ Therefore ensure you reinitialise the object before using it again */
+
+
+#ifndef __CACHE__
+#define __CACHE__
+
+
+class CCache : CBaseObject {
+
+ /* Make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible */
+
+ CCache(const CCache &refCache);
+ CCache &operator=(const CCache &refCache);
+
+private:
+
+ /* These are initialised in the constructor. The first variable points to
+ an array of pointers, each of which points to a CBaseObject derived
+ object. The m_iCacheSize is the static fixed size for the cache and the
+ m_iUsed defines the number of places filled with objects at any time.
+ We fill the array of pointers from the start (ie m_ppObjects[0] first)
+ and then only add and remove objects from the end position, so in this
+ respect the array of object pointers should be treated as a stack */
+
+ CBaseObject **m_ppObjects;
+ const INT m_iCacheSize;
+ INT m_iUsed;
+
+public:
+
+ CCache(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,INT iItems);
+ virtual ~CCache();
+
+ /* Add an item to the cache */
+ CBaseObject *AddToCache(__in CBaseObject *pObject);
+
+ /* Remove an item from the cache */
+ CBaseObject *RemoveFromCache();
+
+ /* Delete all the objects held in the cache */
+ void RemoveAll(void);
+
+ /* Return the cache size which is set during construction */
+ INT GetCacheSize(void) const {return m_iCacheSize;};
+};
+
+#endif /* __CACHE__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/checkbmi.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/checkbmi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7287967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/checkbmi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+// Copyright (c) 1992 - 1997 Microsoft Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
+
+#ifndef _CHECKBMI_H_
+#define _CHECKBMI_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Helper
+__inline BOOL MultiplyCheckOverflow(DWORD a, DWORD b, __deref_out_range(==, a * b) DWORD *pab) {
+ *pab = a * b;
+ if ((a == 0) || (((*pab) / a) == b)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// Checks if the fields in a BITMAPINFOHEADER won't generate
+// overlows and buffer overruns
+// This is not a complete check and does not guarantee code using this structure will be secure
+// from attack
+// Bugs this is guarding against:
+// 1. Total structure size calculation overflowing
+// 2. biClrUsed > 256 for 8-bit palettized content
+// 3. Total bitmap size in bytes overflowing
+// 4. biSize < size of the base structure leading to accessessing random memory
+// 5. Total structure size exceeding know size of data
+//
+
+__success(return != 0) __inline BOOL ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi, // pointer to structure to check
+ __out_range(>=, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) DWORD cbSize // size of memory block containing structure
+)
+{
+ DWORD dwWidthInBytes;
+ DWORD dwBpp;
+ DWORD dwWidthInBits;
+ DWORD dwHeight;
+ DWORD dwSizeImage;
+ DWORD dwClrUsed;
+
+ // Reject bad parameters - do the size check first to avoid reading bad memory
+ if (cbSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||
+ pbmi->biSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||
+ pbmi->biSize > 4096) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Reject 0 size
+ if (pbmi->biWidth == 0 || pbmi->biHeight == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Use bpp of 200 for validating against further overflows if not set for compressed format
+ dwBpp = 200;
+
+ if (pbmi->biBitCount > dwBpp) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Strictly speaking abs can overflow so cast explicitly to DWORD
+ dwHeight = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight);
+
+ if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwBpp, (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth, &dwWidthInBits)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Compute correct width in bytes - rounding up to 4 bytes
+ dwWidthInBytes = (dwWidthInBits / 8 + 3) & ~3;
+
+ if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwWidthInBytes, dwHeight, &dwSizeImage)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Fail if total size is 0 - this catches indivual quantities being 0
+ // Also don't allow huge values > 1GB which might cause arithmetic
+ // errors for users
+ if (dwSizeImage > 0x40000000 ||
+ pbmi->biSizeImage > 0x40000000) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Fail if biClrUsed looks bad
+ if (pbmi->biClrUsed > 256) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (pbmi->biClrUsed == 0 && pbmi->biBitCount <= 8 && pbmi->biBitCount > 0) {
+ dwClrUsed = (1 << pbmi->biBitCount);
+ } else {
+ dwClrUsed = pbmi->biClrUsed;
+ }
+
+ // Check total size
+ if (cbSize < pbmi->biSize + dwClrUsed * sizeof(RGBQUAD) +
+ (pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS ? 3 * sizeof(DWORD) : 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If it is RGB validate biSizeImage - lots of code assumes the size is correct
+ if (pbmi->biCompression == BI_RGB || pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (pbmi->biSizeImage != 0) {
+ DWORD dwBits = (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth * (DWORD)pbmi->biBitCount;
+ DWORD dwWidthInBytes = ((DWORD)((dwBits+31) & (~31)) / 8);
+ DWORD dwTotalSize = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight) * dwWidthInBytes;
+ if (dwTotalSize > pbmi->biSizeImage) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _CHECKBMI_H_
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec62a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#pragma warning( disable : 4514 ) // Disable warnings re unused inline functions
+
+
+/* Define the static member variable */
+
+LONG CBaseObject::m_cObjects = 0;
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(0, pName);
+#else
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(const char *pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+HINSTANCE hlibOLEAut32;
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseObject::~CBaseObject()
+{
+ /* Decrement the number of objects active */
+ if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_cObjects) == 0) {
+ if (hlibOLEAut32) {
+ FreeLibrary(hlibOLEAut32);
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = 0;
+ }
+ };
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+static const TCHAR szOle32Aut[] = TEXT("OleAut32.dll");
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32()
+{
+ if (hlibOLEAut32 == 0) {
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = LoadLibrary(szOle32Aut);
+ }
+
+ return hlibOLEAut32;
+}
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+// We know we use "this" in the initialization list, we also know we don't modify *phr.
+#pragma warning( disable : 4355 4100 )
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName)
+/* Start the object with a reference count of zero - when the */
+/* object is queried for it's first interface this may be */
+/* incremented depending on whether or not this object is */
+/* currently being aggregated upon */
+, m_cRef(0)
+/* Set our pointer to our IUnknown interface. */
+/* If we have an outer, use its, otherwise use ours. */
+/* This pointer effectivly points to the owner of */
+/* this object and can be accessed by the GetOwner() method. */
+, m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+ /* Why the double cast? Well, the inner cast is a type-safe cast */
+ /* to pointer to a type from which we inherit. The second is */
+ /* type-unsafe but works because INonDelegatingUnknown "behaves */
+ /* like" IUnknown. (Only the names on the methods change.) */
+{
+ // Everything we need to do has been done in the initializer list
+}
+
+// This does the same as above except it has a useless HRESULT argument
+// use the previous constructor, this is just left for compatibility...
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+ m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+#endif
+
+#pragma warning( default : 4355 4100 )
+
+
+/* QueryInterface */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+
+ /* We know only about IUnknown */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ GetInterface((LPUNKNOWN) (PNDUNKNOWN) this, ppv);
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+/* We have to ensure that we DON'T use a max macro, since these will typically */
+/* lead to one of the parameters being evaluated twice. Since we are worried */
+/* about concurrency, we can't afford to access the m_cRef twice since we can't */
+/* afford to run the risk that its value having changed between accesses. */
+
+template<class T> inline static T ourmax( const T & a, const T & b )
+{
+ return a > b ? a : b;
+}
+
+/* AddRef */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef > 0);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Obj %d ref++ = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ return ourmax(ULONG(m_cRef), 1ul);
+}
+
+
+/* Release */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ /* If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves */
+
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Object %d ref-- = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+
+ // COM rules say we must protect against re-entrancy.
+ // If we are an aggregator and we hold our own interfaces
+ // on the aggregatee, the QI for these interfaces will
+ // addref ourselves. So after doing the QI we must release
+ // a ref count on ourselves. Then, before releasing the
+ // private interface, we must addref ourselves. When we do
+ // this from the destructor here it will result in the ref
+ // count going to 1 and then back to 0 causing us to
+ // re-enter the destructor. Hence we add an extra refcount here
+ // once we know we will delete the object.
+ // for an example aggregator see filgraph\distrib.cpp.
+
+ m_cRef++;
+
+ delete this;
+ return ULONG(0);
+ } else {
+ // Don't touch m_cRef again even in this leg as the object
+ // may have just been released on another thread too
+ return ourmax(ULONG(lRef), 1ul);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = pUnk;
+ pUnk->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object */
+
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond)
+{
+ /* Different objects can't have the same interface pointer for
+ any interface
+ */
+ if (pFirst == pSecond) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ /* OK - do it the hard way - check if they have the same
+ IUnknown pointers - a single object can only have one of these
+ */
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown1; // Retrieve the IUnknown interface
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown2; // Retrieve the other IUnknown interface
+ HRESULT hr; // General OLE return code
+
+ ASSERT(pFirst);
+ ASSERT(pSecond);
+
+ /* See if the IUnknown pointers match */
+
+ hr = pFirst->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown1);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown1);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown1->Release();
+
+ hr = pSecond->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown2);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown2);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown2->Release();
+ return (pUnknown1 == pUnknown2);
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f735ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/combase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+
+a. Derive your COM object from CUnknown
+
+b. Make a static CreateInstance function that takes an LPUNKNOWN, an HRESULT *
+ and a TCHAR *. The LPUNKNOWN defines the object to delegate IUnknown calls
+ to. The HRESULT * allows error codes to be passed around constructors and
+ the TCHAR * is a descriptive name that can be printed on the debugger.
+
+ It is important that constructors only change the HRESULT * if they have
+ to set an ERROR code, if it was successful then leave it alone or you may
+ overwrite an error code from an object previously created.
+
+ When you call a constructor the descriptive name should be in static store
+ as we do not copy the string. To stop large amounts of memory being used
+ in retail builds by all these static strings use the NAME macro,
+
+ CMyFilter = new CImplFilter(NAME("My filter"),pUnknown,phr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ In retail builds NAME(_x_) compiles to NULL, the base CBaseObject class
+ knows not to do anything with objects that don't have a name.
+
+c. Have a constructor for your object that passes the LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT * and
+ TCHAR * to the CUnknown constructor. You can set the HRESULT if you have an
+ error, or just simply pass it through to the constructor.
+
+ The object creation will fail in the class factory if the HRESULT indicates
+ an error (ie FAILED(HRESULT) == TRUE)
+
+d. Create a FactoryTemplate with your object's class id and CreateInstance
+ function.
+
+Then (for each interface) either
+
+Multiple inheritance
+
+1. Also derive it from ISomeInterface
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition to declare
+ implementations of QueryInterface, AddRef and Release that
+ call the outer unknown
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Declare and implement the member functions of ISomeInterface.
+
+or: Nested interfaces
+
+1. Declare a class derived from CUnknown
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Implement the member functions of ISomeInterface. Use GetOwner() to
+ access the COM object class.
+
+And in your COM object class:
+
+5. Make the nested class a friend of the COM object class, and declare
+ an instance of the nested class as a member of the COM object class.
+
+ NOTE that because you must always pass the outer unknown and an hResult
+ to the CUnknown constructor you cannot use a default constructor, in
+ other words you will have to make the member variable a pointer to the
+ class and make a NEW call in your constructor to actually create it.
+
+6. override the NonDelegatingQueryInterface with code like this:
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return m_pImplFilter->
+ NonDelegatingQueryInterface(IID_ISomeInterface, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+You can have mixed classes which support some interfaces via multiple
+inheritance and some via nested classes
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __COMBASE__
+#define __COMBASE__
+
+// Filter Setup data structures no defined in axextend.idl
+
+typedef REGPINTYPES
+AMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * PAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE;
+
+typedef REGFILTERPINS
+AMOVIESETUP_PIN, * PAMOVIESETUP_PIN, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_PIN;
+
+typedef struct _AMOVIESETUP_FILTER
+{
+ const CLSID * clsID;
+ const WCHAR * strName;
+ DWORD dwMerit;
+ UINT nPins;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_PIN * lpPin;
+}
+AMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * PAMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER;
+
+/* The DLLENTRY module initialises the module handle on loading */
+
+extern HINSTANCE g_hInst;
+
+/* On DLL load remember which platform we are running on */
+
+extern DWORD g_amPlatform;
+extern OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo; // Filled in by GetVersionEx
+
+/* Version of IUnknown that is renamed to allow a class to support both
+ non delegating and delegating IUnknowns in the same COM object */
+
+#ifndef INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+DECLARE_INTERFACE(INonDelegatingUnknown)
+{
+ STDMETHOD(NonDelegatingQueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID, LPVOID *) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingAddRef)(THIS) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingRelease)(THIS) PURE;
+};
+#define INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+typedef INonDelegatingUnknown *PNDUNKNOWN;
+
+
+/* This is the base object class that supports active object counting. As
+ part of the debug facilities we trace every time a C++ object is created
+ or destroyed. The name of the object has to be passed up through the class
+ derivation list during construction as you cannot call virtual functions
+ in the constructor. The downside of all this is that every single object
+ constructor has to take an object name parameter that describes it */
+
+class CBaseObject
+{
+
+private:
+
+ // Disable the copy constructor and assignment by default so you will get
+ // compiler errors instead of unexpected behaviour if you pass objects
+ // by value or assign objects.
+ CBaseObject(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+ void operator=(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+
+private:
+ static LONG m_cObjects; /* Total number of objects active */
+
+protected:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie; /* Cookie identifying this object */
+#endif
+
+
+public:
+
+ /* These increment and decrement the number of active objects */
+
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseObject();
+
+ /* Call this to find if there are any CUnknown derived objects active */
+
+ static LONG ObjectsActive() {
+ return m_cObjects;
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* An object that supports one or more COM interfaces will be based on
+ this class. It supports counting of total objects for DLLCanUnloadNow
+ support, and an implementation of the core non delegating IUnknown */
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CUnknown : public INonDelegatingUnknown,
+ public CBaseObject
+{
+private:
+ const LPUNKNOWN m_pUnknown; /* Owner of this object */
+
+protected: /* So we can override NonDelegatingRelease() */
+ volatile LONG m_cRef; /* Number of reference counts */
+
+public:
+
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ virtual ~CUnknown() {};
+
+ // This is redundant, just use the other constructor
+ // as we never touch the HRESULT in this anyway
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR Name, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#endif
+
+ /* Return the owner of this object */
+
+ LPUNKNOWN GetOwner() const {
+ return m_pUnknown;
+ };
+
+ /* Called from the class factory to create a new instance, it is
+ pure virtual so it must be overriden in your derived class */
+
+ /* static CUnknown *CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *) */
+
+ /* Non delegating unknown implementation */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+};
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv);
+
+/* A function that can create a new COM object */
+
+typedef CUnknown *(CALLBACK *LPFNNewCOMObject)(__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+
+/* A function (can be NULL) which is called from the DLL entrypoint
+ routine for each factory template:
+
+ bLoading - TRUE on DLL load, FALSE on DLL unload
+ rclsid - the m_ClsID of the entry
+*/
+typedef void (CALLBACK *LPFNInitRoutine)(BOOL bLoading, const CLSID *rclsid);
+
+/* Create one of these per object class in an array so that
+ the default class factory code can create new instances */
+
+class CFactoryTemplate {
+
+public:
+
+ const WCHAR * m_Name;
+ const CLSID * m_ClsID;
+ LPFNNewCOMObject m_lpfnNew;
+ LPFNInitRoutine m_lpfnInit;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * m_pAMovieSetup_Filter;
+
+ BOOL IsClassID(REFCLSID rclsid) const {
+ return (IsEqualCLSID(*m_ClsID,rclsid));
+ };
+
+ CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) const {
+ CheckPointer(phr,NULL);
+ return m_lpfnNew(pUnk, phr);
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* You must override the (pure virtual) NonDelegatingQueryInterface to return
+ interface pointers (using GetInterface) to the interfaces your derived
+ class supports (the default implementation only supports IUnknown) */
+
+#define DECLARE_IUNKNOWN \
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv) { \
+ return GetOwner()->QueryInterface(riid,ppv); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef() { \
+ return GetOwner()->AddRef(); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release() { \
+ return GetOwner()->Release(); \
+ };
+
+
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32();
+
+
+#endif /* __COMBASE__ */
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd76b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CProp.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CBasePropertyPage class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+// Constructor for the base property page class. As described in the header
+// file we must be initialised with dialog and title resource identifiers.
+// The class supports IPropertyPage and overrides AddRef and Release calls
+// to keep track of the reference counts. When the last count is released
+// we call SetPageSite(NULL) and SetObjects(0,NULL) to release interfaces
+// previously obtained by the property page when it had SetObjects called
+
+CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId) : // To get tital
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_DialogId(DialogId),
+ m_TitleId(TitleId),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_Dlg(NULL),
+ m_pPageSite(NULL),
+ m_bObjectSet(FALSE),
+ m_bDirty(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId) : // To get tital
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_DialogId(DialogId),
+ m_TitleId(TitleId),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_Dlg(NULL),
+ m_pPageSite(NULL),
+ m_bObjectSet(FALSE),
+ m_bDirty(FALSE)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+// Increment our reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+ ASSERT(lRef > 0);
+ return max(ULONG(m_cRef),1ul);
+}
+
+
+// Release a reference count and protect against reentrancy
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ // If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves
+
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ m_cRef++;
+ SetPageSite(NULL);
+ SetObjects(0,NULL);
+ delete this;
+ return ULONG(0);
+ } else {
+ // Don't touch m_cRef again here!
+ return max(ULONG(lRef),1ul);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Expose our IPropertyPage interface
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPropertyPage) {
+ return GetInterface((IPropertyPage *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Get the page info so that the page site can size itself
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPageInfo,E_POINTER);
+ WCHAR wszTitle[STR_MAX_LENGTH];
+ WideStringFromResource(wszTitle,m_TitleId);
+
+ // Allocate dynamic memory for the property page title
+
+ LPOLESTR pszTitle;
+ HRESULT hr = AMGetWideString(wszTitle, &pszTitle);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("No caption memory");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ pPageInfo->cb = sizeof(PROPPAGEINFO);
+ pPageInfo->pszTitle = pszTitle;
+ pPageInfo->pszDocString = NULL;
+ pPageInfo->pszHelpFile = NULL;
+ pPageInfo->dwHelpContext = 0;
+
+ // Set defaults in case GetDialogSize fails
+ pPageInfo->size.cx = 340;
+ pPageInfo->size.cy = 150;
+
+ GetDialogSize(m_DialogId, DialogProc,0L,&pPageInfo->size);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Handles the messages for our property window
+
+INT_PTR CALLBACK CBasePropertyPage::DialogProc(HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ case WM_INITDIALOG:
+
+ _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, lParam);
+
+ // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size
+
+ pPropertyPage = (CBasePropertyPage *) lParam;
+ if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+ pPropertyPage->m_Dlg = hwnd;
+ }
+
+ // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size
+
+ pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
+ if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+ return pPropertyPage->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// Tells us the object that should be informed of the property changes
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetObjects(ULONG cObjects,__in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk)
+{
+ if (cObjects == 1) {
+
+ if ((ppUnk == NULL) || (*ppUnk == NULL)) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // Set a flag to say that we have set the Object
+ m_bObjectSet = TRUE ;
+ return OnConnect(*ppUnk);
+
+ } else if (cObjects == 0) {
+
+ // Set a flag to say that we have not set the Object for the page
+ m_bObjectSet = FALSE ;
+ return OnDisconnect();
+ }
+
+ DbgBreak("No support for more than one object");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// Create the window we will use to edit properties
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Activate(HWND hwndParent,
+ LPCRECT pRect,
+ BOOL fModal)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);
+
+ // Return failure if SetObject has not been called.
+ if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ if (m_hwnd) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,
+ MAKEINTRESOURCE(m_DialogId),
+ hwndParent,
+ DialogProc,
+ (LPARAM) this);
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ OnActivate();
+ Move(pRect);
+ return Show(SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+}
+
+
+// Set the position of the property page
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Move(LPCRECT pRect)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ MoveWindow(m_hwnd, // Property page handle
+ pRect->left, // x coordinate
+ pRect->top, // y coordinate
+ WIDTH(pRect), // Overall window width
+ HEIGHT(pRect), // And likewise height
+ TRUE); // Should we repaint it
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Display the property dialog
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Show(UINT nCmdShow)
+{
+ // Have we been activated yet
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Ignore wrong show flags
+
+ if ((nCmdShow != SW_SHOW) && (nCmdShow != SW_SHOWNORMAL) && (nCmdShow != SW_HIDE)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,nCmdShow);
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Destroy the property page dialog
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Deactivate(void)
+{
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Remove WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT before DestroyWindow call
+
+ DWORD dwStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
+ dwStyle = dwStyle & (~WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
+
+ // Set m_hwnd to be NULL temporarily so the message handler
+ // for WM_STYLECHANGING doesn't add the WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+ // style back in
+ HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, dwStyle);
+ m_hwnd = hwnd;
+
+ OnDeactivate();
+
+ // Destroy the dialog window
+
+ DestroyWindow(m_hwnd);
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Tells the application property page site
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite)
+{
+ if (pPageSite) {
+
+ if (m_pPageSite) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_pPageSite = pPageSite;
+ m_pPageSite->AddRef();
+
+ } else {
+
+ if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ m_pPageSite->Release();
+ m_pPageSite = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Apply any changes so far made
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Apply()
+{
+ // In ActiveMovie 1.0 we used to check whether we had been activated or
+ // not. This is too constrictive. Apply should be allowed as long as
+ // SetObject was called to set an object. So we will no longer check to
+ // see if we have been activated (ie., m_hWnd != NULL), but instead
+ // make sure that m_bObjectSet is TRUE (ie., SetObject has been called).
+
+ if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Must have had a site set
+
+ if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Has anything changed
+
+ if (m_bDirty == FALSE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Commit derived class changes
+
+ HRESULT hr = OnApplyChanges();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_bDirty = FALSE;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Base class definition for message handling
+
+INT_PTR CBasePropertyPage::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ // we would like the TAB key to move around the tab stops in our property
+ // page, but for some reason OleCreatePropertyFrame clears the CONTROLPARENT
+ // style behind our back, so we need to switch it back on now behind its
+ // back. Otherwise the tab key will be useless in every page.
+ //
+
+ CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;
+ {
+ pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
+
+ if (pPropertyPage->m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ switch (uMsg) {
+ case WM_STYLECHANGING:
+ if (wParam == GWL_EXSTYLE) {
+ LPSTYLESTRUCT lpss = (LPSTYLESTRUCT)lParam;
+ lpss->styleNew |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db44940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/cprop.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CProp.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __CPROP__
+#define __CPROP__
+
+// Base property page class. Filters typically expose custom properties by
+// implementing special control interfaces, examples are IDirectDrawVideo
+// and IQualProp on renderers. This allows property pages to be built that
+// use the given interface. Applications such as the ActiveMovie OCX query
+// filters for the property pages they support and expose them to the user
+//
+// This class provides all the framework for a property page. A property
+// page is a COM object that supports IPropertyPage. We should be created
+// with a resource ID for the dialog which we will load when required. We
+// should also be given in the constructor a resource ID for a title string
+// we will load from the DLLs STRINGTABLE. The property page titles must be
+// stored in resource files so that they can be easily internationalised
+//
+// We have a number of virtual methods (not PURE) that may be overriden in
+// derived classes to query for interfaces and so on. These functions have
+// simple implementations here that just return NOERROR. Derived classes
+// will almost definately have to override the message handler method called
+// OnReceiveMessage. We have a static dialog procedure that calls the method
+// so that derived classes don't have to fiddle around with the this pointer
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePropertyPage : public IPropertyPage, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPPROPERTYPAGESITE m_pPageSite; // Details for our property site
+ HWND m_hwnd; // Window handle for the page
+ HWND m_Dlg; // Actual dialog window handle
+ BOOL m_bDirty; // Has anything been changed
+ int m_TitleId; // Resource identifier for title
+ int m_DialogId; // Dialog resource identifier
+
+ static INT_PTR CALLBACK DialogProc(HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam);
+
+private:
+ BOOL m_bObjectSet ; // SetObject has been called or not.
+public:
+
+ CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug only name
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator
+ int DialogId, // Resource ID
+ int TitleId); // To get tital
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ int DialogId,
+ int TitleId);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBasePropertyPage() { };
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // Override these virtual methods
+
+ virtual HRESULT OnConnect(IUnknown *pUnknown) { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnDisconnect() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnActivate() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnDeactivate() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnApplyChanges() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual INT_PTR OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
+
+ // These implement an IPropertyPage interface
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite);
+ STDMETHODIMP Activate(HWND hwndParent, LPCRECT prect,BOOL fModal);
+ STDMETHODIMP Deactivate(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetObjects(ULONG cObjects, __in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk);
+ STDMETHODIMP Show(UINT nCmdShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP Move(LPCRECT prect);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsPageDirty(void) { return m_bDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE; }
+ STDMETHODIMP Apply(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP Help(LPCWSTR lpszHelpDir) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+ STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(__inout LPMSG lpMsg) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+};
+
+#endif // __CPROP__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ccb9dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2541 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "seekpt.h"
+
+// 'bool' non standard reserved word
+#pragma warning(disable:4237)
+
+
+// --- CBaseDispatch implementation ----------
+CBaseDispatch::~CBaseDispatch()
+{
+ if (m_pti) {
+ m_pti->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pctinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pctinfo,sizeof(UINT *));
+ *pctinfo = 1;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADTYPELIB)(
+ const OLECHAR FAR *szFile,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADREGTYPELIB)(REFGUID rguid,
+ WORD wVerMajor,
+ WORD wVerMinor,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pptinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pptinfo,sizeof(ITypeInfo *));
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ *pptinfo = NULL;
+
+ // we only support one type element
+ if (0 != itinfo) {
+ return TYPE_E_ELEMENTNOTFOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == pptinfo) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // always look for neutral
+ if (NULL == m_pti) {
+
+ LPLOADTYPELIB lpfnLoadTypeLib;
+ LPLOADREGTYPELIB lpfnLoadRegTypeLib;
+ ITypeLib *ptlib;
+ HINSTANCE hInst;
+
+ static const char szTypeLib[] = "LoadTypeLib";
+ static const char szRegTypeLib[] = "LoadRegTypeLib";
+ static const WCHAR szControl[] = L"control.tlb";
+
+ //
+ // Try to get the Ole32Aut.dll module handle.
+ //
+
+ hInst = LoadOLEAut32();
+ if (hInst == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+ lpfnLoadRegTypeLib = (LPLOADREGTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst,
+ szRegTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadRegTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadRegTypeLib)(LIBID_QuartzTypeLib, 1, 0, // version 1.0
+ lcid, &ptlib);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // attempt to load directly - this will fill the
+ // registry in if it finds it
+
+ lpfnLoadTypeLib = (LPLOADTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst, szTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadTypeLib)(szControl, &ptlib);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hr = ptlib->GetTypeInfoOfGuid(
+ riid,
+ &m_pti);
+
+ ptlib->Release();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pptinfo = m_pti;
+ m_pti->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ // although the IDispatch riid is dead, we use this to pass from
+ // the interface implementation class to us the iid we are talking about.
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(riid, 0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pti->GetIDsOfNames(rgszNames, cNames, rgdispid);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaControl implementation ---------
+
+CMediaControl::CMediaControl(const TCHAR * name,LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaControl and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaControl *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaEvent implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaEvent::CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaEvent and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaEvent || riid == IID_IMediaEventEx) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaEventEx *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaEvent *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaPosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaPosition and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaPosition *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaPosition *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking pass through class ----------
+
+
+CPosPassThru::CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pPin(pPin)
+{
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_POINTER;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Expose our IMediaSeeking and IMediaPosition interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ return CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaPosition interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeer(IMediaPosition ** ppMP)
+{
+ *ppMP = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaPosition * pMP;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaPosition, (void **) &pMP);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMP = pMP;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaSeeking interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking ** ppMS)
+{
+ *ppMS = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaSeeking * pMS;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSeeking, (void **) &pMS);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMS = pMS;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaSeeking methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCapabilities(__out DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CheckCapabilities(__inout DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->CheckCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsFormatSupported(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->QueryPreferredFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsUsingTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->ConvertTimeFormat(pTarget, pTargetFormat, Source, pSourceFormat );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetPositions(pCurrent, CurrentFlags, pStop, StopFlags );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPositions(__out_opt LONGLONG *pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetPositions(pCurrent,pStop);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetSeekingLongLong
+( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( __out LONGLONG * )
+, LONGLONG * pll
+)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ hr = (pMS->*pMethod)(pll);
+ pMS->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// If we don't have a current position then ask upstream
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // Can we report the current position
+ HRESULT hr = GetMediaTime(pCurrent,NULL);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) hr = NOERROR;
+ else hr = GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetCurrentPosition, pCurrent );
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetStopPosition, pStop );;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetDuration, pDuration );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pllPreroll)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetPreroll, pllPreroll );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetAvailable( pEarliest, pLatest );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetRate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->GetRate(pdRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetRate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->SetRate(dRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMP->get_Duration(plength);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_CurrentPosition(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_CurrentPosition(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_StopTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_StopTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_PrerollTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_PrerollTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_Rate(pdRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_Rate(dRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekForward(pCanSeekForward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekBackward(pCanSeekBackward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implements the CRendererPosPassThru class ----------
+
+
+// Media times (eg current frame, field, sample etc) are passed through the
+// filtergraph in media samples. When a renderer gets a sample with media
+// times in it, it will call one of the RegisterMediaTime methods we expose
+// (one takes an IMediaSample, the other takes the media times direct). We
+// store the media times internally and return them in GetCurrentPosition.
+
+CRendererPosPassThru::CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CPosPassThru(pName,pUnk,phr,pPin),
+ m_StartMedia(0),
+ m_EndMedia(0),
+ m_bReset(TRUE)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+ LONGLONG StartMedia;
+ LONGLONG EndMedia;
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+
+ // Get the media times from the sample
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetTime(&StartMedia,&EndMedia);
+ if (FAILED(hr))
+ {
+ ASSERT(hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET);
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_StartMedia = StartMedia;
+ m_EndMedia = EndMedia;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = StartTime;
+ m_EndMedia = EndTime;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current media times registered in the object
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(pStartTime);
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ if (m_bReset == TRUE) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // We don't have to return the end time
+
+ HRESULT hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pStartTime, 0, m_StartMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ if (pEndTime && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pEndTime, 0, m_EndMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Resets the media times we hold
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::ResetMediaTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = 0;
+ m_EndMedia = 0;
+ m_bReset = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Intended to be called by the owing filter during EOS processing so
+// that the media times can be adjusted to the stop time. This ensures
+// that the GetCurrentPosition will actully get to the stop position.
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::EOS()
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if ( m_bReset == TRUE ) hr = E_FAIL;
+ else
+ {
+ LONGLONG llStop;
+ if SUCCEEDED(hr=GetStopPosition(&llStop))
+ {
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia =
+ m_EndMedia = llStop;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// -- CSourceSeeking implementation ------------
+
+CSourceSeeking::CSourceSeeking(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_rtStart((long)0)
+{
+ m_rtStop = _I64_MAX / 2;
+ m_rtDuration = m_rtStop;
+ m_dRateSeeking = 1.0;
+
+ m_dwSeekingCaps = AM_SEEKING_CanSeekForwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekBackwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekAbsolute
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetStopPos
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetDuration;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ // only seeking in time (REFERENCE_TIME units) is supported
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+
+ // nothing to set; just check that it's TIME_FORMAT_TIME
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDuration, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pDuration = m_rtDuration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // GetCurrentPosition is typically supported only in renderers and
+ // not in source filters.
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+ *pCapabilities = m_dwSeekingCaps;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+
+ // make sure all requested capabilities are in our mask
+ return (~m_dwSeekingCaps & *pCapabilities) ? S_FALSE : S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pTarget, E_POINTER);
+ // format guids can be null to indicate current format
+
+ // since we only support TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME, we don't really
+ // offer any conversions.
+ if(pTargetFormat == 0 || *pTargetFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ if(pSourceFormat == 0 || *pSourceFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ *pTarget = Source;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ DWORD StopPosBits = StopFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+ DWORD StartPosBits = CurrentFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+
+ if(StopFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+
+ // accept only relative, incremental, or absolute positioning
+ if(StopPosBits != StopFlags) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(CurrentFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pCurrent, E_POINTER);
+ if(StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning &&
+ StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // scope for autolock
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ // set start position
+ if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart = *pCurrent;
+ }
+ else if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart += *pCurrent;
+ }
+
+ // set stop position
+ if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_IncrementalPositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStart + *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStop + *pStop;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr) && StopPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStop();
+ }
+ if(StartPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStart();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop )
+{
+ if(pCurrent) {
+ *pCurrent = m_rtStart;
+ }
+ if(pStop) {
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest )
+{
+ if(pEarliest) {
+ *pEarliest = 0;
+ }
+ if(pLatest) {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pLatest = m_rtDuration;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetRate( double dRate)
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ m_dRateSeeking = dRate;
+ }
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetRate( __out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pdRate = m_dRateSeeking;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPreroll, E_POINTER);
+ *pPreroll = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// --- CSourcePosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CSourcePosition::CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_Start(CRefTime((LONGLONG)0))
+{
+ m_Stop = _I64_MAX;
+ m_Rate = 1.0;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ CheckPointer(plength,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(plength,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *plength = m_Duration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Start = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStart();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pllTime = m_Stop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Stop = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStop();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pdRate,sizeof(double));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pdRate = m_Rate;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Rate = dRate;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek forwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekForward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekForward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek backwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekBackward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekBackward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of CBasicAudio class ----------
+
+
+CBasicAudio::CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicAudio) {
+ return GetInterface( (IBasicAudio *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicAudio *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IVideoWindow implementation ----------
+
+CBaseVideoWindow::CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IVideoWindow) {
+ return GetInterface( (IVideoWindow *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IVideoWindow *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IBasicVideo implementation ----------
+
+
+CBaseBasicVideo::CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicVideo || riid == IID_IBasicVideo2) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IBasicVideo2 *>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicVideo *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of Deferred Commands ----------
+
+
+CDispParams::CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ cNamedArgs = 0;
+ rgdispidNamedArgs = NULL;
+ cArgs = nArgs;
+
+ if (cArgs) {
+ rgvarg = new VARIANT[cArgs];
+ if (NULL == rgvarg) {
+ cArgs = 0;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+
+ // Why aren't we using VariantCopy?
+
+ VARIANT * pDest = &rgvarg[i];
+ VARIANT * pSrc = &pArgs[i];
+
+ pDest->vt = pSrc->vt;
+ switch(pDest->vt) {
+
+ case VT_I4:
+ pDest->lVal = pSrc->lVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UI1:
+ pDest->bVal = pSrc->bVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_I2:
+ pDest->iVal = pSrc->iVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R4:
+ pDest->fltVal = pSrc->fltVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R8:
+ pDest->dblVal = pSrc->dblVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BOOL:
+ pDest->boolVal = pSrc->boolVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_ERROR:
+ pDest->scode = pSrc->scode;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_CY:
+ pDest->cyVal = pSrc->cyVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DATE:
+ pDest->date = pSrc->date;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ if ((PVOID)pSrc->bstrVal == NULL) {
+ pDest->bstrVal = NULL;
+ } else {
+
+ // a BSTR is a WORD followed by a UNICODE string.
+ // the pointer points just after the WORD
+
+ WORD len = * (WORD*) (pSrc->bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD) / sizeof(OLECHAR)));
+ OLECHAR* pch = new OLECHAR[len + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR))];
+ if (pch) {
+ WORD *pui = (WORD*)pch;
+ *pui = len;
+ pDest->bstrVal = pch + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ CopyMemory(pDest->bstrVal, pSrc->bstrVal, len*sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ } else {
+ cArgs = i;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ pDest->punkVal = pSrc->punkVal;
+ pDest->punkVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ pDest->pdispVal = pSrc->pdispVal;
+ pDest->pdispVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // a type we haven't got round to adding yet!
+ ASSERT(0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ rgvarg = NULL;
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+CDispParams::~CDispParams()
+{
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+ switch(rgvarg[i].vt) {
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ // Explicitly cast BSTR to PVOID to tell code scanning tools we really mean to test the pointer
+ if ((PVOID)rgvarg[i].bstrVal != NULL) {
+ OLECHAR * pch = rgvarg[i].bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ delete pch;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ rgvarg[i].punkVal->Release();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ rgvarg[i].pdispVal->Release();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ delete[] rgvarg;
+}
+
+
+// lifetime is controlled by refcounts (see defer.h)
+
+CDeferredCommand::CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long nArgs,
+ __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(NAME("DeferredCommand"), pUnk),
+ m_pQueue(pQ),
+ m_pUnk(pUnkExecutor),
+ m_iid(iid),
+ m_dispidMethod(dispidMethod),
+ m_wFlags(wFlags),
+ m_DispParams(nArgs, pDispParams, phr),
+ m_pvarResult(pvarResult),
+ m_bStream(bStream),
+ m_hrResult(E_ABORT)
+
+{
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(time);
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // no check of time validity - it's ok to queue a command that's
+ // already late
+
+ // check iid is supportable on pUnk by QueryInterface for it
+ IUnknown * pInterface;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ pInterface->Release();
+
+
+ // !!! check dispidMethod and param/return types using typelib
+ ITypeInfo *pti;
+ hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(*iid, 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ // !!! some sort of ITypeInfo validity check here
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // Fix up the dispid for put and get
+ if (wFlags == DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT) {
+ m_DispParams.cNamedArgs = 1;
+ m_DispId = DISPID_PROPERTYPUT;
+ m_DispParams.rgdispidNamedArgs = &m_DispId;
+ }
+
+ // all checks ok - add to queue
+ hr = pQ->Insert(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// refcounts are held by caller of InvokeAt... and by list. So if
+// we get here, we can't be on the list
+
+#if 0
+CDeferredCommand::~CDeferredCommand()
+{
+ // this assert is invalid since if the queue is deleted while we are
+ // still on the queue, we will have been removed by the queue and this
+ // m_pQueue will not have been modified.
+ // ASSERT(m_pQueue == NULL);
+
+ // we don't hold a ref count on pUnk, which is the object that should
+ // execute the command.
+ // This is because there would otherwise be a circular refcount problem
+ // since pUnk probably owns the CmdQueue object that has a refcount
+ // on us.
+ // The lifetime of pUnk is guaranteed by it being part of, or lifetime
+ // controlled by, our parent object. As long as we are on the list, pUnk
+ // must be valid. Once we are off the list, we do not use pUnk.
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IDeferredCommand) {
+ return GetInterface( (IDeferredCommand *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// remove from q. this will reduce the refcount by one (since the q
+// holds a count) but can't make us go away since he must have a
+// refcount in order to call this method.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Cancel()
+{
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Confidence(__out LONG* pConfidence)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::GetHResult(__out HRESULT * phrResult)
+{
+ CheckPointer(phrResult,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(phrResult,sizeof(HRESULT));
+
+ if (m_pQueue != NULL) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ *phrResult = m_hrResult;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set the time to be a new time (checking that it is valid) and
+// then requeue
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Postpone(REFTIME newtime)
+{
+
+ // check that this time is not past
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(newtime);
+
+ // check that the time has not passed
+ if (m_pQueue->CheckTime(convertor, IsStreamTime())) {
+ return VFW_E_TIME_ALREADY_PASSED;
+ }
+
+ // extract from list
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // change time
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // requeue
+ hr = m_pQueue->Insert(this);
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CDeferredCommand::Invoke()
+{
+ // check that we are still outstanding
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ // get the type info
+ ITypeInfo* pti;
+ HRESULT hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(GetIID(), 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // qi for the expected interface and then invoke it. Note that we have to
+ // treat the returned interface as IUnknown since we don't know its type.
+ IUnknown* pInterface;
+
+ hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ EXCEPINFO expinfo;
+ UINT uArgErr;
+ m_hrResult = pti->Invoke(
+ pInterface,
+ GetMethod(),
+ GetFlags(),
+ GetParams(),
+ GetResult(),
+ &expinfo,
+ &uArgErr);
+
+ // release the interface we QI'd for
+ pInterface->Release();
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // remove from list whether or not successful
+ // or we loop indefinitely
+ hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+// --- CCmdQueue methods ----------
+
+
+CCmdQueue::CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ m_listPresentation(NAME("Presentation time command list")),
+ m_listStream(NAME("Stream time command list")),
+ m_evDue(TRUE, phr), // manual reset
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_bRunning(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+
+CCmdQueue::~CCmdQueue()
+{
+ // empty all our lists
+
+ // we hold a refcount on each, so traverse and Release each
+ // entry then RemoveAll to empty the list
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listPresentation.RemoveAll();
+
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listStream.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listStream.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+// the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+// returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+// no object has been queued.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // this object will execute command
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *ppCmd = NULL;
+
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd;
+ pCmd = new CDeferredCommand(
+ this,
+ NULL, // not aggregated
+ &hr,
+ pUnk, // this guy will execute
+ time,
+ iid,
+ dispidMethod,
+ wFlags,
+ cArgs,
+ pDispParams,
+ pvarResult,
+ puArgErr,
+ bStream);
+
+ if (pCmd == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the item
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // seek past all items that are before us
+ while (pos &&
+ (pList->GetValid(pos)->GetTime() <= pCmd->GetTime())) {
+
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // now at end of list or in front of items that come later
+ if (!pos) {
+ pList->AddTail(pCmd);
+ } else {
+ pList->AddBefore(pos, pCmd);
+ }
+
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // traverse the list
+ while (pos && (pList->GetValid(pos) != pCmd)) {
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // did we drop off the end?
+ if (!pos) {
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ } else {
+
+ // found it - now take off list
+ pList->Remove(pos);
+
+ // Insert did an AddRef, so release it
+ pCmd->Release();
+
+ // check that timer request is still for earliest time
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// set the clock used for timing
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock* pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the new clock first in case they are the same
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // kill any advise on the old clock
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ // set up a new advise
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set up a timer event with the reference clock
+
+void
+CCmdQueue::SetTimeAdvise(void)
+{
+ // make sure we have a clock to use
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+
+ // time 0 is earliest
+ CRefTime current;
+
+ // find the earliest presentation time
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (pos != NULL) {
+ current = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+ }
+
+ // if we're running, check the stream times too
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+
+ CRefTime t;
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ t = m_listStream.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+
+ // add on stream time offset to get presentation time
+ t += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // is this earlier?
+ if ((current == TimeZero) || (t < current)) {
+ current = t;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // need to change?
+ if ((current > TimeZero) && (current != m_tCurrentAdvise)) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+ }
+
+ // ask for time advice - the first two params are either
+ // stream time offset and stream time or
+ // presentation time and 0. we always use the latter
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME)current,
+ TimeZero,
+ (HEVENT) HANDLE(m_evDue),
+ &m_dwAdvise);
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ m_tCurrentAdvise = current;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_StreamTimeOffset = tStreamTimeOffset;
+ m_bRunning = TRUE;
+
+ // ensure advise is accurate
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::EndRun()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_bRunning = FALSE;
+
+ // check timer setting - stream times
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+// milliseconds until there is a due command.
+// Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+// The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout)
+{
+ // loop until we timeout or find a due command
+ for (;;) {
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+
+ // find the earliest command
+ CDeferredCommand * pCmd = NULL;
+
+ // check the presentation time and the
+ // stream time list to find the earliest
+
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pStrm = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+
+ CRefTime t = pStrm->GetTime() + m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ if (!pCmd || (t < pCmd->GetTime())) {
+ pCmd = pStrm;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // if we have found one, is it due?
+ if (pCmd) {
+ if (CheckTime(pCmd->GetTime(), pCmd->IsStreamTime())) {
+
+ // yes it's due - addref it
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // block until the advise is signalled
+ if (WaitForSingleObject(m_evDue, msTimeout) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+// Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+// in via the Run method.
+// Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// This method will not block. It will report E_ABORT if there are no
+// commands due yet.
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME rtStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ CRefTime tStream(rtStream);
+
+ // find the earliest stream and presentation time commands
+ CDeferredCommand* pStream = NULL;
+ POSITION pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pStream = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+ CDeferredCommand* pPresent = NULL;
+ pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pPresent = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ // is there a presentation time that has passed already
+ if (pPresent && CheckTime(pPresent->GetTime(), FALSE)) {
+ pPresent->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // is there a stream time command due before this stream time
+ if (pStream && (pStream->GetTime() <= tStream)) {
+ pStream->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pStream;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // if we are running, we can map presentation times to
+ // stream time. In this case, is there a presentation time command
+ // that will be due before this stream time is presented?
+ if (m_bRunning && pPresent) {
+
+ // this stream time will appear at...
+ tStream += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // due before that?
+ if (pPresent->GetTime() <= tStream) {
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // no commands due yet
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4719c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ctlutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,923 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+#ifndef __CTLUTIL__
+#define __CTLUTIL__
+
+// OLE Automation has different ideas of TRUE and FALSE
+
+#define OATRUE (-1)
+#define OAFALSE (0)
+
+
+// It's possible that we could replace this class with CreateStdDispatch
+
+class CBaseDispatch
+{
+ ITypeInfo * m_pti;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseDispatch() : m_pti(NULL) {}
+ ~CBaseDispatch();
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaControl :
+ public IMediaControl,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaControl(const TCHAR *, LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaEvent :
+ public IMediaEventEx,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaPosition :
+ public IMediaPosition,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+};
+
+
+// OA-compatibility means that we must use double as the RefTime value,
+// and REFERENCE_TIME (essentially a LONGLONG) within filters.
+// this class converts between the two
+
+class COARefTime : public CRefTime {
+public:
+
+ COARefTime() {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(CRefTime t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(REFERENCE_TIME t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(double d) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (d * 10000000);
+ };
+
+ operator double() {
+ return double(m_time) / 10000000;
+ };
+
+ operator REFERENCE_TIME() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const double& rd) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (rd * 10000000);
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const REFERENCE_TIME& rt) {
+ m_time = rt;
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ inline BOOL operator==(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time == rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator!=(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time != rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator < (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time < rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator > (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time > rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator >= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time >= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator <= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time <= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator+(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time + rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator-(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time - rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator*(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time * l);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator/(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time / l);
+ };
+
+private:
+ // Prevent bugs from constructing from LONG (which gets
+ // converted to double and then multiplied by 10000000
+ COARefTime(LONG);
+ LONG operator=(LONG);
+};
+
+
+// A utility class that handles IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking on behalf
+// of single-input pin renderers, or transform filters.
+//
+// Renderers will expose this from the filter; transform filters will
+// expose it from the output pin and not the renderer.
+//
+// Create one of these, giving it your IPin* for your input pin, and delegate
+// all IMediaPosition methods to it. It will query the input pin for
+// IMediaPosition and respond appropriately.
+//
+// Call ForceRefresh if the pin connection changes.
+//
+// This class no longer caches the upstream IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking
+// it acquires it on each method call. This means ForceRefresh is not needed.
+// The method is kept for source compatibility and to minimise the changes
+// if we need to put it back later for performance reasons.
+
+class CPosPassThru : public IMediaSeeking, public CMediaPosition
+{
+ IPin *m_pPin;
+
+ HRESULT GetPeer(__deref_out IMediaPosition **ppMP);
+ HRESULT GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking **ppMS);
+
+public:
+
+ CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ HRESULT ForceRefresh() {
+ return S_OK;
+ };
+
+ // override to return an accurate current position
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported( const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat( __out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition( __out LONGLONG * pCurrent );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition( __out LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration( __out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll( __out LONGLONG *pllPreroll );
+
+ // IMediaPosition properties
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+private:
+ HRESULT GetSeekingLongLong( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( LONGLONG * ),
+ __out LONGLONG * pll );
+};
+
+
+// Adds the ability to return a current position
+
+class CRendererPosPassThru : public CPosPassThru
+{
+ CCritSec m_PositionLock; // Locks access to our position
+ LONGLONG m_StartMedia; // Start media time last seen
+ LONGLONG m_EndMedia; // And likewise the end media
+ BOOL m_bReset; // Have media times been set
+
+public:
+
+ // Used to help with passing media times through graph
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime);
+ HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime,__out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime);
+ HRESULT ResetMediaTime();
+ HRESULT EOS();
+};
+
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+);
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicAudio and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasicAudio : public IBasicAudio, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicVideo and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseBasicVideo : public IBasicVideo2, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreferredAspectRatio(
+ __out long *plAspectX,
+ __out long *plAspectY)
+ {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IVideoWindow and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseVideoWindow : public IVideoWindow, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// abstract class to help source filters with their implementation
+// of IMediaPosition. Derive from this and set the duration (and stop
+// position). Also override NotifyChange to do something when the properties
+// change.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourcePosition : public CMediaPosition
+{
+
+public:
+ CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // IMediaPosition methods
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+ // override if you can return the data you are actually working on
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ COARefTime m_Duration;
+ COARefTime m_Start;
+ COARefTime m_Stop;
+ double m_Rate;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourceSeeking :
+ public IMediaSeeking,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll);
+
+
+protected:
+
+ // ctor
+ CSourceSeeking(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ CRefTime m_rtDuration; // length of stream
+ CRefTime m_rtStart; // source will start here
+ CRefTime m_rtStop; // source will stop here
+ double m_dRateSeeking;
+
+ // seeking capabilities
+ DWORD m_dwSeekingCaps;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+
+// Base classes supporting Deferred commands.
+
+// Deferred commands are queued by calls to methods on the IQueueCommand
+// interface, exposed by the filtergraph and by some filters. A successful
+// call to one of these methods will return an IDeferredCommand interface
+// representing the queued command.
+//
+// A CDeferredCommand object represents a single deferred command, and exposes
+// the IDeferredCommand interface as well as other methods permitting time
+// checks and actual execution. It contains a reference to the CCommandQueue
+// object on which it is queued.
+//
+// CCommandQueue is a base class providing a queue of CDeferredCommand
+// objects, and methods to add, remove, check status and invoke the queued
+// commands. A CCommandQueue object would be part of an object that
+// implemented IQueueCommand.
+
+class CCmdQueue;
+
+// take a copy of the params and store them. Release any allocated
+// memory in destructor
+
+class CDispParams : public DISPPARAMS
+{
+public:
+ CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ ~CDispParams();
+};
+
+
+// CDeferredCommand lifetime is controlled by refcounts. Caller of
+// InvokeAt.. gets a refcounted interface pointer, and the CCmdQueue
+// object also holds a refcount on us. Calling Cancel or Invoke takes
+// us off the CCmdQueue and thus reduces the refcount by 1. Once taken
+// off the queue we cannot be put back on the queue.
+
+class CDeferredCommand
+ : public CUnknown,
+ public IDeferredCommand
+{
+public:
+
+ CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // aggregation outer unk
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor, // object that will execute this cmd
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv);
+
+ // IDeferredCommand methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Cancel();
+ STDMETHODIMP Confidence(
+ __out LONG* pConfidence);
+ STDMETHODIMP Postpone(
+ REFTIME newtime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetHResult(
+ __out HRESULT* phrResult);
+
+ // other public methods
+
+ HRESULT Invoke();
+
+ // access methods
+
+ // returns TRUE if streamtime, FALSE if presentation time
+ BOOL IsStreamTime() {
+ return m_bStream;
+ };
+
+ CRefTime GetTime() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ REFIID GetIID() {
+ return *m_iid;
+ };
+
+ long GetMethod() {
+ return m_dispidMethod;
+ };
+
+ short GetFlags() {
+ return m_wFlags;
+ };
+
+ DISPPARAMS* GetParams() {
+ return &m_DispParams;
+ };
+
+ VARIANT* GetResult() {
+ return m_pvarResult;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CCmdQueue* m_pQueue;
+
+ // pUnk for the interface that we will execute the command on
+ LPUNKNOWN m_pUnk;
+
+ // stored command data
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+ GUID* m_iid;
+ long m_dispidMethod;
+ short m_wFlags;
+ VARIANT* m_pvarResult;
+ BOOL m_bStream;
+ CDispParams m_DispParams;
+ DISPID m_DispId; // For get and put
+
+ // we use this for ITypeInfo access
+ CBaseDispatch m_Dispatch;
+
+ // save retval here
+ HRESULT m_hrResult;
+};
+
+
+// a list of CDeferredCommand objects. this is a base class providing
+// the basics of access to the list. If you want to use CDeferredCommand
+// objects then your queue needs to be derived from this class.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CCmdQueue
+{
+public:
+ CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CCmdQueue();
+
+ // returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+ // the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+ // returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+ // no object has been queued.
+ virtual HRESULT New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ // called by the CDeferredCommand object to add and remove itself
+ // from the queue
+ virtual HRESULT Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+ virtual HRESULT Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+
+ // Command-Due Checking
+ //
+ // There are two schemes of synchronisation: coarse and accurate. In
+ // coarse mode, you wait till the time arrives and then execute the cmd.
+ // In accurate mode, you wait until you are processing the sample that
+ // will appear at the time, and then execute the command. It's up to the
+ // filter which one it will implement. The filtergraph will always
+ // implement coarse mode for commands queued at the filtergraph.
+ //
+ // If you want coarse sync, you probably want to wait until there is a
+ // command due, and then execute it. You can do this by calling
+ // GetDueCommand. If you have several things to wait for, get the
+ // event handle from GetDueHandle() and when this is signalled then call
+ // GetDueCommand. Stream time will only advance between calls to Run and
+ // EndRun. Note that to avoid an extra thread there is no guarantee that
+ // if the handle is set there will be a command ready. Each time the
+ // event is signalled, call GetDueCommand (probably with a 0 timeout);
+ // This may return E_ABORT.
+ //
+ // If you want accurate sync, you must call GetCommandDueFor, passing
+ // as a parameter the stream time of the samples you are about to process.
+ // This will return:
+ // -- a stream-time command due at or before that stream time
+ // -- a presentation-time command due at or before the
+ // time that stream time will be presented (only between Run
+ // and EndRun calls, since outside of this, the mapping from
+ // stream time to presentation time is not known.
+ // -- any presentation-time command due now.
+ // This means that if you want accurate synchronisation on samples that
+ // might be processed during Paused mode, you need to use
+ // stream-time commands.
+ //
+ // In all cases, commands remain queued until Invoked or Cancelled. The
+ // setting and resetting of the event handle is managed entirely by this
+ // queue object.
+
+ // set the clock used for timing
+ virtual HRESULT SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock*);
+
+ // switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset);
+
+ // switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+ virtual HRESULT EndRun();
+
+ // return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+ // milliseconds until there is a due command.
+ // Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+ // The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout);
+
+ // return the event handle that will be signalled whenever
+ // there are deferred commands due for execution (when GetDueCommand
+ // will not block).
+ HANDLE GetDueHandle() {
+ return HANDLE(m_evDue);
+ };
+
+ // return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+ // Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+ // in via the Run method.
+ // Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // This method will not block. It will report VFW_E_NOT_FOUND if there
+ // are no commands due yet.
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME tStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd);
+
+ // check if a given time is due (TRUE if it is due yet)
+ BOOL CheckTime(CRefTime time, BOOL bStream) {
+
+ // if no clock, nothing is due!
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // stream time
+ if (bStream) {
+
+ // not valid if not running
+ if (!m_bRunning) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ // add on known stream time offset to get presentation time
+ time += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ }
+
+ CRefTime Now;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&Now);
+ return (time <= Now);
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // protect access to lists etc
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+
+ // commands queued in presentation time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listPresentation;
+
+ // commands queued in stream time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listStream;
+
+ // set when any commands are due
+ CAMEvent m_evDue;
+
+ // creates an advise for the earliest time required, if any
+ void SetTimeAdvise(void);
+
+ // advise id from reference clock (0 if no outstanding advise)
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // advise time is for this presentation time
+ CRefTime m_tCurrentAdvise;
+
+ // the reference clock we are using (addrefed)
+ IReferenceClock* m_pClock;
+
+ // true when running
+ BOOL m_bRunning;
+
+ // contains stream time offset when m_bRunning is true
+ CRefTime m_StreamTimeOffset;
+};
+
+#endif // __CTLUTIL__
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa700c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DDMM.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements routines for using DirectDraw
+// on a multimonitor system.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+#include "ddmm.h"
+
+/*
+ * FindDeviceCallback
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ LPSTR szDevice;
+ GUID* lpGUID;
+ GUID GUID;
+ BOOL fFound;
+} FindDeviceData;
+
+BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallback(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam)
+{
+ FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;
+
+ if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {
+ if (lpGUID) {
+ p->GUID = *lpGUID;
+ p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;
+ } else {
+ p->lpGUID = NULL;
+ }
+ p->fFound = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallbackEx(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam, HMONITOR hMonitor)
+{
+ FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;
+
+ if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {
+ if (lpGUID) {
+ p->GUID = *lpGUID;
+ p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;
+ } else {
+ p->lpGUID = NULL;
+ }
+ p->fFound = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice
+ *
+ * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device
+ */
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, PDRAWENUM DirectDrawEnumerateP)
+{
+ IDirectDraw* pdd = NULL;
+ FindDeviceData find;
+
+ if (szDevice == NULL) {
+ DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);
+ return pdd;
+ }
+
+ find.szDevice = szDevice;
+ find.fFound = FALSE;
+ DirectDrawEnumerateP(FindDeviceCallback, (LPVOID)&find);
+
+ if (find.fFound)
+ {
+ //
+ // In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped
+ // up by DDraw (!?!). It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it. So we
+ // make sure it doesn't happen.
+ //
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
+ DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+ }
+
+ return pdd;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx
+ *
+ * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device
+ */
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA DirectDrawEnumerateExP)
+{
+ IDirectDraw* pdd = NULL;
+ FindDeviceData find;
+
+ if (szDevice == NULL) {
+ DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);
+ return pdd;
+ }
+
+ find.szDevice = szDevice;
+ find.fFound = FALSE;
+ DirectDrawEnumerateExP(FindDeviceCallbackEx, (LPVOID)&find,
+ DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES);
+
+ if (find.fFound)
+ {
+ //
+ // In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped
+ // up by DDraw (!?!). It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it. So we
+ // make sure it doesn't happen.
+ //
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
+ DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+ }
+
+ return pdd;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b311bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/ddmm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DDMM.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines routines for using DirectDraw
+// on a multimonitor system.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" { /* Assume C declarations for C++ */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+// DDRAW.H might not include these
+#ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES
+#define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES 0x00000001L
+#endif
+
+typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWCREATE)(IID *,LPDIRECTDRAW *,LPUNKNOWN);
+typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWENUM)(LPDDENUMCALLBACKA, LPVOID);
+
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, PDRAWENUM);
+IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllentry.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllentry.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..130aad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllentry.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DlleEntry.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements classes used to support dll
+// entry points for COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <initguid.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif // _UNICODE
+#endif // UNICODE
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#endif // DEBUG
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];
+extern int g_cTemplates;
+
+HINSTANCE g_hInst;
+DWORD g_amPlatform; // VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS etc... (from GetVersionEx)
+OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo;
+
+//
+// an instance of this is created by the DLLGetClassObject entrypoint
+// it uses the CFactoryTemplate object it is given to support the
+// IClassFactory interface
+
+class CClassFactory : public IClassFactory, public CBaseObject
+{
+
+private:
+ const CFactoryTemplate *const m_pTemplate;
+
+ ULONG m_cRef;
+
+ static int m_cLocked;
+public:
+ CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *);
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)Release();
+
+ // IClassFactory
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, REFIID riid, __deref_out void **pv);
+ STDMETHODIMP LockServer(BOOL fLock);
+
+ // allow DLLGetClassObject to know about global server lock status
+ static BOOL IsLocked() {
+ return (m_cLocked > 0);
+ };
+};
+
+// process-wide dll locked state
+int CClassFactory::m_cLocked = 0;
+
+CClassFactory::CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *pTemplate)
+: CBaseObject(NAME("Class Factory"))
+, m_cRef(0)
+, m_pTemplate(pTemplate)
+{
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::QueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER)
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ // any interface on this object is the object pointer.
+ if ((riid == IID_IUnknown) || (riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {
+ *ppv = (LPVOID) this;
+ // AddRef returned interface pointer
+ ((LPUNKNOWN) *ppv)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CClassFactory::AddRef()
+{
+ return ++m_cRef;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CClassFactory::Release()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement((volatile LONG *)&m_cRef);
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return lRef;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::CreateInstance(
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter,
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **pv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pv,E_POINTER)
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pv,sizeof(void *));
+ *pv = NULL;
+
+ /* Enforce the normal OLE rules regarding interfaces and delegation */
+
+ if (pUnkOuter != NULL) {
+ if (IsEqualIID(riid,IID_IUnknown) == FALSE) {
+ *pv = NULL;
+ return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create the new object through the derived class's create function */
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ CUnknown *pObj = m_pTemplate->CreateInstance(pUnkOuter, &hr);
+
+ if (pObj == NULL) {
+ *pv = NULL;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the object if we got a construction error */
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete pObj;
+ *pv = NULL;
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Get a reference counted interface on the object */
+
+ /* We wrap the non-delegating QI with NDAddRef & NDRelease. */
+ /* This protects any outer object from being prematurely */
+ /* released by an inner object that may have to be created */
+ /* in order to supply the requested interface. */
+ pObj->NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ hr = pObj->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, pv);
+ pObj->NonDelegatingRelease();
+ /* Note that if NonDelegatingQueryInterface fails, it will */
+ /* not increment the ref count, so the NonDelegatingRelease */
+ /* will drop the ref back to zero and the object will "self-*/
+ /* destruct". Hence we don't need additional tidy-up code */
+ /* to cope with NonDelegatingQueryInterface failing. */
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(*pv);
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CClassFactory::LockServer(BOOL fLock)
+{
+ if (fLock) {
+ m_cLocked++;
+ } else {
+ m_cLocked--;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// --- COM entrypoints -----------------------------------------
+
+//called by COM to get the class factory object for a given class
+__control_entrypoint(DllExport) STDAPI
+DllGetClassObject(
+ __in REFCLSID rClsID,
+ __in REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **pv)
+{
+ *pv = NULL;
+ if (!(riid == IID_IUnknown) && !(riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ // traverse the array of templates looking for one with this
+ // class id
+ for (int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {
+ const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];
+ if (pT->IsClassID(rClsID)) {
+
+ // found a template - make a class factory based on this
+ // template
+
+ *pv = (LPVOID) (LPUNKNOWN) new CClassFactory(pT);
+ if (*pv == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ ((LPUNKNOWN)*pv)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return CLASS_E_CLASSNOTAVAILABLE;
+}
+
+//
+// Call any initialization routines
+//
+void
+DllInitClasses(BOOL bLoading)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ // traverse the array of templates calling the init routine
+ // if they have one
+ for (i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {
+ const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];
+ if (pT->m_lpfnInit != NULL) {
+ (*pT->m_lpfnInit)(bLoading, pT->m_ClsID);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+// called by COM to determine if this dll can be unloaded
+// return ok unless there are outstanding objects or a lock requested
+// by IClassFactory::LockServer
+//
+// CClassFactory has a static function that can tell us about the locks,
+// and CCOMObject has a static function that can tell us about the active
+// object count
+STDAPI
+DllCanUnloadNow()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("DLLCanUnloadNow called - IsLocked = %d, Active objects = %d"),
+ CClassFactory::IsLocked(),
+ CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()));
+
+ if (CClassFactory::IsLocked() || CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// --- standard WIN32 entrypoints --------------------------------------
+
+
+extern "C" void __cdecl __security_init_cookie(void);
+extern "C" BOOL WINAPI _DllEntryPoint(HINSTANCE, ULONG, __inout_opt LPVOID);
+#pragma comment(linker, "/merge:.CRT=.rdata")
+
+extern "C"
+DECLSPEC_NOINLINE
+BOOL
+WINAPI
+DllEntryPoint(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ ULONG ulReason,
+ __inout_opt LPVOID pv
+ )
+{
+ if ( ulReason == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH ) {
+ // Must happen before any other code is executed. Thankfully - it's re-entrant
+ __security_init_cookie();
+ }
+ return _DllEntryPoint(hInstance, ulReason, pv);
+}
+
+
+DECLSPEC_NOINLINE
+BOOL
+WINAPI
+_DllEntryPoint(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ ULONG ulReason,
+ __inout_opt LPVOID pv
+ )
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ extern bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint;
+ g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = true;
+#endif
+
+ switch (ulReason)
+ {
+
+ case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
+ DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);
+ DbgInitialise(hInstance);
+
+ {
+ // The platform identifier is used to work out whether
+ // full unicode support is available or not. Hence the
+ // default will be the lowest common denominator - i.e. N/A
+ g_amPlatform = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS; // win95 assumed in case GetVersionEx fails
+
+ g_osInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(g_osInfo);
+ if (GetVersionEx(&g_osInfo)) {
+ g_amPlatform = g_osInfo.dwPlatformId;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Failed to get the OS platform, assuming Win95")));
+ }
+ }
+
+ g_hInst = hInstance;
+ DllInitClasses(TRUE);
+ break;
+
+ case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
+ DllInitClasses(FALSE);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {
+ DbgSetModuleLevel(LOG_MEMORY, 2);
+ TCHAR szInfo[512];
+ extern TCHAR m_ModuleName[]; // Cut down module name
+
+ TCHAR FullName[_MAX_PATH]; // Load the full path and module name
+ TCHAR *pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+
+ GetModuleFileName(NULL,FullName,_MAX_PATH);
+ pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = FullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("Executable: %s Pid %x Tid %x. "),
+ pName, GetCurrentProcessId(), GetCurrentThreadId());
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo+lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), TEXT("Module %s, %d objects left active!"),
+ m_ModuleName, CBaseObject::ObjectsActive());
+ DbgAssert(szInfo, TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);
+
+ // If running remotely wait for the Assert to be acknowledged
+ // before dumping out the object register
+ DbgDumpObjectRegister();
+ }
+ DbgTerminate();
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;
+#endif
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ede9c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DllSetup.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// defines
+
+#define MAX_KEY_LEN 260
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// externally defined functions/variable
+
+extern int g_cTemplates;
+extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// EliminateSubKey
+//
+// Try to enumerate all keys under this one.
+// if we find anything, delete it completely.
+// Otherwise just delete it.
+//
+// note - this was pinched/duplicated from
+// Filgraph\Mapper.cpp - so should it be in
+// a lib somewhere?
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+EliminateSubKey( HKEY hkey, LPCTSTR strSubKey )
+{
+ HKEY hk;
+ if (0 == lstrlen(strSubKey) ) {
+ // defensive approach
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ LONG lreturn = RegOpenKeyEx( hkey
+ , strSubKey
+ , 0
+ , MAXIMUM_ALLOWED
+ , &hk );
+
+ ASSERT( lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS
+ || lreturn == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+ || lreturn == ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE );
+
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )
+ {
+ // Keep on enumerating the first (zero-th)
+ // key and deleting that
+
+ for( ; ; )
+ {
+ TCHAR Buffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];
+ DWORD dw = MAX_KEY_LEN;
+ FILETIME ft;
+
+ lreturn = RegEnumKeyEx( hk
+ , 0
+ , Buffer
+ , &dw
+ , NULL
+ , NULL
+ , NULL
+ , &ft);
+
+ ASSERT( lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS
+ || lreturn == ERROR_NO_MORE_ITEMS );
+
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )
+ {
+ EliminateSubKey(hk, Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ RegCloseKey(hk);
+ RegDeleteKey(hkey, strSubKey);
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupRegisterServer()
+//
+// registers specfied file "szFileName" as server for
+// CLSID "clsServer". A description is also required.
+// The ThreadingModel and ServerType are optional, as
+// they default to InprocServer32 (i.e. dll) and Both.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterServer( CLSID clsServer
+ , LPCWSTR szDescription
+ , LPCWSTR szFileName
+ , LPCWSTR szThreadingModel = L"Both"
+ , LPCWSTR szServerType = L"InprocServer32" )
+{
+ // temp buffer
+ //
+ TCHAR achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ // convert CLSID uuid to string and write
+ // out subkey as string - CLSID\{}
+ //
+ OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];
+ HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer
+ , szCLSID
+ , CHARS_IN_GUID );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // create key
+ //
+ HKEY hkey;
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );
+ LONG lreturn = RegCreateKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
+ , (LPCTSTR)achTemp
+ , &hkey );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // set description string
+ //
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szDescription );
+ lreturn = RegSetValue( hkey
+ , (LPCTSTR)NULL
+ , REG_SZ
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // create CLSID\\{"CLSID"}\\"ServerType" key,
+ // using key to CLSID\\{"CLSID"} passed back by
+ // last call to RegCreateKey().
+ //
+ HKEY hsubkey;
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szServerType );
+ lreturn = RegCreateKey( hkey
+ , achTemp
+ , &hsubkey );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ // set Server string
+ //
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szFileName );
+ lreturn = RegSetValue( hsubkey
+ , (LPCTSTR)NULL
+ , REG_SZ
+ , (LPCTSTR)achTemp
+ , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );
+ if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )
+ {
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ RegCloseKey( hsubkey );
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szThreadingModel );
+ lreturn = RegSetValueEx( hsubkey
+ , TEXT("ThreadingModel")
+ , 0L
+ , REG_SZ
+ , (CONST BYTE *)achTemp
+ , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );
+
+ // close hkeys
+ //
+ RegCloseKey( hkey );
+ RegCloseKey( hsubkey );
+
+ // and return
+ //
+ return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(lreturn);
+
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupUnregisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( CLSID clsServer )
+{
+ // convert CLSID uuid to string and write
+ // out subkey CLSID\{}
+ //
+ OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];
+ HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer
+ , szCLSID
+ , CHARS_IN_GUID );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ TCHAR achBuffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];
+ (void)StringCchPrintf( achBuffer, NUMELMS(achBuffer), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );
+
+ // delete subkey
+ //
+
+ hr = EliminateSubKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, achBuffer );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // return
+ //
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieSetupRegisterFilter through IFilterMapper2
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper2 * pIFM2
+ , BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+
+ // unregister filter
+ // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key
+ // they do not need to be removed separately).
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));
+ HRESULT hr = pIFM2->UnregisterFilter(
+ 0, // default category
+ 0, // default instance name
+ *psetupdata->clsID );
+
+
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ REGFILTER2 rf2;
+ rf2.dwVersion = 1;
+ rf2.dwMerit = psetupdata->dwMerit;
+ rf2.cPins = psetupdata->nPins;
+ rf2.rgPins = psetupdata->lpPin;
+
+ // register filter
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));
+ hr = pIFM2->RegisterFilter(*psetupdata->clsID
+ , psetupdata->strName
+ , 0 // moniker
+ , 0 // category
+ , NULL // instance
+ , &rf2);
+ }
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// RegisterAllServers()
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+RegisterAllServers( LPCWSTR szFileName, BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"),
+ (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));
+
+ // register CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name
+ , szFileName );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer2()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32
+// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register
+// method.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("AMovieDllRegisterServer2()")));
+
+ // get file name (where g_hInst is the
+ // instance handle of the filter dll)
+ //
+ WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];
+
+ // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW
+ //
+ {
+ char achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- get module file name")));
+
+ // g_hInst handle is set in our dll entry point. Make sure
+ // DllEntryPoint in dllentry.cpp is called
+ ASSERT(g_hInst != 0);
+
+ if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) ) )
+ {
+ // we've failed!
+ DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);
+ }
+
+ MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP
+ , 0L
+ , achTemp
+ , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1
+ , achFileName
+ , NUMELMS(achFileName) );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // first registering, register all OLE servers
+ //
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));
+ hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, TRUE );
+ }
+
+ //
+ // next, register/unregister all filters
+ //
+
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // init is ref counted so call just in case
+ // we're being called cold.
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- CoInitialize")));
+ hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper2
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- obtain IFilterMapper2")));
+ IFilterMapper2 *pIFM2 = 0;
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM = 0;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper2
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper2
+ , (void **)&pIFM2 );
+ if(FAILED(hr))
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- trying IFilterMapper instead")));
+
+ hr = CoCreateInstance(
+ CLSID_FilterMapper,
+ NULL,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IFilterMapper,
+ (void **)&pIFM);
+ }
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates
+ // registering servers and filters.
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register Filters")));
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ if( NULL != pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"), (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));
+
+ if(pIFM2)
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM2, bRegister );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM, bRegister );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // release interface
+ //
+ if(pIFM2)
+ pIFM2->Release();
+ else
+ pIFM->Release();
+
+ }
+
+ // and clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ //
+ // if unregistering, unregister all OLE servers
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && !bRegister )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));
+ hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, FALSE );
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- return %0x"), hr));
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll setup function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32
+// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register
+// method.
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllRegisterServer( void )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // get file name (where g_hInst is the
+ // instance handle of the filter dll)
+ //
+ WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];
+
+ {
+ // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW
+ //
+ char achTemp[MAX_PATH];
+
+ if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst
+ , achTemp
+ , sizeof(achTemp) ) )
+ {
+ // we've failed!
+ DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);
+ }
+
+ MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP
+ , 0L
+ , achTemp
+ , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1
+ , achFileName
+ , NUMELMS(achFileName) );
+ }
+
+ // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates
+ // registering servers and filters.
+ //
+ for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ // register CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name
+ , achFileName );
+
+ // instantiate all servers and get hold of
+ // IAMovieSetup, if implemented, and call
+ // IAMovieSetup.Register() method
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && (NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew) )
+ {
+ // instantiate object
+ //
+ PAMOVIESETUP psetup;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , 0
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IAMovieSetup
+ , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = psetup->Unregister();
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ hr = psetup->Register();
+ psetup->Release();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( (E_NOINTERFACE == hr )
+ || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+
+ } // end-for
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// AMovieDllUnregisterServer()
+//
+// default ActiveMovie dll uninstall function
+// - to use must be called from an exported
+// function named DllRegisterServer()
+//
+// this function is table driven using the
+// static members of the CFactoryTemplate
+// class defined in the dll.
+//
+// it calls the IAMovieSetup.Unregister
+// method and then unregisters the Dll
+// as the InprocServer32
+//
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieDllUnregisterServer()
+{
+ // initialize return code
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // scan through CFactory template and unregister
+ // all OLE servers and filters.
+ //
+ for( int i = g_cTemplates; i--; )
+ {
+ // get i'th template
+ //
+ const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];
+
+ // check method exists
+ //
+ if( NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew )
+ {
+ // instantiate object
+ //
+ PAMOVIESETUP psetup;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)
+ , 0
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IAMovieSetup
+ , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = psetup->Unregister();
+ psetup->Release();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( (E_NOINTERFACE == hr )
+ || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // unregister CLSID and InprocServer32
+ //
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );
+ }
+
+ // check final error for this pass
+ // and break loop if we failed
+ //
+ if( FAILED(hr) )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e363b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dllsetup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DllSetup.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// To be self registering, OLE servers must
+// export functions named DllRegisterServer
+// and DllUnregisterServer. To allow use of
+// custom and default implementations the
+// defaults are named AMovieDllRegisterServer
+// and AMovieDllUnregisterServer.
+//
+// To the use the default implementation you
+// must provide stub functions.
+//
+// i.e. STDAPI DllRegisterServer()
+// {
+// return AMovieDllRegisterServer();
+// }
+//
+// STDAPI DllUnregisterServer()
+// {
+// return AMovieDllUnregisterServer();
+// }
+//
+//
+// AMovieDllRegisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Register(), and
+// AMovieDllUnregisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Unregister().
+
+STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL );
+STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer();
+STDAPI AMovieDllUnregisterServer();
+
+// helper functions
+STDAPI EliminateSubKey( HKEY, LPCTSTR );
+
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper2 * pIFM2
+ , BOOL bRegister );
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dxmperf.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dxmperf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a2120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/dxmperf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: DXMPerf.h
+//
+// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef _DXMPERF_H_
+#define _DXMPERF_H_
+
+#include <perfstruct.h>
+#include "perflog.h"
+
+#ifdef _IA64_
+extern "C" unsigned __int64 __getReg( int whichReg );
+#pragma intrinsic(__getReg)
+#endif // _IA64_
+
+
+inline ULONGLONG _RDTSC( void ) {
+#ifdef _X86_
+ LARGE_INTEGER li;
+ __asm {
+ _emit 0x0F
+ _emit 0x31
+ mov li.LowPart,eax
+ mov li.HighPart,edx
+ }
+ return li.QuadPart;
+
+#if 0 // This isn't tested yet
+
+#elif defined (_IA64_)
+
+#define INL_REGID_APITC 3116
+ return __getReg( INL_REGID_APITC );
+
+#endif // 0
+
+#else // unsupported platform
+ // not implemented on non x86/IA64 platforms
+ return 0;
+#endif // _X86_/_IA64_
+}
+
+#define DXMPERF_VIDEOREND 0x00000001
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH 0x00000002
+//#define GETTIME_BIT 0x00000001
+//#define AUDIOREND_BIT 0x00000004
+//#define FRAMEDROP_BIT 0x00000008
+#define AUDIOBREAK_BIT 0x00000010
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIORECV 0x00000020
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE 0x00000040
+#define DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK 0x00000080
+
+#define PERFLOG_CTOR( name, iface )
+#define PERFLOG_DTOR( name, iface )
+#define PERFLOG_DELIVER( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RECEIVE( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RUN( name, iface, time, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_PAUSE( name, iface, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_STOP( name, iface, oldstate )
+#define PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( name, iface, graph )
+#define PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( allocator, sample )
+#define PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( allocator, sample )
+#define PERFLOG_CONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )
+#define PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( disconnector, disconnectee, status )
+
+#define PERFLOG_GETTIME( clock, time ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_GETTIME; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (ULONGLONG) (time); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[GETTIME_INDEX] & GETTIME_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOREND( clocktime, sampletime, psample, bytetime, cbytes ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOREND; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOREND_INDEX] & AUDIOREND_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIORECV(StreamTime,SampleStart,SampleStop,Discontinuity,Duration) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIORECV) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIORECV; \
+ perfData.data.streamTime = StreamTime; \
+ perfData.data.sampleStart = SampleStart; \
+ perfData.data.sampleStop = SampleStop; \
+ perfData.data.discontinuity = Discontinuity; \
+ perfData.data.hwduration = Duration; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOSLAVE(MasterClock,SlaveClock,ErrorAccum,LastHighErrorSeen,LastLowErrorSeen) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOSLAVE; \
+ perfData.data.masterClock = MasterClock; \
+ perfData.data.slaveClock = SlaveClock; \
+ perfData.data.errorAccum = ErrorAccum; \
+ perfData.data.lastHighErrorSeen = LastHighErrorSeen;\
+ perfData.data.lastLowErrorSeen = LastLowErrorSeen; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOADDBREAK(IterNextWrite,OffsetNextWrite,IterWrite,OffsetWrite) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.iterNextWrite = IterNextWrite; \
+ perfData.data.offsetNextWrite = OffsetNextWrite; \
+ perfData.data.iterWrite = IterWrite; \
+ perfData.data.offsetWrite = OffsetWrite; \
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_VIDEOREND( sampletime, clocktime, psample ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_VIDEOREND) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_VIDEOREND; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOGLITCH( instance, glitchtype, currenttime, previoustime ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.glitchType = (glitchtype); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (currenttime); \
+ perfData.data.previousTime = (previoustime); \
+ perfData.data.instanceId = (instance); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ }
+
+#define PERFLOG_FRAMEDROP( sampletime, clocktime, psample, renderer ) /*{ \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_FRAMEDROP; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \
+ perfData.data.frameTime = (sampletime); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[FRAMEDROP_INDEX] & FRAMEDROP_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }*/
+
+/*
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \
+ if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \
+ perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \
+ if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOBREAK_INDEX] & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) \
+ (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \
+ } \
+ }
+*/
+
+#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) \
+ if (PerflogEnableFlags & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) { \
+ PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \
+ perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \
+ perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \
+ perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \
+ PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \
+ } \
+
+
+inline
+VOID PERFLOG_STREAMTRACE(
+ ULONG Level,
+ ULONG Id,
+ ULONGLONG DShowClock,
+ ULONGLONG Data1,
+ ULONGLONG Data2,
+ ULONGLONG Data3,
+ ULONGLONG Data4
+ )
+{
+ if (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)
+ {
+ PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE perfData;
+ memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );
+ perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );
+ perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;
+ perfData.header.Guid = GUID_STREAMTRACE;
+ perfData.data.dshowClock = DShowClock;
+ perfData.data.id = Id;
+ perfData.data.data[0] = Data1;
+ perfData.data.data[1] = Data2;
+ perfData.data.data[2] = Data3;
+ perfData.data.data[3] = Data4;
+ PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData);
+ }
+}
+
+
+#endif // _DXMPERF_H_
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/fourcc.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/fourcc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c0fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/fourcc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: FourCC.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// FOURCCMap
+//
+// provides a mapping between old-style multimedia format DWORDs
+// and new-style GUIDs.
+//
+// A range of 4 billion GUIDs has been allocated to ensure that this
+// mapping can be done straightforwardly one-to-one in both directions.
+//
+// January 95
+
+
+#ifndef __FOURCC__
+#define __FOURCC__
+
+
+// Multimedia format types are marked with DWORDs built from four 8-bit
+// chars and known as FOURCCs. New multimedia AM_MEDIA_TYPE definitions include
+// a subtype GUID. In order to simplify the mapping, GUIDs in the range:
+// XXXXXXXX-0000-0010-8000-00AA00389B71
+// are reserved for FOURCCs.
+
+class FOURCCMap : public GUID
+{
+
+public:
+ FOURCCMap();
+ FOURCCMap(DWORD Fourcc);
+ FOURCCMap(const GUID *);
+
+
+ DWORD GetFOURCC(void);
+ void SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc);
+ void SetFOURCC(const GUID *);
+
+private:
+ void InitGUID();
+};
+
+#define GUID_Data2 0
+#define GUID_Data3 0x10
+#define GUID_Data4_1 0xaa000080
+#define GUID_Data4_2 0x719b3800
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::InitGUID() {
+ Data2 = GUID_Data2;
+ Data3 = GUID_Data3;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[0] = GUID_Data4_1;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[1] = GUID_Data4_2;
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap() {
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC( DWORD(0));
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(fourcc);
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(pGuid);
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ FOURCCMap * p = (FOURCCMap*) pGuid;
+ SetFOURCC(p->GetFOURCC());
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ Data1 = fourcc;
+}
+
+inline DWORD
+FOURCCMap::GetFOURCC(void)
+{
+ return Data1;
+}
+
+#endif /* __FOURCC__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/measure.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/measure.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a71a075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/measure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Measure.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+ The idea is to pepper the source code with interesting measurements and
+ have the last few thousand of these recorded in a circular buffer that
+ can be post-processed to give interesting numbers.
+
+ WHAT THE LOG LOOKS LIKE:
+
+ Time (sec) Type Delta Incident_Name
+ 0.055,41 NOTE -. Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,42 NOTE 0.000,01 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,44 NOTE 0.000,02 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,45 STOP -. Incident Eight - Also random
+ 0.055,47 START -. Incident Seven - Random
+ 0.055,49 NOTE 0.000,05 Incident Nine - Another note
+ ------- <etc. there is a lot of this> ----------------
+ 0.125,60 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,62 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,63 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,65 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,66 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,68 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,70 STOP 0.000,04 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,72 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,73 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,75 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,77 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,78 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,80 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,81 NOTE -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0.125,83 START -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 0.125,85 START -. Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0.125,87 STOP 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+
+Number Average StdDev Smallest Largest Incident_Name
+ 10 0.000,58 0.000,10 0.000,55 0.000,85 Incident One - Note
+ 50 0.000,05 0.000,00 0.000,05 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 1 -. -. -. -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 1 0.000,02 -. 0.000,02 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Six - zero occurrences
+ 100 0.000,25 0.000,12 0.000,02 0.000,62 Incident Seven - Random
+ 100 0.000,79 0.000,48 0.000,02 0.001,92 Incident Eight - Also random
+ 5895 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,56 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 10 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Note
+ 50 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Start
+ 50 0.000,04 0.000,03 0.000,03 0.000,31 Msr_Stop
+
+ WHAT IT MEANS:
+ The log shows what happened and when. Each line shows the time at which
+ something happened (see WHAT YOU CODE below) what it was that happened
+ and (if approporate) the time since the corresponding previous event
+ (that's the delta column).
+
+ The statistics show how many times each event occurred, what the average
+ delta time was, also the standard deviation, largest and smalles delta.
+
+ WHAT YOU CODE:
+
+ Before anything else executes: - register your ids
+
+ int id1 = Msr_Register("Incident One - Note");
+ int id2 = Msr_Register("Incident Two - Start/Stop");
+ int id3 = Msr_Register("Incident Three - single Note");
+ etc.
+
+ At interesting moments:
+
+ // To measure a repetitive event - e.g. end of bitblt to screen
+ Msr_Note(Id9); // e.g. "video frame hiting the screen NOW!"
+
+ or
+
+ // To measure an elapsed time e.g. time taken to decode an MPEG B-frame
+ Msr_Start(Id2); // e.g. "Starting to decode MPEG B-frame"
+ . . .
+ MsrStop(Id2); // "Finished MPEG decode"
+
+ At the end:
+
+ HANDLE hFile;
+ hFile = CreateFile("Perf.log", GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, NULL);
+ Msr_Dump(hFile); // This writes the log out to the file
+ CloseHandle(hFile);
+
+ or
+
+ Msr_Dump(NULL); // This writes it to DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,0, ... ));
+ // but if you are writing it out to the debugger
+ // then the times are probably all garbage because
+ // the debugger can make things run awfully slow.
+
+ A given id should be used either for start / stop or Note calls. If Notes
+ are mixed in with Starts and Stops their statistics will be gibberish.
+
+ If you code the calls in upper case i.e. MSR_START(idMunge); then you get
+ macros which will turn into nothing unless PERF is defined.
+
+ You can reset the statistical counts for a given id by calling Reset(Id).
+ They are reset by default at the start.
+ It logs Reset as a special incident, so you can see it in the log.
+
+ The log is a circular buffer in storage (to try to minimise disk I/O).
+ It overwrites the oldest entries once full. The statistics include ALL
+ incidents since the last Reset, whether still visible in the log or not.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __MEASURE__
+#define __MEASURE__
+
+#ifdef PERF
+#define MSR_INIT() Msr_Init()
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() Msr_Terminate()
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) Msr_Register(a)
+#define MSR_RESET(a) Msr_Reset(a)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) Msr_Control(a)
+#define MSR_START(a) Msr_Start(a)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) Msr_Stop(a)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) Msr_Note(a)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) Msr_Integer(a,b)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) Msr_Dump(a)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) Msr_DumpStats(a)
+#else
+#define MSR_INIT() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) 0
+#define MSR_RESET(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_START(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// This must be called first - (called by the DllEntry)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Init(void);
+
+
+// Call this last to clean up (or just let it fall off the end - who cares?)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Terminate(void);
+
+
+// Call this to get an Id for an "incident" that you can pass to Start, Stop or Note
+// everything that's logged is called an "incident".
+
+int WINAPI Msr_Register(__in LPTSTR Incident);
+
+
+// Reset the statistical counts for an incident
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Reset(int Id);
+
+
+// Reset all the counts for all incidents
+#define MSR_RESET_ALL 0
+#define MSR_PAUSE 1
+#define MSR_RUN 2
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Control(int iAction);
+
+
+// log the start of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Start(int Id);
+
+
+// log the end of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Stop(int Id);
+
+
+// log a one-off or repetitive operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Note(int Id);
+
+
+// log an integer (on which we can see statistics later)
+void WINAPI Msr_Integer(int Id, int n);
+
+
+// print out all the vaialable log (it may have wrapped) and then the statistics.
+// When the log wraps you lose log but the statistics are still complete.
+// hFIle==NULL => use DbgLog
+// otherwise hFile must have come from CreateFile or OpenFile.
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Dump(HANDLE hFile);
+
+
+// just dump the statistics - never mind the log
+
+void WINAPI Msr_DumpStats(HANDLE hFile);
+
+// Type definitions in case you want to declare a pointer to the dump functions
+// (makes it a trifle easier to do dynamic linking
+// i.e. LoadModule, GetProcAddress and call that)
+
+// Typedefs so can declare MSR_DUMPPROC *MsrDumpStats; or whatever
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_DUMPPROC(HANDLE hFile);
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_CONTROLPROC(int iAction);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // __MEASURE__
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/msgthrd.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/msgthrd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45adc01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/msgthrd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MsgThrd.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides support for a worker thread
+// class to which one can asynchronously post messages.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Message class - really just a structure.
+//
+class CMsg {
+public:
+ UINT uMsg;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ LPVOID lpParam;
+ CAMEvent *pEvent;
+
+ CMsg(UINT u, DWORD dw, __inout_opt LPVOID lp, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvnt)
+ : uMsg(u), dwFlags(dw), lpParam(lp), pEvent(pEvnt) {}
+
+ CMsg()
+ : uMsg(0), dwFlags(0L), lpParam(NULL), pEvent(NULL) {}
+};
+
+// This is the actual thread class. It exports all the usual thread control
+// functions. The created thread is different from a normal WIN32 thread in
+// that it is prompted to perform particaular tasks by responding to messages
+// posted to its message queue.
+//
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMsgThread {
+private:
+ static DWORD WINAPI DefaultThreadProc(__inout LPVOID lpParam);
+ DWORD m_ThreadId;
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+protected:
+
+ // if you want to override GetThreadMsg to block on other things
+ // as well as this queue, you need access to this
+ CGenericList<CMsg> m_ThreadQueue;
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+ HANDLE m_hSem;
+ LONG m_lWaiting;
+
+public:
+ CMsgThread()
+ : m_ThreadId(0),
+ m_hThread(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ // make a list with a cache of 5 items
+ m_ThreadQueue(NAME("MsgThread list"), 5)
+ {
+ }
+
+ ~CMsgThread();
+ // override this if you want to block on other things as well
+ // as the message loop
+ void virtual GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg);
+
+ // override this if you want to do something on thread startup
+ virtual void OnThreadInit() {
+ };
+
+ BOOL CreateThread();
+
+ BOOL WaitForThreadExit(__out LPDWORD lpdwExitCode) {
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ return GetExitCodeThread(m_hThread, lpdwExitCode);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DWORD ResumeThread() {
+ return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ DWORD SuspendThread() {
+ return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ int GetThreadPriority() {
+ return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) {
+ return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority);
+ }
+
+ HANDLE GetThreadHandle() {
+ return m_hThread;
+ }
+
+ DWORD GetThreadId() {
+ return m_ThreadId;
+ }
+
+
+ void PutThreadMsg(UINT uMsg, DWORD dwMsgFlags,
+ __in_opt LPVOID lpMsgParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent = NULL) {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ CMsg* pMsg = new CMsg(uMsg, dwMsgFlags, lpMsgParam, pEvent);
+ m_ThreadQueue.AddTail(pMsg);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // This is the function prototype of the function that the client
+ // supplies. It is always called on the created thread, never on
+ // the creator thread.
+ //
+ virtual LRESULT ThreadMessageProc(
+ UINT uMsg, DWORD dwFlags, __inout_opt LPVOID lpParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent) = 0;
+};
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fffbcf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MType.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a class that holds and
+// manages media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+// types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+// in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <mmreg.h>
+
+CMediaType::~CMediaType(){
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType()
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const GUID * type)
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+ majortype = *type;
+}
+
+
+// copy constructor does a deep copy of the format block
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const CMediaType& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// this class inherits publicly from AM_MEDIA_TYPE so the compiler could generate
+// the following assignment operator itself, however it could introduce some
+// memory conflicts and leaks in the process because the structure contains
+// a dynamically allocated block (pbFormat) which it will not copy correctly
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ Set(rt);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ *this = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator == (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ // I don't believe we need to check sample size or
+ // temporal compression flags, since I think these must
+ // be represented in the type, subtype and format somehow. They
+ // are pulled out as separate flags so that people who don't understand
+ // the particular format representation can still see them, but
+ // they should duplicate information in the format block.
+
+ return ((IsEqualGUID(majortype,rt.majortype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(subtype,rt.subtype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(formattype,rt.formattype) == TRUE) &&
+ (cbFormat == rt.cbFormat) &&
+ ( (cbFormat == 0) ||
+ pbFormat != NULL && rt.pbFormat != NULL &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, rt.pbFormat, cbFormat) == 0)));
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator != (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ /* Check to see if they are equal */
+
+ if (*this == rt) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ return Set((AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt);
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ if (&rt != this) {
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsValid() const
+{
+ return (!IsEqualGUID(majortype,GUID_NULL));
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetType(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ majortype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSubtype(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ subtype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+CMediaType::GetSampleSize() const {
+ if (IsFixedSize()) {
+ return lSampleSize;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSampleSize(ULONG sz) {
+ if (sz == 0) {
+ SetVariableSize();
+ } else {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ lSampleSize = sz;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetVariableSize() {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed) {
+ bTemporalCompression = bCompressed;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::SetFormat(__in_bcount(cb) BYTE * pformat, ULONG cb)
+{
+ if (NULL == AllocFormatBuffer(cb))
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pbFormat, pformat, cb);
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// set the type of the media type format block, this type defines what you
+// will actually find in the format pointer. For example FORMAT_VideoInfo or
+// FORMAT_WaveFormatEx. In the future this may be an interface pointer to a
+// property set. Before sending out media types this should be filled in.
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetFormatType(const GUID *pformattype)
+{
+ formattype = *pformattype;
+}
+
+
+// reset the format buffer
+
+void CMediaType::ResetFormatBuffer()
+{
+ if (cbFormat) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+ cbFormat = 0;
+ pbFormat = NULL;
+}
+
+
+// allocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// If we cannot allocate the new block of memory we return NULL leaving
+// the original block of memory untouched (as does ReallocFormatBuffer)
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // delete the old format
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pbFormat;
+}
+
+
+// reallocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// to it. We keep as much information as we can given the new buffer size
+// if this fails the original format buffer is left untouched. The caller
+// is responsible for ensuring the size of memory required is non zero
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // copy any previous format (or part of if new is smaller)
+ // delete the old format and replace with the new one
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pNewFormat,pbFormat,min(length,cbFormat));
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pNewFormat;
+}
+
+// initialise a media type structure
+
+void CMediaType::InitMediaType()
+{
+ ZeroMemory((PVOID)this, sizeof(*this));
+ lSampleSize = 1;
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// a partially specified media type can be passed to IPin::Connect
+// as a constraint on the media type used in the connection.
+// the type, subtype or format type can be null.
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsPartiallySpecified(void) const
+{
+ if ((majortype == GUID_NULL) ||
+ (formattype == GUID_NULL)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const
+{
+ if ((ppartial->majortype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (majortype != ppartial->majortype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((ppartial->subtype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (subtype != ppartial->subtype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (ppartial->formattype != GUID_NULL) {
+ // if the format block is specified then it must match exactly
+ if (formattype != ppartial->formattype) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (cbFormat != ppartial->cbFormat) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((cbFormat != 0) &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, ppartial->pbFormat, cbFormat) != 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+}
+
+
+
+// general purpose function to delete a heap allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+// which is useful when calling IEnumMediaTypes::Next as the interface
+// implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete
+// the format block may also be a pointer to an interface to release
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ // allow NULL pointers for coding simplicity
+
+ if (pmt == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ FreeMediaType(*pmt);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pmt);
+}
+
+
+// this also comes in useful when using the IEnumMediaTypes interface so
+// that you can copy a media type, you can do nearly the same by creating
+// a CMediaType object but as soon as it goes out of scope the destructor
+// will delete the memory it allocated (this takes a copy of the memory)
+
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSrc);
+
+ // Allocate a block of memory for the media type
+
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType =
+ (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ // Copy the variable length format block
+
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(pMediaType,pSrc);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pMediaType);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// Copy 1 media type to another
+
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource)
+{
+ // We'll leak if we copy onto one that already exists - there's one
+ // case we can check like that - copying to itself.
+ ASSERT(pmtSource != pmtTarget);
+ *pmtTarget = *pmtSource;
+ if (pmtSource->cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pmtSource->pbFormat != NULL);
+ pmtTarget->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmtSource->cbFormat);
+ if (pmtTarget->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat = 0;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pmtTarget->pbFormat, (PVOID)pmtSource->pbFormat,
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ if (pmtTarget->pUnk != NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->pUnk->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Free an existing media type (ie free resources it holds)
+
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt)
+{
+ if (mt.cbFormat != 0) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)mt.pbFormat);
+
+ // Strictly unnecessary but tidier
+ mt.cbFormat = 0;
+ mt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ }
+ if (mt.pUnk != NULL) {
+ mt.pUnk->Release();
+ mt.pUnk = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat
+)
+{
+ pmt->majortype = MEDIATYPE_Audio;
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) {
+ pmt->subtype = ((PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)pwfx)->SubFormat;
+ } else {
+ pmt->subtype = FOURCCMap(pwfx->wFormatTag);
+ }
+ pmt->formattype = FORMAT_WaveFormatEx;
+ pmt->bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ pmt->bTemporalCompression = FALSE;
+ pmt->lSampleSize = pwfx->nBlockAlign;
+ pmt->pUnk = NULL;
+ if (bSetFormat) {
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX);
+ } else {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + pwfx->cbSize;
+ }
+ pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmt->cbFormat);
+ if (pmt->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT));
+ ((WAVEFORMATEX *)pmt->pbFormat)->cbSize = 0;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, pmt->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// eliminate very many spurious warnings from MS compiler
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc2fe53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/mtype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MtType.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class that holds and manages
+// media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __MTYPE__
+#define __MTYPE__
+
+/* Helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+ types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+ in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions */
+
+class CMediaType : public _AMMediaType {
+
+public:
+
+ ~CMediaType();
+ CMediaType();
+ CMediaType(const GUID * majortype);
+ CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+ CMediaType(const CMediaType&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+
+ CMediaType& operator=(const CMediaType&);
+ CMediaType& operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&);
+
+ BOOL operator == (const CMediaType&) const;
+ BOOL operator != (const CMediaType&) const;
+
+ HRESULT Set(const CMediaType& rt);
+ HRESULT Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt);
+
+ BOOL IsValid() const;
+
+ const GUID *Type() const { return &majortype;} ;
+ void SetType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *Subtype() const { return &subtype;} ;
+ void SetSubtype(const GUID *);
+
+ BOOL IsFixedSize() const {return bFixedSizeSamples; };
+ BOOL IsTemporalCompressed() const {return bTemporalCompression; };
+ ULONG GetSampleSize() const;
+
+ void SetSampleSize(ULONG sz);
+ void SetVariableSize();
+ void SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed);
+
+ // read/write pointer to format - can't change length without
+ // calling SetFormat, AllocFormatBuffer or ReallocFormatBuffer
+
+ BYTE* Format() const {return pbFormat; };
+ ULONG FormatLength() const { return cbFormat; };
+
+ void SetFormatType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *FormatType() const {return &formattype; };
+ BOOL SetFormat(__in_bcount(length) BYTE *pFormat, ULONG length);
+ void ResetFormatBuffer();
+ BYTE* AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+ BYTE* ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+
+ void InitMediaType();
+
+ BOOL MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const;
+ BOOL IsPartiallySpecified(void) const;
+};
+
+
+/* General purpose functions to copy and delete a task allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE
+ structure which is useful when using the IEnumMediaFormats interface as
+ the implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete */
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc);
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource);
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt);
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat);
+
+#endif /* __MTYPE__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3ab617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,801 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: OutputQ.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements COutputQueue class used by an
+// output pin which may sometimes want to queue output samples on a
+// separate thread and sometimes call Receive() directly on the input
+// pin.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+
+//
+// COutputQueue Constructor :
+//
+// Determines if a thread is to be created and creates resources
+//
+// pInputPin - the downstream input pin we're queueing samples to
+//
+// phr - changed to a failure code if this function fails
+// (otherwise unchanges)
+//
+// bAuto - Ask pInputPin if it can block in Receive by calling
+// its ReceiveCanBlock method and create a thread if
+// it can block, otherwise not.
+//
+// bQueue - if bAuto == FALSE then we create a thread if and only
+// if bQueue == TRUE
+//
+// lBatchSize - work in batches of lBatchSize
+//
+// bBatchEact - Use exact batch sizes so don't send until the
+// batch is full or SendAnyway() is called
+//
+// lListSize - If we create a thread make the list of samples queued
+// to the thread have this size cache
+//
+// dwPriority - If we create a thread set its priority to this
+//
+COutputQueue::COutputQueue(
+ IPin *pInputPin, // Pin to send stuff to
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // 'Return code'
+ BOOL bAuto, // Ask pin if queue or not
+ BOOL bQueue, // Send through queue
+ LONG lBatchSize, // Batch
+ BOOL bBatchExact, // Batch exactly to BatchSize
+ LONG lListSize,
+ DWORD dwPriority,
+ bool bFlushingOpt // flushing optimization
+ ) : m_lBatchSize(lBatchSize),
+ m_bBatchExact(bBatchExact && (lBatchSize > 1)),
+ m_hThread(NULL),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_List(NULL),
+ m_pPin(pInputPin),
+ m_ppSamples(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_evFlushComplete(FALSE, phr),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL),
+ m_bSendAnyway(FALSE),
+ m_nBatched(0),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushed(TRUE),
+ m_bFlushingOpt(bFlushingOpt),
+ m_bTerminate(FALSE),
+ m_hEventPop(NULL),
+ m_hr(S_OK)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_lBatchSize > 0);
+
+
+ if (FAILED(*phr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Check the input pin is OK and cache its IMemInputPin interface
+
+ *phr = pInputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **)&m_pInputPin);
+ if (FAILED(*phr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // See if we should ask the downstream pin
+
+ if (bAuto) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ bQueue = hr == S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Create our sample batch
+
+ m_ppSamples = new PMEDIASAMPLE[m_lBatchSize];
+ if (m_ppSamples == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // If we're queueing allocate resources
+
+ if (bQueue) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Creating thread for output pin")));
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ return;
+ }
+ m_List = new CSampleList(NAME("Sample Queue List"),
+ lListSize,
+ FALSE // No lock
+ );
+ if (m_List == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ DWORD dwThreadId;
+ m_hThread = CreateThread(NULL,
+ 0,
+ InitialThreadProc,
+ (LPVOID)this,
+ 0,
+ &dwThreadId);
+ if (m_hThread == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ return;
+ }
+ SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, dwPriority);
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Calling input pin directly - no thread")));
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueuee Destructor :
+//
+// Free all resources -
+//
+// Thread,
+// Batched samples
+//
+COutputQueue::~COutputQueue()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue::~COutputQueue")));
+ /* Free our pointer */
+ if (m_pInputPin != NULL) {
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+ }
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ m_bTerminate = TRUE;
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hThread);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));
+
+ // The thread frees the samples when asked to terminate
+
+ ASSERT(m_List->GetCount() == 0);
+ delete m_List;
+ } else {
+ FreeSamples();
+ }
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+ delete [] m_ppSamples;
+}
+
+//
+// Call the real thread proc as a member function
+//
+DWORD WINAPI COutputQueue::InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv)
+{
+ HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();
+
+ COutputQueue *pSampleQueue = (COutputQueue *)pv;
+ DWORD dwReturn = pSampleQueue->ThreadProc();
+
+ if(hrCoInit == S_OK) {
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ return dwReturn;
+}
+
+//
+// Thread sending the samples downstream :
+//
+// When there is nothing to do the thread sets m_lWaiting (while
+// holding the critical section) and then waits for m_hSem to be
+// set (not holding the critical section)
+//
+DWORD COutputQueue::ThreadProc()
+{
+ while (TRUE) {
+ BOOL bWait = FALSE;
+ IMediaSample *pSample;
+ LONG lNumberToSend; // Local copy
+ NewSegmentPacket* ppacket;
+
+ //
+ // Get a batch of samples and send it if possible
+ // In any case exit the loop if there is a control action
+ // requested
+ //
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ while (TRUE) {
+
+ if (m_bTerminate) {
+ FreeSamples();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ FreeSamples();
+ SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);
+ }
+
+ // Get a sample off the list
+
+ pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample != NULL &&
+ !IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+
+ // If its just a regular sample just add it to the batch
+ // and exit the loop if the batch is full
+
+ m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = pSample;
+ if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize) {
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ // If there was nothing in the queue and there's nothing
+ // to send (either because there's nothing or the batch
+ // isn't full) then prepare to wait
+
+ if (pSample == NULL &&
+ (m_bBatchExact || m_nBatched == 0)) {
+
+ // Tell other thread to set the event when there's
+ // something do to
+
+ ASSERT(m_lWaiting == 0);
+ m_lWaiting++;
+ bWait = TRUE;
+ } else {
+
+ // We break out of the loop on SEND_PACKET unless
+ // there's nothing to send
+
+ if (pSample == SEND_PACKET && m_nBatched == 0) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ // now we need the parameters - we are
+ // guaranteed that the next packet contains them
+ ppacket = (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(ppacket);
+ }
+ // EOS_PACKET falls through here and we exit the loop
+ // In this way it acts like SEND_PACKET
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!bWait) {
+ // We look at m_nBatched from the client side so keep
+ // it up to date inside the critical section
+ lNumberToSend = m_nBatched; // Local copy
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Wait for some more data
+
+ if (bWait) {
+ DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hSem);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+
+
+ // OK - send it if there's anything to send
+ // We DON'T check m_bBatchExact here because either we've got
+ // a full batch or we dropped through because we got
+ // SEND_PACKET or EOS_PACKET - both of which imply we should
+ // flush our batch
+
+ if (lNumberToSend != 0) {
+ long nProcessed;
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,
+ lNumberToSend,
+ &nProcessed);
+ /* Don't overwrite a flushing state HRESULT */
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = hr;
+ }
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);
+ }
+ while (lNumberToSend != 0) {
+ m_ppSamples[--lNumberToSend]->Release();
+ }
+ if (m_hr != S_OK) {
+
+ // In any case wait for more data - S_OK just
+ // means there wasn't an error
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("ReceiveMultiple returned %8.8X"),
+ m_hr));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check for end of stream
+
+ if (pSample == EOS_PACKET) {
+
+ // We don't send even end of stream on if we've previously
+ // returned something other than S_OK
+ // This is because in that case the pin which returned
+ // something other than S_OK should have either sent
+ // EndOfStream() or notified the filter graph
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Data from a new source
+
+ if (pSample == RESET_PACKET) {
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ m_pPin->NewSegment(ppacket->tStart, ppacket->tStop, ppacket->dRate);
+ delete ppacket;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Send batched stuff anyway
+void COutputQueue::SendAnyway()
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+
+ // m_bSendAnyway is a private parameter checked in ReceiveMultiple
+
+ m_bSendAnyway = TRUE;
+ LONG nProcessed;
+ ReceiveMultiple(NULL, 0, &nProcessed);
+ m_bSendAnyway = FALSE;
+
+ } else {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(SEND_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+}
+
+void
+COutputQueue::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ if (S_OK == m_hr) {
+ if (m_bBatchExact) {
+ SendAnyway();
+ }
+ m_pPin->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ //
+ // we need to queue the new segment to appear in order in the
+ // data, but we need to pass parameters to it. Rather than
+ // take the hit of wrapping every single sample so we can tell
+ // special ones apart, we queue special pointers to indicate
+ // special packets, and we guarantee (by holding the
+ // critical section) that the packet immediately following a
+ // NEW_SEGMENT value is a NewSegmentPacket containing the
+ // parameters.
+ NewSegmentPacket * ppack = new NewSegmentPacket;
+ if (ppack == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+ ppack->tStart = tStart;
+ ppack->tStop = tStop;
+ ppack->dRate = dRate;
+
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(NEW_SEGMENT);
+ QueueSample( (IMediaSample*) ppack);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+//
+// End of Stream is queued to output device
+//
+void COutputQueue::EOS()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ if (m_bBatchExact) {
+ SendAnyway();
+ }
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ QueueSample(EOS_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// Flush all the samples in the queue
+//
+void COutputQueue::BeginFlush()
+{
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ // block receives -- we assume this is done by the
+ // filter in which we are a component
+
+ // discard all queued data
+
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // Make sure we discard all samples from now on
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Optimize so we don't keep calling downstream all the time
+
+ if (m_bFlushed && m_bFlushingOpt) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we really wait for the flush to complete
+ m_evFlushComplete.Reset();
+
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+
+ // pass this downstream
+
+ m_pPin->BeginFlush();
+ } else {
+ // pass downstream first to avoid deadlocks
+ m_pPin->BeginFlush();
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ // discard all queued data
+
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // Make sure we discard all samples from now on
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//
+// leave flush mode - pass this downstream
+void COutputQueue::EndFlush()
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ ASSERT(m_bFlushing);
+ if (m_bFlushingOpt && m_bFlushed && IsQueued()) {
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // sync with pushing thread -- done in BeginFlush
+ // ensure no more data to go downstream -- done in BeginFlush
+ //
+ // Because we are synching here there is no need to hold the critical
+ // section (in fact we'd deadlock if we did!)
+
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ m_evFlushComplete.Wait();
+ } else {
+ FreeSamples();
+ }
+
+ // Be daring - the caller has guaranteed no samples will arrive
+ // before EndFlush() returns
+
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+ m_bFlushed = TRUE;
+
+ // call EndFlush on downstream pins
+
+ m_pPin->EndFlush();
+
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+}
+
+// COutputQueue::QueueSample
+//
+// private method to Send a sample to the output queue
+// The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+
+void COutputQueue::QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ if (NULL == m_List->AddTail(pSample)) {
+ if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueue::Receive()
+//
+// Send a single sample by the multiple sample route
+// (NOTE - this could be optimized if necessary)
+//
+// On return the sample will have been Release()'d
+//
+
+HRESULT COutputQueue::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ LONG nProcessed;
+ return ReceiveMultiple(&pSample, 1, &nProcessed);
+}
+
+//
+// COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple()
+//
+// Send a set of samples to the downstream pin
+//
+// ppSamples - array of samples
+// nSamples - how many
+// nSamplesProcessed - How many were processed
+//
+// On return all samples will have been Release()'d
+//
+
+HRESULT COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **ppSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed)
+{
+ if (nSamples < 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ // Either call directly or queue up the samples
+
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+
+ // If we already had a bad return code then just return
+
+ if (S_OK != m_hr) {
+
+ // If we've never received anything since the last Flush()
+ // and the sticky return code is not S_OK we must be
+ // flushing
+ // ((!A || B) is equivalent to A implies B)
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushed || m_bFlushing);
+
+ // We're supposed to Release() them anyway!
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (direct) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),
+ nSamples, m_hr));
+ ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+
+ return m_hr;
+ }
+ //
+ // If we're flushing the sticky return code should be S_FALSE
+ //
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched == 0 || m_bBatchExact);
+
+ // Loop processing the samples in batches
+
+ LONG iLost = 0;
+ long iDone = 0;
+ for (iDone = 0;
+ iDone < nSamples || (m_nBatched != 0 && m_bSendAnyway);
+ ) {
+
+//pragma message (REMIND("Implement threshold scheme"))
+ ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);
+ if (iDone < nSamples) {
+ m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = ppSamples[iDone++];
+ }
+ if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize ||
+ nSamples == 0 && (m_bSendAnyway || !m_bBatchExact)) {
+ LONG nDone;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 4, TEXT("Batching %d samples"),
+ m_nBatched));
+
+ if (m_hr == S_OK) {
+ m_hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,
+ m_nBatched,
+ &nDone);
+ } else {
+ nDone = 0;
+ }
+ iLost += m_nBatched - nDone;
+ for (LONG i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {
+ m_ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ *nSamplesProcessed = iDone - iLost;
+ if (*nSamplesProcessed < 0) {
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ }
+ return m_hr;
+ } else {
+ /* We're sending to our thread */
+
+ if (m_hr != S_OK) {
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (queued) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),
+ nSamples, m_hr));
+ for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ return m_hr;
+ }
+ m_bFlushed = FALSE;
+ for (long i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {
+ QueueSample(ppSamples[i]);
+ }
+ *nSamplesProcessed = nSamples;
+ if (!m_bBatchExact ||
+ m_nBatched + m_List->GetCount() >= m_lBatchSize) {
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+// Get ready for new data - cancels sticky m_hr
+void COutputQueue::Reset()
+{
+ if (!IsQueued()) {
+ m_hr = S_OK;
+ } else {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ QueueSample(RESET_PACKET);
+ NotifyThread();
+ }
+ m_evFlushComplete.Wait();
+ }
+}
+
+// Remove and Release() all queued and Batched samples
+void COutputQueue::FreeSamples()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (IsQueued()) {
+ while (TRUE) {
+ IMediaSample *pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ } else {
+ if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {
+ // Free NEW_SEGMENT packet
+ NewSegmentPacket *ppacket =
+ (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();
+ // inform derived class we took something off the queue
+ if (m_hEventPop) {
+ //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered SET EVENT")));
+ SetEvent(m_hEventPop);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(ppacket != NULL);
+ delete ppacket;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {
+ m_ppSamples[i]->Release();
+ }
+ m_nBatched = 0;
+}
+
+// Notify the thread if there is something to do
+//
+// The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+void COutputQueue::NotifyThread()
+{
+ // Optimize - no need to signal if it's not waiting
+ ASSERT(IsQueued());
+ if (m_lWaiting) {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, NULL);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+// See if there's any work to do
+// Returns
+// TRUE if there is nothing on the queue and nothing in the batch
+// and all data has been sent
+// FALSE otherwise
+//
+BOOL COutputQueue::IsIdle()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ // We're idle if
+ // there is no thread (!IsQueued()) OR
+ // the thread is waiting for more work (m_lWaiting != 0)
+ // AND
+ // there's nothing in the current batch (m_nBatched == 0)
+
+ if (IsQueued() && m_lWaiting == 0 || m_nBatched != 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+
+ // If we're idle it shouldn't be possible for there
+ // to be anything on the work queue
+
+ ASSERT(!IsQueued() || m_List->GetCount() == 0);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void COutputQueue::SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ m_hEventPop = hEvent;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db3d424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/outputq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: OutputQ.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the COutputQueue class, which
+// makes a queue of samples and sends them to an output pin. The
+// class will optionally send the samples to the pin directly.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+typedef CGenericList<IMediaSample> CSampleList;
+
+class COutputQueue : public CCritSec
+{
+public:
+ // Constructor
+ COutputQueue(IPin *pInputPin, // Pin to send stuff to
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // 'Return code'
+ BOOL bAuto = TRUE, // Ask pin if blocks
+ BOOL bQueue = TRUE, // Send through queue (ignored if
+ // bAuto set)
+ LONG lBatchSize = 1, // Batch
+ BOOL bBatchExact = FALSE,// Batch exactly to BatchSize
+ LONG lListSize = // Likely number in the list
+ DEFAULTCACHE,
+ DWORD dwPriority = // Priority of thread to create
+ THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+ bool bFlushingOpt = false // flushing optimization
+ );
+ ~COutputQueue();
+
+ // enter flush state - discard all data
+ void BeginFlush(); // Begin flushing samples
+
+ // re-enable receives (pass this downstream)
+ void EndFlush(); // Complete flush of samples - downstream
+ // pin guaranteed not to block at this stage
+
+ void EOS(); // Call this on End of stream
+
+ void SendAnyway(); // Send batched samples anyway (if bBatchExact set)
+
+ void NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // do something with these media samples
+ HRESULT ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed);
+
+ void Reset(); // Reset m_hr ready for more data
+
+ // See if its idle or not
+ BOOL IsIdle();
+
+ // give the class an event to fire after everything removed from the queue
+ void SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+protected:
+ static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv);
+ DWORD ThreadProc();
+ BOOL IsQueued()
+ {
+ return m_List != NULL;
+ };
+
+ // The critical section MUST be held when this is called
+ void QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ BOOL IsSpecialSample(IMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ return (DWORD_PTR)pSample > (DWORD_PTR)(LONG_PTR)(-16);
+ };
+
+ // Remove and Release() batched and queued samples
+ void FreeSamples();
+
+ // Notify the thread there is something to do
+ void NotifyThread();
+
+
+protected:
+ // Queue 'messages'
+ #define SEND_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-2)) // Send batch
+ #define EOS_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-3)) // End of stream
+ #define RESET_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-4)) // Reset m_hr
+ #define NEW_SEGMENT ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-5)) // send NewSegment
+
+ // new segment packet is always followed by one of these
+ struct NewSegmentPacket {
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop;
+ double dRate;
+ };
+
+ // Remember input stuff
+ IPin * const m_pPin;
+ IMemInputPin * m_pInputPin;
+ BOOL const m_bBatchExact;
+ LONG const m_lBatchSize;
+
+ CSampleList * m_List;
+ HANDLE m_hSem;
+ CAMEvent m_evFlushComplete;
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+ __field_ecount_opt(m_lBatchSize) IMediaSample ** m_ppSamples;
+ __range(0, m_lBatchSize) LONG m_nBatched;
+
+ // Wait optimization
+ LONG m_lWaiting;
+ // Flush synchronization
+ BOOL m_bFlushing;
+
+ // flushing optimization. some downstream filters have trouble
+ // with the queue's flushing optimization. other rely on it
+ BOOL m_bFlushed;
+ bool m_bFlushingOpt;
+
+ // Terminate now
+ BOOL m_bTerminate;
+
+ // Send anyway flag for batching
+ BOOL m_bSendAnyway;
+
+ // Deferred 'return code'
+ HRESULT volatile m_hr;
+
+ // an event that can be fired after every deliver
+ HANDLE m_hEventPop;
+};
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e642538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: perflog.cpp
+//
+// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma warning (disable:4201)
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <winperf.h>
+#include <wmistr.h>
+#include <evntrace.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+#include "perflog.h"
+
+//
+// Local function prototypes.
+//
+
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+PerflogCallback (
+ WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,
+ __in PVOID Context,
+ __out ULONG* BufferSize,
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ );
+
+//
+// Event tracing function pointers.
+// We have to do this to run on down-level platforms.
+//
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (
+ __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,
+ __in IN PVOID RequestContext,
+ IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,
+ IN ULONG GuidCount,
+ __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,
+ IN LPCWSTR MofImagePath,
+ IN LPCWSTR MofResourceName,
+ OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsW"
+
+#else
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (
+ __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,
+ __in IN PVOID RequestContext,
+ IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,
+ IN ULONG GuidCount,
+ __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,
+ IN LPCSTR MofImagePath,
+ IN LPCSTR MofResourceName,
+ __out OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsA"
+
+#endif
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _UnregisterTraceGuids) (
+ TRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle
+ );
+
+TRACEHANDLE
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceLoggerHandle) (
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ );
+
+UCHAR
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableLevel) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle
+ );
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableFlags) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle
+ );
+
+ULONG
+(__stdcall * _TraceEvent) (
+ TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER EventTrace
+ );
+
+HINSTANCE _Advapi32;
+
+//
+// Global variables.
+//
+
+BOOL EventTracingAvailable=FALSE;
+ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;
+UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;
+ULONG PerflogModuleLevel = 0;
+void (*OnStateChanged)(void);
+TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle=NULL;
+TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;
+
+// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.
+// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.
+const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings
+
+//
+// This routine initializes performance logging.
+// It should be called from DllMain().
+//
+
+
+VOID
+PerflogReadModuleLevel(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance
+ )
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ TCHAR szFullName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Load the full path and module name
+ HKEY hModuleKey; // Module key handle
+ LPTSTR pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+ DWORD dwKeySize, dwKeyType, dwKeyValue;
+
+ DWORD dwSize = GetModuleFileName(
+ (hInstance ? hInstance : GetModuleHandle( NULL )),
+ szFullName,
+ iDEBUGINFO );
+
+ if (0 == dwSize || iDEBUGINFO == dwSize) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ pName = _tcsrchr(szFullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = szFullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+
+ /* Construct the base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Debug\\%s"),pName);
+
+ /* Open the key for this module */
+ lReturn =
+ RegOpenKeyEx(
+ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ KEY_QUERY_VALUE, // Desired security access
+ &hModuleKey ); // Opened handle buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hModuleKey, // Handle to an open key
+ TEXT("PERFLOG"),
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ if ((lReturn == ERROR_SUCCESS) && (dwKeyType == REG_DWORD))
+ {
+ PerflogModuleLevel = dwKeyValue;
+ }
+
+ RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);
+}
+
+BOOL PerflogInitIfEnabled(
+ IN HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ )
+{
+ PerflogReadModuleLevel( hInstance );
+ if (PerflogModuleLevel)
+ {
+ return PerflogInitialize( LogParams );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitialize (
+ __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ )
+{
+ ULONG status;
+
+ //
+ // If we're running on a recent-enough platform, this will get
+ // pointers to the event tracing routines.
+ //
+
+ _Advapi32 = GetModuleHandle (_T("ADVAPI32.DLL"));
+ if (_Advapi32 == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ *((FARPROC*) &_RegisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME);
+ *((FARPROC*) &_UnregisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "UnregisterTraceGuids");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceLoggerHandle) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceLoggerHandle");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableLevel) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableLevel");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableFlags) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableFlags");
+ *((FARPROC*) &_TraceEvent) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "TraceEvent");
+
+ if (_RegisterTraceGuids == NULL ||
+ _UnregisterTraceGuids == NULL ||
+ _GetTraceEnableLevel == NULL ||
+ _GetTraceEnableFlags == NULL ||
+ _TraceEvent == NULL) {
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ EventTracingAvailable = TRUE;
+
+ OnStateChanged = LogParams->OnStateChanged;
+
+ //
+ // Register our GUIDs.
+ //
+
+ status = _RegisterTraceGuids (PerflogCallback,
+ LogParams,
+ &LogParams->ControlGuid,
+ LogParams->NumberOfTraceGuids,
+ LogParams->TraceGuids,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &PerflogRegHandle);
+
+ return (status == ERROR_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+//
+// This routine shuts down performance logging.
+//
+
+VOID
+PerflogShutdown (
+ VOID
+ )
+{
+ if (!EventTracingAvailable) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _UnregisterTraceGuids (PerflogRegHandle);
+ PerflogRegHandle = NULL;
+ PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;
+}
+
+//
+// Event tracing callback routine.
+// It's called when controllers call event tracing control functions.
+//
+
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+PerflogCallback (
+ WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,
+ __in PVOID Context,
+ __out ULONG* BufferSize,
+ __in PVOID Buffer
+ )
+{
+ ULONG status;
+
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (Context);
+
+ ASSERT (EventTracingAvailable);
+
+ status = ERROR_SUCCESS;
+
+ switch (RequestCode) {
+
+ case WMI_ENABLE_EVENTS:
+ PerflogTraceHandle = _GetTraceLoggerHandle (Buffer);
+ PerflogEnableFlags = _GetTraceEnableFlags (PerflogTraceHandle);
+ PerflogEnableLevel = _GetTraceEnableLevel (PerflogTraceHandle);
+ break;
+
+ case WMI_DISABLE_EVENTS:
+ PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;
+ PerflogEnableFlags = 0;
+ PerflogEnableLevel = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ }
+
+ if (OnStateChanged != NULL) {
+ OnStateChanged();
+ }
+
+ *BufferSize = 0;
+ return status;
+}
+
+//
+// Logging routine.
+//
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ )
+{
+ if (!EventTracingAvailable) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);
+}
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEventLevel(
+ ULONG Level,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ )
+{
+ if ((!EventTracingAvailable) || (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..503a130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perflog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: perflog.h
+//
+// Desc: Performance logging framework.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct _PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS {
+ GUID ControlGuid;
+ void (*OnStateChanged)(void);
+ ULONG NumberOfTraceGuids;
+ TRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuids[ANYSIZE_ARRAY];
+} PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS, *PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS;
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitIfEnabled(
+ IN HINSTANCE hInstance,
+ __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ );
+
+BOOL
+PerflogInitialize (
+ __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogShutdown (
+ VOID
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
+
+extern ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;
+extern UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;
+extern ULONG PerflogModuleLevel;
+extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle;
+extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;
+
+#define PerflogTracingEnabled() (PerflogTraceHandle != 0)
+
+#define PerflogEvent( _x_ ) PerflogTraceEventLevel _x_
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEventLevel(
+ ULONG Level,
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
+
+VOID
+PerflogTraceEvent (
+ __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event
+ );
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perfstruct.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perfstruct.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c67b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/perfstruct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PerfStruct.h
+//
+// Desc: Structures for DirectShow performance logging.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef _PERFSTRUCT_H_
+#define _PERFSTRUCT_H_
+
+#include <wmistr.h>
+#include <evntrace.h>
+
+// {28CF047A-2437-4b24-B653-B9446A419A69}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSHOW_CTL,
+0x28cf047a, 0x2437, 0x4b24, 0xb6, 0x53, 0xb9, 0x44, 0x6a, 0x41, 0x9a, 0x69);
+
+// {D0DA7AD6-AE80-4de5-AAFC-C126711E7593}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_VIDEOREND,
+0xd0da7ad6, 0xae80, 0x4de5, 0xaa, 0xfc, 0xc1, 0x26, 0x71, 0x1e, 0x75, 0x93);
+
+// {DC70AC3E-93E5-48db-88AB-E42064EC276A}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH,
+0xdc70ac3e, 0x93e5, 0x48db, 0x88, 0xab, 0xe4, 0x20, 0x64, 0xec, 0x27, 0x6a);
+
+// {3d7e7d93-2fc8-4a07-a719-e0922ff2899}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_STREAMTRACE,
+0x3d7e7d93, 0x2fc8, 0x4a07, 0xa7, 0x19, 0xe0, 0x92, 0x2f, 0xf2, 0x89, 0x9e);
+
+// AZFIX: the following GUIDs aren't useful right now.
+
+// {3C33F7F5-EE54-493c-BA25-1656539C05AC}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_GETTIME,
+0x3c33f7f5, 0xee54, 0x493c, 0xba, 0x25, 0x16, 0x56, 0x53, 0x9c, 0x5, 0xac);
+
+// {CC44B44D-8169-4952-9E4A-A4E13295E492}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOREND,
+0xcc44b44d, 0x8169, 0x4952, 0x9e, 0x4a, 0xa4, 0xe1, 0x32, 0x95, 0xe4, 0x92);
+
+// {775D19BF-4D8B-4de6-8DC9-66BAC7B310A2}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_FRAMEDROP,
+0x775d19bf, 0x4d8b, 0x4de6, 0x8d, 0xc9, 0x66, 0xba, 0xc7, 0xb3, 0x10, 0xa2);
+
+// {56D29065-EFBE-42dc-8C29-E325DC9C27D5}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOBREAK,
+0x56d29065, 0xefbe, 0x42dc, 0x8c, 0x29, 0xe3, 0x25, 0xdc, 0x9c, 0x27, 0xd5);
+
+// {E1E6EA87-95A8-497e-BFBA-0295AEBCC707}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIORECV,
+0xe1e6ea87, 0x95a8, 0x497e, 0xbf, 0xba, 0x2, 0x95, 0xae, 0xbc, 0xc7, 0x7);
+
+// {10F7768A-B1E7-4242-AD90-A2D44683D9F0}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOSLAVE,
+0x10f7768a, 0xb1e7, 0x4242, 0xad, 0x90, 0xa2, 0xd4, 0x46, 0x83, 0xd9, 0xf0);
+
+// {8983803D-691A-49bc-8FF6-962A39C0198F}
+DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK,
+0x8983803d, 0x691a, 0x49bc, 0x8f, 0xf6, 0x96, 0x2a, 0x39, 0xc0, 0x19, 0x8f);
+
+#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTGOOD 0
+#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTBAD 1
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ DWORD glitchType;
+ LONGLONG sampleTime;
+ LONGLONG previousTime;
+ ULONG_PTR instanceId;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIO_GLITCH, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG sampleTime;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AVREND;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG sampleTime;
+ ULONGLONG sampleDuration;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP {
+ ULONGLONG cycleCounter;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG frameTime;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP;
+
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_PTS_TRANSLATION 1
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_SAMPLE_RECEIVED 2
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_ADVISE 3
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_ADVISE 4
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RECEIVE 5
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DEINTERLACE 6
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DEINTERLACE 7
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DECODE 8
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DECODE 9
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_DROPPED_FRAME 10
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTERINPUT 11
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTEROUTPUT 12
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTERINPUT 13
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTEROUTPUT 14
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_XDSCODECINPUT 15
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_RECEIVE 16
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_DELIVER 17
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRINPUTPIN_RECEIVE 18
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVROUTPUTPIN_RECEIVE 19
+#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RENDER_TIME 20
+
+typedef struct _PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE {
+ ULONG id;
+ ULONG reserved;
+ ULONGLONG dshowClock;
+ ULONGLONG data[ 4 ];
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE;
+
+typedef struct _PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE;
+
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV {
+ LONGLONG streamTime ;
+ LONGLONG sampleStart ;
+ LONGLONG sampleStop ;
+ LONGLONG hwduration ;
+ BOOL discontinuity ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE {
+ LONGLONG masterClock ;
+ LONGLONG slaveClock ;
+ LONGLONG errorAccum ;
+ LONGLONG lastHighErrorSeen ;
+ LONGLONG lastLowErrorSeen ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK {
+ DWORD iterNextWrite ;
+ DWORD offsetNextWrite ;
+ DWORD iterWrite ;
+ DWORD offsetWrite ;
+} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK;
+
+typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK {
+ EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header;
+ PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK data;
+} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK;
+
+#endif // _PREFSTRUCT_H_
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d20171f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PStream.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef PERF
+#include <measure.h>
+#endif
+// #include "pstream.h" in streams.h
+
+//
+// Constructor
+//
+CPersistStream::CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : mPS_fDirty(FALSE)
+{
+ mPS_dwFileVersion = GetSoftwareVersion();
+}
+
+
+//
+// Destructor
+//
+CPersistStream::~CPersistStream() {
+ // Nothing to do
+}
+
+#if 0
+SAMPLE CODE TO COPY - not active at the moment
+
+//
+// NonDelegatingQueryInterface
+//
+// This object supports IPersist & IPersistStream
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv); // ???
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IPersistStream) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersistStream *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+//
+// WriteToStream
+//
+// Writes to the stream (default action is to write nothing)
+HRESULT CPersistStream::WriteToStream(IStream *pStream)
+{
+ // You can override this to do things like
+ // hr = pStream->Write(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+HRESULT CPersistStream::ReadFromStream(IStream * pStream)
+{
+ // You can override this to do things like
+ // hr = pStream->Read(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Load
+//
+// Load all the data from the given stream
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Load(LPSTREAM pStm)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ // Load the version number then the data
+ mPS_dwFileVersion = ReadInt(pStm, hr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return ReadFromStream(pStm);
+} // Load
+
+
+
+//
+// Save
+//
+// Save the contents of this Stream.
+STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty)
+{
+
+ HRESULT hr = WriteInt(pStm, GetSoftwareVersion());
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = WriteToStream(pStm);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ mPS_fDirty = !fClearDirty;
+
+ return hr;
+} // Save
+
+
+// WriteInt
+//
+// Writes an integer to an IStream as 11 UNICODE characters followed by one space.
+// You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything (up to 32 bits)
+// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits.
+// Values such as (unsigned) 0x80000000 would come out as -2147483648
+// but would then load as 0x80000000 through ReadInt. Cast as you please.
+
+STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n)
+{
+ WCHAR Buff[13]; // Allows for trailing null that we don't write
+ (void)StringCchPrintfW(Buff, NUMELMS(Buff),L"%011d ",n);
+ return pIStream->Write(&(Buff[0]), 12*sizeof(WCHAR), NULL);
+} // WriteInt
+
+
+// ReadInt
+//
+// Reads an integer from an IStream.
+// Read as 4 bytes. You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything
+// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits
+// Striped down subset of what sscanf can do (without dragging in the C runtime)
+
+STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr)
+{
+
+ int Sign = 1;
+ unsigned int n = 0; // result wil be n*Sign
+ WCHAR wch;
+
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (wch==L'-'){
+ Sign = -1;
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for( ; ; ) {
+ if (wch>=L'0' && wch<=L'9') {
+ n = 10*n+(int)(wch-L'0');
+ } else if ( wch == L' '
+ || wch == L'\t'
+ || wch == L'\r'
+ || wch == L'\n'
+ || wch == L'\0'
+ ) {
+ break;
+ } else {
+ hr = VFW_E_INVALID_FILE_FORMAT;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (n==0x80000000 && Sign==-1) {
+ // This is the negative number that has no positive version!
+ return (int)n;
+ }
+ else return (int)n * Sign;
+} // ReadInt
+
+
+// The microsoft C/C++ compile generates level 4 warnings to the effect that
+// a particular inline function (from some base class) was not needed.
+// This line gets rid of hundreds of such unwanted messages and makes
+// -W4 compilation feasible:
+#pragma warning(disable: 4514)
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04b6af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pstream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PStream.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class for persistent properties
+// of filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __PSTREAM__
+#define __PSTREAM__
+
+// Base class for persistent properties of filters
+// (i.e. filter properties in saved graphs)
+
+// The simplest way to use this is:
+// 1. Arrange for your filter to inherit this class
+// 2. Implement in your class WriteToStream and ReadFromStream
+// These will override the "do nothing" functions here.
+// 3. Change your NonDelegatingQueryInterface to handle IPersistStream
+// 4. Implement SizeMax to return the number of bytes of data you save.
+// If you save UNICODE data, don't forget a char is 2 bytes.
+// 5. Whenever your data changes, call SetDirty()
+//
+// At some point you may decide to alter, or extend the format of your data.
+// At that point you will wish that you had a version number in all the old
+// saved graphs, so that you can tell, when you read them, whether they
+// represent the old or new form. To assist you in this, this class
+// writes and reads a version number.
+// When it writes, it calls GetSoftwareVersion() to enquire what version
+// of the software we have at the moment. (In effect this is a version number
+// of the data layout in the file). It writes this as the first thing in the data.
+// If you want to change the version, implement (override) GetSoftwareVersion().
+// It reads this from the file into mPS_dwFileVersion before calling ReadFromStream,
+// so in ReadFromStream you can check mPS_dwFileVersion to see if you are reading
+// an old version file.
+// Normally you should accept files whose version is no newer than the software
+// version that's reading them.
+
+
+// CPersistStream
+//
+// Implements IPersistStream.
+// See 'OLE Programmers Reference (Vol 1):Structured Storage Overview' for
+// more implementation information.
+class CPersistStream : public IPersistStream {
+ private:
+
+ // Internal state:
+
+ protected:
+ DWORD mPS_dwFileVersion; // version number of file (being read)
+ BOOL mPS_fDirty;
+
+ public:
+
+ // IPersistStream methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP IsDirty()
+ {return (mPS_fDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE);} // note FALSE means clean
+ STDMETHODIMP Load(LPSTREAM pStm);
+ STDMETHODIMP Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSizeMax(__out ULARGE_INTEGER * pcbSize)
+ // Allow 24 bytes for version.
+ { pcbSize->QuadPart = 12*sizeof(WCHAR)+SizeMax(); return NOERROR; }
+
+ // implementation
+
+ CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CPersistStream();
+
+ HRESULT SetDirty(BOOL fDirty)
+ { mPS_fDirty = fDirty; return NOERROR;}
+
+
+ // override to reveal IPersist & IPersistStream
+ // STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv);
+
+ // --- IPersist ---
+
+ // You must override this to provide your own class id
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsid) PURE;
+
+ // overrideable if you want
+ // file version number. Override it if you ever change format
+ virtual DWORD GetSoftwareVersion(void) { return 0; }
+
+
+ //=========================================================================
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+ // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data
+
+ virtual int SizeMax() {return 0;}
+ virtual HRESULT WriteToStream(IStream *pStream);
+ virtual HRESULT ReadFromStream(IStream *pStream);
+ //=========================================================================
+
+ private:
+
+};
+
+
+// --- Useful helpers ---
+
+
+// Writes an int to an IStream as UNICODE.
+STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n);
+
+// inverse of WriteInt
+STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr);
+
+#endif // __PSTREAM__
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a197ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PullPin.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CPullPin class that pulls data
+// from IAsyncReader.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "pullpin.h"
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+CPullPin::CPullPin()
+ : m_pReader(NULL),
+ m_pAlloc(NULL),
+ m_State(TM_Exit)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CPullPin", this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+}
+
+CPullPin::~CPullPin()
+{
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CPullPin", this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+}
+
+// returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface
+// from this object
+// Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if
+// necessary
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (m_pReader) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IAsyncReader, (void**)&m_pReader);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return(hr);
+ }
+
+ hr = DecideAllocator(pAlloc, NULL);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG llTotal, llAvail;
+ hr = m_pReader->Length(&llTotal, &llAvail);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Disconnect();
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // convert from file position to reference time
+ m_tDuration = llTotal * UNITS;
+ m_tStop = m_tDuration;
+ m_tStart = 0;
+
+ m_bSync = bSync;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, S_OK, pmt );
+ }
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// disconnect any connection made in Connect
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Disconnect()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ StopThread();
+
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( this, m_pReader, S_OK );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ if (m_pReader) {
+ m_pReader->Release();
+ m_pReader = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pAlloc) {
+ m_pAlloc->Release();
+ m_pAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional
+// props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).
+// returns an error code if fail to match requirements.
+// optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator
+// but no error occurs if it can't be met.
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::DecideAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps)
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest;
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request;
+ if (pProps == NULL) {
+ Request.cBuffers = 3;
+ Request.cbBuffer = 64*1024;
+ Request.cbAlign = 0;
+ Request.cbPrefix = 0;
+ pRequest = &Request;
+ } else {
+ pRequest = pProps;
+ }
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->RequestAllocator(
+ pAlloc,
+ pRequest,
+ &m_pAlloc);
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// start pulling data
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Active(void)
+{
+ ASSERT(!ThreadExists());
+ return StartThread();
+}
+
+// stop pulling data
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ StopThread();
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ ThreadMsg AtStart = m_State;
+
+ if (AtStart == TM_Start) {
+ BeginFlush();
+ PauseThread();
+ EndFlush();
+ }
+
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+ m_tStop = tStop;
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ if (AtStart == TM_Start) {
+ hr = StartThread();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration)
+{
+ *ptDuration = m_tDuration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::StartThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!m_pAlloc || !m_pReader) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+
+ // commit allocator
+ hr = m_pAlloc->Commit();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // start thread
+ if (!Create()) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Start;
+ hr = (HRESULT) CallWorker(m_State);
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::PauseThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked
+ // in WaitForNext
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Pause;
+ hr = CallWorker(TM_Pause);
+
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::StopThread()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked
+ // in WaitForNext
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_State = TM_Exit;
+ hr = CallWorker(TM_Exit);
+
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+
+ // wait for thread to completely exit
+ Close();
+
+ // decommit allocator
+ if (m_pAlloc) {
+ m_pAlloc->Decommit();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+DWORD
+CPullPin::ThreadProc(void)
+{
+ while(1) {
+ DWORD cmd = GetRequest();
+ switch(cmd) {
+ case TM_Exit:
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ return 0;
+
+ case TM_Pause:
+ // we are paused already
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ break;
+
+ case TM_Start:
+ Reply(S_OK);
+ Process();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // at this point, there should be no outstanding requests on the
+ // upstream filter.
+ // We should force begin/endflush to ensure that this is true.
+ // !!!Note that we may currently be inside a BeginFlush/EndFlush pair
+ // on another thread, but the premature EndFlush will do no harm now
+ // that we are idle.
+ m_pReader->BeginFlush();
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ m_pReader->EndFlush();
+ }
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::QueueSample(
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity
+ )
+{
+ IMediaSample* pSample;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);
+ if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {
+ tStopThis = tAlignStop;
+ }
+ pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);
+ tCurrent = tStopThis;
+
+ pSample->SetDiscontinuity(bDiscontinuity);
+
+ hr = m_pReader->Request(
+ pSample,
+ 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::CollectAndDeliver(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop)
+{
+ IMediaSample* pSample = NULL; // better be sure pSample is set
+ DWORD_PTR dwUnused;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(
+ INFINITE,
+ &pSample,
+ &dwUnused);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ if (pSample) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);
+ }
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ CleanupCancelled();
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return hr;
+
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPullPin::DeliverSample(
+ IMediaSample* pSample,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop
+ )
+{
+ // fix up sample if past actual stop (for sector alignment)
+ REFERENCE_TIME t1, t2;
+ if (S_OK == pSample->GetTime(&t1, &t2)) {
+ if (t2 > tStop) {
+ t2 = tStop;
+ }
+
+ // adjust times to be relative to (aligned) start time
+ t1 -= tStart;
+ t2 -= tStart;
+ HRESULT hr = pSample->SetTime(&t1, &t2);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE * pmt = NULL;
+ pSample->GetMediaType( &pmt );
+ PERFLOG_RECEIVE( L"CPullPin", m_pReader, this, pSample, pmt );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ HRESULT hr = Receive(pSample);
+ pSample->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+void
+CPullPin::Process(void)
+{
+ // is there anything to do?
+ if (m_tStop <= m_tStart) {
+ EndOfStream();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity = TRUE;
+
+ // if there is more than one sample at the allocator,
+ // then try to queue 2 at once in order to overlap.
+ // -- get buffer count and required alignment
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Actual;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetProperties(&Actual);
+
+ // align the start position downwards
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart = AlignDown(m_tStart / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tCurrent = tStart;
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop = m_tStop;
+ if (tStop > m_tDuration) {
+ tStop = m_tDuration;
+ }
+
+ // align the stop position - may be past stop, but that
+ // doesn't matter
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop = AlignUp(tStop / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;
+
+
+ DWORD dwRequest;
+
+ if (!m_bSync) {
+
+ // Break out of the loop either if we get to the end or we're asked
+ // to do something else
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to
+ // do something different
+ if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // queue a first sample
+ if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {
+
+ hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, TRUE);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+ // loop queueing second and waiting for first..
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, bDiscontinuity);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+
+ // stop if error, or if downstream filter said
+ // to stop.
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {
+ hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ // sync version of above loop
+ while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {
+
+ // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to
+ // do something different
+ if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IMediaSample* pSample;
+
+ hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ OnError(hr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);
+ if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {
+ tStopThis = tAlignStop;
+ }
+ pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);
+ tCurrent = tStopThis;
+
+ if (bDiscontinuity) {
+ pSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ bDiscontinuity = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pReader->SyncReadAligned(pSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ OnError(hr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ OnError(hr);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ EndOfStream();
+}
+
+// after a flush, cancelled i/o will be waiting for collection
+// and release
+void
+CPullPin::CleanupCancelled(void)
+{
+ while (1) {
+ IMediaSample * pSample;
+ DWORD_PTR dwUnused;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(
+ 0, // no wait
+ &pSample,
+ &dwUnused);
+ if(pSample) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ } else {
+ // no more samples
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03ad40e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/pullpin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: PullPin.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CPullPin class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __PULLPIN_H__
+#define __PULLPIN_H__
+
+//
+// CPullPin
+//
+// object supporting pulling data from an IAsyncReader interface.
+// Given a start/stop position, calls a pure Receive method with each
+// IMediaSample received.
+//
+// This is essentially for use in a MemInputPin when it finds itself
+// connected to an IAsyncReader pin instead of a pushing pin.
+//
+
+class CPullPin : public CAMThread
+{
+ IAsyncReader* m_pReader;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStart;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStop;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tDuration;
+ BOOL m_bSync;
+
+ enum ThreadMsg {
+ TM_Pause, // stop pulling and wait for next message
+ TM_Start, // start pulling
+ TM_Exit, // stop and exit
+ };
+
+ ThreadMsg m_State;
+
+ // override pure thread proc from CAMThread
+ DWORD ThreadProc(void);
+
+ // running pull method (check m_bSync)
+ void Process(void);
+
+ // clean up any cancelled i/o after a flush
+ void CleanupCancelled(void);
+
+ // suspend thread from pulling, eg during seek
+ HRESULT PauseThread();
+
+ // start thread pulling - create thread if necy
+ HRESULT StartThread();
+
+ // stop and close thread
+ HRESULT StopThread();
+
+ // called from ProcessAsync to queue and collect requests
+ HRESULT QueueSample(
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,
+ BOOL bDiscontinuity);
+
+ HRESULT CollectAndDeliver(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+ HRESULT DeliverSample(
+ IMediaSample* pSample,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+protected:
+ IMemAllocator * m_pAlloc;
+
+public:
+ CPullPin();
+ virtual ~CPullPin();
+
+ // returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface
+ // from this object
+ // Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if
+ // necessary
+ // bSync is TRUE if we are to use sync reads instead of the
+ // async methods.
+ HRESULT Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync);
+
+ // disconnect any connection made in Connect
+ HRESULT Disconnect();
+
+ // agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional
+ // props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).
+ // returns an error code if fail to match requirements.
+ // optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator
+ // but no error occurs if it can't be met.
+ virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator* pAlloc,
+ __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps);
+
+ // set start and stop position. if active, will start immediately at
+ // the new position. Default is 0 to duration
+ HRESULT Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop);
+
+ // return the total duration
+ HRESULT Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration);
+
+ // start pulling data
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+
+ // stop pulling data
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // helper functions
+ LONGLONG AlignDown(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {
+ // aligning downwards is just truncation
+ return ll & ~(lAlign-1);
+ };
+
+ LONGLONG AlignUp(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {
+ // align up: round up to next boundary
+ return (ll + (lAlign -1)) & ~(lAlign -1);
+ };
+
+ // GetReader returns the (addrefed) IAsyncReader interface
+ // for SyncRead etc
+ IAsyncReader* GetReader() {
+ m_pReader->AddRef();
+ return m_pReader;
+ };
+
+ // -- pure --
+
+ // override this to handle data arrival
+ // return value other than S_OK will stop data
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample*) PURE;
+
+ // override this to handle end-of-stream
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void) PURE;
+
+ // called on runtime errors that will have caused pulling
+ // to stop
+ // these errors are all returned from the upstream filter, who
+ // will have already reported any errors to the filtergraph.
+ virtual void OnError(HRESULT hr) PURE;
+
+ // flush this pin and all downstream
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush() PURE;
+
+};
+
+#endif //__PULLPIN_H__
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ae25f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefClock.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements the IReferenceClock interface.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+// 'this' used in constructor list
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IReferenceClock)
+ {
+ hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClock *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IReferenceClockTimerControl)
+ {
+ hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClockTimerControl *) this, ppv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+CBaseReferenceClock::~CBaseReferenceClock()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (m_TimerResolution) timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+
+ if (m_pSchedule)
+ {
+ m_pSchedule->DumpLinkedList();
+ }
+
+ if (m_hThread)
+ {
+ m_bAbort = TRUE;
+ TriggerThread();
+ WaitForSingleObject( m_hThread, INFINITE );
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_hThread) );
+ m_hThread = 0;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );
+ delete m_pSchedule;
+ }
+}
+
+// A derived class may supply a hThreadEvent if it has its own thread that will take care
+// of calling the schedulers Advise method. (Refere to CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()
+// to see what such a thread has to do.)
+CBaseReferenceClock::CBaseReferenceClock( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pShed )
+: CUnknown( pName, pUnk )
+, m_rtLastGotTime(0)
+, m_TimerResolution(0)
+, m_bAbort( FALSE )
+, m_pSchedule( pShed ? pShed : new CAMSchedule(CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL)) )
+, m_hThread(0)
+{
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(m_pSchedule);
+ if (!m_pSchedule)
+ {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Set up the highest resolution timer we can manage
+ TIMECAPS tc;
+ m_TimerResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))
+ ? tc.wPeriodMin
+ : 1;
+
+ timeBeginPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+
+ /* Initialise our system times - the derived clock should set the right values */
+ m_dwPrevSystemTime = timeGetTime();
+ m_rtPrivateTime = (UNITS / MILLISECONDS) * m_dwPrevSystemTime;
+
+ #ifdef PERF
+ m_idGetSystemTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime"));
+ #endif
+
+ if ( !pShed )
+ {
+ DWORD ThreadID;
+ m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL, // Security attributes
+ (DWORD) 0, // Initial stack size
+ AdviseThreadFunction, // Thread start address
+ (LPVOID) this, // Thread parameter
+ (DWORD) 0, // Creation flags
+ &ThreadID); // Thread identifier
+
+ if (m_hThread)
+ {
+ SetThreadPriority( m_hThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *phr = E_FAIL;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );
+ delete m_pSchedule;
+ m_pSchedule = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void CBaseReferenceClock::Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime)
+{
+ Lock();
+ m_rtLastGotTime = rtMinTime ;
+ Unlock();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (pTime)
+ {
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;
+ Lock();
+ rtNow = GetPrivateTime();
+ if (rtNow > m_rtLastGotTime)
+ {
+ m_rtLastGotTime = rtNow;
+ hr = S_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ *pTime = m_rtLastGotTime;
+ Unlock();
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idGetSystemTime, LONG((*pTime) / (UNITS/MILLISECONDS)) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_GETTIME( (IReferenceClock *) this, *pTime );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ }
+ else hr = E_POINTER;
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseTime(
+ REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time
+ REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time
+ HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie)// where your cookie goes
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;
+
+ // Check that the event is not already set
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject(HANDLE(hEvent),0));
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ const REFERENCE_TIME lRefTime = baseTime + streamTime;
+ if ( lRefTime <= 0 || lRefTime == MAX_TIME )
+ {
+ hr = E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( lRefTime, 0, HANDLE(hEvent), FALSE );
+ hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdvisePeriodic(
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time
+ REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications
+ HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie) // where your cookie goes
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (StartTime > 0 && PeriodTime > 0 && StartTime != MAX_TIME )
+ {
+ *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( StartTime, PeriodTime, HANDLE(hSemaphore), TRUE );
+ hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ else hr = E_INVALIDARG;
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)
+{
+ return m_pSchedule->Unadvise(dwAdviseCookie);
+}
+
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CBaseReferenceClock::GetPrivateTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+
+ /* If the clock has wrapped then the current time will be less than
+ * the last time we were notified so add on the extra milliseconds
+ *
+ * The time period is long enough so that the likelihood of
+ * successive calls spanning the clock cycle is not considered.
+ */
+
+ DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();
+ {
+ m_rtPrivateTime += Int32x32To64(UNITS / MILLISECONDS, (DWORD)(dwTime - m_dwPrevSystemTime));
+ m_dwPrevSystemTime = dwTime;
+ }
+
+ return m_rtPrivateTime;
+}
+
+
+/* Adjust the current time by the input value. This allows an
+ external time source to work out some of the latency of the clock
+ system and adjust the "current" time accordingly. The intent is
+ that the time returned to the user is synchronised to a clock
+ source and allows drift to be catered for.
+
+ For example: if the clock source detects a drift it can pass a delta
+ to the current time rather than having to set an explicit time.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::SetTimeDelta(const REFERENCE_TIME & TimeDelta)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+ // Just break if passed an improper time delta value
+ LONGLONG llDelta = TimeDelta > 0 ? TimeDelta : -TimeDelta;
+ if (llDelta > UNITS * 1000) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Bad Time Delta")));
+ //DebugBreak();
+ }
+
+ // We're going to calculate a "severity" for the time change. Max -1
+ // min 8. We'll then use this as the debug logging level for a
+ // debug log message.
+ const LONG usDelta = LONG(TimeDelta/10); // Delta in micro-secs
+
+ DWORD delta = abs(usDelta); // varying delta
+ // Severity == 8 - ceil(log<base 8>(abs( micro-secs delta)))
+ int Severity = 8;
+ while ( delta > 0 )
+ {
+ delta >>= 3; // div 8
+ Severity--;
+ }
+
+ // Sev == 0 => > 2 second delta!
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, Severity < 0 ? 0 : Severity,
+ TEXT("Sev %2i: CSystemClock::SetTimeDelta(%8ld us) %lu -> %lu ms."),
+ Severity, usDelta, DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(m_rtPrivateTime)),
+ DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(TimeDelta+m_rtPrivateTime)) ));
+
+ // Don't want the DbgBreak to fire when running stress on debug-builds.
+ #ifdef BREAK_ON_SEVERE_TIME_DELTA
+ if (Severity < 0)
+ DbgBreakPoint(TEXT("SetTimeDelta > 16 seconds!"),
+ TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ m_rtPrivateTime += TimeDelta;
+ // If time goes forwards, and we have advises, then we need to
+ // trigger the thread so that it can re-evaluate its wait time.
+ // Since we don't want the cost of the thread switches if the change
+ // is really small, only do it if clock goes forward by more than
+ // 0.5 millisecond. If the time goes backwards, the thread will
+ // wake up "early" (relativly speaking) and will re-evaluate at
+ // that time.
+ if ( TimeDelta > 5000 && m_pSchedule->GetAdviseCount() > 0 ) TriggerThread();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Thread stuff
+
+DWORD __stdcall CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID p)
+{
+ return DWORD(reinterpret_cast<CBaseReferenceClock*>(p)->AdviseThread());
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()
+{
+ DWORD dwWait = INFINITE;
+
+ // The first thing we do is wait until something interesting happens
+ // (meaning a first advise or shutdown). This prevents us calling
+ // GetPrivateTime immediately which is goodness as that is a virtual
+ // routine and the derived class may not yet be constructed. (This
+ // thread is created in the base class constructor.)
+
+ while ( !m_bAbort )
+ {
+ // Wait for an interesting event to happen
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3, TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Delay: %lu ms"), dwWait ));
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_pSchedule->GetEvent(), dwWait);
+ if (m_bAbort) break;
+
+ // There are several reasons why we need to work from the internal
+ // time, mainly to do with what happens when time goes backwards.
+ // Mainly, it stop us looping madly if an event is just about to
+ // expire when the clock goes backward (i.e. GetTime stop for a
+ // while).
+ const REFERENCE_TIME rtNow = GetPrivateTime();
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,
+ TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Woke at = %lu ms"),
+ ConvertToMilliseconds(rtNow) ));
+
+ // We must add in a millisecond, since this is the resolution of our
+ // WaitForSingleObject timer. Failure to do so will cause us to loop
+ // franticly for (approx) 1 a millisecond.
+ m_rtNextAdvise = m_pSchedule->Advise( 10000 + rtNow );
+ LONGLONG llWait = m_rtNextAdvise - rtNow;
+
+ ASSERT( llWait > 0 );
+
+ llWait = ConvertToMilliseconds(llWait);
+ // DON'T replace this with a max!! (The type's of these things is VERY important)
+ dwWait = (llWait > REFERENCE_TIME(UINT_MAX)) ? UINT_MAX : DWORD(llWait);
+ };
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::SetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns
+ )
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ if( 0 == timerResolution ) {
+ if( m_TimerResolution ) {
+ timeEndPeriod( m_TimerResolution );
+ m_TimerResolution = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ TIMECAPS tc;
+ DWORD dwMinResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))
+ ? tc.wPeriodMin
+ : 1;
+ DWORD dwResolution = max( dwMinResolution, DWORD(timerResolution / 10000) );
+ if( dwResolution != m_TimerResolution ) {
+ timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);
+ m_TimerResolution = dwResolution;
+ timeBeginPeriod( m_TimerResolution );
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::GetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns
+ )
+{
+ if( !pTimerResolution ) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ *pTimerResolution = m_TimerResolution * 10000;
+ return S_OK;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2b0bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/refclock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefClock.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the IReferenceClock interface.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __BASEREFCLOCK__
+#define __BASEREFCLOCK__
+
+#include <Schedule.h>
+
+const UINT RESOLUTION = 1; /* High resolution timer */
+const INT ADVISE_CACHE = 4; /* Default cache size */
+const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF; /* Maximum LONGLONG value */
+
+inline LONGLONG WINAPI ConvertToMilliseconds(const REFERENCE_TIME& RT)
+{
+ /* This converts an arbitrary value representing a reference time
+ into a MILLISECONDS value for use in subsequent system calls */
+
+ return (RT / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+}
+
+/* This class hierarchy will support an IReferenceClock interface so
+ that an audio card (or other externally driven clock) can update the
+ system wide clock that everyone uses.
+
+ The interface will be pretty thin with probably just one update method
+ This interface has not yet been defined.
+ */
+
+/* This abstract base class implements the IReferenceClock
+ * interface. Classes that actually provide clock signals (from
+ * whatever source) have to be derived from this class.
+ *
+ * The abstract class provides implementations for:
+ * CUnknown support
+ * locking support (CCritSec)
+ * client advise code (creates a thread)
+ *
+ * Question: what can we do about quality? Change the timer
+ * resolution to lower the system load? Up the priority of the
+ * timer thread to force more responsive signals?
+ *
+ * During class construction we create a worker thread that is destroyed during
+ * destuction. This thread executes a series of WaitForSingleObject calls,
+ * waking up when a command is given to the thread or the next wake up point
+ * is reached. The wakeup points are determined by clients making Advise
+ * calls.
+ *
+ * Each advise call defines a point in time when they wish to be notified. A
+ * periodic advise is a series of these such events. We maintain a list of
+ * advise links and calculate when the nearest event notification is due for.
+ * We then call WaitForSingleObject with a timeout equal to this time. The
+ * handle we wait on is used by the class to signal that something has changed
+ * and that we must reschedule the next event. This typically happens when
+ * someone comes in and asks for an advise link while we are waiting for an
+ * event to timeout.
+ *
+ * While we are modifying the list of advise requests we
+ * are protected from interference through a critical section. Clients are NOT
+ * advised through callbacks. One shot clients have an event set, while
+ * periodic clients have a semaphore released for each event notification. A
+ * semaphore allows a client to be kept up to date with the number of events
+ * actually triggered and be assured that they can't miss multiple events being
+ * set.
+ *
+ * Keeping track of advises is taken care of by the CAMSchedule class.
+ */
+
+class CBaseReferenceClock
+: public CUnknown, public IReferenceClock, public CCritSec, public IReferenceClockTimerControl
+{
+protected:
+ virtual ~CBaseReferenceClock(); // Don't let me be created on the stack!
+public:
+ CBaseReferenceClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pSched = 0 );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ /* IReferenceClock methods */
+ // Derived classes must implement GetPrivateTime(). All our GetTime
+ // does is call GetPrivateTime and then check so that time does not
+ // go backwards. A return code of S_FALSE implies that the internal
+ // clock has gone backwards and GetTime time has halted until internal
+ // time has caught up. (Don't know if this will be much use to folk,
+ // but it seems odd not to use the return code for something useful.)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime);
+ // When this is called, it sets m_rtLastGotTime to the time it returns.
+
+ /* Provide standard mechanisms for scheduling events */
+
+ /* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdviseTime(
+ REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time
+ REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time
+ HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdvisePeriodic(
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time
+ REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications
+ HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Cancel a request for notification(s) - if the notification was
+ * a one shot timer then this function doesn't need to be called
+ * as the advise is automatically cancelled, however it does no
+ * harm to explicitly cancel a one-shot advise. It is REQUIRED that
+ * clients call Unadvise to clear a Periodic advise setting.
+ */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);
+
+ /* Methods for the benefit of derived classes or outer objects */
+
+ // GetPrivateTime() is the REAL clock. GetTime is just a cover for
+ // it. Derived classes will probably override this method but not
+ // GetTime() itself.
+ // The important point about GetPrivateTime() is it's allowed to go
+ // backwards. Our GetTime() will keep returning the LastGotTime
+ // until GetPrivateTime() catches up.
+ virtual REFERENCE_TIME GetPrivateTime();
+
+ /* Provide a method for correcting drift */
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeDelta( const REFERENCE_TIME& TimeDelta );
+
+ CAMSchedule * GetSchedule() const { return m_pSchedule; }
+
+ // IReferenceClockTimerControl methods
+ //
+ // Setting a default of 0 disables the default of 1ms
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+
+private:
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPrivateTime; // Current best estimate of time
+ DWORD m_dwPrevSystemTime; // Last vaule we got from timeGetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtLastGotTime; // Last time returned by GetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtNextAdvise; // Time of next advise
+ UINT m_TimerResolution;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idGetSystemTime;
+#endif
+
+// Thread stuff
+public:
+ void TriggerThread() // Wakes thread up. Need to do this if
+ { // time to next advise needs reevaluating.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()));
+ }
+
+
+private:
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Flag used for thread shutdown
+ HANDLE m_hThread; // Thread handle
+
+ HRESULT AdviseThread(); // Method in which the advise thread runs
+ static DWORD __stdcall AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID); // Function used to get there
+
+protected:
+ CAMSchedule * m_pSchedule;
+
+ void Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime = 0I64) ;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/reftime.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/reftime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc99a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/reftime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefTime.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CRefTime, a class that manages
+// reference times.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// CRefTime
+//
+// Manage reference times.
+// Shares same data layout as REFERENCE_TIME, but adds some (nonvirtual)
+// functions providing simple comparison, conversion and arithmetic.
+//
+// A reference time (at the moment) is a unit of seconds represented in
+// 100ns units as is used in the Win32 FILETIME structure. BUT the time
+// a REFERENCE_TIME represents is NOT the time elapsed since 1/1/1601 it
+// will either be stream time or reference time depending upon context
+//
+// This class provides simple arithmetic operations on reference times
+//
+// keep non-virtual otherwise the data layout will not be the same as
+// REFERENCE_TIME
+
+
+// -----
+// note that you are safe to cast a CRefTime* to a REFERENCE_TIME*, but
+// you will need to do so explicitly
+// -----
+
+
+#ifndef __REFTIME__
+#define __REFTIME__
+
+
+const LONGLONG MILLISECONDS = (1000); // 10 ^ 3
+const LONGLONG NANOSECONDS = (1000000000); // 10 ^ 9
+const LONGLONG UNITS = (NANOSECONDS / 100); // 10 ^ 7
+
+/* Unfortunately an inline function here generates a call to __allmul
+ - even for constants!
+*/
+#define MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(lMs) \
+ Int32x32To64((lMs), (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))
+
+class CRefTime
+{
+public:
+
+ // *MUST* be the only data member so that this class is exactly
+ // equivalent to a REFERENCE_TIME.
+ // Also, must be *no virtual functions*
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+
+ inline CRefTime()
+ {
+ // default to 0 time
+ m_time = 0;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(LONG msecs)
+ {
+ m_time = MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(msecs);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt;
+ };
+
+ inline operator REFERENCE_TIME() const
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt.m_time;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const LONGLONG ll)
+ {
+ m_time = ll;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator+=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this + rt);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator-=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this - rt);
+ };
+
+ inline LONG Millisecs(void)
+ {
+ return (LONG)(m_time / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+ };
+
+ inline LONGLONG GetUnits(void)
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+};
+
+const LONGLONG TimeZero = 0;
+
+#endif /* __REFTIME__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6e1962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2858 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h> // DirectShow base class definitions
+#include <mmsystem.h> // Needed for definition of timeGetTime
+#include <limits.h> // Standard data type limit definitions
+#include <measure.h> // Used for time critical log functions
+
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+// Helper function for clamping time differences
+int inline TimeDiff(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+{
+ if (rt < - (50 * UNITS)) {
+ return -(50 * UNITS);
+ } else
+ if (rt > 50 * UNITS) {
+ return 50 * UNITS;
+ } else return (int)rt;
+}
+
+// Implements the CBaseRenderer class
+
+CBaseRenderer::CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_InterfaceLock,RenderClass),
+ m_evComplete(TRUE, phr),
+ m_RenderEvent(FALSE, phr),
+ m_bAbort(FALSE),
+ m_pPosition(NULL),
+ m_ThreadSignal(TRUE, phr),
+ m_bStreaming(FALSE),
+ m_bEOS(FALSE),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_pMediaSample(NULL),
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL),
+ m_bRepaintStatus(TRUE),
+ m_SignalTime(0),
+ m_bInReceive(FALSE),
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer(0)
+{
+ if (SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ Ready();
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idBaseStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: sample time stamp"));
+ m_idBaseRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: draw time (msec)"));
+ m_idBaseAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: Accuracy (msec)"));
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Delete the dynamically allocated IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking helper
+// object. The object is created when somebody queries us. These are standard
+// control interfaces for seeking and setting start/stop positions and rates.
+// We will probably also have made an input pin based on CRendererInputPin
+// that has to be deleted, it's created when an enumerator calls our GetPin
+
+CBaseRenderer::~CBaseRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bStreaming == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ StopStreaming();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Delete any IMediaPosition implementation
+
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Delete any input pin created
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Release any Quality sink
+
+ ASSERT(m_pQSink == NULL);
+}
+
+
+// This returns the IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking interfaces
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ return m_pPosition->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // Create implementation of this dynamically since sometimes we may
+ // never try and do a seek. The helper object implements a position
+ // control interface (IMediaPosition) which in fact simply takes the
+ // calls normally from the filter graph and passes them upstream
+
+ m_pPosition = new CRendererPosPassThru(NAME("Renderer CPosPassThru"),
+ CBaseFilter::GetOwner(),
+ (HRESULT *) &hr,
+ pPin);
+ if (m_pPosition == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called whenever we change states, we have a manual reset event that
+// is signalled whenever we don't won't the source filter thread to wait in us
+// (such as in a stopped state) and likewise is not signalled whenever it can
+// wait (during paused and running) this function sets or resets the thread
+// event. The event is used to stop source filter threads waiting in Receive
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait)
+{
+ if (bCanWait == TRUE) {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Reset();
+ } else {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Set();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+// Dump the current renderer state to the debug terminal. The hardest part of
+// the renderer is the window where we unlock everything to wait for a clock
+// to signal it is time to draw or for the application to cancel everything
+// by stopping the filter. If we get things wrong we can leave the thread in
+// WaitForRenderTime with no way for it to ever get out and we will deadlock
+
+void CBaseRenderer::DisplayRendererState()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("\nTimed out in WaitForRenderTime")));
+
+ // No way should this be signalled at this point
+
+ BOOL bSignalled = m_ThreadSignal.Check();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Signal sanity check %d"),bSignalled));
+
+ // Now output the current renderer state variables
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Filter state %d"),m_State));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Abort flag %d"),m_bAbort));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Streaming flag %d"),m_bStreaming));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock advise link %d"),m_dwAdvise));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Current media sample %x"),m_pMediaSample));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS signalled %d"),m_bEOS));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS delivered %d"),m_bEOSDelivered));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Repaint status %d"),m_bRepaintStatus));
+
+
+ // Output the delayed end of stream timer information
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("End of stream timer %x"),m_EndOfStreamTimer));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Deliver time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_SignalTime)));
+
+
+ // Should never timeout during a flushing state
+
+ BOOL bFlushing = m_pInputPin->IsFlushing();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Flushing sanity check %d"),bFlushing));
+
+ // Display the time we were told to start at
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Last run time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_tStart.m_time)));
+
+ // Have we got a reference clock
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) return;
+
+ // Get the current time from the wall clock
+
+ CRefTime CurrentTime,StartTime,EndTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*) &CurrentTime);
+ CRefTime Offset = CurrentTime - m_tStart;
+
+ // Display the current time from the clock
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime.m_time)));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Time difference %dms"),Offset.Millisecs()));
+
+
+ // Do we have a sample ready to render
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) return;
+
+ m_pMediaSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&StartTime, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&EndTime);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Next sample stream times (Start %d End %d ms)"),
+ StartTime.Millisecs(),EndTime.Millisecs()));
+
+ // Calculate how long it is until it is due for rendering
+ CRefTime Wait = (m_tStart + StartTime) - CurrentTime;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Wait required %d ms"),Wait.Millisecs()));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Wait until the clock sets the timer event or we're otherwise signalled. We
+// set an arbitrary timeout for this wait and if it fires then we display the
+// current renderer state on the debugger. It will often fire if the filter's
+// left paused in an application however it may also fire during stress tests
+// if the synchronisation with application seeks and state changes is faulty
+
+#define RENDER_TIMEOUT 10000
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::WaitForRenderTime()
+{
+ HANDLE WaitObjects[] = { m_ThreadSignal, m_RenderEvent };
+ DWORD Result = WAIT_TIMEOUT;
+
+ // Wait for either the time to arrive or for us to be stopped
+
+ OnWaitStart();
+ while (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ Result = WaitForMultipleObjects(2,WaitObjects,FALSE,RENDER_TIMEOUT);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+
+ }
+ OnWaitEnd();
+
+ // We may have been awoken without the timer firing
+
+ if (Result == WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+ }
+
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Poll waiting for Receive to complete. This really matters when
+// Receive may set the palette and cause window messages
+// The problem is that if we don't really wait for a renderer to
+// stop processing we can deadlock waiting for a transform which
+// is calling the renderer's Receive() method because the transform's
+// Stop method doesn't know to process window messages to unblock
+// the renderer's Receive processing
+void CBaseRenderer::WaitForReceiveToComplete()
+{
+ for (;;) {
+ if (!m_bInReceive) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ MSG msg;
+ // Receive all interthread snedmessages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_NULL, WM_NULL, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ Sleep(1);
+ }
+
+ // If the wakebit for QS_POSTMESSAGE is set, the PeekMessage call
+ // above just cleared the changebit which will cause some messaging
+ // calls to block (waitMessage, MsgWaitFor...) now.
+ // Post a dummy message to set the QS_POSTMESSAGE bit again
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ // Send dummy message
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), WM_NULL, 0, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+// A filter can have four discrete states, namely Stopped, Running, Paused,
+// Intermediate. We are in an intermediate state if we are currently trying
+// to pause but haven't yet got the first sample (or if we have been flushed
+// in paused state and therefore still have to wait for a sample to arrive)
+
+// This class contains an event called m_evComplete which is signalled when
+// the current state is completed and is not signalled when we are waiting to
+// complete the last state transition. As mentioned above the only time we
+// use this at the moment is when we wait for a media sample in paused state
+// If while we are waiting we receive an end of stream notification from the
+// source filter then we know no data is imminent so we can reset the event
+// This means that when we transition to paused the source filter must call
+// end of stream on us or send us an image otherwise we'll hang indefinately
+
+
+// Simple internal way of getting the real state
+
+FILTER_STATE CBaseRenderer::GetRealState() {
+ return m_State;
+}
+
+
+// The renderer doesn't complete the full transition to paused states until
+// it has got one media sample to render. If you ask it for its state while
+// it's waiting it will return the state along with VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs,FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evComplete, dwMSecs) == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ *State = m_State;
+ return VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE;
+ }
+ *State = m_State;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// If we're pausing and we have no samples we don't complete the transition
+// to State_Paused and we return S_FALSE. However if the m_bAbort flag has
+// been set then all samples are rejected so there is no point waiting for
+// one. If we do have a sample then return NOERROR. We will only ever return
+// VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE from GetState after being paused with no sample
+// (calling GetState after either being stopped or Run will NOT return this)
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState)
+{
+ // Allow us to be paused when disconnected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Have we run off the end of stream
+
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == TRUE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we get fresh data after being stopped
+
+ if (HaveCurrentSample() == TRUE) {
+ if (OldState != State_Stopped) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ NotReady();
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// When we stop the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Decommit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Release the source filter if it's waiting in Receive
+// Cancel any advise link we set up with the clock
+// Any end of stream signalled is now obsolete so reset
+// Allow us to be stopped when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Is our input pin connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ CBaseFilter::Stop();
+
+ // If we are going into a stopped state then we must decommit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter waiting in the
+ // GetBuffer can be released and unlock themselves for a state change
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Decommit();
+ }
+
+ // Cancel any scheduled rendering
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding clock advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ Ready();
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we pause the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Cancel any clock advise link (we may be running)
+// Possibly complete the state change if we have data
+// Allow us to be paused when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Has our input pin been connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Pause failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Enable EC_REPAINT events again
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+
+ // If we are going into a paused state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return CompleteStateChange(OldState);
+}
+
+
+// When we run the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Signal the render event just to get us going
+// Start the base class by calling StartStreaming
+// Allow us to be run when we are not connected
+// Signal EC_COMPLETE if we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Running) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Send EC_COMPLETE if we're not connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Run(StartTime);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Run failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Allow the source thread to wait
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // If we are going into a running state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return StartStreaming();
+}
+
+
+// Return the number of input pins we support
+
+int CBaseRenderer::GetPinCount()
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ // Try to create it
+ (void)GetPin(0);
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin != NULL ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+
+// We only support one input pin and it is numbered zero
+
+CBasePin *CBaseRenderer::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+
+ // Should only ever be called with zero
+ ASSERT(n == 0);
+
+ if (n != 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Create the input pin if not already done so
+
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+
+ // hr must be initialized to NOERROR because
+ // CRendererInputPin's constructor only changes
+ // hr's value if an error occurs.
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ m_pInputPin = new CRendererInputPin(this,&hr,L"In");
+ if (NULL == m_pInputPin) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin;
+}
+
+
+// If "In" then return the IPin for our input pin, otherwise NULL and error
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (*ppPin) {
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin receives an EndOfStream notification. If we have
+// not got a sample, then notify EC_COMPLETE now. If we have samples, then set
+// m_bEOS and check for this on completing samples. If we're waiting to pause
+// then complete the transition to paused state by setting the state event
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndOfStream()
+{
+ // Ignore these calls if we are stopped
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we have a sample then wait for it to be rendered
+
+ m_bEOS = TRUE;
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we are waiting for pause then we are now ready since we cannot now
+ // carry on waiting for a sample to arrive since we are being told there
+ // won't be any. This sets an event that the GetState function picks up
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Only signal completion now if we are running otherwise queue it until
+ // we do run in StartStreaming. This is used when we seek because a seek
+ // causes a pause where early notification of completion is misleading
+
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we are told to flush we should release the source thread
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BeginFlush()
+{
+ // If paused then report state intermediate until we get some data
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ NotReady();
+ }
+
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ // Wait for Receive to complete
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// After flushing the source thread can wait in Receive again
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndFlush()
+{
+ // Reset the current sample media time
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We can now send EC_REPAINTs if so required
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the interface lock because
+ // the function uses CBaseFilter::m_State.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == GetRealState()) {
+ HRESULT hr = StartStreaming();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ } else {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Active()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Inactive()
+{
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+ }
+ // People who derive from this may want to override this behaviour
+ // to keep hold of the sample in some circumstances
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we break the input pin connection we should reset the EOS flags. When
+// we are asked for either IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking we will create a
+// CPosPassThru object to handles media time pass through. When we're handed
+// samples we store (by calling CPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime) their media
+// times so we can then return a real current position of data being rendered
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Do we have a quality management sink
+
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ m_pQSink->Release();
+ m_pQSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Check we have a valid connection
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check we are stopped before disconnecting
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped && !m_pInputPin->CanReconnectWhenActive()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == m_State) {
+ StopStreaming();
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Retrieves the sample times for this samples (note the sample times are
+// passed in by reference not value). We return S_FALSE to say schedule this
+// sample according to the times on the sample. We also return S_OK in
+// which case the object should simply render the sample data immediately
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+
+ // If the stop time for this sample is before or the same as start time,
+ // then just ignore it (release it) and schedule the next one in line
+ // Source filters should always fill in the start and end times properly!
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pMediaSample->GetTime(pStartTime, pEndTime))) {
+ if (*pEndTime < *pStartTime) {
+ return VFW_E_START_TIME_AFTER_END;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // no time set in the sample... draw it now?
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Can't synchronise without a clock so we return S_OK which tells the
+ // caller that the sample should be rendered immediately without going
+ // through the overhead of setting a timer advise link with the clock
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ return ShouldDrawSampleNow(pMediaSample,pStartTime,pEndTime);
+}
+
+
+// By default all samples are drawn according to their time stamps so we
+// return S_FALSE. Returning S_OK means draw immediately, this is used
+// by the derived video renderer class in its quality management.
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// We must always reset the current advise time to zero after a timer fires
+// because there are several possible ways which lead us not to do any more
+// scheduling such as the pending image being cleared after state changes
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SignalTimerFired()
+{
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+}
+
+
+// Cancel any notification currently scheduled. This is called by the owning
+// window object when it is told to stop streaming. If there is no timer link
+// outstanding then calling this is benign otherwise we go ahead and cancel
+// We must always reset the render event as the quality management code can
+// signal immediate rendering by setting the event without setting an advise
+// link. If we're subsequently stopped and run the first attempt to setup an
+// advise link with the reference clock will find the event still signalled
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CancelNotification()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0 || m_pClock);
+ DWORD_PTR dwAdvise = m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // Have we a live advise link
+
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ }
+
+ // Clear the event and return our status
+
+ m_RenderEvent.Reset();
+ return (dwAdvise ? S_OK : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+// Responsible for setting up one shot advise links with the clock
+// Return FALSE if the sample is to be dropped (not drawn at all)
+// Return TRUE if the sample is to be drawn and in this case also
+// arrange for m_RenderEvent to be set at the appropriate time
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartSample, EndSample;
+
+ // Is someone pulling our leg
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Get the next sample due up for rendering. If there aren't any ready
+ // then GetNextSampleTimes returns an error. If there is one to be done
+ // then it succeeds and yields the sample times. If it is due now then
+ // it returns S_OK other if it's to be done when due it returns S_FALSE
+
+ HRESULT hr = GetSampleTimes(pMediaSample, &StartSample, &EndSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we don't have a reference clock then we cannot set up the advise
+ // time so we simply set the event indicating an image to render. This
+ // will cause us to run flat out without any timing or synchronisation
+
+ if (hr == S_OK) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE) m_RenderEvent));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+
+ // We do have a valid reference clock interface so we can ask it to
+ // set an event when the image comes due for rendering. We pass in
+ // the reference time we were told to start at and also the current
+ // stream time which is the offset from the start reference time
+
+ hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME) m_tStart, // Start run time
+ StartSample, // Stream time
+ (HEVENT)(HANDLE) m_RenderEvent, // Render notification
+ &m_dwAdvise); // Advise cookie
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // We could not schedule the next sample for rendering despite the fact
+ // we have a valid sample here. This is a fair indication that either
+ // the system clock is wrong or the time stamp for the sample is duff
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when a sample comes due for rendering. We pass the sample
+// on to the derived class. After rendering we will initialise the timer for
+// the next sample, NOTE signal that the last one fired first, if we don't
+// do this it thinks there is still one outstanding that hasn't completed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // If the media sample is NULL then we will have been notified by the
+ // clock that another sample is ready but in the mean time someone has
+ // stopped us streaming which causes the next sample to be released
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we have stopped streaming then don't render any more samples, the
+ // thread that got in and locked us and then reset this flag does not
+ // clear the pending sample as we can use it to refresh any output device
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Time how long the rendering takes
+
+ OnRenderStart(pMediaSample);
+ DoRenderSample(pMediaSample);
+ OnRenderEnd(pMediaSample);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Checks if there is a sample waiting at the renderer
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::HaveCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ return (m_pMediaSample == NULL ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// Returns the current sample waiting at the video renderer. We AddRef the
+// sample before returning so that should it come due for rendering the
+// person who called this method will hold the remaining reference count
+// that will stop the sample being added back onto the allocator free list
+
+IMediaSample *CBaseRenderer::GetCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+ }
+ return m_pMediaSample;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the source delivers us a sample. We go through a few checks to
+// make sure the sample can be rendered. If we are running (streaming) then we
+// have the sample scheduled with the reference clock, if we are not streaming
+// then we have received an sample in paused mode so we can complete any state
+// transition. On leaving this function everything will be unlocked so an app
+// thread may get in and change our state to stopped (for example) in which
+// case it will also signal the thread event so that our wait call is stopped
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+
+ // Check our flushing and filter state
+
+ // This function must hold the interface lock because it calls
+ // CBaseInputPin::Receive() and CBaseInputPin::Receive() uses
+ // CBasePin::m_bRunTimeError.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->CBaseInputPin::Receive(pMediaSample);
+
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Has the type changed on a media sample. We do all rendering
+ // synchronously on the source thread, which has a side effect
+ // that only one buffer is ever outstanding. Therefore when we
+ // have Receive called we can go ahead and change the format
+ // Since the format change can cause a SendMessage we just don't
+ // lock
+ if (m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType) {
+ hr = m_pInputPin->SetMediaType(
+ (CMediaType *)m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ ASSERT(IsActive() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample == NULL);
+
+ // Return an error if we already have a sample waiting for rendering
+ // source pins must serialise the Receive calls - we also check that
+ // no data is being sent after the source signalled an end of stream
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample || m_bEOS || m_bAbort) {
+ Ready();
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the media times from this sample
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->RegisterMediaTime(pMediaSample);
+
+ // Schedule the next sample if we are streaming
+
+ if ((m_bStreaming == TRUE) && (ScheduleSample(pMediaSample) == FALSE)) {
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the sample end time for EC_COMPLETE handling
+ m_SignalTime = m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->tStop;
+
+ // BEWARE we sometimes keep the sample even after returning the thread to
+ // the source filter such as when we go into a stopped state (we keep it
+ // to refresh the device with) so we must AddRef it to keep it safely. If
+ // we start flushing the source thread is released and any sample waiting
+ // will be released otherwise GetBuffer may never return (see BeginFlush)
+
+ m_pMediaSample = pMediaSample;
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called by the source filter when we have a sample to render. Under normal
+// circumstances we set an advise link with the clock, wait for the time to
+// arrive and then render the data using the PURE virtual DoRenderSample that
+// the derived class will have overriden. After rendering the sample we may
+// also signal EOS if it was the last one sent before EndOfStream was called
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ // It may return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED code to say don't bother
+
+ HRESULT hr = PrepareReceive(pSample);
+ ASSERT(m_bInReceive == SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ if (hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We realize the palette in "PrepareRender()" so we have to give away the
+ // filter lock here.
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ PrepareRender();
+ // no need to use InterlockedExchange
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ {
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ OnReceiveFirstSample(pSample);
+ }
+ Ready();
+ }
+ // Having set an advise link with the clock we sit and wait. We may be
+ // awoken by the clock firing or by a state change. The rendering call
+ // will lock the critical section and check we can still render the data
+
+ hr = WaitForRenderTime();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ PrepareRender();
+
+ // Set this here and poll it until we work out the locking correctly
+ // It can't be right that the streaming stuff grabs the interface
+ // lock - after all we want to be able to wait for this stuff
+ // to complete
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // since we gave away the filter wide lock, the sate of the filter could
+ // have chnaged to Stopped
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Deal with this sample
+
+ Render(m_pMediaSample);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop or are inactivated to clear the pending sample
+// We release the media sample interface so that they can be allocated to the
+// source filter again, unless of course we are changing state to inactive in
+// which case GetBuffer will return an error. We must also reset the current
+// media sample to NULL so that we know we do not currently have an image
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ClearPendingSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->Release();
+ m_pMediaSample = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Used to signal end of stream according to the sample end time
+
+void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser,// User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2) // is also reserved
+{
+ CBaseRenderer *pRenderer = (CBaseRenderer *) dwUser;
+ NOTE1("EndOfStreamTimer called (%d)",uID);
+ pRenderer->TimerCallback();
+}
+
+// Do the timer callback work
+void CBaseRenderer::TimerCallback()
+{
+ // Lock for synchronization (but don't hold this lock when calling
+ // timeKillEvent)
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // See if we should signal end of stream now
+
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// If we are at the end of the stream signal the filter graph but do not set
+// the state flag back to FALSE. Once we drop off the end of the stream we
+// leave the flag set (until a subsequent ResetEndOfStream). Each sample we
+// get delivered will update m_SignalTime to be the last sample's end time.
+// We must wait this long before signalling end of stream to the filtergraph
+
+#define TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT 50
+#define TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION 10
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SendEndOfStream()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_bEOS == FALSE || m_bEOSDelivered || m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If there is no clock then signal immediately
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // How long into the future is the delivery time
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME Signal = m_tStart + m_SignalTime;
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&CurrentTime);
+ LONG Delay = LONG((Signal - CurrentTime) / 10000);
+
+ // Dump the timing information to the debugger
+
+ NOTE1("Delay until end of stream delivery %d",Delay);
+ NOTE1("Current %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime));
+ NOTE1("Signal %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)Signal));
+
+ // Wait for the delivery time to arrive
+
+ if (Delay < TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Signal a timer callback on another worker thread
+
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = CompatibleTimeSetEvent((UINT) Delay, // Period of timer
+ TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION, // Timer resolution
+ EndOfStreamTimer, // Callback function
+ DWORD_PTR(this), // Used information
+ TIME_ONESHOT); // Type of callback
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Signals EC_COMPLETE to the filtergraph manager
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::NotifyEndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ // Has the filter changed state
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the end of stream timer
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+
+ // If we've been using the IMediaPosition interface, set it's start
+ // and end media "times" to the stop position by hand. This ensures
+ // that we actually get to the end, even if the MPEG guestimate has
+ // been bad or if the quality management dropped the last few frames
+
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->EOS();
+ m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;
+ NOTE("Sending EC_COMPLETE...");
+ return NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+}
+
+
+// Reset the end of stream flag, this is typically called when we transfer to
+// stopped states since that resets the current position back to the start so
+// we will receive more samples or another EndOfStream if there aren't any. We
+// keep two separate flags one to say we have run off the end of the stream
+// (this is the m_bEOS flag) and another to say we have delivered EC_COMPLETE
+// to the filter graph. We need the latter otherwise we can end up sending an
+// EC_COMPLETE every time the source changes state and calls our EndOfStream
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStream()
+{
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ m_bEOS = FALSE;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ m_SignalTime = 0;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Kills any outstanding end of stream timer
+
+void CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStreamTimer()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ timeKillEvent(m_EndOfStreamTimer);
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we start running so that we can schedule any pending
+// image we have with the clock and display any timing information. If we
+// don't have any sample but we have queued an EOS flag then we send it. If
+// we do have a sample then we wait until that has been rendered before we
+// signal the filter graph otherwise we may change state before it's done
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StartStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the streaming times ready for running
+
+ m_bStreaming = TRUE;
+
+ timeBeginPeriod(1);
+ OnStartStreaming();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+
+ // If we have an EOS and no data then deliver it now
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Have the data rendered
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample);
+ if (!ScheduleSample(m_pMediaSample))
+ m_RenderEvent.Set();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop streaming so that we can set our internal flag
+// indicating we are not now to schedule any more samples arriving. The state
+// change methods in the filter implementation take care of cancelling any
+// clock advise link we have set up and clearing any pending sample we have
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StopStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ m_bStreaming = FALSE;
+ OnStopStreaming();
+ timeEndPeriod(1);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We have a boolean flag that is reset when we have signalled EC_REPAINT to
+// the filter graph. We set this when we receive an image so that should any
+// conditions arise again we can send another one. By having a flag we ensure
+// we don't flood the filter graph with redundant calls. We do not set the
+// event when we receive an EndOfStream call since there is no point in us
+// sending further EC_REPAINTs. In particular the AutoShowWindow method and
+// the DirectDraw object use this method to control the window repainting
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint)
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bRepaintStatus = bRepaint;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the window handle to the upstream filter
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd)
+{
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink;
+
+ // Does the pin support IMediaEventSink
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,(void **)&pSink);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ pSink->Notify(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+ pSink->Release();
+ }
+ NotifyEvent(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+}
+
+
+// Signal an EC_REPAINT to the filter graph. This can be used to have data
+// sent to us. For example when a video window is first displayed it may
+// not have an image to display, at which point it signals EC_REPAINT. The
+// filtergraph will either pause the graph if stopped or if already paused
+// it will call put_CurrentPosition of the current position. Setting the
+// current position to itself has the stream flushed and the image resent
+
+#define RLOG(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT(_x_)));
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendRepaint()
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin);
+
+ // We should not send repaint notifications when...
+ // - An end of stream has been notified
+ // - Our input pin is being flushed
+ // - The input pin is not connected
+ // - We have aborted a video playback
+ // - There is a repaint already sent
+
+ if (m_bAbort == FALSE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE) {
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bRepaintStatus == TRUE) {
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_REPAINT,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ RLOG("Sending repaint");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// When a video window detects a display change (WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message) it
+// can send an EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED event code along with the renderer pin. The
+// filtergraph will stop everyone and reconnect our input pin. As we're then
+// reconnected we can accept the media type that matches the new display mode
+// since we may no longer be able to draw the current image type efficiently
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::OnDisplayChange()
+{
+ // Ignore if we are not connected yet
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RLOG("Notification of EC_DISPLAY_CHANGE");
+
+ // Pass our input pin as parameter on the event
+
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin->AddRef();
+ NotifyEvent(EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetAbortSignal(TRUE);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing.
+// Store the current time in m_trRenderStart to allow the rendering time to be
+// logged. Log the time stamp of the sample and how late it is (neg is early)
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trEnd;
+ pMediaSample->GetTime(&trStart, &trEnd);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseStamp, (int)trStart); // dump low order 32 bits
+
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&m_trRenderStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, (int)m_trRenderStart);
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStream;
+ trStream = m_trRenderStart-m_tStart; // convert reftime to stream time
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trStream);
+
+ const int trLate = (int)(trStream - trStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseAccuracy, trLate/10000); // dump in mSec
+#endif
+
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image.
+// calculate the time spent drawing and log it.
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trNow;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trNow);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trNow);
+ int t = (int)((trNow - m_trRenderStart)/10000); // convert UNITS->msec
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseRenderTime, t);
+#endif
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+
+
+// Constructor must be passed the base renderer object
+
+CRendererInputPin::CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(NAME("Renderer pin"),
+ pRenderer,
+ &pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock,
+ (HRESULT *) phr,
+ pPinName)
+{
+ m_pRenderer = pRenderer;
+ ASSERT(m_pRenderer);
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of data stream on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Make sure we're streaming ok
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Pass it onto the renderer
+
+ hr = m_pRenderer->EndOfStream();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndOfStream();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Signals start of flushing on the input pin - we do the final reset end of
+// stream with the renderer lock unlocked but with the interface lock locked
+// We must do this because we call timeKillEvent, our timer callback method
+// has to take the renderer lock to serialise our state. Therefore holding a
+// renderer lock when calling timeKillEvent could cause a deadlock condition
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::BeginFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ {
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();
+ m_pRenderer->BeginFlush();
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->ResetEndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of flushing on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->EndFlush();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the sample straight through to the renderer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->Receive(pSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // A deadlock could occur if the caller holds the renderer lock and
+ // attempts to acquire the interface lock.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock));
+
+ {
+ // The interface lock must be held when the filter is calling
+ // IsStopped() or IsFlushing(). The interface lock must also
+ // be held because the function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // We do not report errors which occur while the filter is stopping,
+ // flushing or if the m_bAbort flag is set . Errors are expected to
+ // occur during these operations and the streaming thread correctly
+ // handles the errors.
+ if (!IsStopped() && !IsFlushing() && !m_pRenderer->m_bAbort && !m_bRunTimeError) {
+
+ // EC_ERRORABORT's first parameter is the error which caused
+ // the event and its' last parameter is 0. See the Direct
+ // Show SDK documentation for more information.
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,hr,0);
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock alRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pRenderer->IsStreaming() && !m_pRenderer->IsEndOfStreamDelivered()) {
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is disconnected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->BreakConnect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is connected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// Give the pin id of our one and only pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);
+
+ const WCHAR szIn[] = L"In";
+
+ *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(szIn));
+ if (*Id == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*Id, szIn, sizeof(szIn));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Will the filter accept this media type
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->CheckMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Active()
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->Active();
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Inactive()
+{
+ // The caller must hold the interface lock because
+ // this function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pRenderer->Inactive();
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->SetMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// We do not keep an event object to use when setting up a timer link with
+// the clock but are given a pointer to one by the owning object through the
+// SetNotificationObject method - this must be initialised before starting
+// We can override the default quality management process to have it always
+// draw late frames, this is currently done by having the following registry
+// key (actually an INI key) called DrawLateFrames set to 1 (default is 0)
+
+const TCHAR AMQUALITY[] = TEXT("ActiveMovie");
+const TCHAR DRAWLATEFRAMES[] = TEXT("DrawLateFrames");
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::CBaseVideoRenderer(
+ REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseRenderer(RenderClass,pName,pUnk,phr),
+ m_cFramesDropped(0),
+ m_cFramesDrawn(0),
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality(FALSE)
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idTimeStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame time stamp"));
+ m_idEarliness = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Earliness fudge"));
+ m_idTarget = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Target (mSec)"));
+ m_idSchLateTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("mSec late when scheduled"));
+ m_idDecision = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Scheduler decision code"));
+ m_idQualityRate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality rate sent"));
+ m_idQualityTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality time sent"));
+ m_idWaitReal = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render wait"));
+ // m_idWait = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("wait time recorded (msec)"));
+ m_idFrameAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame accuracy (msecs)"));
+ m_bDrawLateFrames = GetProfileInt(AMQUALITY, DRAWLATEFRAMES, FALSE);
+ //m_idSendQuality = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Processing Quality message"));
+
+ m_idRenderAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render draw time Avg"));
+ m_idFrameAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("FrameAvg"));
+ m_idWaitAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("WaitAvg"));
+ m_idDuration = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Duration"));
+ m_idThrottle = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Audio-video throttle wait"));
+ // m_idDebug = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Debug stuff"));
+#endif // PERF
+} // Constructor
+
+
+// Destructor is just a placeholder
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::~CBaseVideoRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+}
+
+
+// The timing functions in this class are called by the window object and by
+// the renderer's allocator.
+// The windows object calls timing functions as it receives media sample
+// images for drawing using GDI.
+// The allocator calls timing functions when it starts passing DCI/DirectDraw
+// surfaces which are not rendered in the same way; The decompressor writes
+// directly to the surface with no separate rendering, so those code paths
+// call direct into us. Since we only ever hand out DCI/DirectDraw surfaces
+// when we have allocated one and only one image we know there cannot be any
+// conflict between the two.
+//
+// We use timeGetTime to return the timing counts we use (since it's relative
+// performance we are interested in rather than absolute compared to a clock)
+// The window object sets the accuracy of the system clock (normally 1ms) by
+// calling timeBeginPeriod/timeEndPeriod when it changes streaming states
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming.
+// Set them so that
+// 1. Frames will not initially be dropped
+// 2. The first frame will definitely be drawn (achieved by saying that there
+// has not ben a frame drawn for a long time).
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ResetStreamingTimes()
+{
+ m_trLastDraw = -1000; // set up as first frame since ages (1 sec) ago
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime();
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trFrameAvg = -1; // -1000 fps == "unset"
+ m_trDuration = 0; // 0 - strange value
+ m_trRenderLast = 0;
+ m_trWaitAvg = 0;
+ m_tRenderStart = 0;
+ m_cFramesDrawn = 0;
+ m_cFramesDropped = 0;
+ m_iTotAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime = 0;
+ m_trFrame = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_trLate = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_iSumFrameTime = 0;
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ m_trEarliness = 0;
+ m_trTarget = -300000; // 30mSec early
+ m_trThrottle = 0;
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = 0;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // ResetStreamingTimes
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming. Note that we're now streaming. We
+// don't need to set the rendering event to have the source filter released
+// as it is done during the Run processing. When we are run we immediately
+// release the source filter thread and draw any image waiting (that image
+// may already have been drawn once as a poster frame while we were paused)
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStartStreaming()
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStartStreaming
+
+
+// Called at end of streaming. Fixes times for property page report
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStopStreaming()
+{
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStopStreaming
+
+
+// Called when we start waiting for a rendering event.
+// Used to update times spent waiting and not waiting.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitStart()
+{
+ MSR_START(m_idWaitReal);
+} // OnWaitStart
+
+
+// Called when we are awoken from the wait in the window OR by our allocator
+// when it is hanging around until the next sample is due for rendering on a
+// DCI/DirectDraw surface. We add the wait time into our rolling average.
+// We grab the interface lock so that we're serialised with the application
+// thread going through the run code - which in due course ends up calling
+// ResetStreaming times - possibly as we run through this section of code
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitEnd()
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ MSR_STOP(m_idWaitReal);
+ // for a perf build we want to know just exactly how late we REALLY are.
+ // even if this means that we have to look at the clock again.
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+#if 0
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream); // Calling clock here causes W95 deadlock!
+#else
+ // We will be discarding overflows like mad here!
+ // This is wrong really because timeGetTime() can wrap but it's
+ // only for PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = timeGetTime()*10000;
+ trRealStream = tr + m_llTimeOffset;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ if (m_trRememberStampForPerf==0) {
+ // This is probably the poster frame at the start, and it is not scheduled
+ // in the usual way at all. Just count it. The rememberstamp gets set
+ // in ShouldDrawSampleNow, so this does invalid frame recording until we
+ // actually start playing.
+ PreparePerformanceData(0, 0);
+ } else {
+ int trLate = (int)(trRealStream - m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ int trFrame = (int)(tr - m_trRememberFrameForPerf);
+ PreparePerformanceData(trLate, trFrame);
+ }
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = tr;
+#endif //PERF
+} // OnWaitEnd
+
+
+// Put data on one side that describes the lateness of the current frame.
+// We don't yet know whether it will actually be drawn. In direct draw mode,
+// this decision is up to the filter upstream, and it could change its mind.
+// The rules say that if it did draw it must call Receive(). One way or
+// another we eventually get into either OnRenderStart or OnDirectRender and
+// these both call RecordFrameLateness to update the statistics.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ m_trLate = trLate;
+ m_trFrame = trFrame;
+} // PreparePerformanceData
+
+
+// update the statistics:
+// m_iTotAcc, m_iSumSqAcc, m_iSumSqFrameTime, m_iSumFrameTime, m_cFramesDrawn
+// Note that because the properties page reports using these variables,
+// 1. We need to be inside a critical section
+// 2. They must all be updated together. Updating the sums here and the count
+// elsewhere can result in imaginary jitter (i.e. attempts to find square roots
+// of negative numbers) in the property page code.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ // Record how timely we are.
+ int tLate = trLate/10000;
+
+ // Best estimate of moment of appearing on the screen is average of
+ // start and end draw times. Here we have only the end time. This may
+ // tend to show us as spuriously late by up to 1/2 frame rate achieved.
+ // Decoder probably monitors draw time. We don't bother.
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idFrameAccuracy, tLate );
+
+ // This is a kludge - we can get frames that are very late
+ // especially (at start-up) and they invalidate the statistics.
+ // So ignore things that are more than 1 sec off.
+ if (tLate>1000 || tLate<-1000) {
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ tLate = 0;
+ } else if (tLate>0) {
+ tLate = 1000;
+ } else {
+ tLate = -1000;
+ }
+ }
+ // The very first frame often has a invalid time, so don't
+ // count it into the statistics. (???)
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>1) {
+ m_iTotAcc += tLate;
+ m_iSumSqAcc += (tLate*tLate);
+ }
+
+ // calculate inter-frame time. Doesn't make sense for first frame
+ // second frame suffers from invalid first frame stamp.
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>2) {
+ int tFrame = trFrame/10000; // convert to mSec else it overflows
+
+ // This is a kludge. It can overflow anyway (a pause can cause
+ // a very long inter-frame time) and it overflows at 2**31/10**7
+ // or about 215 seconds i.e. 3min 35sec
+ if (tFrame>1000||tFrame<0) tFrame = 1000;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime += tFrame*tFrame;
+ ASSERT(m_iSumSqFrameTime>=0);
+ m_iSumFrameTime += tFrame;
+ }
+ ++m_cFramesDrawn;
+
+} // RecordFrameLateness
+
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::ThrottleWait()
+{
+ if (m_trThrottle>0) {
+ int iThrottle = m_trThrottle/10000; // convert to mSec
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idThrottle, iThrottle);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Throttle %d ms"), iThrottle));
+ Sleep(iThrottle);
+ } else {
+ Sleep(0);
+ }
+} // ThrottleWait
+
+
+// Whenever a frame is rendered it goes though either OnRenderStart
+// or OnDirectRender. Data that are generated during ShouldDrawSample
+// are added to the statistics by calling RecordFrameLateness from both
+// these two places.
+
+// Called in place of OnRenderStart..OnRenderEnd
+// When a DirectDraw image is drawn
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trRenderLast = 5000000; // If we mode switch, we do NOT want this
+ // to inhibit the new average getting going!
+ // so we set it to half a second
+ // MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnDirectRender
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing. All we do is to get the current clock
+// time (from the system) and return. We have to store the start render time
+// in a member variable because it isn't used until we complete the drawing
+// The rest is just performance logging.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ m_tRenderStart = timeGetTime();
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image. We calculate the time spent in the
+// drawing code and if this doesn't appear to have any odd looking spikes in
+// it then we add it to the current average draw time. Measurement spikes may
+// occur if the drawing thread is interrupted and switched to somewhere else.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // The renderer time can vary erratically if we are interrupted so we do
+ // some smoothing to help get more sensible figures out but even that is
+ // not enough as figures can go 9,10,9,9,83,9 and we must disregard 83
+
+ int tr = (timeGetTime() - m_tRenderStart)*10000; // convert mSec->UNITS
+ if (tr < m_trRenderAvg*2 || tr < 2 * m_trRenderLast) {
+ // DO_MOVING_AVG(m_trRenderAvg, tr);
+ m_trRenderAvg = (tr + (AVGPERIOD-1)*m_trRenderAvg)/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+ m_trRenderLast = tr;
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q)
+{
+ // NOTE: We are NOT getting any locks here. We could be called
+ // asynchronously and possibly even on a time critical thread of
+ // someone else's - so we do the minumum. We only set one state
+ // variable (an integer) and if that happens to be in the middle
+ // of another thread reading it they will just get either the new
+ // or the old value. Locking would achieve no more than this.
+
+ // It might be nice to check that we are being called from m_pGraph, but
+ // it turns out to be a millisecond or so per throw!
+
+ // This is heuristics, these numbers are aimed at being "what works"
+ // rather than anything based on some theory.
+ // We use a hyperbola because it's easy to calculate and it includes
+ // a panic button asymptote (which we push off just to the left)
+ // The throttling fits the following table (roughly)
+ // Proportion Throttle (msec)
+ // >=1000 0
+ // 900 3
+ // 800 7
+ // 700 11
+ // 600 17
+ // 500 25
+ // 400 35
+ // 300 50
+ // 200 72
+ // 125 100
+ // 100 112
+ // 50 146
+ // 0 200
+
+ // (some evidence that we could go for a sharper kink - e.g. no throttling
+ // until below the 750 mark - might give fractionally more frames on a
+ // P60-ish machine). The easy way to get these coefficients is to use
+ // Renbase.xls follow the instructions therein using excel solver.
+
+ if (q.Proportion>=1000) { m_trThrottle = 0; }
+ else {
+ // The DWORD is to make quite sure I get unsigned arithmetic
+ // as the constant is between 2**31 and 2**32
+ m_trThrottle = -330000 + (388880000/(q.Proportion+167));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+
+// Send a message to indicate what our supplier should do about quality.
+// Theory:
+// What a supplier wants to know is "is the frame I'm working on NOW
+// going to be late?".
+// F1 is the frame at the supplier (as above)
+// Tf1 is the due time for F1
+// T1 is the time at that point (NOW!)
+// Tr1 is the time that f1 WILL actually be rendered
+// L1 is the latency of the graph for frame F1 = Tr1-T1
+// D1 (for delay) is how late F1 will be beyond its due time i.e.
+// D1 = (Tr1-Tf1) which is what the supplier really wants to know.
+// Unfortunately Tr1 is in the future and is unknown, so is L1
+//
+// We could estimate L1 by its value for a previous frame,
+// L0 = Tr0-T0 and work off
+// D1' = ((T1+L0)-Tf1) = (T1 + (Tr0-T0) -Tf1)
+// Rearranging terms:
+// D1' = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf1)
+// adding (Tf0-Tf0) and rearranging again:
+// = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf0) + (Tf0-Tf1)
+// = (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0) + (Tr0-Tf0)
+// But (Tr0-Tf0) is just D0 - how late frame zero was, and this is the
+// Late field in the quality message that we send.
+// The other two terms just state what correction should be applied before
+// using the lateness of F0 to predict the lateness of F1.
+// (T1-T0) says how much time has actually passed (we have lost this much)
+// (Tf1-Tf0) says how much time should have passed if we were keeping pace
+// (we have gained this much).
+//
+// Suppliers should therefore work off:
+// Quality.Late + (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0)
+// and see if this is "acceptably late" or even early (i.e. negative).
+// They get T1 and T0 by polling the clock, they get Tf1 and Tf0 from
+// the time stamps in the frames. They get Quality.Late from us.
+//
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate,
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream)
+{
+ Quality q;
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // If we are the main user of time, then report this as Flood/Dry.
+ // If our suppliers are, then report it as Famine/Glut.
+ //
+ // We need to take action, but avoid hunting. Hunting is caused by
+ // 1. Taking too much action too soon and overshooting
+ // 2. Taking too long to react (so averaging can CAUSE hunting).
+ //
+ // The reason why we use trLate as well as Wait is to reduce hunting;
+ // if the wait time is coming down and about to go into the red, we do
+ // NOT want to rely on some average which is only telling is that it used
+ // to be OK once.
+
+ q.TimeStamp = (REFERENCE_TIME)trRealStream;
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // guess
+ }
+ // Is the greater part of the time taken bltting or something else
+ else if (m_trFrameAvg > 2*m_trRenderAvg) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // mainly other
+ } else {
+ q.Type = Flood; // mainly bltting
+ }
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000; // default
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ // leave it alone - we don't know enough
+ }
+ else if ( trLate> 0 ) {
+ // try to catch up over the next second
+ // We could be Really, REALLY late, but rendering all the frames
+ // anyway, just because it's so cheap.
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000 - (int)((trLate)/(UNITS/1000));
+ if (q.Proportion<500) {
+ q.Proportion = 500; // don't go daft. (could've been negative!)
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else if ( m_trWaitAvg>20000
+ && trLate<-20000
+ ){
+ // Go cautiously faster - aim at 2mSec wait.
+ if (m_trWaitAvg>=m_trFrameAvg) {
+ // This can happen because of some fudges.
+ // The waitAvg is how long we originally planned to wait
+ // The frameAvg is more honest.
+ // It means that we are spending a LOT of time waiting
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // double.
+ } else {
+ if (m_trFrameAvg+20000 > m_trWaitAvg) {
+ q.Proportion
+ = 1000 * (m_trFrameAvg / (m_trFrameAvg + 20000 - m_trWaitAvg));
+ } else {
+ // We're apparently spending more than the whole frame time waiting.
+ // Assume that the averages are slightly out of kilter, but that we
+ // are indeed doing a lot of waiting. (This leg probably never
+ // happens, but the code avoids any potential divide by zero).
+ q.Proportion = 2000;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (q.Proportion>2000) {
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // don't go crazy.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Tell the supplier how late frames are when they get rendered
+ // That's how late we are now.
+ // If we are in directdraw mode then the guy upstream can see the drawing
+ // times and we'll just report on the start time. He can figure out any
+ // offset to apply. If we are in DIB Section mode then we will apply an
+ // extra offset which is half of our drawing time. This is usually small
+ // but can sometimes be the dominant effect. For this we will use the
+ // average drawing time rather than the last frame. If the last frame took
+ // a long time to draw and made us late, that's already in the lateness
+ // figure. We should not add it in again unless we expect the next frame
+ // to be the same. We don't, we expect the average to be a better shot.
+ // In direct draw mode the RenderAvg will be zero.
+
+ q.Late = trLate + m_trRenderAvg/2;
+
+ // log what we're doing
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idQualityRate, q.Proportion);
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idQualityTime, (int)q.Late / 10000 );
+
+ // A specific sink interface may be set through IPin
+
+ if (m_pQSink==NULL) {
+ // Get our input pin's peer. We send quality management messages
+ // to any nominated receiver of these things (set in the IPin
+ // interface), or else to our source filter.
+
+ IQualityControl *pQC = NULL;
+ IPin *pOutputPin = m_pInputPin->GetConnected();
+ ASSERT(pOutputPin != NULL);
+
+ // And get an AddRef'd quality control interface
+
+ hr = pOutputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl,(void**) &pQC);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pQSink = pQC;
+ }
+ }
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(this,q);
+ }
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+
+} // SendQuality
+
+
+// We are called with a valid IMediaSample image to decide whether this is to
+// be drawn or not. There must be a reference clock in operation.
+// Return S_OK if it is to be drawn Now (as soon as possible)
+// Return S_FALSE if it is to be drawn when it's due
+// Return an error if we want to drop it
+// m_nNormal=-1 indicates that we dropped the previous frame and so this
+// one should be drawn early. Respect it and update it.
+// Use current stream time plus a number of heuristics (detailed below)
+// to make the decision
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+
+ // Don't call us unless there's a clock interface to synchronise with
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)((*ptrStart)>>32)); // high order 32 bits
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)(*ptrStart)); // low order 32 bits
+
+ // We lose a bit of time depending on the monitor type waiting for the next
+ // screen refresh. On average this might be about 8mSec - so it will be
+ // later than we think when the picture appears. To compensate a bit
+ // we bias the media samples by -8mSec i.e. 80000 UNITs.
+ // We don't ever make a stream time negative (call it paranoia)
+ if (*ptrStart>=80000) {
+ *ptrStart -= 80000;
+ *ptrEnd -= 80000; // bias stop to to retain valid frame duration
+ }
+
+ // Cache the time stamp now. We will want to compare what we did with what
+ // we started with (after making the monitor allowance).
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = *ptrStart;
+
+ // Get reference times (current and late)
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream);
+#ifdef PERF
+ // While the reference clock is expensive:
+ // Remember the offset from timeGetTime and use that.
+ // This overflows all over the place, but when we subtract to get
+ // differences the overflows all cancel out.
+ m_llTimeOffset = trRealStream-timeGetTime()*10000;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ // We have to wory about two versions of "lateness". The truth, which we
+ // try to work out here and the one measured against m_trTarget which
+ // includes long term feedback. We report statistics against the truth
+ // but for operational decisions we work to the target.
+ // We use TimeDiff to make sure we get an integer because we
+ // may actually be late (or more likely early if there is a big time
+ // gap) by a very long time.
+ const int trTrueLate = TimeDiff(trRealStream - *ptrStart);
+ const int trLate = trTrueLate;
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idSchLateTime, trTrueLate/10000);
+
+ // Send quality control messages upstream, measured against target
+ HRESULT hr = SendQuality(trLate, trRealStream);
+ // Note: the filter upstream is allowed to this FAIL meaning "you do it".
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality = (hr==S_OK);
+
+ // Decision time! Do we drop, draw when ready or draw immediately?
+
+ const int trDuration = (int)(*ptrEnd - *ptrStart);
+ {
+ // We need to see if the frame rate of the file has just changed.
+ // This would make comparing our previous frame rate with the current
+ // frame rate inefficent. Hang on a moment though. I've seen files
+ // where the frames vary between 33 and 34 mSec so as to average
+ // 30fps. A minor variation like that won't hurt us.
+ int t = m_trDuration/32;
+ if ( trDuration > m_trDuration+t
+ || trDuration < m_trDuration-t
+ ) {
+ // There's a major variation. Reset the average frame rate to
+ // exactly the current rate to disable decision 9002 for this frame,
+ // and remember the new rate.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ m_trDuration = trDuration;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idEarliness, m_trEarliness/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameAvg, m_trFrameAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idWaitAvg, m_trWaitAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDuration, trDuration/10000);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ if (S_OK==pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9000);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Control the graceful slide back from slow to fast machine mode.
+ // After a frame drop accept an early frame and set the earliness to here
+ // If this frame is already later than the earliness then slide it to here
+ // otherwise do the standard slide (reduce by about 12% per frame).
+ // Note: earliness is normally NEGATIVE
+ BOOL bJustDroppedFrame
+ = ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ // Can't use the pin sample properties because we might
+ // not be in Receive when we call this
+ && (S_OK == pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) // he just dropped one
+ )
+ || (m_nNormal==-1); // we just dropped one
+
+
+ // Set m_trEarliness (slide back from slow to fast machine mode)
+ if (trLate>0) {
+ m_trEarliness = 0; // we are no longer in fast machine mode at all!
+ } else if ( (trLate>=m_trEarliness) || bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // Things have slipped of their own accord
+ } else {
+ m_trEarliness = m_trEarliness - m_trEarliness/8; // graceful slide
+ }
+
+ // prepare the new wait average - but don't pollute the old one until
+ // we have finished with it.
+ int trWaitAvg;
+ {
+ // We never mix in a negative wait. This causes us to believe in fast machines
+ // slightly more.
+ int trL = trLate<0 ? -trLate : 0;
+ trWaitAvg = (trL + m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+
+
+ int trFrame;
+ {
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = trRealStream - m_trLastDraw; // Cd be large - 4 min pause!
+ if (tr>10000000) {
+ tr = 10000000; // 1 second - arbitrarily.
+ }
+ trFrame = int(tr);
+ }
+
+ // We will DRAW this frame IF...
+ if (
+ // ...the time we are spending drawing is a small fraction of the total
+ // observed inter-frame time so that dropping it won't help much.
+ (3*m_trRenderAvg <= m_trFrameAvg)
+
+ // ...or our supplier is NOT handling things and the next frame would
+ // be less timely than this one or our supplier CLAIMS to be handling
+ // things, and is now less than a full FOUR frames late.
+ || ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ ? (trLate <= trDuration*4)
+ : (trLate+trLate < trDuration)
+ )
+
+ // ...or we are on average waiting for over eight milliseconds then
+ // this may be just a glitch. Draw it and we'll hope to catch up.
+ || (m_trWaitAvg > 80000)
+
+ // ...or we haven't drawn an image for over a second. We will update
+ // the display, which stops the video looking hung.
+ // Do this regardless of how late this media sample is.
+ || ((trRealStream - m_trLastDraw) > UNITS)
+
+ ) {
+ HRESULT Result;
+
+ // We are going to play this frame. We may want to play it early.
+ // We will play it early if we think we are in slow machine mode.
+ // If we think we are NOT in slow machine mode, we will still play
+ // it early by m_trEarliness as this controls the graceful slide back.
+ // and in addition we aim at being m_trTarget late rather than "on time".
+
+ BOOL bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+
+ // we will play it AT ONCE (slow machine mode) if...
+
+ // ...we are playing catch-up
+ if ( bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9001);
+ }
+
+ // ...or if we are running below the true frame rate
+ // exact comparisons are glitchy, for these measurements,
+ // so add an extra 5% or so
+ else if ( (m_trFrameAvg > trDuration + trDuration/16)
+
+ // It's possible to get into a state where we are losing ground, but
+ // are a very long way ahead. To avoid this or recover from it
+ // we refuse to play early by more than 10 frames.
+ && (trLate > - trDuration*10)
+ ){
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9002);
+ }
+#if 0
+ // ...or if we have been late and are less than one frame early
+ else if ( (trLate + trDuration > 0)
+ && (m_trWaitAvg<=20000)
+ ) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9003);
+ }
+#endif
+ // We will NOT play it at once if we are grossly early. On very slow frame
+ // rate movies - e.g. clock.avi - it is not a good idea to leap ahead just
+ // because we got starved (for instance by the net) and dropped one frame
+ // some time or other. If we are more than 900mSec early, then wait.
+ if (trLate<-9000000) {
+ bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (bPlayASAP) {
+
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 0);
+ // When we are here, we are in slow-machine mode. trLate may well
+ // oscillate between negative and positive when the supplier is
+ // dropping frames to keep sync. We should not let that mislead
+ // us into thinking that we have as much as zero spare time!
+ // We just update with a zero wait.
+ m_trWaitAvg = (m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+
+ // Assume that we draw it immediately. Update inter-frame stats
+ m_trFrameAvg = (trFrame + m_trFrameAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+#ifndef PERF
+ // If this is NOT a perf build, then report what we know so far
+ // without looking at the clock any more. This assumes that we
+ // actually wait for exactly the time we hope to. It also reports
+ // how close we get to the manipulated time stamps that we now have
+ // rather than the ones we originally started with. It will
+ // therefore be a little optimistic. However it's fast.
+ PreparePerformanceData(trTrueLate, trFrame);
+#endif
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ if (m_trEarliness > trLate) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // if we are actually early, this is neg
+ }
+ Result = S_OK; // Draw it now
+
+ } else {
+ ++m_nNormal;
+ // Set the average frame rate to EXACTLY the ideal rate.
+ // If we are exiting slow-machine mode then we will have caught up
+ // and be running ahead, so as we slide back to exact timing we will
+ // have a longer than usual gap at this point. If we record this
+ // real gap then we'll think that we're running slow and go back
+ // into slow-machine mode and vever get it straight.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 1);
+
+ // Play it early by m_trEarliness and by m_trTarget
+
+ {
+ int trE = m_trEarliness;
+ if (trE < -m_trFrameAvg) {
+ trE = -m_trFrameAvg;
+ }
+ *ptrStart += trE; // N.B. earliness is negative
+ }
+
+ int Delay = -trTrueLate;
+ Result = Delay<=0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE; // OK = draw now, FALSE = wait
+
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+ // Predict when it will actually be drawn and update frame stats
+
+ if (Result==S_FALSE) { // We are going to wait
+ trFrame = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trLastDraw);
+ m_trLastDraw = *ptrStart;
+ } else {
+ // trFrame is already = trRealStream-m_trLastDraw;
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ }
+#ifndef PERF
+ int iAccuracy;
+ if (Delay>0) {
+ // Report lateness based on when we intend to play it
+ iAccuracy = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ } else {
+ // Report lateness based on playing it *now*.
+ iAccuracy = trTrueLate; // trRealStream-RememberStampForPerf;
+ }
+ PreparePerformanceData(iAccuracy, trFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame!
+ // Of course in DirectDraw mode the guy upstream may draw it anyway.
+
+ // This will probably give a large negative wack to the wait avg.
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Respect registry setting - debug only!
+ if (m_bDrawLateFrames) {
+ return S_OK; // draw it when it's ready
+ } // even though it's late.
+#endif
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame so draw the next one early
+ // n.b. if the supplier is doing direct draw then he may draw it anyway
+ // but he's doing something funny to arrive here in that case.
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 2);
+ m_nNormal = -1;
+ return E_FAIL; // drop it
+
+} // ShouldDrawSampleNow
+
+
+// NOTE we're called by both the window thread and the source filter thread
+// so we have to be protected by a critical section (locked before called)
+// Also, when the window thread gets signalled to render an image, it always
+// does so regardless of how late it is. All the degradation is done when we
+// are scheduling the next sample to be drawn. Hence when we start an advise
+// link to draw a sample, that sample's time will always become the last one
+// drawn - unless of course we stop streaming in which case we cancel links
+
+BOOL CBaseVideoRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // We override ShouldDrawSampleNow to add quality management
+
+ BOOL bDrawImage = CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(pMediaSample);
+ if (bDrawImage == FALSE) {
+ ++m_cFramesDropped;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // m_cFramesDrawn must NOT be updated here. It has to be updated
+ // in RecordFrameLateness at the same time as the other statistics.
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Implementation of IQualProp interface needed to support the property page
+// This is how the property page gets the data out of the scheduler. We are
+// passed into the constructor the owning object in the COM sense, this will
+// either be the video renderer or an external IUnknown if we're aggregated.
+// We initialise our CUnknown base class with this interface pointer. Then
+// all we have to do is to override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose
+// our IQualProp interface. The AddRef and Release are handled automatically
+// by the base class and will be passed on to the appropriate outer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *pcFramesDropped)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDropped,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDropped = m_cFramesDropped;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDroppedInRenderer
+
+
+// Set *pcFramesDrawn to the number of frames drawn since
+// streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDrawn( int *pcFramesDrawn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDrawn,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDrawn = m_cFramesDrawn;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDrawn
+
+
+// Set iAvgFrameRate to the frames per hundred secs since
+// streaming started. 0 otherwise.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgFrameRate( int *piAvgFrameRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvgFrameRate,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ int t;
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ t = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ } else {
+ t = m_tStreamingStart;
+ }
+
+ if (t<=0) {
+ *piAvgFrameRate = 0;
+ ASSERT(m_cFramesDrawn == 0);
+ } else {
+ // i is frames per hundred seconds
+ *piAvgFrameRate = MulDiv(100000, m_cFramesDrawn, t);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgFrameRate
+
+
+// Set *piAvg to the average sync offset since streaming started
+// in mSec. The sync offset is the time in mSec between when the frame
+// should have been drawn and when the frame was actually drawn.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvg,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Note that we didn't gather the stats on the first frame
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ } else {
+ *piAvg = (int)(m_iTotAcc / (m_cFramesDrawn-1));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgSyncOffset
+
+
+// To avoid dragging in the maths library - a cheap
+// approximate integer square root.
+// We do this by getting a starting guess which is between 1
+// and 2 times too large, followed by THREE iterations of
+// Newton Raphson. (That will give accuracy to the nearest mSec
+// for the range in question - roughly 0..1000)
+//
+// It would be faster to use a linear interpolation and ONE NR, but
+// who cares. If anyone does - the best linear interpolation is
+// to approximates sqrt(x) by
+// y = x * (sqrt(2)-1) + 1 - 1/sqrt(2) + 1/(8*(sqrt(2)-1))
+// 0r y = x*0.41421 + 0.59467
+// This minimises the maximal error in the range in question.
+// (error is about +0.008883 and then one NR will give error .0000something
+// (Of course these are integers, so you can't just multiply by 0.41421
+// you'd have to do some sort of MulDiv).
+// Anyone wanna check my maths? (This is only for a property display!)
+
+int isqrt(int x)
+{
+ int s = 1;
+ // Make s an initial guess for sqrt(x)
+ if (x > 0x40000000) {
+ s = 0x8000; // prevent any conceivable closed loop
+ } else {
+ while (s*s<x) { // loop cannot possible go more than 31 times
+ s = 2*s; // normally it goes about 6 times
+ }
+ // Three NR iterations.
+ if (x==0) {
+ s= 0; // Wouldn't it be tragic to divide by zero whenever our
+ // accuracy was perfect!
+ } else {
+ s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ }
+ }
+ return s;
+}
+
+//
+// Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+// statistics
+//
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piResult,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If S is the Sum of the Squares of observations and
+ // T the Total (i.e. sum) of the observations and there were
+ // N observations, then an estimate of the standard deviation is
+ // sqrt( (S - T**2/N) / (N-1) )
+
+ if (nSamples<=1) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ } else {
+ LONGLONG x;
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ x = llSumSq - llMulDiv(iTot, iTot, nSamples, 0);
+ x = x / (nSamples-1);
+ ASSERT(x>=0);
+ *piResult = isqrt((LONG)x);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set *piDev to the standard deviation in mSec of the sync offset
+// of each frame since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 1,
+ piDev,
+ m_iSumSqAcc,
+ m_iTotAcc);
+} // get_DevSyncOffset
+
+
+// Set *piJitter to the standard deviation in mSec of the inter-frame time
+// of frames since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So second frame gives invalid inter-frame time
+ // So we need 3 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-2
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 2,
+ piJitter,
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime,
+ m_iSumFrameTime);
+} // get_Jitter
+
+
+// Overidden to return our IQualProp interface
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv)
+{
+ // We return IQualProp and delegate everything else
+
+ if (riid == IID_IQualProp) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualProp *)this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualityControl *)this, ppv);
+ }
+ return CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Override JoinFilterGraph so that, just before leaving
+// the graph we can send an EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED event
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph *pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ // Since we send EC_ACTIVATE, we also need to ensure
+ // we send EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED or the resource manager may be
+ // holding us as a focus object
+ if (!pGraph && m_pGraph) {
+
+ // We were in a graph and now we're not
+ // Do this properly in case we are aggregated
+ IBaseFilter* pFilter = this;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED, (LPARAM) pFilter, 0);
+ }
+ return CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(pGraph, pName);
+}
+
+
+// This removes a large number of level 4 warnings from the
+// Microsoft compiler which in this case are not very useful
+#pragma warning(disable: 4514)
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2685bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/renbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a generic ActiveX base renderer
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __RENBASE__
+#define __RENBASE__
+
+// Forward class declarations
+
+class CBaseRenderer;
+class CBaseVideoRenderer;
+class CRendererInputPin;
+
+// This is our input pin class that channels calls to the renderer
+
+class CRendererInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseRenderer *m_pRenderer;
+
+public:
+
+ CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR Name);
+
+ // Overriden from the base pin classes
+
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT Active();
+ HRESULT Inactive();
+
+ // Add rendering behaviour to interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Helper
+ IMemAllocator inline *Allocator() const
+ {
+ return m_pAllocator;
+ }
+};
+
+// Main renderer class that handles synchronisation and state changes
+
+class CBaseRenderer : public CBaseFilter
+{
+protected:
+
+ friend class CRendererInputPin;
+
+ friend void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser, // User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2); // Is also reserved
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru *m_pPosition; // Media seeking pass by object
+ CAMEvent m_RenderEvent; // Used to signal timer events
+ CAMEvent m_ThreadSignal; // Signalled to release worker thread
+ CAMEvent m_evComplete; // Signalled when state complete
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Stop us from rendering more data
+ BOOL m_bStreaming; // Are we currently streaming
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise; // Timer advise cookie
+ IMediaSample *m_pMediaSample; // Current image media sample
+ BOOL m_bEOS; // Any more samples in the stream
+ BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // Have we delivered an EC_COMPLETE
+ CRendererInputPin *m_pInputPin; // Our renderer input pin object
+ CCritSec m_InterfaceLock; // Critical section for interfaces
+ CCritSec m_RendererLock; // Controls access to internals
+ IQualityControl * m_pQSink; // QualityControl sink
+ BOOL m_bRepaintStatus; // Can we signal an EC_REPAINT
+ // Avoid some deadlocks by tracking filter during stop
+ volatile BOOL m_bInReceive; // Inside Receive between PrepareReceive
+ // And actually processing the sample
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_SignalTime; // Time when we signal EC_COMPLETE
+ UINT m_EndOfStreamTimer; // Used to signal end of stream
+ CCritSec m_ObjectCreationLock; // This lock protects the creation and
+ // of m_pPosition and m_pInputPin. It
+ // ensures that two threads cannot create
+ // either object simultaneously.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseRenderer();
+
+ // Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ // Debug only dump of the renderer state
+ void DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+ virtual HRESULT WaitForRenderTime();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState);
+
+ // Return internal information about this filter
+
+ BOOL IsEndOfStream() { return m_bEOS; };
+ BOOL IsEndOfStreamDelivered() { return m_bEOSDelivered; };
+ BOOL IsStreaming() { return m_bStreaming; };
+ void SetAbortSignal(BOOL bAbort) { m_bAbort = bAbort; };
+ virtual void OnReceiveFirstSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) { };
+ CAMEvent *GetRenderEvent() { return &m_RenderEvent; };
+
+ // Permit access to the transition state
+
+ void Ready() { m_evComplete.Set(); };
+ void NotReady() { m_evComplete.Reset(); };
+ BOOL CheckReady() { return m_evComplete.Check(); };
+
+ virtual int GetPinCount();
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+ FILTER_STATE GetRealState();
+ void SendRepaint();
+ void SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd);
+ BOOL OnDisplayChange();
+ void SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint);
+
+ // Override the filter and pin interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);
+
+ // These are available for a quality management implementation
+
+ virtual void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT OnStartStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnStopStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual void OnWaitStart() { };
+ virtual void OnWaitEnd() { };
+ virtual void PrepareRender() { };
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing
+ // Set in OnRenderStart, Used in OnRenderEnd
+ int m_idBaseStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idBaseRenderTime; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idBaseAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+#endif
+
+ // Quality management implementation for scheduling rendering
+
+ virtual BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime);
+
+ virtual HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ // Lots of end of stream complexities
+
+ void TimerCallback();
+ void ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ HRESULT NotifyEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT SendEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT ResetEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream();
+
+ // Rendering is based around the clock
+
+ void SignalTimerFired();
+ virtual HRESULT CancelNotification();
+ virtual HRESULT ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Called when the filter changes state
+
+ virtual HRESULT Active();
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive();
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush();
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush();
+
+ // Deal with connections and type changes
+
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // These look after the handling of data samples
+
+ virtual HRESULT PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual BOOL HaveCurrentSample();
+ virtual IMediaSample *GetCurrentSample();
+ virtual HRESULT Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Derived classes MUST override these
+ virtual HRESULT DoRenderSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // Helper
+ void WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+};
+
+
+// CBaseVideoRenderer is a renderer class (see its ancestor class) and
+// it handles scheduling of media samples so that they are drawn at the
+// correct time by the reference clock. It implements a degradation
+// strategy. Possible degradation modes are:
+// Drop frames here (only useful if the drawing takes significant time)
+// Signal supplier (upstream) to drop some frame(s) - i.e. one-off skip.
+// Signal supplier to change the frame rate - i.e. ongoing skipping.
+// Or any combination of the above.
+// In order to determine what's useful to try we need to know what's going
+// on. This is done by timing various operations (including the supplier).
+// This timing is done by using timeGetTime as it is accurate enough and
+// usually cheaper than calling the reference clock. It also tells the
+// truth if there is an audio break and the reference clock stops.
+// We provide a number of public entry points (named OnXxxStart, OnXxxEnd)
+// which the rest of the renderer calls at significant moments. These do
+// the timing.
+
+// the number of frames that the sliding averages are averaged over.
+// the rule is (1024*NewObservation + (AVGPERIOD-1) * PreviousAverage)/AVGPERIOD
+#define AVGPERIOD 4
+#define DO_MOVING_AVG(avg,obs) (avg = (1024*obs + (AVGPERIOD-1)*avg)/AVGPERIOD)
+// Spot the bug in this macro - I can't. but it doesn't work!
+
+class CBaseVideoRenderer : public CBaseRenderer, // Base renderer class
+ public IQualProp, // Property page guff
+ public IQualityControl // Allow throttling
+{
+protected:
+
+ // Hungarian:
+ // tFoo is the time Foo in mSec (beware m_tStart from filter.h)
+ // trBar is the time Bar by the reference clock
+
+ //******************************************************************
+ // State variables to control synchronisation
+ //******************************************************************
+
+ // Control of sending Quality messages. We need to know whether
+ // we are in trouble (e.g. frames being dropped) and where the time
+ // is being spent.
+
+ // When we drop a frame we play the next one early.
+ // The frame after that is likely to wait before drawing and counting this
+ // wait as spare time is unfair, so we count it as a zero wait.
+ // We therefore need to know whether we are playing frames early or not.
+
+ int m_nNormal; // The number of consecutive frames
+ // drawn at their normal time (not early)
+ // -1 means we just dropped a frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ BOOL m_bDrawLateFrames; // Don't drop any frames (debug and I'm
+ // not keen on people using it!)
+#endif
+
+ BOOL m_bSupplierHandlingQuality;// The response to Quality messages says
+ // our supplier is handling things.
+ // We will allow things to go extra late
+ // before dropping frames. We will play
+ // very early after he has dropped one.
+
+ // Control of scheduling, frame dropping etc.
+ // We need to know where the time is being spent so as to tell whether
+ // we should be taking action here, signalling supplier or what.
+ // The variables are initialised to a mode of NOT dropping frames.
+ // They will tell the truth after a few frames.
+ // We typically record a start time for an event, later we get the time
+ // again and subtract to get the elapsed time, and we average this over
+ // a few frames. The average is used to tell what mode we are in.
+
+ // Although these are reference times (64 bit) they are all DIFFERENCES
+ // between times which are small. An int will go up to 214 secs before
+ // overflow. Avoiding 64 bit multiplications and divisions seems
+ // worth while.
+
+
+
+ // Audio-video throttling. If the user has turned up audio quality
+ // very high (in principle it could be any other stream, not just audio)
+ // then we can receive cries for help via the graph manager. In this case
+ // we put in a wait for some time after rendering each frame.
+ int m_trThrottle;
+
+ // The time taken to render (i.e. BitBlt) frames controls which component
+ // needs to degrade. If the blt is expensive, the renderer degrades.
+ // If the blt is cheap it's done anyway and the supplier degrades.
+ int m_trRenderAvg; // Time frames are taking to blt
+ int m_trRenderLast; // Time for last frame blt
+ int m_tRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing (mSec)
+ // derived from timeGetTime.
+
+ // When frames are dropped we will play the next frame as early as we can.
+ // If it was a false alarm and the machine is fast we slide gently back to
+ // normal timing. To do this, we record the offset showing just how early
+ // we really are. This will normally be negative meaning early or zero.
+ int m_trEarliness;
+
+ // Target provides slow long-term feedback to try to reduce the
+ // average sync offset to zero. Whenever a frame is actually rendered
+ // early we add a msec or two, whenever late we take off a few.
+ // We add or take off 1/32 of the error time.
+ // Eventually we should be hovering around zero. For a really bad case
+ // where we were (say) 300mSec off, it might take 100 odd frames to
+ // settle down. The rate of change of this is intended to be slower
+ // than any other mechanism in Quartz, thereby avoiding hunting.
+ int m_trTarget;
+
+ // The proportion of time spent waiting for the right moment to blt
+ // controls whether we bother to drop a frame or whether we reckon that
+ // we're doing well enough that we can stand a one-frame glitch.
+ int m_trWaitAvg; // Average of last few wait times
+ // (actually we just average how early
+ // we were). Negative here means LATE.
+
+ // The average inter-frame time.
+ // This is used to calculate the proportion of the time used by the
+ // three operations (supplying us, waiting, rendering)
+ int m_trFrameAvg; // Average inter-frame time
+ int m_trDuration; // duration of last frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Performance logging identifiers
+ int m_idTimeStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idEarliness; // MSR_id for earliness fudge
+ int m_idTarget; // MSR_id for Target fudge
+ int m_idWaitReal; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idWait; // MSR_id for wait time recorded
+ int m_idFrameAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+ int m_idRenderAvg; // MSR_id for Render time recorded (int)
+ int m_idSchLateTime; // MSR_id for lateness at scheduler
+ int m_idQualityRate; // MSR_id for Quality rate requested
+ int m_idQualityTime; // MSR_id for Quality time requested
+ int m_idDecision; // MSR_id for decision code
+ int m_idDuration; // MSR_id for duration of a frame
+ int m_idThrottle; // MSR_id for audio-video throttling
+ //int m_idDebug; // MSR_id for trace style debugging
+ //int m_idSendQuality; // MSR_id for timing the notifications per se
+#endif // PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberStampForPerf; // original time stamp of frame
+ // with no earliness fudges etc.
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberFrameForPerf; // time when previous frame rendered
+
+ // debug...
+ int m_idFrameAvg;
+ int m_idWaitAvg;
+#endif
+
+ // PROPERTY PAGE
+ // This has edit fields that show the user what's happening
+ // These member variables hold these counts.
+
+ int m_cFramesDropped; // cumulative frames dropped IN THE RENDERER
+ int m_cFramesDrawn; // Frames since streaming started seen BY THE
+ // RENDERER (some may be dropped upstream)
+
+ // Next two support average sync offset and standard deviation of sync offset.
+ LONGLONG m_iTotAcc; // Sum of accuracies in mSec
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqAcc; // Sum of squares of (accuracies in mSec)
+
+ // Next two allow jitter calculation. Jitter is std deviation of frame time.
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trLastDraw; // Time of prev frame (for inter-frame times)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqFrameTime; // Sum of squares of (inter-frame time in mSec)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumFrameTime; // Sum of inter-frame times in mSec
+
+ // To get performance statistics on frame rate, jitter etc, we need
+ // to record the lateness and inter-frame time. What we actually need are the
+ // data above (sum, sum of squares and number of entries for each) but the data
+ // is generated just ahead of time and only later do we discover whether the
+ // frame was actually drawn or not. So we have to hang on to the data
+ int m_trLate; // hold onto frame lateness
+ int m_trFrame; // hold onto inter-frame time
+
+ int m_tStreamingStart; // if streaming then time streaming started
+ // else time of last streaming session
+ // used for property page statistics
+#ifdef PERF
+ LONGLONG m_llTimeOffset; // timeGetTime()*10000+m_llTimeOffset==ref time
+#endif
+
+public:
+
+
+ CBaseVideoRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseVideoRenderer();
+
+ // IQualityControl methods - Notify allows audio-video throttling
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc);
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q);
+
+ // These provide a full video quality management implementation
+
+ void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnWaitStart();
+ void OnWaitEnd();
+ HRESULT OnStartStreaming();
+ HRESULT OnStopStreaming();
+ void ThrottleWait();
+
+ // Handle the statistics gathering for our quality management
+
+ void PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT ResetStreamingTimes();
+ BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate, REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream);
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ //
+ // Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+ // statistics
+ //
+ // *piResult = (llSumSq - iTot * iTot / m_cFramesDrawn - 1) /
+ // (m_cFramesDrawn - 2)
+ // or 0 if m_cFramesDrawn <= 3
+ //
+ HRESULT GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+ );
+public:
+
+ // IQualProp property page support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *cFramesDropped);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDrawn(__out int *pcFramesDrawn);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgFrameRate(__out int *piAvgFrameRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev);
+
+ // Implement an IUnknown interface and expose IQualProp
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv);
+};
+
+#endif // __RENBASE__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d79830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Schedule.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+// DbgLog values (all on LOG_TIMING):
+//
+// 2 for schedulting, firing and shunting of events
+// 3 for wait delays and wake-up times of event thread
+// 4 for details of whats on the list when the thread awakes
+
+/* Construct & destructors */
+
+CAMSchedule::CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev )
+: CBaseObject(TEXT("CAMSchedule"))
+, head(&z, 0), z(0, MAX_TIME)
+, m_dwNextCookie(0), m_dwAdviseCount(0)
+, m_pAdviseCache(0), m_dwCacheCount(0)
+, m_ev( ev )
+{
+ head.m_dwAdviseCookie = z.m_dwAdviseCookie = 0;
+}
+
+CAMSchedule::~CAMSchedule()
+{
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+
+ // Delete cache
+ CAdvisePacket * p = m_pAdviseCache;
+ while (p)
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket *const p_next = p->m_next;
+ delete p;
+ p = p_next;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );
+ // Better to be safe than sorry
+ if ( m_dwAdviseCount > 0 )
+ {
+ DumpLinkedList();
+ while ( !head.m_next->IsZ() )
+ {
+ head.DeleteNext();
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If, in the debug version, we assert twice, it means, not only
+ // did we have left over advises, but we have also let m_dwAdviseCount
+ // get out of sync. with the number of advises actually on the list.
+ ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );
+
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+
+/* Public methods */
+
+DWORD CAMSchedule::GetAdviseCount()
+{
+ // No need to lock, m_dwAdviseCount is 32bits & declared volatile
+ return m_dwAdviseCount;
+}
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::GetNextAdviseTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize); // Need to stop the linked list from changing
+ return head.m_next->m_rtEventTime;
+}
+
+DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket
+( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1
+, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2
+, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic
+)
+{
+ // Since we use MAX_TIME as a sentry, we can't afford to
+ // schedule a notification at MAX_TIME
+ ASSERT( time1 < MAX_TIME );
+ DWORD_PTR Result;
+ CAdvisePacket * p;
+
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+
+ if (m_pAdviseCache)
+ {
+ p = m_pAdviseCache;
+ m_pAdviseCache = p->m_next;
+ --m_dwCacheCount;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p = new CAdvisePacket();
+ }
+ if (p)
+ {
+ p->m_rtEventTime = time1; p->m_rtPeriod = time2;
+ p->m_hNotify = h; p->m_bPeriodic = periodic;
+ Result = AddAdvisePacket( p );
+ }
+ else Result = 0;
+
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+HRESULT CAMSchedule::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_FALSE;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ while ( p_n = p_prev->Next() ) // The Next() method returns NULL when it hits z
+ {
+ if ( p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie == dwAdviseCookie )
+ {
+ Delete( p_prev->RemoveNext() );
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ hr = S_OK;
+ // Having found one cookie that matches, there should be no more
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ while (p_n = p_prev->Next())
+ {
+ ASSERT(p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie != dwAdviseCookie);
+ p_prev = p_n;
+ }
+ #endif
+ break;
+ }
+ p_prev = p_n;
+ };
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime )
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNextTime;
+ CAdvisePacket * pAdvise;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2,
+ TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise( %lu ms )"), ULONG(rtTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))));
+
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TIMING, 4)) DumpLinkedList();
+ #endif
+
+ // Note - DON'T cache the difference, it might overflow
+ while ( rtTime >= (rtNextTime = (pAdvise=head.m_next)->m_rtEventTime) &&
+ !pAdvise->IsZ() )
+ {
+ ASSERT(pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie); // If this is zero, its the head or the tail!!
+
+ ASSERT(pAdvise->m_hNotify != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
+
+ if (pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == TRUE)
+ {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(pAdvise->m_hNotify,1,NULL);
+ pAdvise->m_rtEventTime += pAdvise->m_rtPeriod;
+ ShuntHead();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ASSERT( pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == FALSE );
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(pAdvise->m_hNotify));
+ --m_dwAdviseCount;
+ Delete( head.RemoveNext() );
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,
+ TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise() Next time stamp: %lu ms, for advise %lu."),
+ DWORD(rtNextTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)), pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie ));
+
+ return rtNextTime;
+}
+
+/* Private methods */
+
+DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )
+{
+ ASSERT(pPacket->m_rtEventTime >= 0 && pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME);
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_Serialize));
+
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+
+ const DWORD_PTR Result = pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;
+ // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime
+ for(;;p_prev = p_n)
+ {
+ p_n = p_prev->m_next;
+ if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime >= pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;
+ }
+ p_prev->InsertAfter( pPacket );
+ ++m_dwAdviseCount;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Added advise %lu, for thread 0x%02X, scheduled at %lu"),
+ pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, GetCurrentThreadId(), (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));
+
+ // If packet added at the head, then clock needs to re-evaluate wait time.
+ if ( p_prev == &head ) SetEvent( m_ev );
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+void CAMSchedule::Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )
+{
+ if ( m_dwCacheCount >= dwCacheMax ) delete pPacket;
+ else
+ {
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ pPacket->m_next = m_pAdviseCache;
+ m_pAdviseCache = pPacket;
+ ++m_dwCacheCount;
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Takes the head of the list & repositions it
+void CAMSchedule::ShuntHead()
+{
+ CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;
+ CAdvisePacket * p_n;
+
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ CAdvisePacket *const pPacket = head.m_next;
+
+ // This will catch both an empty list,
+ // and if somehow a MAX_TIME time gets into the list
+ // (which would also break this method).
+ ASSERT( pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME );
+
+ // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime
+ for(;;p_prev = p_n)
+ {
+ p_n = p_prev->m_next;
+ if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime > pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;
+ }
+ // If p_prev == pPacket then we're already in the right place
+ if (p_prev != pPacket)
+ {
+ head.m_next = pPacket->m_next;
+ (p_prev->m_next = pPacket)->m_next = p_n;
+ }
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Periodic advise %lu, shunted to %lu"),
+ pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));
+ #endif
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList()
+{
+ m_Serialize.Lock();
+ int i=0;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList() this = 0x%p"), this));
+ for ( CAdvisePacket * p = &head
+ ; p
+ ; p = p->m_next , i++
+ )
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Advise List # %lu, Cookie %d, RefTime %lu"),
+ i,
+ p->m_dwAdviseCookie,
+ p->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)
+ ));
+ }
+ m_Serialize.Unlock();
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c16700a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/schedule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Schedule.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __CAMSchedule__
+#define __CAMSchedule__
+
+class CAMSchedule : private CBaseObject
+{
+public:
+ virtual ~CAMSchedule();
+ // ev is the event we should fire if the advise time needs re-evaluating
+ CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev );
+
+ DWORD GetAdviseCount();
+ REFERENCE_TIME GetNextAdviseTime();
+
+ // We need a method for derived classes to add advise packets, we return the cookie
+ DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic );
+ // And a way to cancel
+ HRESULT Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);
+
+ // Tell us the time please, and we'll dispatch the expired events. We return the time of the next event.
+ // NB: The time returned will be "useless" if you start adding extra Advises. But that's the problem of
+ // whoever is using this helper class (typically a clock).
+ REFERENCE_TIME Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime );
+
+ // Get the event handle which will be set if advise time requires re-evaluation.
+ HANDLE GetEvent() const { return m_ev; }
+
+private:
+ // We define the nodes that will be used in our singly linked list
+ // of advise packets. The list is ordered by time, with the
+ // elements that will expire first at the front.
+ class CAdvisePacket
+ {
+ public:
+ CAdvisePacket()
+ {}
+
+ CAdvisePacket * m_next;
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdviseCookie;
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtEventTime; // Time at which event should be set
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPeriod; // Periodic time
+ HANDLE m_hNotify; // Handle to event or semephore
+ BOOL m_bPeriodic; // TRUE => Periodic event
+
+ CAdvisePacket( __inout_opt CAdvisePacket * next, LONGLONG time ) : m_next(next), m_rtEventTime(time)
+ {}
+
+ void InsertAfter( __inout CAdvisePacket * p )
+ {
+ p->m_next = m_next;
+ m_next = p;
+ }
+
+ int IsZ() const // That is, is it the node that represents the end of the list
+ { return m_next == 0; }
+
+ CAdvisePacket * RemoveNext()
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket *const next = m_next;
+ CAdvisePacket *const new_next = next->m_next;
+ m_next = new_next;
+ return next;
+ }
+
+ void DeleteNext()
+ {
+ delete RemoveNext();
+ }
+
+ CAdvisePacket * Next() const
+ {
+ CAdvisePacket * result = m_next;
+ if (result->IsZ()) result = 0;
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ DWORD_PTR Cookie() const
+ { return m_dwAdviseCookie; }
+ };
+
+ // Structure is:
+ // head -> elmt1 -> elmt2 -> z -> null
+ // So an empty list is: head -> z -> null
+ // Having head & z as links makes insertaion,
+ // deletion and shunting much easier.
+ CAdvisePacket head, z; // z is both a tail and a sentry
+
+ volatile DWORD_PTR m_dwNextCookie; // Strictly increasing
+ volatile DWORD m_dwAdviseCount; // Number of elements on list
+
+ CCritSec m_Serialize;
+
+ // AddAdvisePacket: adds the packet, returns the cookie (0 if failed)
+ DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket );
+ // Event that we should set if the packed added above will be the next to fire.
+ const HANDLE m_ev;
+
+ // A Shunt is where we have changed the first element in the
+ // list and want it re-evaluating (i.e. repositioned) in
+ // the list.
+ void ShuntHead();
+
+ // Rather than delete advise packets, we cache them for future use
+ CAdvisePacket * m_pAdviseCache;
+ DWORD m_dwCacheCount;
+ enum { dwCacheMax = 5 }; // Don't bother caching more than five
+
+ void Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pLink );// This "Delete" will cache the Link
+
+// Attributes and methods for debugging
+public:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ void DumpLinkedList();
+#else
+ void DumpLinkedList() {}
+#endif
+
+};
+
+#endif // __CAMSchedule__
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb13d6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SeekPT.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "seekpt.h"
+
+//==================================================================
+// CreateInstance
+// This goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+// If there is already a mapper instance - return that, else make one
+// and save it in a static variable so that forever after we can return that.
+//==================================================================
+
+CUnknown * CSeekingPassThru::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ return new CSeekingPassThru(NAME("Seeking PassThru"),pUnk, phr);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_ISeekingPassThru) {
+ return GetInterface((ISeekingPassThru *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ if (m_pPosPassThru &&
+ (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking ||
+ riid == IID_IMediaPosition)) {
+ return m_pPosPassThru->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+CSeekingPassThru::CSeekingPassThru( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr )
+ : CUnknown(pName, pUnk, phr),
+ m_pPosPassThru(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+CSeekingPassThru::~CSeekingPassThru()
+{
+ delete m_pPosPassThru;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::Init(BOOL bRendererSeeking, IPin *pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pPosPassThru) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ } else {
+ m_pPosPassThru =
+ bRendererSeeking ?
+ new CRendererPosPassThru(
+ NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),
+ (IUnknown *)this,
+ &hr,
+ pPin) :
+ new CPosPassThru(
+ NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),
+ (IUnknown *)this,
+ &hr,
+ pPin);
+ if (!m_pPosPassThru) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pPosPassThru;
+ m_pPosPassThru = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..208d418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/seekpt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SeekPT.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __seekpt_h__
+#define __seekpt_h__
+
+
+class CSeekingPassThru : public ISeekingPassThru, public CUnknown
+{
+public:
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSeekingPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CSeekingPassThru();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Init(BOOL bSupportRendering, IPin *pPin);
+
+private:
+ CPosPassThru *m_pPosPassThru;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef7795c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Source.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CSource, which is a Quartz
+// source filter 'template.'
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Locking Strategy.
+//
+// Hold the filter critical section (m_pFilter->pStateLock()) to serialise
+// access to functions. Note that, in general, this lock may be held
+// by a function when the worker thread may want to hold it. Therefore
+// if you wish to access shared state from the worker thread you will
+// need to add another critical section object. The execption is during
+// the threads processing loop, when it is safe to get the filter critical
+// section from within FillBuffer().
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+
+//
+// CSource::Constructor
+//
+// Initialise the pin count for the filter. The user will create the pins in
+// the derived class.
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),
+ m_iPins(0),
+ m_paStreams(NULL)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+#endif
+
+//
+// CSource::Destructor
+//
+CSource::~CSource()
+{
+ /* Free our pins and pin array */
+ while (m_iPins != 0) {
+ // deleting the pins causes them to be removed from the array...
+ delete m_paStreams[m_iPins - 1];
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_paStreams == NULL);
+}
+
+
+//
+// Add a new pin
+//
+HRESULT CSource::AddPin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+
+ /* Allocate space for this pin and the old ones */
+ CSourceStream **paStreams = new CSourceStream *[m_iPins + 1];
+ if (paStreams == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ if (m_paStreams != NULL) {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)paStreams, (PVOID)m_paStreams,
+ m_iPins * sizeof(m_paStreams[0]));
+ paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;
+ delete [] m_paStreams;
+ }
+ m_paStreams = paStreams;
+ m_paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;
+ m_iPins++;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Remove a pin - pStream is NOT deleted
+//
+HRESULT CSource::RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_iPins; i++) {
+ if (m_paStreams[i] == pStream) {
+ if (m_iPins == 1) {
+ delete [] m_paStreams;
+ m_paStreams = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* no need to reallocate */
+ while (++i < m_iPins)
+ m_paStreams[i - 1] = m_paStreams[i];
+ }
+ m_iPins--;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+//
+// FindPin
+//
+// Set *ppPin to the IPin* that has the id Id.
+// or to NULL if the Id cannot be matched.
+STDMETHODIMP CSource::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+ // The -1 undoes the +1 in QueryId and ensures that totally invalid
+ // strings (for which WstrToInt delivers 0) give a deliver a NULL pin.
+ int i = WstrToInt(Id) -1;
+ *ppPin = GetPin(i);
+ if (*ppPin!=NULL){
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+}
+
+//
+// FindPinNumber
+//
+// return the number of the pin with this IPin* or -1 if none
+int CSource::FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin) {
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; i<m_iPins; ++i) {
+ if ((IPin *)(m_paStreams[i])==iPin) {
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+//
+// GetPinCount
+//
+// Returns the number of pins this filter has
+int CSource::GetPinCount(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+ return m_iPins;
+}
+
+
+//
+// GetPin
+//
+// Return a non-addref'd pointer to pin n
+// needed by CBaseFilter
+CBasePin *CSource::GetPin(int n) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);
+
+ // n must be in the range 0..m_iPins-1
+ // if m_iPins>n && n>=0 it follows that m_iPins>0
+ // which is what used to be checked (i.e. checking that we have a pin)
+ if ((n >= 0) && (n < m_iPins)) {
+
+ ASSERT(m_paStreams[n]);
+ return m_paStreams[n];
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+//
+
+
+// *
+// * --- CSourceStream ----
+// *
+
+//
+// Set Id to point to a CoTaskMemAlloc'd
+STDMETHODIMP CSourceStream::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id) {
+ CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(Id,sizeof(LPWSTR));
+
+ // We give the pins id's which are 1,2,...
+ // FindPinNumber returns -1 for an invalid pin
+ int i = 1+ m_pFilter->FindPinNumber(this);
+ if (i<1) return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * 12);
+ if (*Id==NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ IntToWstr(i, *Id);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+//
+// CSourceStream::Constructor
+//
+// increments the number of pins present on the filter
+CSourceStream::CSourceStream(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *ps,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),
+ m_pFilter(ps) {
+
+ *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CSourceStream::CSourceStream(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *ps,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),
+ m_pFilter(ps) {
+
+ *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);
+}
+#endif
+//
+// CSourceStream::Destructor
+//
+// Decrements the number of pins on this filter
+CSourceStream::~CSourceStream(void) {
+
+ m_pFilter->RemovePin(this);
+}
+
+
+//
+// CheckMediaType
+//
+// Do we support this type? Provides the default support for 1 type.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ CMediaType mt;
+ GetMediaType(&mt);
+
+ if (mt == *pMediaType) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ return E_FAIL;
+}
+
+
+//
+// GetMediaType/3
+//
+// By default we support only one type
+// iPosition indexes are 0-n
+HRESULT CSourceStream::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ if (iPosition<0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ if (iPosition>0) {
+ return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;
+ }
+ return GetMediaType(pMediaType);
+}
+
+
+//
+// Active
+//
+// The pin is active - start up the worker thread
+HRESULT CSourceStream::Active(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if (m_pFilter->IsActive()) {
+ return S_FALSE; // succeeded, but did not allocate resources (they already exist...)
+ }
+
+ // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to
+ // all pins of a source filter
+ if (!IsConnected()) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ hr = CBaseOutputPin::Active();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(!ThreadExists());
+
+ // start the thread
+ if (!Create()) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Tell thread to initialize. If OnThreadCreate Fails, so does this.
+ hr = Init();
+ if (FAILED(hr))
+ return hr;
+
+ return Pause();
+}
+
+
+//
+// Inactive
+//
+// Pin is inactive - shut down the worker thread
+// Waits for the worker to exit before returning.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::Inactive(void) {
+
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to
+ // all pins of a source filter
+ if (!IsConnected()) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // !!! need to do this before trying to stop the thread, because
+ // we may be stuck waiting for our own allocator!!!
+
+ hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(); // call this first to Decommit the allocator
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ if (ThreadExists()) {
+ hr = Stop();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = Exit();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ Close(); // Wait for the thread to exit, then tidy up.
+ }
+
+ // hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(); // call this first to Decommit the allocator
+ //if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // return hr;
+ //}
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//
+// ThreadProc
+//
+// When this returns the thread exits
+// Return codes > 0 indicate an error occured
+DWORD CSourceStream::ThreadProc(void) {
+
+ HRESULT hr; // the return code from calls
+ Command com;
+
+ do {
+ com = GetRequest();
+ if (com != CMD_INIT) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Thread expected init command")));
+ Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);
+ }
+ } while (com != CMD_INIT);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread initializing")));
+
+ hr = OnThreadCreate(); // perform set up tasks
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadCreate failed. Aborting thread.")));
+ OnThreadDestroy();
+ Reply(hr); // send failed return code from OnThreadCreate
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ // Initialisation suceeded
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+
+ Command cmd;
+ do {
+ cmd = GetRequest();
+
+ switch (cmd) {
+
+ case CMD_EXIT:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ break;
+
+ case CMD_RUN:
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CMD_RUN received before a CMD_PAUSE???")));
+ // !!! fall through???
+
+ case CMD_PAUSE:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ DoBufferProcessingLoop();
+ break;
+
+ case CMD_STOP:
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unknown command %d received!"), cmd));
+ Reply((DWORD) E_NOTIMPL);
+ break;
+ }
+ } while (cmd != CMD_EXIT);
+
+ hr = OnThreadDestroy(); // tidy up.
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadDestroy failed. Exiting thread.")));
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread exiting")));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+//
+// DoBufferProcessingLoop
+//
+// Grabs a buffer and calls the users processing function.
+// Overridable, so that different delivery styles can be catered for.
+HRESULT CSourceStream::DoBufferProcessingLoop(void) {
+
+ Command com;
+
+ OnThreadStartPlay();
+
+ do {
+ while (!CheckRequest(&com)) {
+
+ IMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ HRESULT hr = GetDeliveryBuffer(&pSample,NULL,NULL,0);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ Sleep(1);
+ continue; // go round again. Perhaps the error will go away
+ // or the allocator is decommited & we will be asked to
+ // exit soon.
+ }
+
+ // Virtual function user will override.
+ hr = FillBuffer(pSample);
+
+ if (hr == S_OK) {
+ hr = Deliver(pSample);
+ pSample->Release();
+
+ // downstream filter returns S_FALSE if it wants us to
+ // stop or an error if it's reporting an error.
+ if(hr != S_OK)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Deliver() returned %08x; stopping"), hr));
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ } else if (hr == S_FALSE) {
+ // derived class wants us to stop pushing data
+ pSample->Release();
+ DeliverEndOfStream();
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // derived class encountered an error
+ pSample->Release();
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Error %08lX from FillBuffer!!!"), hr));
+ DeliverEndOfStream();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // all paths release the sample
+ }
+
+ // For all commands sent to us there must be a Reply call!
+
+ if (com == CMD_RUN || com == CMD_PAUSE) {
+ Reply(NOERROR);
+ } else if (com != CMD_STOP) {
+ Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unexpected command!!!")));
+ }
+ } while (com != CMD_STOP);
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..528d5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/source.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Source.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes to simplify creation of
+// ActiveX source filters that support continuous generation of data.
+// No support is provided for IMediaControl or IMediaPosition.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// Derive your source filter from CSource.
+// During construction either:
+// Create some CSourceStream objects to manage your pins
+// Provide the user with a means of doing so eg, an IPersistFile interface.
+//
+// CSource provides:
+// IBaseFilter interface management
+// IMediaFilter interface management, via CBaseFilter
+// Pin counting for CBaseFilter
+//
+// Derive a class from CSourceStream to manage your output pin types
+// Implement GetMediaType/1 to return the type you support. If you support multiple
+// types then overide GetMediaType/3, CheckMediaType and GetMediaTypeCount.
+// Implement Fillbuffer() to put data into one buffer.
+//
+// CSourceStream provides:
+// IPin management via CBaseOutputPin
+// Worker thread management
+
+#ifndef __CSOURCE__
+#define __CSOURCE__
+
+class CSourceStream; // The class that will handle each pin
+
+
+//
+// CSource
+//
+// Override construction to provide a means of creating
+// CSourceStream derived objects - ie a way of creating pins.
+class CSource : public CBaseFilter {
+public:
+
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);
+#endif
+ ~CSource();
+
+ int GetPinCount(void);
+ CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+
+ // -- Utilities --
+
+ CCritSec* pStateLock(void) { return &m_cStateLock; } // provide our critical section
+
+ HRESULT AddPin(__in CSourceStream *);
+ HRESULT RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+ );
+
+ int FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin);
+
+protected:
+
+ int m_iPins; // The number of pins on this filter. Updated by CSourceStream
+ // constructors & destructors.
+ CSourceStream **m_paStreams; // the pins on this filter.
+
+ CCritSec m_cStateLock; // Lock this to serialize function accesses to the filter state
+
+};
+
+
+//
+// CSourceStream
+//
+// Use this class to manage a stream of data that comes from a
+// pin.
+// Uses a worker thread to put data on the pin.
+class CSourceStream : public CAMThread, public CBaseOutputPin {
+public:
+
+ CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *pms,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout CSource *pms,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CSourceStream(void); // virtual destructor ensures derived class destructors are called too.
+
+protected:
+
+ CSource *m_pFilter; // The parent of this stream
+
+ // *
+ // * Data Source
+ // *
+ // * The following three functions: FillBuffer, OnThreadCreate/Destroy, are
+ // * called from within the ThreadProc. They are used in the creation of
+ // * the media samples this pin will provide
+ // *
+
+ // Override this to provide the worker thread a means
+ // of processing a buffer
+ virtual HRESULT FillBuffer(IMediaSample *pSamp) PURE;
+
+ // Called as the thread is created/destroyed - use to perform
+ // jobs such as start/stop streaming mode
+ // If OnThreadCreate returns an error the thread will exit.
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadCreate(void) {return NOERROR;};
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadDestroy(void) {return NOERROR;};
+ virtual HRESULT OnThreadStartPlay(void) {return NOERROR;};
+
+ // *
+ // * Worker Thread
+ // *
+
+ HRESULT Active(void); // Starts up the worker thread
+ HRESULT Inactive(void); // Exits the worker thread.
+
+public:
+ // thread commands
+ enum Command {CMD_INIT, CMD_PAUSE, CMD_RUN, CMD_STOP, CMD_EXIT};
+ HRESULT Init(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_INIT); }
+ HRESULT Exit(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_EXIT); }
+ HRESULT Run(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_RUN); }
+ HRESULT Pause(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_PAUSE); }
+ HRESULT Stop(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_STOP); }
+
+protected:
+ Command GetRequest(void) { return (Command) CAMThread::GetRequest(); }
+ BOOL CheckRequest(Command *pCom) { return CAMThread::CheckRequest( (DWORD *) pCom); }
+
+ // override these if you want to add thread commands
+ virtual DWORD ThreadProc(void); // the thread function
+
+ virtual HRESULT DoBufferProcessingLoop(void); // the loop executed whilst running
+
+
+ // *
+ // * AM_MEDIA_TYPE support
+ // *
+
+ // If you support more than one media type then override these 2 functions
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType);
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType); // List pos. 0-n
+
+ // If you support only one type then override this fn.
+ // This will only be called by the default implementations
+ // of CheckMediaType and GetMediaType(int, CMediaType*)
+ // You must override this fn. or the above 2!
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(__inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {return E_UNEXPECTED;}
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+ );
+};
+
+#endif // __CSOURCE__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/streams.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/streams.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1926321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/streams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Streams.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines overall streams architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __STREAMS__
+#define __STREAMS__
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+// disable some level-4 warnings, use #pragma warning(enable:###) to re-enable
+#pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: unreferenced formal parameter
+#pragma warning(disable:4201) // warning C4201: nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union
+#pragma warning(disable:4511) // warning C4511: copy constructor could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4512) // warning C4512: assignment operator could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4514) // warning C4514: "unreferenced inline function has been removed"
+
+#if _MSC_VER>=1100
+#define AM_NOVTABLE __declspec(novtable)
+#else
+#define AM_NOVTABLE
+#endif
+#endif // MSC_VER
+
+
+// Because of differences between Visual C++ and older Microsoft SDKs,
+// you may have defined _DEBUG without defining DEBUG. This logic
+// ensures that both will be set if Visual C++ sets _DEBUG.
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#define DEBUG
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <olectl.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+
+
+#ifndef NUMELMS
+#if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) (sizeof(aa)/sizeof((aa)[0]))
+#else
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) ARRAYSIZE(aa)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following definitions come from the Platform SDK and are required if
+// the applicaiton is being compiled with the headers from Visual C++ 6.0.
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////// ////////////////////////
+#ifndef InterlockedExchangePointer
+ #define InterlockedExchangePointer(Target, Value) \
+ (PVOID)InterlockedExchange((PLONG)(Target), (LONG)(Value))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+#define _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+typedef struct {
+ WAVEFORMATEX Format;
+ union {
+ WORD wValidBitsPerSample; /* bits of precision */
+ WORD wSamplesPerBlock; /* valid if wBitsPerSample==0 */
+ WORD wReserved; /* If neither applies, set to zero. */
+ } Samples;
+ DWORD dwChannelMask; /* which channels are */
+ /* present in stream */
+ GUID SubFormat;
+} WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE, *PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE;
+#endif // !_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+
+#if !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+#define WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE 0xFFFE
+#endif // !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+
+#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !GetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef SetWindowLongPtr
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !SetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
+ #define GWLP_WNDPROC (-4)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HINSTANCE
+ #define GWLP_HINSTANCE (-6)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HWNDPARENT
+ #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT (-8)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_USERDATA
+ #define GWLP_USERDATA (-21)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_ID
+ #define GWLP_ID (-12)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_MSGRESULT
+ #define DWLP_MSGRESULT 0
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_DLGPROC
+ #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWLP_MSGRESULT + sizeof(LRESULT)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_USER
+ #define DWLP_USER DWLP_DLGPROC + sizeof(DLGPROC)
+#endif
+
+
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312 4244)
+// _GetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of GetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+T _GetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex)
+{
+ return (T)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex);
+}
+
+// _SetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of SetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p)
+{
+ return SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex, (LONG_PTR)p);
+}
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End Platform SDK definitions
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#include <strmif.h> // Generated IDL header file for streams interfaces
+#include <intsafe.h> // required by amvideo.h
+
+#include <reftime.h> // Helper class for REFERENCE_TIME management
+#include <wxdebug.h> // Debug support for logging and ASSERTs
+#include <amvideo.h> // ActiveMovie video interfaces and definitions
+//include amaudio.h explicitly if you need it. it requires the DX SDK.
+//#include <amaudio.h> // ActiveMovie audio interfaces and definitions
+#include <wxutil.h> // General helper classes for threads etc
+#include <combase.h> // Base COM classes to support IUnknown
+#include <dllsetup.h> // Filter registration support functions
+#include <measure.h> // Performance measurement
+#include <comlite.h> // Light weight com function prototypes
+
+#include <cache.h> // Simple cache container class
+#include <wxlist.h> // Non MFC generic list class
+#include <msgthrd.h> // CMsgThread
+#include <mtype.h> // Helper class for managing media types
+#include <fourcc.h> // conversions between FOURCCs and GUIDs
+#include <control.h> // generated from control.odl
+#include <ctlutil.h> // control interface utility classes
+#include <evcode.h> // event code definitions
+#include <amfilter.h> // Main streams architecture class hierachy
+#include <transfrm.h> // Generic transform filter
+#include <transip.h> // Generic transform-in-place filter
+#include <uuids.h> // declaration of type GUIDs and well-known clsids
+#include <source.h> // Generic source filter
+#include <outputq.h> // Output pin queueing
+#include <errors.h> // HRESULT status and error definitions
+#include <renbase.h> // Base class for writing ActiveX renderers
+#include <winutil.h> // Helps with filters that manage windows
+#include <winctrl.h> // Implements the IVideoWindow interface
+#include <videoctl.h> // Specifically video related classes
+#include <refclock.h> // Base clock class
+#include <sysclock.h> // System clock
+#include <pstream.h> // IPersistStream helper class
+#include <vtrans.h> // Video Transform Filter base class
+#include <amextra.h>
+#include <cprop.h> // Base property page class
+#include <strmctl.h> // IAMStreamControl support
+#include <edevdefs.h> // External device control interface defines
+#include <audevcod.h> // audio filter device error event codes
+
+
+
+#else
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ #pragma message("STREAMS.H included TWICE")
+ #endif
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7f5952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: StrmCtl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strmctl.h>
+
+CBaseStreamControl::CBaseStreamControl(__inout HRESULT *phr)
+: m_StreamState(STREAM_FLOWING)
+, m_StreamStateOnStop(STREAM_FLOWING) // means no pending stop
+, m_tStartTime(MAX_TIME)
+, m_tStopTime(MAX_TIME)
+, m_StreamEvent(FALSE, phr)
+, m_dwStartCookie(0)
+, m_dwStopCookie(0)
+, m_pRefClock(NULL)
+, m_FilterState(State_Stopped)
+, m_bIsFlushing(FALSE)
+, m_bStopSendExtra(FALSE)
+{}
+
+CBaseStreamControl::~CBaseStreamControl()
+{
+ // Make sure we release the clock.
+ SetSyncSource(NULL);
+ return;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StopAt(const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop, BOOL bSendExtra, DWORD dwCookie)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE; // reset
+ m_bStopExtraSent = FALSE;
+ if (ptStop)
+ {
+ if (*ptStop == MAX_TIME)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: Cancel stop")));
+ CancelStop();
+ // If there's now a command to start in the future, we assume
+ // they want to be stopped when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime < MAX_TIME) {
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: %dms extra=%d"),
+ (int)(*ptStop/10000), bSendExtra));
+ // if the first command is to stop in the future, then we assume they
+ // want to be started when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime > *ptStop) {
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));
+ }
+ m_bStopSendExtra = bSendExtra;
+ m_tStopTime = *ptStop;
+ m_dwStopCookie = dwCookie;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: now")));
+ // sending an extra frame when told to stop now would mess people up
+ m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE;
+ m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStopCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING; // no pending stop
+ }
+ // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StartAt
+( const REFERENCE_TIME *ptStart, DWORD dwCookie )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ if (ptStart)
+ {
+ if (*ptStart == MAX_TIME)
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: Cancel start")));
+ CancelStart();
+ // If there's now a command to stop in the future, we assume
+ // they want to be started when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime < MAX_TIME) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: %dms"), (int)(*ptStart/10000)));
+ // if the first command is to start in the future, then we assume they
+ // want to be stopped when the graph is first run
+ if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime >= *ptStart) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;
+ }
+ m_tStartTime = *ptStart;
+ m_dwStartCookie = dwCookie;
+ // if (m_tStopTime == m_tStartTime) CancelStop();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: now")));
+ m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStartCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ }
+ // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Retrieve information about current settings
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::GetInfo(__out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo)
+{
+ if (pInfo == NULL)
+ return E_POINTER;
+
+ pInfo->tStart = m_tStartTime;
+ pInfo->tStop = m_tStopTime;
+ pInfo->dwStartCookie = m_dwStartCookie;
+ pInfo->dwStopCookie = m_dwStopCookie;
+ pInfo->dwFlags = m_bStopSendExtra ? AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_SEND_EXTRA : 0;
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_START_DEFINED;
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_DEFINED;
+ switch (m_StreamState) {
+ default:
+ DbgBreak("Invalid stream state");
+ case STREAM_FLOWING:
+ break;
+ case STREAM_DISCARDING:
+ pInfo->dwFlags |= AM_STREAM_INFO_DISCARDING;
+ break;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStop()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_StreamState = m_StreamStateOnStop;
+ if (m_dwStopCookie && m_pSink) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED (%d)"),
+ m_dwStopCookie));
+ m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStopCookie);
+ }
+ CancelStop(); // This will do the tidy up
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStart()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ if (m_dwStartCookie) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED (%d)"),
+ m_dwStartCookie));
+ m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStartCookie);
+ }
+ CancelStart(); // This will do the tidy up
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStop()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStopCookie = 0;
+ m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING;
+}
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStart()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));
+ m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;
+ m_dwStartCookie = 0;
+}
+
+
+// This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's. Here's what the caller
+// should do for each one:
+//
+// STREAM_FLOWING: Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)
+// STREAM_DISCARDING: Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStart and wait that long
+// for the event handle (GetStreamEventHandle()). If the
+// wait expires, throw the sample away. If the event
+// fires, call me back, I've changed my mind.
+// I use pSampleStart (not Stop) so that live sources don't
+// block for the duration of their samples, since the clock
+// will always read approximately pSampleStart when called
+
+
+// All through this code, you'll notice the following rules:
+// - When start and stop time are the same, it's as if start was first
+// - An event is considered inside the sample when it's >= sample start time
+// but < sample stop time
+// - if any part of the sample is supposed to be sent, we'll send the whole
+// thing since we don't break it into smaller pieces
+// - If we skip over a start or stop without doing it, we still signal the event
+// and reset ourselves in case somebody's waiting for the event, and to make
+// sure we notice that the event is past and should be forgotten
+// Here are the 19 cases that have to be handled (x=start o=stop <-->=sample):
+//
+// 1. xo<--> start then stop
+// 2. ox<--> stop then start
+// 3. x<o-> start
+// 4. o<x-> stop then start
+// 5. x<-->o start
+// 6. o<-->x stop
+// 7. <x->o start
+// 8. <o->x no change
+// 9. <xo> start
+// 10. <ox> stop then start
+// 11. <-->xo no change
+// 12. <-->ox no change
+// 13. x<--> start
+// 14. <x-> start
+// 15. <-->x no change
+// 16. o<--> stop
+// 17. <o-> no change
+// 18. <-->o no change
+// 19. <--> no change
+
+
+enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckSampleTimes
+( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart, __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+
+ ASSERT(!m_bIsFlushing);
+ ASSERT(pSampleStart && pSampleStop);
+
+ // Don't ask me how I came up with the code below to handle all 19 cases
+ // - DannyMi
+
+ if (m_tStopTime >= *pSampleStart)
+ {
+ if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)
+ return m_StreamState; // cases 8 11 12 15 17 18 19
+ if (m_tStopTime < m_tStartTime)
+ ExecuteStop(); // case 10
+ ExecuteStart(); // cases 3 5 7 9 13 14
+ return m_StreamState;
+ }
+
+ if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)
+ {
+ ExecuteStop(); // cases 6 16
+ return m_StreamState;
+ }
+
+ if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime)
+ {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ ExecuteStop();
+ return m_StreamState; // case 1
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ ExecuteStart();
+ return m_StreamState; // cases 2 4
+ }
+}
+
+
+enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample )
+{
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtBufferStart, rtBufferStop;
+ const BOOL bNoBufferTimes =
+ pSample == NULL ||
+ FAILED(pSample->GetTime(&rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop));
+
+ StreamControlState state;
+ LONG lWait;
+
+ do
+ {
+ // something has to break out of the blocking
+ if (m_bIsFlushing || m_FilterState == State_Stopped)
+ return STREAM_DISCARDING;
+
+ if (bNoBufferTimes) {
+ // Can't do anything until we get a time stamp
+ state = m_StreamState;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ state = CheckSampleTimes( &rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop );
+ if (state == STREAM_FLOWING)
+ break;
+
+ // we aren't supposed to send this, but we've been
+ // told to send one more than we were supposed to
+ // (and the stop isn't still pending and we're streaming)
+ if (m_bStopSendExtra && !m_bStopExtraSent &&
+ m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME &&
+ m_FilterState != State_Stopped) {
+ m_bStopExtraSent = TRUE;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%d sending an EXTRA frame"),
+ m_dwStopCookie));
+ state = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // We're in discarding mode
+
+ // If we've no clock, discard as fast as we can
+ if (!m_pRefClock) {
+ break;
+
+ // If we're paused, we can't discard in a timely manner because
+ // there's no such thing as stream times. We must block until
+ // we run or stop, or we'll end up throwing the whole stream away
+ // as quickly as possible
+ } else if (m_FilterState == State_Paused) {
+ lWait = INFINITE;
+
+ } else {
+ // wait until it's time for the sample until we say "discard"
+ // ("discard in a timely fashion")
+ REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pRefClock->GetTime(&rtNow)));
+ rtNow -= m_tRunStart; // Into relative ref-time
+ lWait = LONG((rtBufferStart - rtNow)/10000); // 100ns -> ms
+ if (lWait < 10) break; // Not worth waiting - discard early
+ }
+
+ } while(WaitForSingleObject(GetStreamEventHandle(), lWait) != WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+
+ return state;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart )
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+
+ // or we will get confused
+ if (m_FilterState == new_state)
+ return;
+
+ switch (new_state)
+ {
+ case State_Stopped:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is STOPPED")));
+
+ // execute any pending starts and stops in the right order,
+ // to make sure all notifications get sent, and we end up
+ // in the right state to begin next time (??? why not?)
+
+ if (m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME) {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME) {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME) {
+ if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime) {
+ ExecuteStart();
+ ExecuteStop();
+ } else {
+ ExecuteStop();
+ ExecuteStart();
+ }
+ }
+ // always start off flowing when the graph starts streaming
+ // unless told otherwise
+ m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;
+ m_FilterState = new_state;
+ break;
+
+ case State_Running:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is RUNNING")));
+
+ m_tRunStart = tStart;
+ // fall-through
+
+ default: // case State_Paused:
+ m_FilterState = new_state;
+ }
+ // unblock!
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+}
+
+
+void CBaseStreamControl::Flushing(BOOL bInProgress)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ m_bIsFlushing = bInProgress;
+ m_StreamEvent.Set();
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb2adf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/strmctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: StrmCtl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __strmctl_h__
+#define __strmctl_h__
+
+class CBaseStreamControl : public IAMStreamControl
+{
+public:
+ // Used by the implementation
+ enum StreamControlState
+ { STREAM_FLOWING = 0x1000,
+ STREAM_DISCARDING
+ };
+
+private:
+ enum StreamControlState m_StreamState; // Current stream state
+ enum StreamControlState m_StreamStateOnStop; // State after next stop
+ // (i.e.Blocking or Discarding)
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStartTime; // MAX_TIME implies none
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tStopTime; // MAX_TIME implies none
+ DWORD m_dwStartCookie; // Cookie for notification to app
+ DWORD m_dwStopCookie; // Cookie for notification to app
+ volatile BOOL m_bIsFlushing; // No optimization pls!
+ volatile BOOL m_bStopSendExtra; // bSendExtra was set
+ volatile BOOL m_bStopExtraSent; // the extra one was sent
+
+ CCritSec m_CritSec; // CritSec to guard above attributes
+
+ // Event to fire when we can come
+ // out of blocking, or to come out of waiting
+ // to discard if we change our minds.
+ //
+ CAMEvent m_StreamEvent;
+
+ // All of these methods execute immediately. Helpers for others.
+ //
+ void ExecuteStop();
+ void ExecuteStart();
+ void CancelStop();
+ void CancelStart();
+
+ // Some things we need to be told by our owning filter
+ // Your pin must also expose IAMStreamControl when QI'd for it!
+ //
+ IReferenceClock * m_pRefClock; // Need it to set advises
+ // Filter must tell us via
+ // SetSyncSource
+ IMediaEventSink * m_pSink; // Event sink
+ // Filter must tell us after it
+ // creates it in JoinFilterGraph()
+ FILTER_STATE m_FilterState; // Just need it!
+ // Filter must tell us via
+ // NotifyFilterState
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_tRunStart; // Per the Run call to the filter
+
+ // This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's. Here's what
+ // the caller should do for each one:
+ //
+ // STREAM_FLOWING: Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)
+ // STREAM_DISCARDING: Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStop and wait
+ // that long for the event handle
+ // (GetStreamEventHandle()). If the wait
+ // expires, throw the sample away. If the event
+ // fires, call me back - I've changed my mind.
+ //
+ enum StreamControlState CheckSampleTimes( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart,
+ __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop );
+
+public:
+ // You don't have to tell us much when we're created, but there are other
+ // obligations that must be met. See SetSyncSource & NotifyFilterState
+ // below.
+ //
+ CBaseStreamControl(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ ~CBaseStreamControl();
+
+ // If you want this class to work properly, there are thing you need to
+ // (keep) telling it. Filters with pins that use this class
+ // should ensure that they pass through to this method any calls they
+ // receive on their SetSyncSource.
+
+ // We need a clock to see what time it is. This is for the
+ // "discard in a timely fashion" logic. If we discard everything as
+ // quick as possible, a whole 60 minute file could get discarded in the
+ // first 10 seconds, and if somebody wants to turn streaming on at 30
+ // minutes into the file, and they make the call more than a few seconds
+ // after the graph is run, it may be too late!
+ // So we hold every sample until it's time has gone, then we discard it.
+ // The filter should call this when it gets a SetSyncSource
+ //
+ void SetSyncSource( IReferenceClock * pRefClock )
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);
+ if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->Release();
+ m_pRefClock = pRefClock;
+ if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // Set event sink for notifications
+ // The filter should call this in its JoinFilterGraph after it creates the
+ // IMediaEventSink
+ //
+ void SetFilterGraph( IMediaEventSink *pSink ) {
+ m_pSink = pSink;
+ }
+
+ // Since we schedule in stream time, we need the tStart and must track the
+ // state of our owning filter.
+ // The app should call this ever state change
+ //
+ void NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart = 0 );
+
+ // Filter should call Flushing(TRUE) in BeginFlush,
+ // and Flushing(FALSE) in EndFlush.
+ //
+ void Flushing( BOOL bInProgress );
+
+
+ // The two main methods of IAMStreamControl
+
+ // Class adds default values suitable for immediate
+ // muting and unmuting of the stream.
+
+ STDMETHODIMP StopAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop = NULL,
+ BOOL bSendExtra = FALSE,
+ DWORD dwCookie = 0 );
+ STDMETHODIMP StartAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStart = NULL,
+ DWORD dwCookie = 0 );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetInfo( __out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo);
+
+ // Helper function for pin's receive method. Call this with
+ // the sample and we'll tell you what to do with it. We'll do a
+ // WaitForSingleObject within this call if one is required. This is
+ // a "What should I do with this sample?" kind of call. We'll tell the
+ // caller to either flow it or discard it.
+ // If pSample is NULL we evaluate based on the current state
+ // settings
+ enum StreamControlState CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample );
+
+private:
+ // These don't require locking, but we are relying on the fact that
+ // m_StreamState can be retrieved with integrity, and is a snap shot that
+ // may have just been, or may be just about to be, changed.
+ HANDLE GetStreamEventHandle() const { return m_StreamEvent; }
+ enum StreamControlState GetStreamState() const { return m_StreamState; }
+ BOOL IsStreaming() const { return m_StreamState == STREAM_FLOWING; }
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d58291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SysClock.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a system clock based on
+// IReferenceClock.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+
+#ifdef FILTER_DLL
+
+/* List of class IDs and creator functions for the class factory. This
+ provides the link between the OLE entry point in the DLL and an object
+ being created. The class factory will call the static CreateInstance
+ function when it is asked to create a CLSID_SystemClock object */
+
+CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[1] = {
+ {&CLSID_SystemClock, CSystemClock::CreateInstance}
+};
+
+int g_cTemplates = sizeof(g_Templates) / sizeof(g_Templates[0]);
+#endif
+
+/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+CUnknown * WINAPI CSystemClock::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ return new CSystemClock(NAME("System reference clock"),pUnk, phr);
+}
+
+
+CSystemClock::CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseReferenceClock(pName, pUnk, phr)
+{
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CSystemClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IPersist)
+ {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IPersist *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else if (riid == IID_IAMClockAdjust)
+ {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IAMClockAdjust *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the clock's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSystemClock::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = CLSID_SystemClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSystemClock::SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta)
+{
+ return SetTimeDelta(rtDelta);
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3976d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/sysclock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SysClock.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a system clock implementation of
+// IReferenceClock.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __SYSTEMCLOCK__
+#define __SYSTEMCLOCK__
+
+//
+// Base clock. Uses timeGetTime ONLY
+// Uses most of the code in the base reference clock.
+// Provides GetTime
+//
+
+class CSystemClock : public CBaseReferenceClock, public IAMClockAdjust, public IPersist
+{
+public:
+ // We must be able to create an instance of ourselves
+ static CUnknown * WINAPI CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ // Yield up our class id so that we can be persisted
+ // Implement required Ipersist method
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // IAMClockAdjust methods
+ STDMETHODIMP SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta);
+}; //CSystemClock
+
+#endif /* __SYSTEMCLOCK__ */
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d17077
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Transfrm.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple transform
+// filters such as video decompressors.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformFilter class
+// =================================================================
+
+CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),
+ m_pInput(NULL),
+ m_pOutput(NULL),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),
+ m_pInput(NULL),
+ m_pOutput(NULL),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+#endif
+
+// destructor
+
+CTransformFilter::~CTransformFilter()
+{
+ // Delete the pins
+
+ delete m_pInput;
+ delete m_pOutput;
+}
+
+
+// Transform place holder - should never be called
+HRESULT CTransformFilter::Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pIn);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pOut);
+ DbgBreak("CTransformFilter::Transform() should never be called");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// return the number of pins we provide
+
+int CTransformFilter::GetPinCount()
+{
+ return 2;
+}
+
+
+// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it
+// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they
+// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to
+// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects
+
+// We return the objects as and when they are needed. If either of these fails
+// then we return NULL, the assumption being that the caller will realise the
+// whole deal is off and destroy us - which in turn will delete everything.
+
+CBasePin *
+CTransformFilter::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ // Create an input pin if necessary
+
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pInput = new CTransformInputPin(NAME("Transform input pin"),
+ this, // Owner filter
+ &hr, // Result code
+ L"XForm In"); // Pin name
+
+
+ // Can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ m_pOutput = (CTransformOutputPin *)
+ new CTransformOutputPin(NAME("Transform output pin"),
+ this, // Owner filter
+ &hr, // Result code
+ L"XForm Out"); // Pin name
+
+
+ // Can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pOutput == NULL) {
+ delete m_pInput;
+ m_pInput = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the appropriate pin
+
+ if (n == 0) {
+ return m_pInput;
+ } else
+ if (n == 1) {
+ return m_pOutput;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+//
+// FindPin
+//
+// If Id is In or Out then return the IPin* for that pin
+// creating the pin if need be. Otherwise return NULL with an error.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CTransformFilter::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(0);
+ } else if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"Out")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(1);
+ } else {
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ // AddRef() returned pointer - but GetPin could fail if memory is low.
+ if (*ppPin) {
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ } else {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY; // probably. There's no pin anyway.
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// override these two functions if you want to inform something
+// about entry to or exit from streaming state.
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::StartStreaming()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::StopStreaming()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to grab extra interfaces on connection
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pPin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// place holder to allow derived classes to release any extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Let derived classes know about connection completion
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to know when the media type is really set
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pmt);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set up our output sample
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample)
+{
+ IMediaSample *pOutSample;
+
+ // default - times are the same
+
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ DWORD dwFlags = m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0;
+
+ // This will prevent the image renderer from switching us to DirectDraw
+ // when we can't do it without skipping frames because we're not on a
+ // keyframe. If it really has to switch us, it still will, but then we
+ // will have to wait for the next keyframe
+ if (!(pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT)) {
+ dwFlags |= AM_GBF_NOTASYNCPOINT;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput->m_pAllocator != NULL);
+ HRESULT hr = m_pOutput->m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(
+ &pOutSample
+ , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID ?
+ &pProps->tStart : NULL
+ , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID ?
+ &pProps->tStop : NULL
+ , dwFlags
+ );
+ *ppOutSample = pOutSample;
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pOutSample);
+ IMediaSample2 *pOutSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pOutSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2,
+ (void **)&pOutSample2))) {
+ /* Modify it */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES OutProps;
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(pOutSample2->GetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart), (PBYTE)&OutProps)
+ ));
+ OutProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ OutProps.dwSampleFlags =
+ (OutProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) |
+ (pProps->dwSampleFlags & ~AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED);
+ OutProps.tStart = pProps->tStart;
+ OutProps.tStop = pProps->tStop;
+ OutProps.cbData = FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId);
+ hr = pOutSample2->SetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId),
+ (PBYTE)&OutProps
+ );
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ }
+ pOutSample2->Release();
+ } else {
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) {
+ pOutSample->SetTime(&pProps->tStart,
+ &pProps->tStop);
+ }
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT) {
+ pOutSample->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {
+ pOutSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ }
+ // Copy the media times
+
+ LONGLONG MediaStart, MediaEnd;
+ if (pSample->GetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd) == NOERROR) {
+ pOutSample->SetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd);
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// override this to customize the transform process
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ /* Check for other streams and pass them on */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {
+ return m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);
+ }
+ HRESULT hr;
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+ IMediaSample * pOutSample;
+
+ // If no output to deliver to then no point sending us data
+
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;
+
+ // Set up the output sample
+ hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Start timing the transform (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_START(m_idTransform);
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+
+ hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from transform")));
+ } else {
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pOutSample);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE; // last thing no longer dropped
+ } else {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because returning S_FALSE
+ // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should
+ // be sent.
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+
+ // Release the sample before calling notify to avoid
+ // deadlocks if the sample holds a lock on the system
+ // such as DirectDraw buffers do
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ pOutSample->Release();
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Return S_FALSE to mean "pass the note on upstream"
+// Return NOERROR (Same as S_OK)
+// to mean "I've done something about it, don't pass it on"
+HRESULT CTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// EndOfStream received. Default behaviour is to deliver straight
+// downstream, since we have no queued data. If you overrode Receive
+// and have queue data, then you need to handle this and deliver EOS after
+// all queued data is sent
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// enter flush state. Receives already blocked
+// must override this if you have queued data or a worker thread
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ // block receives -- done by caller (CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush)
+
+ // discard queued data -- we have no queued data
+
+ // free anyone blocked on receive - not possible in this filter
+
+ // call downstream
+ hr = m_pOutput->DeliverBeginFlush();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// leave flush state. must override this if you have queued data
+// or a worker thread
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ // sync with pushing thread -- we have no worker thread
+
+ // ensure no more data to go downstream -- we have no queued data
+
+ // call EndFlush on downstream pins
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL);
+ return m_pOutput->DeliverEndFlush();
+
+ // caller (the input pin's method) will unblock Receives
+}
+
+
+// override these so that the derived filter can catch them
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck1(&m_csFilter);
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Succeed the Stop if we are not completely connected
+
+ ASSERT(m_pInput == NULL || m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE ||
+ m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pInput);
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput);
+
+ // decommit the input pin before locking or we can deadlock
+ m_pInput->Inactive();
+
+ // synchronize with Receive calls
+
+ CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);
+ m_pOutput->Inactive();
+
+ // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter
+ // to know about starting and stopping streaming
+
+ HRESULT hr = StopStreaming();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // complete the state transition
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_csFilter);
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ // (This space left deliberately blank)
+ }
+
+ // If we have no input pin or it isn't yet connected then when we are
+ // asked to pause we deliver an end of stream to the downstream filter.
+ // This makes sure that it doesn't sit there forever waiting for
+ // samples which we cannot ever deliver without an input connection.
+
+ else if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ if (m_pOutput && m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE) {
+ m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;
+ }
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ }
+
+ // We may have an input connection but no output connection
+ // However, if we have an input pin we do have an output pin
+
+ else if (m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ }
+
+ else {
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter
+ // to know about starting and stopping streaming
+ CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformFilter::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (m_pOutput != NULL) {
+ return m_pOutput->DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Check streaming status
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckStreaming()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ } else {
+ // Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!
+ ASSERT(IsConnected());
+
+ // we're flushing
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ // Don't process stuff in Stopped state
+ if (IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+ if (m_bRunTimeError) {
+ return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformInputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+ : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+ : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+}
+#endif
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Can't disconnect unless stopped
+ ASSERT(IsStopped());
+ m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_INPUT);
+ return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Let derived class know when the input pin is connected
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// check that we can support a given media type
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt)
+{
+ // Check the input type
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // if the output pin is still connected, then we have
+ // to check the transform not just the input format
+
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL) &&
+ (m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected())) {
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(
+ pmt,
+ &m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType());
+ } else {
+ return hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// set the media type for this connection
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn)
+{
+ // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)
+ HRESULT hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(mtIn);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // check the transform can be done (should always succeed)
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(mtIn)));
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_INPUT,mtIn);
+}
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream
+// (there is no queued data)
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndOfStream();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// enter flushing state. Call default handler to block Receives, then
+// pass to overridable method in filter
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);
+ // Are we actually doing anything?
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!IsConnected() ||
+ !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->BeginFlush();
+}
+
+
+// leave flushing state.
+// Pass to overridable method in filter, then call base class
+// to unblock receives (finally)
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);
+ // Are we actually doing anything?
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);
+ if (!IsConnected() ||
+ !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndFlush();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// here's the next block of data from the stream.
+// AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end
+// of this call.
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ // check all is well with the base class
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::Receive(pSample);
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ hr = m_pTransformFilter->Receive(pSample);
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// override to pass downstream
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformInputPin::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ // Save the values in the pin
+ CBasePin::NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+ return m_pTransformFilter->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransformOutputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),
+ m_pPosition(NULL)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),
+ m_pPosition(NULL)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));
+ m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;
+
+}
+#endif
+
+// destructor
+
+CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin")));
+
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->Release();
+}
+
+
+// overriden to expose IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking control interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+
+ // we should have an input pin by now
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ if (m_pPosition == NULL) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = CreatePosPassThru(
+ GetOwner(),
+ FALSE,
+ (IPin *)m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput,
+ &m_pPosition);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ return m_pPosition->QueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ // we should have an input connection first
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+}
+
+
+// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Can't disconnect unless stopped
+ ASSERT(IsStopped());
+ m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT);
+ return CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Let derived class know when the output pin is connected
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// check a given transform - must have selected input type first
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)
+{
+ // must have selected input first
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+ if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(
+ &m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),
+ pmtOut);
+}
+
+
+// called after we have agreed a media type to actually set it in which case
+// we run the CheckTransform function to get the output format type again
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType().IsValid());
+
+ // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)
+ hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(pmtOut);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (FAILED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(&m_pTransformFilter->
+ m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),pmtOut))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("*** This filter is accepting an output media type")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT(" that it can't currently transform to. I hope")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT(" it's smart enough to reconnect its input.")));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pmtOut);
+}
+
+
+// pass the buffer size decision through to the main transform class
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProp)
+{
+ return m_pTransformFilter->DecideBufferSize(pAllocator, pProp);
+}
+
+
+
+// return a specific media type indexed by iPosition
+
+HRESULT
+CTransformOutputPin::GetMediaType(
+ int iPosition,
+ __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ // We don't have any media types if our input is not connected
+
+ if (m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected()) {
+ return m_pTransformFilter->GetMediaType(iPosition,pMediaType);
+ } else {
+ return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Override this if you can do something constructive to act on the
+// quality message. Consider passing it upstream as well
+
+// Pass the quality mesage on upstream.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransformOutputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));
+
+ // First see if we want to handle this ourselves
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->AlterQuality(q);
+ if (hr!=S_FALSE) {
+ return hr; // either S_OK or a failure
+ }
+
+ // S_FALSE means we pass the message on.
+ // Find the quality sink for our input pin and send it there
+
+ ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->PassNotify(q);
+
+} // Notify
+
+
+// the following removes a very large number of level 4 warnings from the microsoft
+// compiler output, which are not useful at all in this case.
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b27647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transfrm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Transfrm.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple
+// transform codecs may be derived.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// It assumes the codec has one input and one output stream, and has no
+// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.
+//
+// derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format
+// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and
+// you're done.
+
+
+#ifndef __TRANSFRM__
+#define __TRANSFRM__
+
+// ======================================================================
+// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It
+// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces
+// ======================================================================
+
+class CTransformFilter;
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the input pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransformInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+ friend class CTransformFilter;
+
+protected:
+ CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;
+
+
+public:
+
+ CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)
+ {
+ return AMGetWideString(L"In", Id);
+ }
+
+ // Grab and release extra interfaces if required
+
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // check that we can support this output type
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn);
+
+ // set the connection media type
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mt);
+
+ // --- IMemInputPin -----
+
+ // here's the next block of data from the stream.
+ // AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end
+ // of this call.
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample * pSample);
+
+ // provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream
+ // (there is no queued data)
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // passes it to CTransformFilter::BeginFlush
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+
+ // passes it to CTransformFilter::EndFlush
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ // Check if it's OK to process samples
+ virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Media type
+public:
+ CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };
+
+};
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the output pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransformOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin
+{
+ friend class CTransformFilter;
+
+protected:
+ CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;
+
+public:
+
+ // implement IMediaPosition by passing upstream
+ IUnknown * m_pPosition;
+
+ CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CTransformOutputPin();
+
+ // override to expose IMediaPosition
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)
+ {
+ return AMGetWideString(L"Out", Id);
+ }
+
+ // Grab and release extra interfaces if required
+
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // check that we can support this output type
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtOut);
+
+ // set the connection media type
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ // called from CBaseOutputPin during connection to ask for
+ // the count and size of buffers we need.
+ HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProp);
+
+ // returns the preferred formats for a pin
+ HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // inherited from IQualityControl via CBasePin
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ // Media type
+public:
+ CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CTransformFilter : public CBaseFilter
+{
+
+public:
+
+ // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner
+ // override this to return more specialised pin objects
+
+ virtual int GetPinCount();
+ virtual CBasePin * GetPin(int n);
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);
+
+ // override state changes to allow derived transform filter
+ // to control streaming start/stop
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+public:
+
+ CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+#endif
+ ~CTransformFilter();
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ // These must be supplied in a derived class
+
+ virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);
+
+ // check if you can support mtIn
+ virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;
+
+ // check if you can support the transform from this input to this output
+ virtual HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;
+
+ // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+
+ // call the SetProperties function with appropriate arguments
+ virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;
+
+ // override to suggest OUTPUT pin media types
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;
+
+
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- Optional Override Methods -----------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ // you can also override these if you want to know about streaming
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+
+ // override if you can do anything constructive with quality notifications
+ virtual HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);
+
+ // override this to know when the media type is actually set
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ // chance to grab extra interfaces on connection
+ virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // chance to customize the transform process
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // Standard setup for output sample
+ HRESULT InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample);
+
+ // if you override Receive, you may need to override these three too
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string
+ // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId()
+ {m_idTransform = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Transform"));}
+#endif // PERF
+
+
+// implementation details
+
+protected:
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idTransform; // performance measuring id
+#endif
+ BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // have we sent EndOfStream
+ BOOL m_bSampleSkipped; // Did we just skip a frame
+ BOOL m_bQualityChanged; // Have we degraded?
+
+ // critical section protecting filter state.
+
+ CCritSec m_csFilter;
+
+ // critical section stopping state changes (ie Stop) while we're
+ // processing a sample.
+ //
+ // This critical section is held when processing
+ // events that occur on the receive thread - Receive() and EndOfStream().
+ //
+ // If you want to hold both m_csReceive and m_csFilter then grab
+ // m_csFilter FIRST - like CTransformFilter::Stop() does.
+
+ CCritSec m_csReceive;
+
+ // these hold our input and output pins
+
+ friend class CTransformInputPin;
+ friend class CTransformOutputPin;
+ CTransformInputPin *m_pInput;
+ CTransformOutputPin *m_pOutput;
+};
+
+#endif /* __TRANSFRM__ */
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8e12eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: TransIP.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple Transform-
+// In-Place filters such as audio.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// How allocators are decided.
+//
+// An in-place transform tries to do its work in someone else's buffers.
+// It tries to persuade the filters on either side to use the same allocator
+// (and for that matter the same media type). In desperation, if the downstream
+// filter refuses to supply an allocator and the upstream filter offers only
+// a read-only one then it will provide an allocator.
+// if the upstream filter insists on a read-only allocator then the transform
+// filter will (reluctantly) copy the data before transforming it.
+//
+// In order to pass an allocator through it needs to remember the one it got
+// from the first connection to pass it on to the second one.
+//
+// It is good if we can avoid insisting on a particular order of connection
+// (There is a precedent for insisting on the input
+// being connected first. Insisting on the output being connected first is
+// not allowed. That would break RenderFile.)
+//
+// The base pin classes (CBaseOutputPin and CBaseInputPin) both have a
+// m_pAllocator member which is used in places like
+// CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer and CBaseInputPin::Inactive.
+// To avoid lots of extra overriding, we should keep these happy
+// by using these pointers.
+//
+// When each pin is connected, it will set the corresponding m_pAllocator
+// and will have a single ref-count on that allocator.
+//
+// Refcounts are acquired by GetAllocator calls which return AddReffed
+// allocators and are released in one of:
+// CBaseInputPin::Disconnect
+// CBaseOutputPin::BreakConect
+// In each case m_pAllocator is set to NULL after the release, so this
+// is the last chance to ever release it. If there should ever be
+// multiple refcounts associated with the same pointer, this had better
+// be cleared up before that happens. To avoid such problems, we'll
+// stick with one per pointer.
+
+
+
+// RECONNECTING and STATE CHANGES
+//
+// Each pin could be disconnected, connected with a read-only allocator,
+// connected with an upstream read/write allocator, connected with an
+// allocator from downstream or connected with its own allocator.
+// Five states for each pin gives a data space of 25 states.
+//
+// Notation:
+//
+// R/W == read/write
+// R-O == read-only
+//
+// <input pin state> <output pin state> <comments>
+//
+// 00 means an unconnected pin.
+// <- means using a R/W allocator from the upstream filter
+// <= means using a R-O allocator from an upstream filter
+// || means using our own (R/W) allocator.
+// -> means using a R/W allocator from a downstream filter
+// (a R-O allocator from downstream is nonsense, it can't ever work).
+//
+//
+// That makes 25 possible states. Some states are nonsense (two different
+// allocators from the same place). These are just an artifact of the notation.
+// <= <- Nonsense.
+// <- <= Nonsense
+// Some states are illegal (the output pin never accepts a R-O allocator):
+// 00 <= !! Error !!
+// <= <= !! Error !!
+// || <= !! Error !!
+// -> <= !! Error !!
+// Three states appears to be inaccessible:
+// -> || Inaccessible
+// || -> Inaccessible
+// || <- Inaccessible
+// Some states only ever occur as intermediates with a pending reconnect which
+// is guaranteed to finish in another state.
+// -> 00 ?? unstable goes to || 00
+// 00 <- ?? unstable goes to 00 ||
+// -> <- ?? unstable goes to -> ->
+// <- || ?? unstable goes to <- <-
+// <- -> ?? unstable goes to <- <-
+// And that leaves 11 possible resting states:
+// 1 00 00 Nothing connected.
+// 2 <- 00 Input pin connected.
+// 3 <= 00 Input pin connected using R-O allocator.
+// 4 || 00 Needs several state changes to get here.
+// 5 00 || Output pin connected using our allocator
+// 6 00 -> Downstream only connected
+// 7 || || Undesirable but can be forced upon us.
+// 8 <= || Copy forced. <= -> is preferable
+// 9 <= -> OK - forced to copy.
+// 10 <- <- Transform in place (ideal)
+// 11 -> -> Transform in place (ideal)
+//
+// The object of the exercise is to ensure that we finish up in states
+// 10 or 11 whenever possible. State 10 is only possible if the upstream
+// filter has a R/W allocator (the AVI splitter notoriously
+// doesn't) and state 11 is only possible if the downstream filter does
+// offer an allocator.
+//
+// The transition table (entries marked * go via a reconnect)
+//
+// There are 8 possible transitions:
+// A: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator that insists on using it.
+// B: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator but chooses not to use it.
+// C: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator and insists on using it.
+// D: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator but chooses not to use it.
+// E: Connect downstream to a filter that offers an allocator
+// F: Connect downstream to a filter that does not offer an allocator
+// G: disconnect upstream
+// H: Disconnect downstream
+//
+// A B C D E F G H
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+// 00 00 1 | 3 3 2 2 6 5 . . |1 00 00
+// <- 00 2 | . . . . *10/11 10 1 . |2 <- 00
+// <= 00 3 | . . . . *9/11 *7/8 1 . |3 <= 00
+// || 00 4 | . . . . *8 *7 1 . |4 || 00
+// 00 || 5 | 8 7 *10 7 . . . 1 |5 00 ||
+// 00 -> 6 | 9 11 *10 11 . . . 1 |6 00 ->
+// || || 7 | . . . . . . 5 4 |7 || ||
+// <= || 8 | . . . . . . 5 3 |8 <= ||
+// <= -> 9 | . . . . . . 6 3 |9 <= ->
+// <- <- 10| . . . . . . *5/6 2 |10 <- <-
+// -> -> 11| . . . . . . 6 *2/3 |11 -> ->
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+// A B C D E F G H
+//
+// All these states are accessible without requiring any filter to
+// change its behaviour but not all transitions are accessible, for
+// instance a transition from state 4 to anywhere other than
+// state 8 requires that the upstream filter first offer a R-O allocator
+// and then changes its mind and offer R/W. This is NOT allowable - it
+// leads to things like the output pin getting a R/W allocator from
+// upstream and then the input pin being told it can only have a R-O one.
+// Note that you CAN change (say) the upstream filter for a different one, but
+// only as a disconnect / connect, not as a Reconnect. (Exercise for
+// the reader is to see how you get into state 4).
+//
+// The reconnection stuff goes as follows (some of the cases shown here as
+// "no reconnect" may get one to finalise media type - an old story).
+// If there is a reconnect where it says "no reconnect" here then the
+// reconnection must not change the allocator choice.
+//
+// state 2: <- 00 transition E <- <- case C <- <- (no change)
+// case D -> <- and then to -> ->
+//
+// state 2: <- 00 transition F <- <- (no reconnect)
+//
+// state 3: <= 00 transition E <= -> case A <= -> (no change)
+// case B -> ->
+// transition F <= || case A <= || (no change)
+// case B || ||
+//
+// state 4: || 00 transition E || || case B -> || and then all cases to -> ->
+// F || || case B || || (no change)
+//
+// state 5: 00 || transition A <= || (no reconnect)
+// B || || (no reconnect)
+// C <- || all cases <- <-
+// D || || (unfortunate, but upstream's choice)
+//
+// state 6: 00 -> transition A <= -> (no reconnect)
+// B -> -> (no reconnect)
+// C <- -> all cases <- <-
+// D -> -> (no reconnect)
+//
+// state 10:<- <- transition G 00 <- case E 00 ->
+// case F 00 ||
+//
+// state 11:-> -> transition H -> 00 case A <= 00 (schizo)
+// case B <= 00
+// case C <- 00 (schizo)
+// case D <- 00
+//
+// The Rules:
+// To sort out media types:
+// The input is reconnected
+// if the input pin is connected and the output pin connects
+// The output is reconnected
+// If the output pin is connected
+// and the input pin connects to a different media type
+//
+// To sort out allocators:
+// The input is reconnected
+// if the output disconnects and the input was using a downstream allocator
+// The output pin calls SetAllocator to pass on a new allocator
+// if the output is connected and
+// if the input disconnects and the output was using an upstream allocator
+// if the input acquires an allocator different from the output one
+// and that new allocator is not R-O
+//
+// Data is copied (i.e. call getbuffer and copy the data before transforming it)
+// if the two allocators are different.
+
+
+
+// CHAINS of filters:
+//
+// We sit between two filters (call them A and Z). We should finish up
+// with the same allocator on both of our pins and that should be the
+// same one that A and Z would have agreed on if we hadn't been in the
+// way. Furthermore, it should not matter how many in-place transforms
+// are in the way. Let B, C, D... be in-place transforms ("us").
+// Here's how it goes:
+//
+// 1.
+// A connects to B. They agree on A's allocator.
+// A-a->B
+//
+// 2.
+// B connects to C. Same story. There is no point in a reconnect, but
+// B will request an input reconnect anyway.
+// A-a->B-a->C
+//
+// 3.
+// C connects to Z.
+// C insists on using A's allocator, but compromises by requesting a reconnect.
+// of C's input.
+// A-a->B-?->C-a->Z
+//
+// We now have pending reconnects on both A--->B and B--->C
+//
+// 4.
+// The A--->B link is reconnected.
+// A asks B for an allocator. B sees that it has a downstream connection so
+// asks its downstream input pin i.e. C's input pin for an allocator. C sees
+// that it too has a downstream connection so asks Z for an allocator.
+//
+// Even though Z's input pin is connected, it is being asked for an allocator.
+// It could refuse, in which case the chain is done and will use A's allocator
+// Alternatively, Z may supply one. A chooses either Z's or A's own one.
+// B's input pin gets NotifyAllocator called to tell it the decision and it
+// propagates this downstream by calling ReceiveAllocator on its output pin
+// which calls NotifyAllocator on the next input pin downstream etc.
+// If the choice is Z then it goes:
+// A-z->B-a->C-a->Z
+// A-z->B-z->C-a->Z
+// A-z->B-z->C-z->Z
+//
+// And that's IT!! Any further (essentially spurious) reconnects peter out
+// with no change in the chain.
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+#include <transip.h>
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceFilter class
+// =================================================================
+
+CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ bool bModifiesData
+ )
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),
+ m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+
+} // constructor
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ bool bModifiesData
+ )
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),
+ m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+
+} // constructor
+#endif
+
+// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it
+// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they
+// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to
+// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects
+
+// As soon as any pin is needed we create both (this is different from the
+// usual transform filter) because enumerators, allocators etc are passed
+// through from one pin to another and it becomes very painful if the other
+// pin isn't there. If we fail to create either pin we ensure we fail both.
+
+CBasePin *
+CTransInPlaceFilter::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ // Create an input pin if not already done
+
+ if (m_pInput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pInput = new CTransInPlaceInputPin( NAME("TransInPlace input pin")
+ , this // Owner filter
+ , &hr // Result code
+ , L"Input" // Pin name
+ );
+
+ // Constructor for CTransInPlaceInputPin can't fail
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ }
+
+ // Create an output pin if not already done
+
+ if (m_pInput!=NULL && m_pOutput == NULL) {
+
+ m_pOutput = new CTransInPlaceOutputPin( NAME("TransInPlace output pin")
+ , this // Owner filter
+ , &hr // Result code
+ , L"Output" // Pin name
+ );
+
+ // a failed return code should delete the object
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (m_pOutput == NULL) {
+ delete m_pInput;
+ m_pInput = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the appropriate pin
+
+ ASSERT (n>=0 && n<=1);
+ if (n == 0) {
+ return m_pInput;
+ } else if (n==1) {
+ return m_pOutput;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+} // GetPin
+
+
+
+// dir is the direction of our pin.
+// pReceivePin is the pin we are connecting to.
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ ASSERT(m_pInput);
+ ASSERT(m_pOutput);
+
+ // if we are not part of a graph, then don't indirect the pointer
+ // this probably prevents use of the filter without a filtergraph
+ if (!m_pGraph) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_IN_GRAPH;
+ }
+
+ // Always reconnect the input to account for buffering changes
+ //
+ // Because we don't get to suggest a type on ReceiveConnection
+ // we need another way of making sure the right type gets used.
+ //
+ // One way would be to have our EnumMediaTypes return our output
+ // connection type first but more deterministic and simple is to
+ // call ReconnectEx passing the type we want to reconnect with
+ // via the base class ReconeectPin method.
+
+ if (dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+ if( m_pInput->IsConnected() ) {
+ return ReconnectPin( m_pInput, &m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() );
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(dir == PINDIR_INPUT);
+
+ // Reconnect output if necessary
+
+ if( m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {
+
+ if ( m_pInput->CurrentMediaType()
+ != m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType()
+ ) {
+ return ReconnectPin( m_pOutput, &m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() );
+ }
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+
+} // ComnpleteConnect
+
+
+//
+// DecideBufferSize
+//
+// Tell the output pin's allocator what size buffers we require.
+// *pAlloc will be the allocator our output pin is using.
+//
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::DecideBufferSize
+ ( IMemAllocator *pAlloc
+ , __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProperties
+ )
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request, Actual;
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // If we are connected upstream, get his views
+ if (m_pInput->IsConnected()) {
+ // Get the input pin allocator, and get its size and count.
+ // we don't care about his alignment and prefix.
+
+ hr = InputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetProperties(&Request);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // Input connected but with a secretive allocator - enough!
+ return hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // Propose one byte
+ // If this isn't enough then when the other pin does get connected
+ // we can revise it.
+ ZeroMemory(&Request, sizeof(Request));
+ Request.cBuffers = 1;
+ Request.cbBuffer = 1;
+ }
+
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Setting Allocator Requirements")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d"),
+ Request.cBuffers, Request.cbBuffer));
+
+ // Pass the allocator requirements to our output side
+ // but do a little sanity checking first or we'll just hit
+ // asserts in the allocator.
+
+ pProperties->cBuffers = Request.cBuffers;
+ pProperties->cbBuffer = Request.cbBuffer;
+ pProperties->cbAlign = Request.cbAlign;
+ if (pProperties->cBuffers<=0) {pProperties->cBuffers = 1; }
+ if (pProperties->cbBuffer<=0) {pProperties->cbBuffer = 1; }
+ hr = pAlloc->SetProperties(pProperties, &Actual);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Obtained Allocator Requirements")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d, Alignment %d"),
+ Actual.cBuffers, Actual.cbBuffer, Actual.cbAlign));
+
+ // Make sure we got the right alignment and at least the minimum required
+
+ if ( (Request.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)
+ || (Request.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)
+ || (Request.cbAlign > Actual.cbAlign)
+ ) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+
+} // DecideBufferSize
+
+//
+// Copy
+//
+// return a pointer to an identical copy of pSample
+__out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource)
+{
+ IMediaSample * pDest;
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart, tStop;
+ const BOOL bTime = S_OK == pSource->GetTime( &tStart, &tStop);
+
+ // this may block for an indeterminate amount of time
+ hr = OutputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetBuffer(
+ &pDest
+ , bTime ? &tStart : NULL
+ , bTime ? &tStop : NULL
+ , m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0
+ );
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pDest);
+ IMediaSample2 *pSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pDest->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {
+ HRESULT hrProps = pSample2->SetProperties(
+ FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer),
+ (PBYTE)m_pInput->SampleProps());
+ pSample2->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hrProps)) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (bTime) {
+ pDest->SetTime(&tStart, &tStop);
+ }
+
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ pDest->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsDiscontinuity() || m_bSampleSkipped) {
+ pDest->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSource->IsPreroll()) {
+ pDest->SetPreroll(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ // Copy the media type
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType;
+ if (S_OK == pSource->GetMediaType(&pMediaType)) {
+ pDest->SetMediaType(pMediaType);
+ DeleteMediaType( pMediaType );
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+
+ // Copy the sample media times
+ REFERENCE_TIME TimeStart, TimeEnd;
+ if (pSource->GetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd) == NOERROR) {
+ pDest->SetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd);
+ }
+
+ // Copy the actual data length and the actual data.
+ {
+ const long lDataLength = pSource->GetActualDataLength();
+ if (FAILED(pDest->SetActualDataLength(lDataLength))) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the sample data
+ {
+ BYTE *pSourceBuffer, *pDestBuffer;
+ long lSourceSize = pSource->GetSize();
+ long lDestSize = pDest->GetSize();
+
+ ASSERT(lDestSize >= lSourceSize && lDestSize >= lDataLength);
+
+ if (FAILED(pSource->GetPointer(&pSourceBuffer)) ||
+ FAILED(pDest->GetPointer(&pDestBuffer)) ||
+ lDestSize < lDataLength ||
+ lDataLength < 0) {
+ pDest->Release();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ASSERT(lDestSize == 0 || pSourceBuffer != NULL && pDestBuffer != NULL);
+
+ CopyMemory( (PVOID) pDestBuffer, (PVOID) pSourceBuffer, lDataLength );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pDest;
+
+} // Copy
+
+
+// override this to customize the transform process
+
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ /* Check for other streams and pass them on */
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();
+ if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {
+ return m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);
+ }
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // Start timing the TransInPlace (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_START(m_idTransInPlace);
+
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+
+ // We have to copy the data.
+
+ pSample = Copy(pSample);
+
+ if (pSample==NULL) {
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+ hr = Transform(pSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Error from TransInPlace")));
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);
+ } else {
+ // But it would be an error to return this private workaround
+ // to the caller ...
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because
+ // returning S_FALSE from Receive() means that this is the end
+ // of the stream and no more data should be sent.
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ }
+ hr = NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {
+ pSample->Release();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+
+} // Receive
+
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceInputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName
+ , __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter
+ , __inout HRESULT *phr
+ , __in_opt LPCWSTR pName
+ )
+ : CTransformInputPin(pObjectName,
+ pFilter,
+ phr,
+ pName)
+ , m_bReadOnly(FALSE)
+ , m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2
+ , TEXT("CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin")));
+
+} // constructor
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// If the downstream filter has one then offer that (even if our own output
+// pin is not using it yet. If the upstream filter chooses it then we will
+// tell our output pin to ReceiveAllocator).
+// Else if our output pin is using an allocator then offer that.
+// ( This could mean offering the upstream filter his own allocator,
+// it could mean offerring our own
+// ) or it could mean offering the one from downstream
+// Else fail to offer any allocator at all.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if ( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {
+ // Store the allocator we got
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->GetAllocator( ppAllocator );
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( *ppAllocator );
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ // Help upstream filter (eg TIP filter which is having to do a copy)
+ // by providing a temp allocator here - we'll never use
+ // this allocator because when our output is connected we'll
+ // reconnect this pin
+ hr = CTransformInputPin::GetAllocator( ppAllocator );
+ }
+ return hr;
+
+} // GetAllocator
+
+
+
+/* Get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually going to use */
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_bReadOnly = bReadOnly;
+ // If we modify data then don't accept the allocator if it's
+ // the same as the output pin's allocator
+
+ // If our output is not connected just accept the allocator
+ // We're never going to use this allocator because when our
+ // output pin is connected we'll reconnect this pin
+ if (!m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->IsConnected()) {
+ return CTransformInputPin::NotifyAllocator(pAllocator, bReadOnly);
+ }
+
+ // If the allocator is read-only and we're modifying data
+ // and the allocator is the same as the output pin's
+ // then reject
+ if (bReadOnly && m_pTIPFilter->m_bModifiesData) {
+ IMemAllocator *pOutputAllocator =
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();
+
+ // Make sure we have an output allocator
+ if (pOutputAllocator == NULL) {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->
+ GetAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator(pOutputAllocator);
+ pOutputAllocator->Release();
+ }
+ }
+ if (pAllocator == pOutputAllocator) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ } else if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // Must copy so set the allocator properties on the output
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Props, Actual;
+ hr = pAllocator->GetProperties(&Props);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pOutputAllocator->SetProperties(&Props, &Actual);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ if ( (Props.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)
+ || (Props.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)
+ || (Props.cbAlign > Actual.cbAlign)
+ ) {
+ hr = E_FAIL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set the allocator on the output pin
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->NotifyAllocator( pOutputAllocator, FALSE );
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ ->NotifyAllocator( pAllocator, bReadOnly );
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( pAllocator );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ // It's possible that the old and the new are the same thing.
+ // AddRef before release ensures that we don't unload it.
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+
+ if( m_pAllocator != NULL )
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator; // We have an allocator for the input pin
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+
+} // NotifyAllocator
+
+
+// EnumMediaTypes
+// - pass through to our downstream filter
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )
+{
+ // Can only pass through if connected
+ if( !m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );
+
+} // EnumMediaTypes
+
+
+// CheckMediaType
+// - agree to anything if not connected,
+// otherwise pass through to the downstream filter.
+// This assumes that the filter does not change the media type.
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );
+ else
+ return S_OK;
+
+} // CheckMediaType
+
+
+// If upstream asks us what our requirements are, we will try to ask downstream
+// if that doesn't work, we'll just take the defaults.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps)
+{
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()
+ ->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->GetAllocatorRequirements( pProps );
+ else
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+
+} // GetAllocatorRequirements
+
+
+// CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect()
+// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(). It does this because
+// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not
+// want to reconnect a pin if CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);
+} // CompleteConnect
+
+
+// =================================================================
+// Implements the CTransInPlaceOutputPin class
+// =================================================================
+
+
+// constructor
+
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)
+ : CTransformOutputPin( pObjectName
+ , pFilter
+ , phr
+ , pPinName),
+ m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ DbgLog(( LOG_TRACE, 2
+ , TEXT("CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin")));
+
+} // constructor
+
+
+// EnumMediaTypes
+// - pass through to our upstream filter
+STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceOutputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )
+{
+ // Can only pass through if connected.
+ if( ! m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );
+
+} // EnumMediaTypes
+
+
+
+// CheckMediaType
+// - agree to anything if not connected,
+// otherwise pass through to the upstream filter.
+
+HRESULT CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )
+{
+ // Don't accept any output pin type changes if we're copying
+ // between allocators - it's too late to change the input
+ // allocator size.
+ if (m_pTIPFilter->UsingDifferentAllocators() && !m_pFilter->IsStopped()) {
+ if (*pmt == m_mt) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Assumes the type does not change. That's why we're calling
+ // CheckINPUTType here on the OUTPUT pin.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);
+ if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;
+
+ if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )
+ return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );
+ else
+ return S_OK;
+
+} // CheckMediaType
+
+
+/* Save the allocator pointer in the output pin
+*/
+void
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator)
+{
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ }
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator;
+} // SetAllocator
+
+
+// CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect()
+// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(). It does this because
+// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not want to
+// reconnect a pin if CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.
+// CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() often fails when our output pin is being connected
+// to the Video Mixing Renderer.
+HRESULT
+CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);
+} // CompleteConnect
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fc335e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/transip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: TransIP.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple
+// Transform-In-Place filters may be derived.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// The difference between this and Transfrm.h is that Transfrm copies the data.
+//
+// It assumes the filter has one input and one output stream, and has no
+// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.
+//
+// Derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format
+// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and
+// you're done.
+
+
+#ifndef __TRANSIP__
+#define __TRANSIP__
+
+// ======================================================================
+// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It
+// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces
+// ======================================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceFilter;
+
+// Several of the pin functions call filter functions to do the work,
+// so you can often use the pin classes unaltered, just overriding the
+// functions in CTransInPlaceFilter. If that's not enough and you want
+// to derive your own pin class, override GetPin in the filter to supply
+// your own pin classes to the filter.
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the input pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceInputPin : public CTransformInputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+ CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter; // our filter
+ BOOL m_bReadOnly; // incoming stream is read only
+
+public:
+
+ CTransInPlaceInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ // --- IMemInputPin -----
+
+ // Provide an enumerator for media types by getting one from downstream
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );
+
+ // Say whether media type is acceptable.
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);
+
+ // Return our upstream allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);
+
+ // get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually
+ // going to use.
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly);
+
+ // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have
+ // N.B. This does NOT AddRef
+ __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const
+ { return m_pAllocator; }
+
+ // Pass this on downstream if it ever gets called.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps);
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ inline const BOOL ReadOnly() { return m_bReadOnly ; }
+
+}; // CTransInPlaceInputPin
+
+// ==================================================
+// Implements the output pin
+// ==================================================
+
+class CTransInPlaceOutputPin : public CTransformOutputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+ // m_pFilter points to our CBaseFilter
+ CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter;
+
+public:
+
+ CTransInPlaceOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+
+ // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------
+
+ // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count
+ // Insists on using our own allocator. (Actually the one upstream of us).
+ // We don't override this - instead we just agree the default
+ // then let the upstream filter decide for itself on reconnect
+ // virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);
+
+ // Provide a media type enumerator. Get it from upstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );
+
+ // Say whether media type is acceptable.
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);
+
+ // This just saves the allocator being used on the output pin
+ // Also called by input pin's GetAllocator()
+ void SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator);
+
+ __out_opt IMemInputPin * ConnectedIMemInputPin()
+ { return m_pInputPin; }
+
+ // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have
+ // N.B. This does NOT AddRef
+ __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const
+ { return m_pAllocator; }
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+}; // CTransInPlaceOutputPin
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CTransInPlaceFilter : public CTransformFilter
+{
+
+public:
+
+ // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner
+ // override this to return more specialised pin objects
+
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+
+public:
+
+ // Set bModifiesData == false if your derived filter does
+ // not modify the data samples (for instance it's just copying
+ // them somewhere else or looking at the timestamps).
+
+ CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,
+ bool bModifiesData = true);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,
+ bool bModifiesData = true);
+#endif
+ // The following are defined to avoid undefined pure virtuals.
+ // Even if they are never called, they will give linkage warnings/errors
+
+ // We override EnumMediaTypes to bypass the transform class enumerator
+ // which would otherwise call this.
+ HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+ { DbgBreak("CTransInPlaceFilter::GetMediaType should never be called");
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // This is called when we actually have to provide our own allocator.
+ HRESULT DecideBufferSize(IMemAllocator*, __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *);
+
+ // The functions which call this in CTransform are overridden in this
+ // class to call CheckInputType with the assumption that the type
+ // does not change. In Debug builds some calls will be made and
+ // we just ensure that they do not assert.
+ HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType *mtIn, const CMediaType *mtOut)
+ {
+ return S_OK;
+ };
+
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- You may want to override this -----------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // chance to customize the transform process
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- You MUST override these -----------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+
+ virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample *pSample) PURE;
+
+ // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string
+ // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId()
+ {m_idTransInPlace = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("TransInPlace"));}
+#endif // PERF
+
+
+// implementation details
+
+protected:
+
+ __out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idTransInPlace; // performance measuring id
+#endif // PERF
+ bool m_bModifiesData; // Does this filter change the data?
+
+ // these hold our input and output pins
+
+ friend class CTransInPlaceInputPin;
+ friend class CTransInPlaceOutputPin;
+
+ __out CTransInPlaceInputPin *InputPin() const
+ {
+ return (CTransInPlaceInputPin *)m_pInput;
+ };
+ __out CTransInPlaceOutputPin *OutputPin() const
+ {
+ return (CTransInPlaceOutputPin *)m_pOutput;
+ };
+
+ // Helper to see if the input and output types match
+ BOOL TypesMatch()
+ {
+ return InputPin()->CurrentMediaType() ==
+ OutputPin()->CurrentMediaType();
+ }
+
+ // Are the input and output allocators different?
+ BOOL UsingDifferentAllocators() const
+ {
+ return InputPin()->PeekAllocator() != OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();
+ }
+}; // CTransInPlaceFilter
+
+#endif /* __TRANSIP__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b12ccbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VideoCtl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include "ddmm.h"
+
+// Load a string from the resource file string table. The buffer must be at
+// least STR_MAX_LENGTH bytes. The easiest way to use this is to declare a
+// buffer in the property page class and use it for all string loading. It
+// cannot be static as multiple property pages may be active simultaneously
+
+LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ if (LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {
+ return TEXT("");
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ if (LoadStringA(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {
+ return "";
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+// Property pages typically are called through their OLE interfaces. These
+// use UNICODE strings regardless of how the binary is built. So when we
+// load strings from the resource file we sometimes want to convert them
+// to UNICODE. This method is passed the target UNICODE buffer and does a
+// convert after loading the string (if built UNICODE this is not needed)
+// On WinNT we can explicitly call LoadStringW which saves two conversions
+
+#ifndef UNICODE
+
+LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)
+{
+ *pBuffer = 0;
+
+ if (g_amPlatform == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
+ LoadStringW(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ } else {
+
+ CHAR szBuffer[STR_MAX_LENGTH];
+ DWORD dwStringLength = LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,szBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ // if we loaded a string convert it to wide characters, ensuring
+ // that we also null terminate the result.
+ if (dwStringLength++) {
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,szBuffer,dwStringLength,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);
+ }
+ }
+ return pBuffer;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+// Helper function to calculate the size of the dialog
+
+BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID,
+ DLGPROC pDlgProc,
+ LPARAM lParam,
+ __out SIZE *pResult)
+{
+ RECT rc;
+ HWND hwnd;
+
+ // Create a temporary property page
+
+ hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,
+ MAKEINTRESOURCE(iResourceID),
+ GetDesktopWindow(),
+ pDlgProc,
+ lParam);
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc);
+ pResult->cx = rc.right - rc.left;
+ pResult->cy = rc.bottom - rc.top;
+
+ DestroyWindow(hwnd);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Class that aggregates on the IDirectDraw interface. Although DirectDraw
+// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently
+// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want
+// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out
+// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter
+// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these
+// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IDirectDraw) {
+ return GetInterface((IDirectDraw *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Compact()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->Compact();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags, __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper, __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreateClipper(dwFlags,lplpDDClipper,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,
+ __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreatePalette(dwFlags,lpColorTable,lplpDDPalette,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,
+ __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->CreateSurface(lpDDSurfaceDesc,lplpDDSurface,pUnkOuter);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->DuplicateSurface(lpDDSurface,lplpDupDDSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,
+ __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->EnumDisplayModes(dwSurfaceDescCount,lplpDDSurfaceDescList,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->EnumSurfaces(dwFlags,lpDDSD,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::FlipToGDISurface()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->FlipToGDISurface();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetCaps(lpDDDriverCaps,lpDDHELCaps);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetDisplayMode(lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetFourCCCodes(lpNumCodes,lpCodes);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetGDISurface(lplpGDIDDSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetMonitorFrequency(lpdwFrequency);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetScanLine(lpdwScanLine);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->GetVerticalBlankStatus(lpblsInVB);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->Initialize(lpGUID);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::RestoreDisplayMode()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->RestoreDisplayMode();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->SetCooperativeLevel(hWnd,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->SetDisplayMode(dwWidth,dwHeight,dwBpp);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);
+ return m_pDirectDraw->WaitForVerticalBlank(dwFlags,hEvent);
+}
+
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface. Although DirectDraw
+// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently
+// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want
+// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out
+// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter
+// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these
+// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IDirectDrawSurface) {
+ return GetInterface((IDirectDrawSurface *)this,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddAttachedSurface(lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddOverlayDirtyRect(lpRect);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Blt(lpDestRect,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwFlags,lpDDBltFx);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltBatch(lpDDBltBatch,dwCount,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ DWORD dwTrans)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltFast(dwX,dwY,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwTrans);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->DeleteAttachedSurface(dwFlags,lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumAttachedSurfaces(lpContext,lpEnumSurfacesCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPVOID lpContext,
+ __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumOverlayZOrders(dwFlags,lpContext,lpfnCallback);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Flip(lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,
+ __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetAttachedSurface(lpDDSCaps,lplpDDAttachedSurface);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetBltStatus(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetCaps(lpDDSCaps);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetClipper(lplpDDClipper);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetDC(lphDC);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetFlipStatus(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetOverlayPosition(lpdwX,lpdwY);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPalette(lplpDDPalette);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPixelFormat(lpDDPixelFormat);
+}
+
+
+// A bit of a warning here: Our media samples in DirectShow aggregate on
+// IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface (ie are available through IMediaSample
+// by QueryInterface). Unfortunately the underlying DirectDraw code cannot
+// be aggregated so we have to use these classes. The snag is that when we
+// call a different surface and pass in this interface as perhaps the source
+// surface the call will fail because DirectDraw dereferences the pointer to
+// get at its private data structures. Therefore we supply this workaround to give
+// access to the real IDirectDraw surface. A filter can call GetSurfaceDesc
+// and we will fill in the lpSurface pointer with the real underlying surface
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+
+ // First call down to the underlying DirectDraw
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetSurfaceDesc(lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Store the real DirectDrawSurface interface
+ lpDDSurfaceDesc->lpSurface = m_pDirectDrawSurface;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Initialize(lpDD,lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::IsLost()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->IsLost();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ __inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Lock(lpDestRect,lpDDSurfaceDesc,dwFlags,hEvent);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::ReleaseDC(HDC hDC)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->ReleaseDC(hDC);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Restore()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Restore();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetClipper(lpDDClipper);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetOverlayPosition(dwX,dwY);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetPalette(lpDDPalette);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Unlock(lpSurfaceData);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,
+ __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,
+ __in LPRECT lpDestRect,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ __in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlay(lpSrcRect,lpDDDestSurface,lpDestRect,dwFlags,lpDDOverlayFX);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayDisplay(dwFlags);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);
+ return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayZOrder(dwFlags,lpDDSReference);
+}
+
+
+// DirectShow must work on multiple platforms. In particular, it also runs on
+// Windows NT 3.51 which does not have DirectDraw capabilities. The filters
+// cannot therefore link statically to the DirectDraw library. To make their
+// lives that little bit easier we provide this class that manages loading
+// and unloading the library and creating the initial IDirectDraw interface
+
+CLoadDirectDraw::CLoadDirectDraw() :
+ m_pDirectDraw(NULL),
+ m_hDirectDraw(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Destructor forces unload
+
+CLoadDirectDraw::~CLoadDirectDraw()
+{
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+
+ if (m_hDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Unloading library");
+ FreeLibrary(m_hDirectDraw);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// We can't be sure that DirectDraw is always available so we can't statically
+// link to the library. Therefore we load the library, get the function entry
+// point addresses and call them to create the driver objects. We return S_OK
+// if we manage to load DirectDraw correctly otherwise we return E_NOINTERFACE
+// We initialise a DirectDraw instance by explicitely loading the library and
+// calling GetProcAddress on the DirectDrawCreate entry point that it exports
+
+// On a multi monitor system, we can get the DirectDraw object for any
+// monitor (device) with the optional szDevice parameter
+
+HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ PDRAWCREATE pDrawCreate;
+ PDRAWENUM pDrawEnum;
+ LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA pDrawEnumEx;
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ NOTE("Entering DoLoadDirectDraw");
+
+ // Is DirectDraw already loaded
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Already loaded");
+ ASSERT(m_hDirectDraw);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the library is available
+
+ if(!m_hDirectDraw)
+ {
+ UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
+ m_hDirectDraw = LoadLibrary(TEXT("DDRAW.DLL"));
+ SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+
+ if (m_hDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't load DDRAW.DLL")));
+ NOTE("No library");
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Get the DLL address for the creator function
+
+ pDrawCreate = (PDRAWCREATE)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawCreate");
+ // force ANSI, we assume it
+ pDrawEnum = (PDRAWENUM)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawEnumerateA");
+ pDrawEnumEx = (LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,
+ "DirectDrawEnumerateExA");
+
+ // We don't NEED DirectDrawEnumerateEx, that's just for multimon stuff
+ if (pDrawCreate == NULL || pDrawEnum == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't get functions: Create=%x Enum=%x"),
+ pDrawCreate, pDrawEnum));
+ NOTE("No entry point");
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Creating DDraw for device %s"),
+ szDevice ? szDevice : "<NULL>"));
+
+ // Create a DirectDraw display provider for this device, using the fancy
+ // multimon-aware version, if it exists
+ if (pDrawEnumEx)
+ m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(szDevice, pDrawCreate,
+ pDrawEnumEx);
+ else
+ m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(szDevice, pDrawCreate,
+ pDrawEnum);
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't create DDraw")));
+ NOTE("No instance");
+ ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called to release any DirectDraw provider we previously loaded. We may be
+// called at any time especially when something goes horribly wrong and when
+// we need to clean up before returning so we can't guarantee that all state
+// variables are consistent so free only those really allocated allocated
+// This should only be called once all reference counts have been released
+
+void CLoadDirectDraw::ReleaseDirectDraw()
+{
+ NOTE("Releasing DirectDraw driver");
+
+ // Release any DirectDraw provider interface
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw) {
+ NOTE("Releasing instance");
+ m_pDirectDraw->Release();
+ m_pDirectDraw = NULL;
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+// Return NOERROR (S_OK) if DirectDraw has been loaded by this object
+
+HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawLoaded()
+{
+ NOTE("Entering IsDirectDrawLoaded");
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ NOTE("DirectDraw not loaded");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the IDirectDraw interface we look after
+
+LPDIRECTDRAW CLoadDirectDraw::GetDirectDraw()
+{
+ NOTE("Entering GetDirectDraw");
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {
+ NOTE("No DirectDraw");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ NOTE("Returning DirectDraw");
+ m_pDirectDraw->AddRef();
+ return m_pDirectDraw;
+}
+
+
+// Are we running on Direct Draw version 1? We need to find out as
+// we rely on specific bug fixes in DirectDraw 2 for fullscreen playback. To
+// find out, we simply see if it supports IDirectDraw2. Only version 2 and
+// higher support this.
+
+BOOL CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawVersion1()
+{
+
+ if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ IDirectDraw2 *p = NULL;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDraw->QueryInterface(IID_IDirectDraw2, (void **)&p);
+ if (p)
+ p->Release();
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 2 or greater")));
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 1")));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c3778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/videoctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VideoCtl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __VIDEOCTL__
+#define __VIDEOCTL__
+
+// These help with property page implementations. The first can be used to
+// load any string from a resource file. The buffer to load into is passed
+// as an input parameter. The same buffer is the return value if the string
+// was found otherwise it returns TEXT(""). The GetDialogSize is passed the
+// resource ID of a dialog box and returns the size of it in screen pixels
+
+#define STR_MAX_LENGTH 256
+LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define WideStringFromResource StringFromResource
+LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+#else
+LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);
+#endif
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID, // Dialog box resource identifier
+ DLGPROC pDlgProc, // Pointer to dialog procedure
+ LPARAM lParam, // Any user data wanted in pDlgProc
+ __out SIZE *pResult);// Returns the size of dialog box
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDraw interface
+
+class CAggDirectDraw : public IDirectDraw, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw;
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CAggDirectDraw(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pDirectDraw(NULL) { };
+
+ virtual CAggDirectDraw::~CAggDirectDraw() { };
+
+ // Set the object we should be aggregating
+ void SetDirectDraw(__inout LPDIRECTDRAW pDirectDraw) {
+ m_pDirectDraw = pDirectDraw;
+ }
+
+ // IDirectDraw methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Compact();
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);
+ STDMETHODIMP DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP FlipToGDISurface();
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB);
+ STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID);
+ STDMETHODIMP RestoreDisplayMode();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp);
+ STDMETHODIMP WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);
+};
+
+
+// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface
+
+class CAggDrawSurface : public IDirectDrawSurface, public CUnknown
+{
+protected:
+
+ LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE m_pDirectDrawSurface;
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CAggDrawSurface(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pDirectDrawSurface(NULL) { };
+
+ virtual ~CAggDrawSurface() { };
+
+ // Set the object we should be aggregating
+ void SetDirectDrawSurface(__inout LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE pDirectDrawSurface) {
+ m_pDirectDrawSurface = pDirectDrawSurface;
+ }
+
+ // IDirectDrawSurface methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect);
+ STDMETHODIMP Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx);
+ STDMETHODIMP BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwTrans);
+ STDMETHODIMP DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback);
+ STDMETHODIMP Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsLost();
+ STDMETHODIMP Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);
+ STDMETHODIMP ReleaseDC(HDC hDC);
+ STDMETHODIMP Restore();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,__in LPRECT lpDestRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags);
+ STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference);
+};
+
+
+class CLoadDirectDraw
+{
+ LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw; // The DirectDraw driver instance
+ HINSTANCE m_hDirectDraw; // Handle to the loaded library
+
+public:
+
+ CLoadDirectDraw();
+ ~CLoadDirectDraw();
+
+ HRESULT LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice);
+ void ReleaseDirectDraw();
+ HRESULT IsDirectDrawLoaded();
+ LPDIRECTDRAW GetDirectDraw();
+ BOOL IsDirectDrawVersion1();
+};
+
+#endif // __VIDEOCTL__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb4fa99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Vtrans.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <measure.h>
+// #include <vtransfr.h> // now in precomp file streams.h
+
+CVideoTransformFilter::CVideoTransformFilter
+ ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, REFCLSID clsid)
+ : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid)
+ , m_itrLate(0)
+ , m_nKeyFramePeriod(0) // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames
+ , m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame(0)
+ , m_bSkipping(FALSE)
+ , m_tDecodeStart(0)
+ , m_itrAvgDecode(300000) // 30mSec - probably allows skipping
+ , m_bQualityChanged(FALSE)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ RegisterPerfId();
+#endif // PERF
+}
+
+
+CVideoTransformFilter::~CVideoTransformFilter()
+{
+ // nothing to do
+}
+
+
+// Reset our quality management state
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming()
+{
+ m_itrLate = 0;
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = 0; // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames
+ m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;
+ m_bSkipping = FALSE;
+ m_tDecodeStart = 0;
+ m_itrAvgDecode = 300000; // 30mSec - probably allows skipping
+ m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to reset quality management information
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::EndFlush()
+{
+ {
+ // Synchronize
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_csReceive);
+
+ // Reset our stats
+ //
+ // Note - we don't want to call derived classes here,
+ // we only want to reset our internal variables and this
+ // is a convenient way to do it
+ CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming();
+ }
+ return CTransformFilter::EndFlush();
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr)
+{
+ NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);
+ m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Receive()
+//
+// Accept a sample from upstream, decide whether to process it
+// or drop it. If we process it then get a buffer from the
+// allocator of the downstream connection, transform it into the
+// new buffer and deliver it to the downstream filter.
+// If we decide not to process it then we do not get a buffer.
+
+// Remember that although this code will notice format changes coming into
+// the input pin, it will NOT change its output format if that results
+// in the filter needing to make a corresponding output format change. Your
+// derived filter will have to take care of that. (eg. a palette change if
+// the input and output is an 8 bit format). If the input sample is discarded
+// and nothing is sent out for this Receive, please remember to put the format
+// change on the first output sample that you actually do send.
+// If your filter will produce the same output type even when the input type
+// changes, then this base class code will do everything you need.
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ // If the next filter downstream is the video renderer, then it may
+ // be able to operate in DirectDraw mode which saves copying the data
+ // and gives higher performance. In that case the buffer which we
+ // get from GetDeliveryBuffer will be a DirectDraw buffer, and
+ // drawing into this buffer draws directly onto the display surface.
+ // This means that any waiting for the correct time to draw occurs
+ // during GetDeliveryBuffer, and that once the buffer is given to us
+ // the video renderer will count it in its statistics as a frame drawn.
+ // This means that any decision to drop the frame must be taken before
+ // calling GetDeliveryBuffer.
+
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtOut, *pmt;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ FOURCCMap fccOut;
+#endif
+ HRESULT hr;
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+ IMediaSample * pOutSample;
+
+ // If no output pin to deliver to then no point sending us data
+ ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;
+
+ // The source filter may dynamically ask us to start transforming from a
+ // different media type than the one we're using now. If we don't, we'll
+ // draw garbage. (typically, this is a palette change in the movie,
+ // but could be something more sinister like the compression type changing,
+ // or even the video size changing)
+
+#define rcS1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcSource
+#define rcT1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcTarget
+
+ pSample->GetMediaType(&pmt);
+ if (pmt != NULL && pmt->pbFormat != NULL) {
+
+ // spew some debug output
+ ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmt->majortype, GUID_NULL));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmt->subtype);
+ LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biCompression;
+ LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biBitCount;
+ LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;
+ lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing input type on the fly to")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),
+ fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),
+ HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biHeight,
+ rcT1.left, rcT1.top, rcT1.right, rcT1.bottom));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),
+ rcS1.left, rcS1.top, rcS1.right, rcS1.bottom,
+ lStride));
+#endif
+
+ // now switch to using the new format. I am assuming that the
+ // derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is
+ // switched and streaming is restarted.
+
+ StopStreaming();
+ m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmt;
+ DeleteMediaType(pmt);
+ // if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return AbortPlayback(hr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Now that we have noticed any format changes on the input sample, it's
+ // OK to discard it.
+
+ if (ShouldSkipFrame(pSample)) {
+ MSR_NOTE(m_idSkip);
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Set up the output sample
+ hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;
+
+ // The renderer may ask us to on-the-fly to start transforming to a
+ // different format. If we don't obey it, we'll draw garbage
+
+#define rcS ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcSource
+#define rcT ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcTarget
+
+ pOutSample->GetMediaType(&pmtOut);
+ if (pmtOut != NULL && pmtOut->pbFormat != NULL) {
+
+ // spew some debug output
+ ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmtOut->majortype, GUID_NULL));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmtOut->subtype);
+ LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biCompression;
+ LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biBitCount;
+ LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;
+ lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing output type on the fly to")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),
+ fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),
+ HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biHeight,
+ rcT.left, rcT.top, rcT.right, rcT.bottom));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),
+ rcS.left, rcS.top, rcS.right, rcS.bottom,
+ lStride));
+#endif
+
+ // now switch to using the new format. I am assuming that the
+ // derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is
+ // switched and streaming is restarted.
+
+ StopStreaming();
+ m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmtOut;
+ DeleteMediaType(pmtOut);
+ hr = StartStreaming();
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ // a new format, means a new empty buffer, so wait for a keyframe
+ // before passing anything on to the renderer.
+ // !!! a keyframe may never come, so give up after 30 frames
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Output format change means we must wait for a keyframe")));
+ m_nWaitForKey = 30;
+
+ // if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error
+ } else {
+
+ // Must release the sample before calling AbortPlayback
+ // because we might be holding the win16 lock or
+ // ddraw lock
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ AbortPlayback(hr);
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // After a discontinuity, we need to wait for the next key frame
+ if (pSample->IsDiscontinuity() == S_OK) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Non-key discontinuity - wait for keyframe")));
+ m_nWaitForKey = 30;
+ }
+
+ // Start timing the transform (and log it if PERF is defined)
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime();
+ MSR_START(m_idTransform);
+
+ // have the derived class transform the data
+ hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);
+
+ // Stop the clock (and log it if PERF is defined)
+ MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);
+ m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime()-m_tDecodeStart;
+ m_itrAvgDecode = m_tDecodeStart*(10000/16) + 15*(m_itrAvgDecode/16);
+
+ // Maybe we're waiting for a keyframe still?
+ if (m_nWaitForKey)
+ m_nWaitForKey--;
+ if (m_nWaitForKey && pSample->IsSyncPoint() == S_OK)
+ m_nWaitForKey = FALSE;
+
+ // if so, then we don't want to pass this on to the renderer
+ if (m_nWaitForKey && hr == NOERROR) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("still waiting for a keyframe")));
+ hr = S_FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from video transform")));
+ } else {
+ // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the
+ // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's
+ // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)
+ // Try not to return S_FALSE to a direct draw buffer (it's wasteful)
+ // Try to take the decision earlier - before you get it.
+
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pOutSample);
+ } else {
+ // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement
+ // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this case because returning S_FALSE
+ // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should
+ // be sent.
+ if (S_FALSE == hr) {
+
+ // We must Release() the sample before doing anything
+ // like calling the filter graph because having the
+ // sample means we may have the DirectDraw lock
+ // (== win16 lock on some versions)
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,
+ // it will have addrefed it itself.
+ pOutSample->Release();
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+BOOL CVideoTransformFilter::ShouldSkipFrame( IMediaSample * pIn)
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trStopAt;
+ HRESULT hr = pIn->GetTime(&trStart, &trStopAt);
+
+ // Don't skip frames with no timestamps
+ if (hr != S_OK)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ int itrFrame = (int)(trStopAt - trStart); // frame duration
+
+ if(S_OK==pIn->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 1);
+ if ( m_nKeyFramePeriod < m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame ) {
+ // record the max
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+ }
+ m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;
+ m_bSkipping = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 2);
+ if ( m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame>m_nKeyFramePeriod
+ && m_nKeyFramePeriod>0
+ ) {
+ // We haven't seen the key frame yet, but we were clearly being
+ // overoptimistic about how frequent they are.
+ m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // Whatever we might otherwise decide,
+ // if we are taking only a small fraction of the required frame time to decode
+ // then any quality problems are actually coming from somewhere else.
+ // Could be a net problem at the source for instance. In this case there's
+ // no point in us skipping frames here.
+ if (m_itrAvgDecode*4>itrFrame) {
+
+ // Don't skip unless we are at least a whole frame late.
+ // (We would skip B frames if more than 1/2 frame late, but they're safe).
+ if ( m_itrLate > itrFrame ) {
+
+ // Don't skip unless the anticipated key frame would be no more than
+ // 1 frame early. If the renderer has not been waiting (we *guess*
+ // it hasn't because we're late) then it will allow frames to be
+ // played early by up to a frame.
+
+ // Let T = Stream time from now to anticipated next key frame
+ // = (frame duration) * (KeyFramePeriod - FramesSinceKeyFrame)
+ // So we skip if T - Late < one frame i.e.
+ // (duration) * (freq - FramesSince) - Late < duration
+ // or (duration) * (freq - FramesSince - 1) < Late
+
+ // We don't dare skip until we have seen some key frames and have
+ // some idea how often they occur and they are reasonably frequent.
+ if (m_nKeyFramePeriod>0) {
+ // It would be crazy - but we could have a stream with key frames
+ // a very long way apart - and if they are further than about
+ // 3.5 minutes apart then we could get arithmetic overflow in
+ // reference time units. Therefore we switch to mSec at this point
+ int it = (itrFrame/10000)
+ * (m_nKeyFramePeriod-m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame - 1);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeTillKey, it);
+
+ // For debug - might want to see the details - dump them as scratch pad
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nKeyFramePeriod);
+#endif
+ if (m_itrLate/10000 > it) {
+ m_bSkipping = TRUE;
+ // Now we are committed. Once we start skipping, we
+ // cannot stop until we hit a key frame.
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777770); // not near enough to next key
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777771); // Next key not predictable
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777772); // Less than one frame late
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrLate);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+#ifdef VTRANSPERF
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, 777773); // Decode time short - not not worth skipping
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrAvgDecode);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ ++m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;
+
+ if (m_bSkipping) {
+ // We will count down the lateness as we skip each frame.
+ // We re-assess each frame. The key frame might not arrive when expected.
+ // We reset m_itrLate if we get a new Quality message, but actually that's
+ // not likely because we're not sending frames on to the Renderer. In
+ // fact if we DID get another one it would mean that there's a long
+ // pipe between us and the renderer and we might need an altogether
+ // better strategy to avoid hunting!
+ m_itrLate = m_itrLate - itrFrame;
+ }
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idLate, (int)m_itrLate/10000 ); // Note how late we think we are
+ if (m_bSkipping) {
+ if (!m_bQualityChanged) {
+ m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);
+ }
+ }
+ return m_bSkipping;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)
+{
+ // to reduce the amount of 64 bit arithmetic, m_itrLate is an int.
+ // +, -, >, == etc are not too bad, but * and / are painful.
+ if (m_itrLate>300000000) {
+ // Avoid overflow and silliness - more than 30 secs late is already silly
+ m_itrLate = 300000000;
+ } else {
+ m_itrLate = (int)q.Late;
+ }
+ // We ignore the other fields
+
+ // We're actually not very good at handling this. In non-direct draw mode
+ // most of the time can be spent in the renderer which can skip any frame.
+ // In that case we'd rather the renderer handled things.
+ // Nevertheless we will keep an eye on it and if we really start getting
+ // a very long way behind then we will actually skip - but we'll still tell
+ // the renderer (or whoever is downstream) that they should handle quality.
+
+ return E_FAIL; // Tell the renderer to do his thing.
+
+}
+
+
+
+// This will avoid several hundred useless warnings if compiled -W4 by MS VC++ v4
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b1509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/vtrans.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: VTrans.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a video transform class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// This class is derived from CTransformFilter, but is specialised to handle
+// the requirements of video quality control by frame dropping.
+// This is a non-in-place transform, (i.e. it copies the data) such as a decoder.
+
+class CVideoTransformFilter : public CTransformFilter
+{
+ public:
+
+ CVideoTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);
+ ~CVideoTransformFilter();
+ HRESULT EndFlush();
+
+ // =================================================================
+ // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------
+ // =================================================================
+ // The following methods are in CTransformFilter which is inherited.
+ // They are mentioned here for completeness
+ //
+ // These MUST be supplied in a derived class
+ //
+ // NOTE:
+ // virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckTransform
+ // (const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;
+ // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);
+ // virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize
+ // (IMemAllocator * pAllocator, ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;
+ // virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;
+ //
+ // These MAY also be overridden
+ //
+ // virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+ // virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);
+ // virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);
+ // virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);
+ // virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);
+ // virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);
+ // virtual HRESULT NewSegment
+ // (REFERENCE_TIME tStart,REFERENCE_TIME tStop,double dRate);
+#ifdef PERF
+
+ // If you override this - ensure that you register all these ids
+ // as well as any of your own,
+ virtual void RegisterPerfId() {
+ m_idSkip = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Skip frame"));
+ m_idFrameType = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video transform frame type"));
+ m_idLate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Lateness"));
+ m_idTimeTillKey = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Estd. time to next key"));
+ CTransformFilter::RegisterPerfId();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ protected:
+
+ // =========== QUALITY MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ========================
+ // Frames are assumed to come in three types:
+ // Type 1: an AVI key frame or an MPEG I frame.
+ // This frame can be decoded with no history.
+ // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded
+ // until the next type 1 frame.
+ // Type 1 frames are sync points.
+ // Type 2: an AVI non-key frame or an MPEG P frame.
+ // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 frame was
+ // decoded and all type 2 frames since have been decoded.
+ // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded
+ // until the next type 1 frame.
+ // Type 3: An MPEG B frame.
+ // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 or 2 frame
+ // has been decoded AND the subsequent type 1 or 2 frame has also
+ // been decoded. (This requires decoding the frames out of sequence).
+ // Dropping this frame affects no other frames. This implementation
+ // does not allow for these. All non-sync-point frames are treated
+ // as being type 2.
+ //
+ // The spacing of frames of type 1 in a file is not guaranteed. There MUST
+ // be a type 1 frame at (well, near) the start of the file in order to start
+ // decoding at all. After that there could be one every half second or so,
+ // there could be one at the start of each scene (aka "cut", "shot") or
+ // there could be no more at all.
+ // If there is only a single type 1 frame then NO FRAMES CAN BE DROPPED
+ // without losing all the rest of the movie. There is no way to tell whether
+ // this is the case, so we find that we are in the gambling business.
+ // To try to improve the odds, we record the greatest interval between type 1s
+ // that we have seen and we bet on things being no worse than this in the
+ // future.
+
+ // You can tell if it's a type 1 frame by calling IsSyncPoint().
+ // there is no architected way to test for a type 3, so you should override
+ // the quality management here if you have B-frames.
+
+ int m_nKeyFramePeriod; // the largest observed interval between type 1 frames
+ // 1 means every frame is type 1, 2 means every other.
+
+ int m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame; // Used to count frames since the last type 1.
+ // becomes the new m_nKeyFramePeriod if greater.
+
+ BOOL m_bSkipping; // we are skipping to the next type 1 frame
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idFrameType; // MSR id Frame type. 1=Key, 2="non-key"
+ int m_idSkip; // MSR id skipping
+ int m_idLate; // MSR id lateness
+ int m_idTimeTillKey; // MSR id for guessed time till next key frame.
+#endif
+
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+
+ HRESULT AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr); // if something bad happens
+
+ HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);
+
+ BOOL ShouldSkipFrame(IMediaSample * pIn);
+
+ int m_itrLate; // lateness from last Quality message
+ // (this overflows at 214 secs late).
+ int m_tDecodeStart; // timeGetTime when decode started.
+ int m_itrAvgDecode; // Average decode time in reference units.
+
+ BOOL m_bNoSkip; // debug - no skipping.
+
+ // We send an EC_QUALITY_CHANGE notification to the app if we have to degrade.
+ // We send one when we start degrading, not one for every frame, this means
+ // we track whether we've sent one yet.
+ BOOL m_bQualityChanged;
+
+ // When non-zero, don't pass anything to renderer until next keyframe
+ // If there are few keys, give up and eventually draw something
+ int m_nWaitForKey;
+};
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1f52e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2081 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinCtrl.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements video control interface class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <intsafe.h>
+#include <checkbmi.h>
+
+// The control interface methods require us to be connected
+
+#define CheckConnected(pin,code) \
+{ \
+ if (pin == NULL) { \
+ ASSERT(!TEXT("Pin not set")); \
+ } else if (pin->IsConnected() == FALSE) { \
+ return (code); \
+ } \
+}
+
+// This checks to see whether the window has a drain. An application can in
+// most environments set the owner/parent of windows so that they appear in
+// a compound document context (for example). In this case, the application
+// would probably like to be told of any keyboard/mouse messages. Therefore
+// we pass these messages on untranslated, returning TRUE if we're successful
+
+BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwndDrain, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ if (hwndDrain != NULL && !InSendMessage())
+ {
+ switch (uMsg)
+ {
+ case WM_CHAR:
+ case WM_DEADCHAR:
+ case WM_KEYDOWN:
+ case WM_KEYUP:
+ case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
+ case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+ // If we pass this on we don't get any mouse clicks
+ //case WM_NCHITTEST:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_SYSCHAR:
+ case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:
+ case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+ case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Forwarding %x to drain")));
+ PostMessage(hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// This class implements the IVideoWindow control functions (dual interface)
+// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the
+// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to
+// set and get a number of window related properties such as it's position.
+// We also support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a
+// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one
+
+CBaseControlWindow::CBaseControlWindow(
+ __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // OLE return code
+
+ CBaseVideoWindow(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),
+ m_hwndOwner(NULL),
+ m_hwndDrain(NULL),
+ m_bAutoShow(TRUE),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_bCursorHidden(FALSE),
+ m_pPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+ ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ ASSERT(phr);
+ m_BorderColour = VIDEO_COLOUR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the title caption on the base window, we don't do any field checking
+// as we really don't care what title they intend to have. We can always get
+// it back again later with GetWindowText. The only other complication is to
+// do the necessary string conversions between ANSI and OLE Unicode strings
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption)
+{
+ CheckPointer((PVOID)strCaption,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ SetWindowText(m_hwnd, strCaption);
+#else
+ CHAR Caption[CAPTION];
+
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP,0,strCaption,-1,Caption,CAPTION,NULL,NULL);
+ SetWindowText(m_hwnd, Caption);
+#endif
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current base window title caption, once again we do no real field
+// checking. We allocate a string for the window title to be filled in with
+// which ensures the interface doesn't fiddle around with getting memory. A
+// BSTR is a normal C string with the length at position (-1), we use the
+// WriteBSTR helper function to create the caption to try and avoid OLE32
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pstrCaption,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ WCHAR WideCaption[CAPTION];
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ GetWindowText(m_hwnd,WideCaption,CAPTION);
+#else
+ // Convert the ASCII caption to a UNICODE string
+
+ TCHAR Caption[CAPTION];
+ GetWindowText(m_hwnd,Caption,CAPTION);
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,Caption,-1,WideCaption,CAPTION);
+#endif
+ return WriteBSTR(pstrCaption,WideCaption);
+}
+
+
+// Set the window style using GWL_EXSTYLE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Should we be taking off WS_EX_TOPMOST
+
+ if (GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {
+ if ((WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) == 0) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) FALSE,(LPARAM) 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Likewise should we be adding WS_EX_TOPMOST
+
+ if (WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) TRUE,(LPARAM) 0);
+ WindowStyleEx &= (~WS_EX_TOPMOST);
+ if (WindowStyleEx == 0) return NOERROR;
+ }
+ return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Gets the current GWL_EXSTYLE base window style
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowStyleEx,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Set the window style using GWL_STYLE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle)
+{
+ // These styles cannot be changed dynamically
+
+ if ((WindowStyle & WS_DISABLED) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_ICONIC) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_MAXIMIZE) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_MINIMIZE) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_HSCROLL) ||
+ (WindowStyle & WS_VSCROLL)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Get the current GWL_STYLE base window style
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowStyle,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);
+}
+
+
+// Change the base window style or the extended styles depending on whether
+// WindowLong is GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE. We must call SetWindowPos to have
+// the window displayed in it's new style after the change which is a little
+// tricky if the window is not currently visible as we realise it offscreen.
+// In most cases the client will call get_WindowStyle before they call this
+// and then AND and OR in extra bit settings according to the requirements
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong)
+{
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the window's visibility before setting the style
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ // Set the new style flags for the window
+ SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong,Style);
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+ WindowFlags |= SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE;
+
+ // Show the window again in the current position
+
+ if (bVisible == TRUE) {
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Just a place holder
+ 0,0,0,0, // Leave size and position
+ WindowFlags); // Just draw it again
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Move the window offscreen so the user doesn't see the changes
+
+ MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN), // Current desktop width
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN), // Likewise it's height
+ WIDTH(&WindowRect), // Use the same width
+ HEIGHT(&WindowRect), // Keep height same to
+ TRUE); // May as well repaint
+
+ // Now show the previously hidden window
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Just a place holder
+ 0,0,0,0, // Leave size and position
+ WindowFlags); // Just draw it again
+
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd, // Base window handle
+ WindowRect.left, // Existing x coordinate
+ WindowRect.top, // Existing y coordinate
+ WIDTH(&WindowRect), // Use the same width
+ HEIGHT(&WindowRect), // Keep height same to
+ TRUE); // May as well repaint
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current base window style (either GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE)
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong)
+{
+ *pStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the visibility of the base window, this takes the same parameters
+// as the ShowWindow Win32 API does, so the client can have the window hidden
+// or shown, minimised to an icon, or maximised to play in full screen mode
+// We pass the request on to the base window to actually make the change
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowState(long WindowState)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ DoShowWindow(WindowState);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Get the current window state, this function returns a subset of the SW bit
+// settings available in ShowWindow, if the window is visible then SW_SHOW is
+// set, if it is hidden then the SW_HIDDEN is set, if it is either minimised
+// or maximised then the SW_MINIMIZE or SW_MAXIMIZE is set respectively. The
+// other SW bit settings are really set commands not readable output values
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWindowState,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ ASSERT(pWindowState);
+ *pWindowState = FALSE;
+
+ // Is the window visible, a window is termed visible if it is somewhere on
+ // the current desktop even if it is completely obscured by other windows
+ // so the flag is a style for each window set with the WS_VISIBLE bit
+
+ if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+
+ // Is the base window iconic
+ if (IsIconic(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_MINIMIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Has the window been maximised
+ else if (IsZoomed(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_MAXIMIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Window is normal
+ else {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_SHOW;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ *pWindowState |= SW_HIDE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This makes sure that any palette we realise in the base window (through a
+// media type or through the overlay interface) is done in the background and
+// is therefore mapped to existing device entries rather than taking it over
+// as it will do when we this window gets the keyboard focus. An application
+// uses this to make sure it doesn't have it's palette removed by the window
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (BackgroundPalette != OATRUE) {
+ if (BackgroundPalette != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the window realises any palette it has again
+
+ m_bBackground = (BackgroundPalette == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,m_RealizePalette,0,0);
+ PaintWindow(FALSE);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current background realisation setting
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBackgroundPalette,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+
+ // Get the current background palette setting
+
+ *pBackgroundPalette = (m_bBackground == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the visibility of the base window
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Visible(long Visible)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (Visible != OATRUE) {
+ if (Visible != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Convert the boolean visibility into SW_SHOW and SW_HIDE
+
+ INT Mode = (Visible == OATRUE ? SW_SHOWNORMAL : SW_HIDE);
+ DoShowWindow(Mode);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return OATRUE if the window is currently visible otherwise OAFALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Visible(__out long *pVisible)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVisible,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // See if the base window has a WS_VISIBLE style - this will return TRUE
+ // even if the window is completely obscured by other desktop windows, we
+ // return FALSE if the window is not showing because of earlier calls
+
+ BOOL Mode = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);
+ *pVisible = (Mode == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the left position of the base window. This keeps the window width
+// and height properties the same so it effectively shunts the window left or
+// right accordingly - there is the Width property to change that dimension
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Left(long Left)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window position in a RECT
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ Left, // New left position
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window options
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window left position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Left(__out long *pLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pLeft = WindowRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the current width of the base window. This property complements the
+// left position property so we must keep the left edge constant and expand or
+// contract to the right, the alternative would be to change the left edge so
+// keeping the right edge constant but this is maybe a little more intuitive
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Width(long Width)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ // This seems to have a bug in that calling SetWindowPos on a window with
+ // just the width changing causes it to ignore the width that you pass in
+ // and sets it to a mimimum value of 110 pixels wide (Windows NT 3.51)
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ Width, // New WIDTH dimension
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window options
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Width(__out long *pWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This allows the client program to change the top position for the window in
+// the same way that changing the left position does not affect the width of
+// the image so changing the top position does not affect the window height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Top(long Top)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window position in a RECT
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ Top, // New top position
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ WindowRect.bottom, // The HEIGHT (not bottom)
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window top position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Top(long *pTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pTop = WindowRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Change the height of the window, this complements the top property so when
+// we change this we must keep the top position for the base window, as said
+// before we could keep the bottom and grow upwards although this is perhaps
+// a little more intuitive since we already have a top position property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Height(long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we
+ // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the
+ // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);
+ }
+
+ WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Leave left alone
+ WindowRect.top, // Leave top alone
+ WindowRect.right, // The WIDTH (not right)
+ Height, // New height dimension
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current base window height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Height(__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+ *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to change the owning window. Setting the owner is done
+// through this function, however to make the window a true child window the
+// style must also be set to WS_CHILD. After resetting the owner to NULL an
+// application should also set the style to WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_CLIPCHILDREN.
+
+// We cannot lock the object here because the SetParent causes an interthread
+// SendMessage to the owner window. If they are in GetState we will sit here
+// incomplete with the critical section locked therefore blocking out source
+// filter threads from accessing us. Because the source thread can't enter us
+// it can't get buffers or call EndOfStream so the GetState will not complete
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Owner(OAHWND Owner)
+{
+ // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ m_hwndOwner = (HWND) Owner;
+ HWND hwndParent = m_hwndOwner;
+
+ // Add or remove WS_CHILD as appropriate
+
+ LONG Style = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE);
+ if (Owner == NULL) {
+ Style &= (~WS_CHILD);
+ } else {
+ Style |= (WS_CHILD);
+ }
+ SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE,Style);
+
+ // Don't call this with the filter locked
+
+ SetParent(m_hwnd,hwndParent);
+
+ PaintWindow(TRUE);
+ NOTE1("Changed parent %lx",hwndParent);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This complements the put_Owner to get the current owning window property
+// we always return NOERROR although the returned window handle may be NULL
+// to indicate no owning window (the desktop window doesn't qualify as one)
+// If an application sets the owner we call SetParent, however that returns
+// NULL until the WS_CHILD bit is set on, so we store the owner internally
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Owner,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Owner = (OAHWND) m_hwndOwner;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// And renderer supporting IVideoWindow may have an HWND set who will get any
+// keyboard and mouse messages we receive posted on to them. This is separate
+// from setting an owning window. By separating the two, applications may get
+// messages sent on even when they have set no owner (perhaps it's maximised)
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain)
+{
+ // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ m_hwndDrain = (HWND) Drain;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current message drain
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Drain,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Drain = (OAHWND) m_hwndDrain;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the filter graph to inform us of a message we should know
+// is being sent to our owning window. We have this because as a child window
+// we do not get certain messages that are only sent to top level windows. We
+// must see the palette changed/changing/query messages so that we know if we
+// have the foreground palette or not. We pass the message on to our window
+// using SendMessage - this will cause an interthread send message to occur
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ long uMsg, // Message ID
+ LONG_PTR wParam, // Parameters
+ LONG_PTR lParam) // for message
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Only interested in these Windows messages
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+ case WM_PALETTEISCHANGING:
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ case WM_DEVMODECHANGE:
+ case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+ case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+
+ // If we do not have an owner then ignore
+
+ if (m_hwndOwner == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,uMsg,(WPARAM)wParam,(LPARAM)lParam);
+ break;
+
+ // do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent
+ // window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at. But we need
+ // to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we
+ // do this.
+ case WM_MOVE:
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);
+ break;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to have us set the base window in the foreground. We
+// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window
+// owned by another thread. We ask the base window class to do the real work
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowForeground(long Focus)
+{
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (Focus != OATRUE) {
+ if (Focus != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // We shouldn't lock as this sends a message
+
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bFocus = (Focus == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ DoSetWindowForeground(bFocus);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This allows a client to set the complete window size and position in one
+// atomic operation. The same affect can be had by changing each dimension
+// in turn through their individual properties although some flashing will
+// occur as each of them gets updated (they are better set at design time)
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ BOOL bSuccess;
+
+ // Set the new size and position
+ UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;
+
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(m_hwnd));
+ bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ Left, // Left position
+ Top, // Top position
+ Width, // Window width
+ Height, // Window height
+ WindowFlags); // Show window flags
+ ASSERT(bSuccess);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("SWP failed error %d"), GetLastError()));
+#endif
+ if (bSuccess == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This complements the SetWindowPosition to return the current window place
+// in device coordinates. As before the same information can be retrived by
+// calling the property get functions individually but this is atomic and is
+// therefore more suitable to a live environment rather than design time
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT WindowRect;
+
+ // Get the current window coordinates
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));
+
+ // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values
+
+ *pLeft = WindowRect.left;
+ *pTop = WindowRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;
+ *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When a window is maximised or iconic calling GetWindowPosition will return
+// the current window position (likewise for the properties). However if the
+// restored size (ie the size we'll return to when normally shown) is needed
+// then this should be used. When in a normal position (neither iconic nor
+// maximised) then this returns the same coordinates as GetWindowPosition
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Use GetWindowPlacement to find the restore position
+
+ WINDOWPLACEMENT Place;
+ Place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowPlacement(m_hwnd,&Place));
+
+ RECT WorkArea;
+
+ // We must take into account any task bar present
+
+ if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA,0,&WorkArea,FALSE) == TRUE) {
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd) == NULL) {
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.top += WorkArea.top;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom += WorkArea.top;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.left += WorkArea.left;
+ Place.rcNormalPosition.right += WorkArea.left;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values
+
+ *pLeft = Place.rcNormalPosition.left;
+ *pTop = Place.rcNormalPosition.top;
+ *pWidth = Place.rcNormalPosition.right - Place.rcNormalPosition.left;
+ *pHeight = Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom - Place.rcNormalPosition.top;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current border colour, if we are playing something to a subset
+// of the base window display there is an outside area exposed. The default
+// action is to paint this colour in the Windows background colour (defined
+// as value COLOR_WINDOW) We reset to this default when we're disconnected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_BorderColor(__out long *Color)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Color,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *Color = (long) m_BorderColour;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to set the current border colour
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BorderColor(long Color)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Have the window repainted with the new border colour
+
+ m_BorderColour = (COLORREF) Color;
+ PaintWindow(TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CheckPointer(FullScreenMode,E_POINTER);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// This sets the auto show property, this property causes the base window to
+// be displayed whenever we change state. This allows an application to have
+// to do nothing to have the window appear but still allow them to change the
+// default behaviour if for example they want to keep it hidden for longer
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_AutoShow(long AutoShow)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (AutoShow != OATRUE) {
+ if (AutoShow != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bAutoShow = (AutoShow == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be called to get the current auto show flag. The flag is updated
+// when we connect and disconnect and through this interface all of which are
+// controlled and serialised by means of the main renderer critical section
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow)
+{
+ CheckPointer(AutoShow,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *AutoShow = (m_bAutoShow == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the minimum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ
+// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware
+// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic
+// cards have a minimum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly
+
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State == State_Stopped) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+
+ RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the maximum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ
+// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware
+// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic
+// cards have a maximum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly
+
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State == State_Stopped) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+
+ RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to hide the cursor on our window
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlWindow::HideCursor(long HideCursor)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+
+ // Check this is a valid automation boolean type
+
+ if (HideCursor != OATRUE) {
+ if (HideCursor != OAFALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bCursorHidden = (HideCursor == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Returns whether we have the cursor hidden or not
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden)
+{
+ CheckPointer(CursorHidden,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ *CursorHidden = (m_bCursorHidden == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This class implements the IBasicVideo control functions (dual interface)
+// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the
+// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to
+// set and get a number of video related properties such as the native video
+// size. We support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a
+// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one
+
+CBaseControlVideo::CBaseControlVideo(
+ __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // OLE return code
+
+ CBaseBasicVideo(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),
+ m_pPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+ ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ ASSERT(phr);
+}
+
+// Return an approximate average time per frame
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pAvgTimePerFrame,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ COARefTime AvgTime(pVideoInfo->AvgTimePerFrame);
+ *pAvgTimePerFrame = (REFTIME) AvgTime;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return an approximate bit rate for the video
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBitRate,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pBitRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitRate;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return an approximate bit error rate
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBitErrorRate,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pBitErrorRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitErrorRate;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVideoWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pVideoWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pVideoHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pVideoHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current palette the video is using as an array allocated
+// by the user. To remain consistent we use PALETTEENTRY fields to return the
+// colours in rather than RGBQUADs that multimedia decided to use. The memory
+// is allocated by the user so we simple copy each in turn. We check that the
+// number of entries requested and the start position offset are both valid
+// If the number of entries evaluates to zero then we return an S_FALSE code
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,
+ long Entries,
+ __out long *pRetrieved,
+ __out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRetrieved,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ CMediaType MediaType;
+
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+
+ // Is the current format palettised
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {
+ *pRetrieved = 0;
+ return VFW_E_NO_PALETTE_AVAILABLE;
+ }
+
+ // Do they just want to know how many are available
+
+ if (pPalette == NULL) {
+ *pRetrieved = pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the start position is a valid offset
+
+ if (StartIndex >= (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed || StartIndex < 0) {
+ *pRetrieved = 0;
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Correct the number we can retrieve
+
+ LONG Available = (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed - StartIndex;
+ *pRetrieved = max(0,min(Available,Entries));
+ if (*pRetrieved == 0) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the palette entries to the output buffer
+
+ PALETTEENTRY *pEntries = (PALETTEENTRY *) pPalette;
+ RGBQUAD *pColours = COLORS(pVideoInfo) + StartIndex;
+
+ for (LONG Count = 0;Count < *pRetrieved;Count++) {
+ pEntries[Count].peRed = pColours[Count].rgbRed;
+ pEntries[Count].peGreen = pColours[Count].rgbGreen;
+ pEntries[Count].peBlue = pColours[Count].rgbBlue;
+ pEntries[Count].peFlags = 0;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This returns the current video dimensions as a method rather than a number
+// of individual property get calls. For the same reasons as said before we
+// cannot access the renderer media type directly as the window object thread
+// may be updating it since dynamic format changes may change these values
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ *pWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ *pHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source video rectangle as left,top,right and bottom coordinates
+// rather than left,top,width and height as per OLE automation interfaces
+// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the source
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ SourceRect.left = Left;
+ SourceRect.top = Top;
+ SourceRect.right = Left + Width;
+ SourceRect.bottom = Top + Height;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the source rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than the
+// left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window
+// object returns through GetSourceRect) which requires a little work
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are non NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+
+ *pLeft = SourceRect.left;
+ *pTop = SourceRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the video destination as left,top,right and bottom coordinates rather
+// than the left,top,width and height uses as per OLE automation interfaces
+// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the destination
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ DestinationRect.left = Left;
+ DestinationRect.top = Top;
+ DestinationRect.right = Left + Width;
+ DestinationRect.bottom = Top + Height;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the destination rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than
+// the left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window
+// object returns through GetDestinationRect) which requires a little work
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)
+{
+ // Should check the pointers are not NULL
+
+ CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+
+ *pLeft = DestinationRect.left;
+ *pTop = DestinationRect.top;
+ *pWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source left position, the source rectangle we get back from the
+// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions
+// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We
+// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.right = SourceLeft + WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.left = SourceLeft;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current left source video position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceLeft = SourceRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source width, we get the current source rectangle and then update
+// the right position to be the left position (thereby keeping it constant)
+// plus the new source width we are passed in (it expands to the right)
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.right = SourceRect.left + SourceWidth;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source top position - changing this property does not affect the
+// current source height. So changing this shunts the source rectangle up and
+// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by
+// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceTop(long SourceTop)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.bottom = SourceTop + HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.top = SourceTop;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current top position
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ SourceRect.bottom = SourceRect.top + SourceHeight;
+
+ // Check the source rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the source rectangle
+
+ hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT SourceRect;
+
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ *pSourceHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the target left position, the target rectangle we get back from the
+// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions
+// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We
+// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.right = DestinationLeft + WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.left = DestinationLeft;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the left position for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationLeft,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationLeft = DestinationRect.left;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the destination width
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.right = DestinationRect.left + DestinationWidth;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the width for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationWidth,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the target top position - changing this property does not affect the
+// current target height. So changing this shunts the target rectangle up and
+// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by
+// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the target height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationTop + HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.top = DestinationTop;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the top position for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationTop,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationTop = DestinationRect.top;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the destination height
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight)
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationRect.top + DestinationHeight;
+
+ // Check the target rectangle is valid
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now set the new target rectangle
+
+ hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return the height for the destination rectangle
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDestinationHeight,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ RECT DestinationRect;
+
+ GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);
+ *pDestinationHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Reset the source rectangle to the full video dimensions
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultSourcePosition()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ HRESULT hr = SetDefaultSourceRect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return S_OK if we're using the default source otherwise S_FALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultSource()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ return IsDefaultSourceRect();
+}
+
+
+// Reset the video renderer to use the entire playback area
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultDestinationPosition()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ HRESULT hr = SetDefaultTargetRect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return OnUpdateRectangles();
+}
+
+
+// Return S_OK if we're using the default target otherwise S_FALSE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultDestination()
+{
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ return IsDefaultTargetRect();
+}
+
+
+// Return a copy of the current image in the video renderer
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseControlVideo::GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pBufferSize,E_POINTER);
+ CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE State;
+
+ // Make sure we are in a paused state
+
+ if (pVideoImage != NULL) {
+ m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);
+ if (State != State_Paused) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_PAUSED;
+ }
+ return GetStaticImage(pBufferSize,pVideoImage);
+ }
+
+ // Just return the memory required
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);
+ return GetImageSize(pVideoInfo,pBufferSize,&SourceRect);
+}
+
+
+// An application has two ways of using GetCurrentImage, one is to pass a real
+// buffer which should be filled with the current image. The other is to pass
+// a NULL buffer pointer which is interpreted as asking us to return how much
+// memory is required for the image. The constraints for when the latter can
+// be called are much looser. To calculate the memory required we synthesize
+// a VIDEOINFO that takes into account the source rectangle that's being used
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __out long *pBufferSize,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ NOTE("Entering GetImageSize");
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+
+ // Check we have the correct input parameters
+
+ if (pSourceRect == NULL ||
+ pVideoInfo == NULL ||
+ pBufferSize == NULL) {
+
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Is the data format compatible
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;
+ bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+ LONG Size = DIBSIZE(bih);
+ Size += GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;
+ *pBufferSize = Size;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Given an IMediaSample containing a linear buffer with an image and a type
+// describing the bitmap make a rendering of the image into the output buffer
+// This may be called by derived classes who render typical video images to
+// handle the IBasicVideo GetCurrentImage method. The pVideoImage pointer may
+// be NULL when passed to GetCurrentImage in which case GetImageSize will be
+// called instead, which will just do the calculation of the memory required
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __inout long *pBufferSize,
+ __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ NOTE("Entering CopyImage");
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ BYTE *pCurrentImage;
+
+ // Check we have an image to copy
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL || pSourceRect == NULL ||
+ pVideoInfo == NULL || pVideoImage == NULL ||
+ pBufferSize == NULL) {
+
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Is the data format compatible
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*pBufferSize < 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Arbitrarily large size to prevent integer overflow problems
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSize > 4096)
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;
+ bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+ DWORD Size = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;
+ DWORD Total;
+ DWORD dwDibSize;
+
+ if( !ValidateBitmapInfoHeader( HEADER(pVideoInfo), Size)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // ValidateBitmapInfoHeader checks this but for some reason code scanning
+ // tools aren't picking up the annotation
+ __analysis_assume(Size >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ if (FAILED(SAFE_DIBSIZE(&bih, &dwDibSize))) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(DWordAdd(Size, dwDibSize, &Total))) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we have a large enough buffer
+
+ if ((DWORD)*pBufferSize < Total) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // Copy the BITMAPINFO
+
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pVideoImage, (PVOID)&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader, Size);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biSizeImage = DIBSIZE(bih);
+ BYTE *pImageData = pVideoImage + Size;
+
+ // Get the pointer to it's image data
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pCurrentImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Now we are ready to start copying the source scan lines
+
+ LONG ScanLine = (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8) * WIDTH(pSourceRect);
+ LONG LinesToSkip = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+ LinesToSkip -= pSourceRect->top + HEIGHT(pSourceRect);
+ pCurrentImage += LinesToSkip * DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ pCurrentImage += pSourceRect->left * (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8);
+
+ // Even money on this GP faulting sometime...
+
+ for (LONG Line = 0;Line < HEIGHT(pSourceRect);Line++) {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pImageData, (PVOID)pCurrentImage, ScanLine);
+ pImageData += DIBWIDTHBYTES(*(BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage);
+ pCurrentImage += DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we change media types either during connection or dynamically
+// We inform the filter graph and therefore the application that the video
+// size may have changed, we don't bother looking to see if it really has as
+// we leave that to the application - the dimensions are the event parameters
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::OnVideoSizeChange()
+{
+ // Get the video format from the derived class
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();
+ if (pVideoInfo == NULL)
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ WORD Width = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ WORD Height = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;
+
+ return m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_VIDEO_SIZE_CHANGED,
+ MAKELPARAM(Width,Height),
+ MAKEWPARAM(0,0));
+}
+
+
+// Set the video source rectangle. We must check the source rectangle against
+// the actual video dimensions otherwise when we come to draw the pictures we
+// get access violations as GDI tries to touch data outside of the image data
+// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates
+// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account
+// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and
+// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSourceRect,E_POINTER);
+ LONG Width,Height;
+ GetVideoSize(&Width,&Height);
+
+ // Check the coordinates are greater than zero
+ // and that the rectangle is valid (left<right, top<bottom)
+
+ if ((pSourceRect->left >= pSourceRect->right) ||
+ (pSourceRect->left < 0) ||
+ (pSourceRect->top >= pSourceRect->bottom) ||
+ (pSourceRect->top < 0)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check the coordinates are less than the extents
+
+ if ((pSourceRect->right > Width) ||
+ (pSourceRect->bottom > Height)) {
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Check the target rectangle has some valid coordinates, which amounts to
+// little more than checking the destination rectangle isn't empty. Derived
+// classes may call this when they have their SetTargetRect method called to
+// check the rectangle validity, we do not update the rectangles passed in
+// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates
+// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account
+// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and
+// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details
+
+HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ // Check the pointer is valid
+
+ if (pTargetRect == NULL) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // These overflow the WIDTH and HEIGHT checks
+
+ if (pTargetRect->left > pTargetRect->right ||
+ pTargetRect->top > pTargetRect->bottom) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check the rectangle has valid coordinates
+
+ if (WIDTH(pTargetRect) <= 0 || HEIGHT(pTargetRect) <= 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pTargetRect) == FALSE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1080a47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winctrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinCtrl.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes for video control
+// interfaces.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WINCTRL__
+#define __WINCTRL__
+
+#define ABSOL(x) (x < 0 ? -x : x)
+#define NEGAT(x) (x > 0 ? -x : x)
+
+// Helper
+BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+class CBaseControlWindow : public CBaseVideoWindow, public CBaseWindow
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection
+ CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section
+ COLORREF m_BorderColour; // Current window border colour
+ BOOL m_bAutoShow; // What happens when the state changes
+ HWND m_hwndOwner; // Owner window that we optionally have
+ HWND m_hwndDrain; // HWND to post any messages received
+ BOOL m_bCursorHidden; // Should we hide the window cursor
+
+public:
+
+ // Internal methods for other objects to get information out
+
+ HRESULT DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong);
+ HRESULT DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong);
+ BOOL IsAutoShowEnabled() { return m_bAutoShow; };
+ COLORREF GetBorderColour() { return m_BorderColour; };
+ HWND GetOwnerWindow() { return m_hwndOwner; };
+ BOOL IsCursorHidden() { return m_bCursorHidden; };
+
+ inline BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+ {
+ return ::PossiblyEatMessage(m_hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+ }
+
+ // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using
+ // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with
+ // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the
+ // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can
+ // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method
+
+ void SetControlWindowPin(CBasePin *pPin) {
+ m_pPin = pPin;
+ }
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseControlWindow(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code
+
+ // These are the properties we support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_AutoShow(long AutoShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_WindowState(long WindowState);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Visible(long Visible);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Visible(__out long *pVisible);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Left(long Left);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Left(__out long *pLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Width(long Width);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Width(__out long *pWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Top(long Top);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Top(__out long *pTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Height(long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Height(__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Owner(OAHWND Owner);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BorderColor(__out long *Color);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_BorderColor(long Color);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode);
+
+ // And these are the methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetWindowForeground(long Focus);
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd,long uMsg,LONG_PTR wParam,LONG_PTR lParam);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP HideCursor(long HideCursor);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden);
+};
+
+// This class implements the IBasicVideo interface
+
+class CBaseControlVideo : public CBaseBasicVideo
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection
+ CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section
+
+public:
+
+ // Derived classes must provide these for the implementation
+
+ virtual HRESULT IsDefaultTargetRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetDefaultTargetRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT IsDefaultSourceRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetDefaultSourceRect() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT SetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT GetStaticImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pDIBImage) PURE;
+
+ // Derived classes must override this to return a VIDEOINFO representing
+ // the video format. We cannot call IPin ConnectionMediaType to get this
+ // format because various filters dynamically change the type when using
+ // DirectDraw such that the format shows the position of the logical
+ // bitmap in a frame buffer surface, so the size might be returned as
+ // 1024x768 pixels instead of 320x240 which is the real video dimensions
+
+ __out virtual VIDEOINFOHEADER *GetVideoFormat() PURE;
+
+ // Helper functions for creating memory renderings of a DIB image
+
+ HRESULT GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __out LONG *pBufferSize,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect);
+
+ HRESULT CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,
+ __inout LONG *pBufferSize,
+ __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,
+ __in RECT *pSourceRect);
+
+ // Override this if you want notifying when the rectangles change
+ virtual HRESULT OnUpdateRectangles() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnVideoSizeChange();
+
+ // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using
+ // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with
+ // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the
+ // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can
+ // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method
+
+ void SetControlVideoPin(__inout CBasePin *pPin) {
+ m_pPin = pPin;
+ }
+
+ // Helper methods for checking rectangles
+ virtual HRESULT CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);
+ virtual HRESULT CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseControlVideo(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter
+ __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Serialise interface
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code
+
+ // These are the properties we support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceTop(long SourceTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight);
+
+ // And these are the methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,long Entries,__out long *pRetrieved,__out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultSourcePosition();
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultSource();
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultDestinationPosition();
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultDestination();
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage);
+};
+
+#endif // __WINCTRL__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6653f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2746 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements generic window handler class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <dvdmedia.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+#include <checkbmi.h>
+
+static UINT MsgDestroy;
+
+// Constructor
+
+CBaseWindow::CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC, bool bDoPostToDestroy) :
+ m_hInstance(g_hInst),
+ m_hwnd(NULL),
+ m_hdc(NULL),
+ m_bActivated(FALSE),
+ m_pClassName(NULL),
+ m_ClassStyles(0),
+ m_WindowStyles(0),
+ m_WindowStylesEx(0),
+ m_ShowStageMessage(0),
+ m_ShowStageTop(0),
+ m_MemoryDC(NULL),
+ m_hPalette(NULL),
+ m_bBackground(FALSE),
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing(FALSE),
+#endif
+ m_bNoRealize(FALSE),
+ m_bDoPostToDestroy(bDoPostToDestroy)
+{
+ m_bDoGetDC = bDoGetDC;
+}
+
+
+// Prepare a window by spinning off a worker thread to do the creation and
+// also poll the message input queue. We leave this to be called by derived
+// classes because they might want to override methods like MessageLoop and
+// InitialiseWindow, if we do this during construction they'll ALWAYS call
+// this base class methods. We make the worker thread create the window so
+// it owns it rather than the filter graph thread which is constructing us
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::PrepareWindow()
+{
+ if (m_hwnd) return NOERROR;
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+
+ // Get the derived object's window and class styles
+
+ m_pClassName = GetClassWindowStyles(&m_ClassStyles,
+ &m_WindowStyles,
+ &m_WindowStylesEx);
+ if (m_pClassName == NULL) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Register our special private messages
+ m_ShowStageMessage = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGE);
+
+ // RegisterWindowMessage() returns 0 if an error occurs.
+ if (0 == m_ShowStageMessage) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_ShowStageTop = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGETOP);
+ if (0 == m_ShowStageTop) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_RealizePalette = RegisterWindowMessage(REALIZEPALETTE);
+ if (0 == m_RealizePalette) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ MsgDestroy = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AM_DESTROY"));
+ if (0 == MsgDestroy) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ return DoCreateWindow();
+}
+
+
+// Destructor just a placeholder so that we know it becomes virtual
+// Derived classes MUST call DoneWithWindow in their destructors so
+// that no messages arrive after the derived class constructor ends
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CBaseWindow::~CBaseWindow()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// We use the sync worker event to have the window destroyed. All we do is
+// signal the event and wait on the window thread handle. Trying to send it
+// messages causes too many problems, furthermore to be on the safe side we
+// just wait on the thread handle while it returns WAIT_TIMEOUT or there is
+// a sent message to process on this thread. If the constructor failed to
+// create the thread in the first place then the loop will get terminated
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoneWithWindow()
+{
+ if (!IsWindow(m_hwnd) || (GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId())) {
+
+ if (IsWindow(m_hwnd)) {
+
+ // This code should only be executed if the window exists and if the window's
+ // messages are processed on a different thread.
+ ASSERT(GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId());
+
+ if (m_bDoPostToDestroy) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ CAMEvent m_evDone(FALSE, &hr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We must post a message to destroy the window
+ // That way we can't be in the middle of processing a
+ // message posted to our window when we do go away
+ // Sending a message gives less synchronization.
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, (WPARAM)(HANDLE)m_evDone, 0);
+ WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evDone, INFINITE);
+ } else {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //
+ // This is not a leak, the window manager automatically free's
+ // hdc's that were got via GetDC, which is the case here.
+ // We set it to NULL so that we don't get any asserts later.
+ //
+ m_hdc = NULL;
+
+ //
+ // We need to free this DC though because USER32 does not know
+ // anything about it.
+ //
+ if (m_MemoryDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));
+ m_MemoryDC = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the window variables
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ const HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ InactivateWindow();
+ NOTE("Inactivated");
+
+ // Reset the window styles before destruction
+
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_STYLE,m_WindowStyles);
+ ASSERT(GetParent(hwnd) == NULL);
+ NOTE1("Reset window styles %d",m_WindowStyles);
+
+ // UnintialiseWindow sets m_hwnd to NULL so save a copy
+ UninitialiseWindow();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Destroying 0x%8.8X"), hwnd));
+ if (!DestroyWindow(hwnd)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("DestroyWindow %8.8X failed code %d"),
+ hwnd, GetLastError()));
+ DbgBreak("");
+ }
+
+ // Reset our state so we can be prepared again
+
+ m_pClassName = NULL;
+ m_ClassStyles = 0;
+ m_WindowStyles = 0;
+ m_WindowStylesEx = 0;
+ m_ShowStageMessage = 0;
+ m_ShowStageTop = 0;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called at the end to put the window in an inactive state. The pending list
+// will always have been cleared by this time so event if the worker thread
+// gets has been signaled and gets in to render something it will find both
+// the state has been changed and that there are no available sample images
+// Since we wait on the window thread to complete we don't lock the object
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::InactivateWindow()
+{
+ // Has the window been activated
+ if (m_bActivated == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_bActivated = FALSE;
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::CompleteConnect()
+{
+ m_bActivated = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// This displays a normal window. We ask the base window class for default
+// sizes which unless overriden will return DEFWIDTH and DEFHEIGHT. We go
+// through a couple of extra hoops to get the client area the right size
+// as the object specifies which accounts for the AdjustWindowRectEx calls
+// We also DWORD align the left and top coordinates of the window here to
+// maximise the chance of being able to use DCI/DirectDraw primary surface
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::ActivateWindow()
+{
+ // Has the window been sized and positioned already
+
+ if (m_bActivated == TRUE || GetParent(m_hwnd) != NULL) {
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Our window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, // Leave in current position
+ SWP_NOMOVE | // Don't change it's place
+ SWP_NOSIZE); // Change Z-order only
+
+ m_bActivated = TRUE;
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the desired client rectangle
+
+ RECT WindowRect, ClientRect = GetDefaultRect();
+ GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);
+ AdjustWindowRectEx(&ClientRect,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE),
+ FALSE,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE));
+
+ // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries
+
+ UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
+ WindowRect.left -= (WindowRect.left & 3);
+ WindowRect.top -= (WindowRect.top & 3);
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Align left edge
+ WindowRect.top, // And also top place
+ WIDTH(&ClientRect), // Horizontal size
+ HEIGHT(&ClientRect), // Vertical size
+ WindowFlags); // Don't show window
+
+ m_bActivated = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This can be used to DWORD align the window for maximum performance
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::PerformanceAlignWindow()
+{
+ RECT ClientRect,WindowRect;
+ GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);
+ ASSERT(m_bActivated == TRUE);
+
+ // Don't do this if we're owned
+
+ if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries
+
+ GetClientRect(m_hwnd, &ClientRect);
+ MapWindowPoints(m_hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, (LPPOINT) &ClientRect, 2);
+ WindowRect.left -= (ClientRect.left & 3);
+ WindowRect.top -= (ClientRect.top & 3);
+ UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE);
+
+ SetWindowPos(m_hwnd, // Window handle
+ HWND_TOP, // Put it at the top
+ WindowRect.left, // Align left edge
+ WindowRect.top, // And also top place
+ (int) 0,(int) 0, // Ignore these sizes
+ WindowFlags); // Don't show window
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Install a palette into the base window - we may be called by a different
+// thread to the one that owns the window. We have to be careful how we do
+// the palette realisation as we could be a different thread to the window
+// which would cause an inter thread send message. Therefore we realise the
+// palette by sending it a special message but without the window locked
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette)
+{
+ // We must own the window lock during the change
+ {
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+ ASSERT(hPalette);
+ m_hPalette = hPalette;
+ }
+ return SetPalette();
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette()
+{
+ if (!m_bNoRealize) {
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd, m_RealizePalette, 0, 0);
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // Just select the palette
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+ SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+ SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::UnsetPalette()
+{
+ CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+
+ // Get a standard VGA colour palette
+
+ HPALETTE hPalette = (HPALETTE) GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE);
+ ASSERT(hPalette);
+
+ SelectPalette(GetWindowHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);
+ SelectPalette(GetMemoryHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);
+
+ m_hPalette = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::LockPaletteLock()
+{
+ m_PaletteLock.Lock();
+}
+
+
+void CBaseWindow::UnlockPaletteLock()
+{
+ m_PaletteLock.Unlock();
+}
+
+
+// Realise our palettes in the window and device contexts
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground)
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);
+
+ if (m_hPalette == NULL) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Realize the palette on the window thread
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+
+ SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground || bForceBackground);
+ SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);
+ }
+
+ // If we grab a critical section here we can deadlock
+ // with the window thread because one of the side effects
+ // of RealizePalette is to send a WM_PALETTECHANGED message
+ // to every window in the system. In our handling
+ // of WM_PALETTECHANGED we used to grab this CS too.
+ // The really bad case is when our renderer calls DoRealisePalette()
+ // while we're in the middle of processing a palette change
+ // for another window.
+ // So don't hold the critical section while actually realising
+ // the palette. In any case USER is meant to manage palette
+ // handling - we shouldn't have to serialize everything as well
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_WindowLock));
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_PaletteLock));
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_hdc) != GDI_ERROR);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_MemoryDC) != GDI_ERROR);
+
+ return (GdiFlush() == FALSE ? S_FALSE : S_OK);
+}
+
+
+// This is the global window procedure
+
+LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam) // Other parameter
+{
+
+ // Get the window long that holds our window object pointer
+ // If it is NULL then we are initialising the window in which
+ // case the object pointer has been passed in the window creation
+ // structure. IF we get any messages before WM_NCCREATE we will
+ // pass them to DefWindowProc.
+
+ CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBaseWindow*>(hwnd,0);
+
+ if (pBaseWindow == NULL) {
+
+ // Get the structure pointer from the create struct.
+ // We can only do this for WM_NCCREATE which should be one of
+ // the first messages we receive. Anything before this will
+ // have to be passed to DefWindowProc (i.e. WM_GETMINMAXINFO)
+
+ // If the message is WM_NCCREATE we set our pBaseWindow pointer
+ // and will then place it in the window structure
+
+ // turn off WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL style for quartz windows
+ if (uMsg == WM_NCCREATE) {
+ SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & ~0x400000);
+ }
+
+ if ((uMsg != WM_NCCREATE)
+ || (NULL == (pBaseWindow = *(CBaseWindow**) ((LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam)->lpCreateParams)))
+ {
+ return(DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam));
+ }
+
+ // Set the window LONG to be the object who created us
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ SetLastError(0); // because of the way SetWindowLong works
+#endif
+
+ LONG_PTR rc = _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, (DWORD) 0, pBaseWindow);
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (0 == rc) {
+ // SetWindowLong MIGHT have failed. (Read the docs which admit
+ // that it is awkward to work out if you have had an error.)
+ LONG lasterror = GetLastError();
+ ASSERT(0 == lasterror);
+ // If this is not the case we have not set the pBaseWindow pointer
+ // into the window structure and we will blow up.
+ }
+#endif
+
+ }
+ // See if this is the packet of death
+ if (uMsg == MsgDestroy && uMsg != 0) {
+ pBaseWindow->DoneWithWindow();
+ if (pBaseWindow->m_bDoPostToDestroy) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE)wParam));
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pBaseWindow->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// When the window size changes we adjust our member variables that
+// contain the dimensions of the client rectangle for our window so
+// that we come to render an image we will know whether to stretch
+
+BOOL CBaseWindow::OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height)
+{
+ m_Width = Width;
+ m_Height = Height;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This function handles the WM_CLOSE message
+
+BOOL CBaseWindow::OnClose()
+{
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the worker window thread when it receives a terminate
+// message from the window object destructor to delete all the resources we
+// allocated during initialisation. By the time the worker thread exits all
+// processing will have been completed as the source filter disconnection
+// flushes the image pending sample, therefore the GdiFlush should succeed
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::UninitialiseWindow()
+{
+ // Have we already cleaned up
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC == NULL);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Release the window resources
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+
+ if (m_hdc)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ReleaseDC(m_hwnd,m_hdc));
+ m_hdc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_MemoryDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));
+ m_MemoryDC = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the window variables
+ m_hwnd = NULL;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the worker window thread after it has created the main
+// window and it wants to initialise the rest of the owner objects window
+// variables such as the device contexts. We execute this function with the
+// critical section still locked. Nothing in this function must generate any
+// SendMessage calls to the window because this is executing on the window
+// thread so the message will never be processed and we will deadlock
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd)
+{
+ // Initialise the window variables
+
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));
+ m_hwnd = hwnd;
+
+ if (m_bDoGetDC)
+ {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_hdc = GetDC(hwnd));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_MemoryDC = CreateCompatibleDC(m_hdc));
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_hdc,COLORONCOLOR));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_MemoryDC,COLORONCOLOR));
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoCreateWindow()
+{
+ WNDCLASS wndclass; // Used to register classes
+ BOOL bRegistered; // Is this class registered
+ HWND hwnd; // Handle to our window
+
+ bRegistered = GetClassInfo(m_hInstance, // Module instance
+ m_pClassName, // Window class
+ &wndclass); // Info structure
+
+ // if the window is to be used for drawing puposes and we are getting a DC
+ // for the entire lifetime of the window then changes the class style to do
+ // say so. If we don't set this flag then the DC comes from the cache and is
+ // really bad.
+ if (m_bDoGetDC)
+ {
+ m_ClassStyles |= CS_OWNDC;
+ }
+
+ if (bRegistered == FALSE) {
+
+ // Register the renderer window class
+
+ wndclass.lpszClassName = m_pClassName;
+ wndclass.style = m_ClassStyles;
+ wndclass.lpfnWndProc = WndProc;
+ wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
+ wndclass.cbWndExtra = sizeof(CBaseWindow *);
+ wndclass.hInstance = m_hInstance;
+ wndclass.hIcon = NULL;
+ wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor (NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ wndclass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH) NULL;
+ wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+
+ RegisterClass(&wndclass);
+ }
+
+ // Create the frame window. Pass the pBaseWindow information in the
+ // CreateStruct which allows our message handling loop to get hold of
+ // the pBaseWindow pointer.
+
+ CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = this; // The owner window object
+ hwnd = CreateWindowEx(m_WindowStylesEx, // Extended styles
+ m_pClassName, // Registered name
+ TEXT("ActiveMovie Window"), // Window title
+ m_WindowStyles, // Window styles
+ CW_USEDEFAULT, // Start x position
+ CW_USEDEFAULT, // Start y position
+ DEFWIDTH, // Window width
+ DEFHEIGHT, // Window height
+ NULL, // Parent handle
+ NULL, // Menu handle
+ m_hInstance, // Instance handle
+ &pBaseWindow); // Creation data
+
+ // If we failed signal an error to the object constructor (based on the
+ // last Win32 error on this thread) then signal the constructor thread
+ // to continue, release the mutex to let others have a go and exit
+
+ if (hwnd == NULL) {
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(Error);
+ }
+
+ // Check the window LONG is the object who created us
+ ASSERT(GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, 0) == (LONG_PTR)this);
+
+ // Initialise the window and then signal the constructor so that it can
+ // continue and then finally unlock the object's critical section. The
+ // window class is left registered even after we terminate the thread
+ // as we don't know when the last window has been closed. So we allow
+ // the operating system to free the class resources as appropriate
+
+ InitialiseWindow(hwnd);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Created window class (%s) HWND(%8.8X)"),
+ m_pClassName, hwnd));
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// The base class provides some default handling and calls DefWindowProc
+
+LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam) // Other parameter
+{
+ ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));
+
+ if (PossiblyEatMessage(uMsg, wParam, lParam))
+ return 0;
+
+ // This is sent by the IVideoWindow SetWindowForeground method. If the
+ // window is invisible we will show it and make it topmost without the
+ // foreground focus. If the window is visible it will also be made the
+ // topmost window without the foreground focus. If wParam is TRUE then
+ // for both cases the window will be forced into the foreground focus
+
+ if (uMsg == m_ShowStageMessage) {
+
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);
+ SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW |
+ (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));
+
+ // Should we bring the window to the foreground
+ if (wParam == TRUE) {
+ SetForegroundWindow(hwnd);
+ }
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+
+ // When we go fullscreen we have to add the WS_EX_TOPMOST style to the
+ // video window so that it comes out above any task bar (this is more
+ // relevant to WindowsNT than Windows95). However the SetWindowPos call
+ // must be on the same thread as that which created the window. The
+ // wParam parameter can be TRUE or FALSE to set and reset the topmost
+
+ if (uMsg == m_ShowStageTop) {
+ HWND HwndTop = (wParam == TRUE ? HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST);
+ BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);
+ SetWindowPos(hwnd, HwndTop, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE |
+ (wParam == TRUE ? SWP_SHOWWINDOW : 0) |
+ (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+ }
+
+ // New palette stuff
+ if (uMsg == m_RealizePalette) {
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);
+ return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);
+ }
+
+ switch (uMsg) {
+
+ // Repaint the window if the system colours change
+
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+
+ InvalidateRect(hwnd,NULL,FALSE);
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+
+ // Somebody has changed the palette
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+
+ OnPaletteChange((HWND)wParam,uMsg);
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+
+ // We are about to receive the keyboard focus so we ask GDI to realise
+ // our logical palette again and hopefully it will be fully installed
+ // without any mapping having to be done during any picture rendering
+
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);
+ return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,uMsg);
+
+ // do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent
+ // window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at. But we need
+ // to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we
+ // do this.
+ case WM_MOVE:
+ if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {
+ PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ // Store the width and height as useful base class members
+
+ case WM_SIZE:
+
+ OnSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam));
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+
+ // Intercept the WM_CLOSE messages to hide the window
+
+ case WM_CLOSE:
+
+ OnClose();
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+ return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);
+}
+
+
+// This handles the Windows palette change messages - if we do realise our
+// palette then we return TRUE otherwise we return FALSE. If our window is
+// foreground application then we should get first choice of colours in the
+// system palette entries. We get best performance when our logical palette
+// includes the standard VGA colours (at the beginning and end) otherwise
+// GDI may have to map from our palette to the device palette while drawing
+
+LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd,UINT Message)
+{
+ // First check we are not changing the palette during closedown
+
+ if (m_hwnd == NULL || hwnd == NULL) {
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+ ASSERT(!m_bRealizing);
+
+ // Should we realise our palette again
+
+ if ((Message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE || hwnd != m_hwnd)) {
+ // It seems that even if we're invisible that we can get asked
+ // to realize our palette and this can cause really ugly side-effects
+ // Seems like there's another bug but this masks it a least for the
+ // shutting down case.
+ if (!IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Realizing when invisible!")));
+ return (LRESULT) 0;
+ }
+
+ // Avoid recursion with multiple graphs in the same app
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing = TRUE;
+#endif
+ DoRealisePalette(Message != WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_bRealizing = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ // Should we redraw the window with the new palette
+ if (Message == WM_PALETTECHANGED) {
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (LRESULT) 1;
+}
+
+
+// Determine if the window exists.
+
+bool CBaseWindow::WindowExists()
+{
+ return !!IsWindow(m_hwnd);
+}
+
+
+// Return the default window rectangle
+
+RECT CBaseWindow::GetDefaultRect()
+{
+ RECT DefaultRect = {0,0,DEFWIDTH,DEFHEIGHT};
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return DefaultRect;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current window width
+
+LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_Width;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current window height
+
+LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_Height;
+}
+
+
+// Return the window handle
+
+HWND CBaseWindow::GetWindowHWND()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ // ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_hwnd;
+}
+
+
+// Return the window drawing device context
+
+HDC CBaseWindow::GetWindowHDC()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ return m_hdc;
+}
+
+
+// Return the offscreen window drawing device context
+
+HDC CBaseWindow::GetMemoryHDC()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hwnd);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+ return m_MemoryDC;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+HPALETTE CBaseWindow::GetPalette()
+{
+ // The palette lock should always be held when accessing
+ // m_hPalette.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_PaletteLock));
+ return m_hPalette;
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+
+// This is available to clients who want to change the window visiblity. It's
+// little more than an indirection to the Win32 ShowWindow although these is
+// some benefit in going through here as this function may change sometime
+
+HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd)
+{
+ ShowWindow(m_hwnd,ShowCmd);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Generate a WM_PAINT message for the video window
+
+void CBaseWindow::PaintWindow(BOOL bErase)
+{
+ InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,bErase);
+}
+
+
+// Allow an application to have us set the video window in the foreground. We
+// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window
+// owned by another thread. Rather than expose the message we use to execute
+// the inter thread send message we provide the interface function. All we do
+// is to SendMessage to the video window renderer thread with a WM_SHOWSTAGE
+
+void CBaseWindow::DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus)
+{
+ SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageMessage,(WPARAM) bFocus,(LPARAM) 0);
+}
+
+
+// Constructor initialises the owning object pointer. Since we are a worker
+// class for the main window object we have relatively few state variables to
+// look after. We are given device context handles to use later on as well as
+// the source and destination rectangles (but reset them here just in case)
+
+CDrawImage::CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow) :
+ m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),
+ m_hdc(NULL),
+ m_MemoryDC(NULL),
+ m_bStretch(FALSE),
+ m_pMediaType(NULL),
+ m_bUsingImageAllocator(FALSE)
+{
+ ASSERT(pBaseWindow);
+ ResetPaletteVersion();
+ SetRectEmpty(&m_TargetRect);
+ SetRectEmpty(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ m_perfidRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Single Blt time"));
+}
+
+
+// Overlay the image time stamps on the picture. Access to this method is
+// serialised by the caller. We display the sample start and end times on
+// top of the video using TextOut on the device context we are handed. If
+// there isn't enough room in the window for the times we don't show them
+
+void CDrawImage::DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ //
+ // Only allow the "annoying" time messages if the users has turned the
+ // logging "way up"
+ //
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, 5);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ TCHAR szTimes[TIMELENGTH]; // Time stamp strings
+ ASSERT(pSample); // Quick sanity check
+ RECT ClientRect; // Client window size
+ SIZE Size; // Size of text output
+
+ // Get the time stamps and window size
+
+ pSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_StartSample, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_EndSample);
+ HWND hwnd = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHWND();
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetClientRect(hwnd,&ClientRect));
+
+ // Format the sample time stamps
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szTimes,NUMELMS(szTimes),TEXT("%08d : %08d"),
+ m_StartSample.Millisecs(),
+ m_EndSample.Millisecs());
+
+ ASSERT(lstrlen(szTimes) < TIMELENGTH);
+
+ // Put the times in the middle at the bottom of the window
+
+ GetTextExtentPoint32(m_hdc,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes),&Size);
+ INT XPos = ((ClientRect.right - ClientRect.left) - Size.cx) / 2;
+ INT YPos = ((ClientRect.bottom - ClientRect.top) - Size.cy) * 4 / 5;
+
+ // Check the window is big enough to have sample times displayed
+
+ if ((XPos > 0) && (YPos > 0)) {
+ TextOut(m_hdc,XPos,YPos,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes));
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called when the drawing code sees that the image has a down level
+// palette cookie. We simply call the SetDIBColorTable Windows API with the
+// palette that is found after the BITMAPINFOHEADER - we return no errors
+
+void CDrawImage::UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi)
+{
+ ASSERT(pbmi->biClrUsed);
+ RGBQUAD *pColourTable = (RGBQUAD *)(pbmi+1);
+
+ // Set the new palette in the device context
+
+ UINT uiReturn = SetDIBColorTable(hdc,(UINT) 0,
+ pbmi->biClrUsed,
+ pColourTable);
+
+ // Should always succeed but check in debug builds
+ ASSERT(uiReturn == pbmi->biClrUsed);
+}
+
+
+// No source rectangle scaling is done by the base class
+
+RECT CDrawImage::ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSource);
+ return *pSource;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when the funky output pin uses our allocator. The samples we
+// allocate are special because the memory is shared between us and GDI thus
+// removing one copy when we ask for the image to be rendered. The source type
+// information is in the main renderer m_mtIn field which is initialised when
+// the media type is agreed in SetMediaType, the media type may be changed on
+// the fly if, for example, the source filter needs to change the palette
+
+void CDrawImage::FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi; // Image format data
+ DIBDATA *pDibData; // Stores DIB information
+ BYTE *pImage; // Pointer to image data
+ HBITMAP hOldBitmap; // Store the old bitmap
+ CImageSample *pSample; // Pointer to C++ object
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+
+ // From the untyped source format block get the VIDEOINFO and subsequently
+ // the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure. We can cast the IMediaSample interface
+ // to a CImageSample object so we can retrieve it's DIBSECTION details
+
+ pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ pSample = (CImageSample *) pMediaSample;
+ pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();
+ hOldBitmap = (HBITMAP) SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,pDibData->hBitmap);
+
+ // Get a pointer to the real image data
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Do we need to update the colour table, we increment our palette cookie
+ // each time we get a dynamic format change. The sample palette cookie is
+ // stored in the DIBDATA structure so we try to keep the fields in sync
+ // By the time we get to draw the images the format change will be done
+ // so all we do is ask the renderer for what it's palette version is
+
+ if (pDibData->PaletteVersion < GetPaletteVersion()) {
+ ASSERT(pbmi->biBitCount <= iPALETTE);
+ UpdateColourTable(m_MemoryDC,pbmi);
+ pDibData->PaletteVersion = GetPaletteVersion();
+ }
+
+ // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do
+ // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch
+ // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in
+ // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with
+ // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this
+ // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in
+
+ RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ // Is the window the same size as the video
+
+ if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {
+
+ // Put the image straight into the window
+
+ BitBlt(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ m_MemoryDC, // Source device context
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ SourceRect.top, // Y source position
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple copy
+
+ } else {
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the window
+
+ StretchBlt(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ m_MemoryDC, // Source device HDC
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ SourceRect.top, // Y source position
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left, // Source width
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top, // Source height
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple copy
+ }
+
+ // This displays the sample times over the top of the image. This used to
+ // draw the times into the offscreen device context however that actually
+ // writes the text into the image data buffer which may not be writable
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);
+ #endif
+
+ // Put the old bitmap back into the device context so we don't leak
+ SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,hOldBitmap);
+}
+
+
+// This is called when there is a sample ready to be drawn, unfortunately the
+// output pin was being rotten and didn't choose our super excellent shared
+// memory DIB allocator so we have to do this slow render using boring old GDI
+// SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBits. The down side of using these GDI
+// functions is that the image data has to be copied across from our address
+// space into theirs before going to the screen (although in reality the cost
+// is small because all they do is to map the buffer into their address space)
+
+void CDrawImage::SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // Get the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the connection
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ BYTE *pImage;
+
+ // Get the image data buffer
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do
+ // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch
+ // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in
+ // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with
+ // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this
+ // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in
+
+ RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top
+ // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.
+ if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {
+ lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;
+ }
+ // Is the window the same size as the video
+
+ if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {
+
+ // Put the image straight into the window
+
+ SetDIBitsToDevice(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ lAdjustedSourceTop, // Adjusted Y source position
+ (UINT) 0, // Start scan line
+ pbmi->biHeight, // Scan lines present
+ pImage, // Image data
+ (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi, // DIB header
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS); // Type of palette
+
+ } else {
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the window
+
+ StretchDIBits(
+ (HDC) m_hdc, // Target device HDC
+ m_TargetRect.left, // X sink position
+ m_TargetRect.top, // Y sink position
+ m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width
+ m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height
+ SourceRect.left, // X source position
+ lAdjustedSourceTop, // Adjusted Y source position
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left, // Source width
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top, // Source height
+ pImage, // Image data
+ (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi, // DIB header
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS, // Type of palette
+ SRCCOPY); // Simple image copy
+ }
+
+ // This shows the sample reference times over the top of the image which
+ // looks a little flickery. I tried using GdiSetBatchLimit and GdiFlush to
+ // control the screen updates but it doesn't quite work as expected and
+ // only partially reduces the flicker. I also tried using a memory context
+ // and combining the two in that before doing a final BitBlt operation to
+ // the screen, unfortunately this has considerable performance penalties
+ // and also means that this code is not executed when compiled retail
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);
+ #endif
+}
+
+
+// This is called with an IMediaSample interface on the image to be drawn. We
+// decide on the drawing mechanism based on who's allocator we are using. We
+// may be called when the window wants an image painted by WM_PAINT messages
+// We can't realise the palette here because we have the renderer lock, any
+// call to realise may cause an interthread send message to the window thread
+// which may in turn be waiting to get the renderer lock before servicing it
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hdc);
+ ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);
+ NotifyStartDraw();
+
+ // If the output pin used our allocator then the samples passed are in
+ // fact CVideoSample objects that contain CreateDIBSection data that we
+ // use to do faster image rendering, they may optionally also contain a
+ // DirectDraw surface pointer in which case we do not do the drawing
+
+ if (m_bUsingImageAllocator == FALSE) {
+ SlowRender(pMediaSample);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ NotifyEndDraw();
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // This is a DIBSECTION buffer
+
+ FastRender(pMediaSample);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ NotifyEndDraw();
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::DrawVideoImageHere(
+ HDC hdc,
+ IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in LPRECT lprcSrc,
+ __in LPRECT lprcDst
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ BYTE *pImage;
+
+ // Get the image data buffer
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RECT SourceRect;
+ RECT TargetRect;
+
+ if (lprcSrc) {
+ SourceRect = *lprcSrc;
+ }
+ else SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);
+
+ if (lprcDst) {
+ TargetRect = *lprcDst;
+ }
+ else TargetRect = m_TargetRect;
+
+ LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;
+ // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top
+ // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.
+ if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {
+ lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;
+ }
+
+
+ // Stretch the image when copying to the DC
+
+ BOOL bRet = (0 != StretchDIBits(hdc,
+ TargetRect.left,
+ TargetRect.top,
+ TargetRect.right - TargetRect.left,
+ TargetRect.bottom - TargetRect.top,
+ SourceRect.left,
+ lAdjustedSourceTop,
+ SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left,
+ SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top,
+ pImage,
+ (BITMAPINFO *)pbmi,
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS,
+ SRCCOPY));
+ return bRet;
+}
+
+
+// This is called by the owning window object after it has created the window
+// and it's drawing contexts. We are constructed with the base window we'll
+// be drawing into so when given the notification we retrive the device HDCs
+// to draw with. We cannot call these in our constructor as they are virtual
+
+void CDrawImage::SetDrawContext()
+{
+ m_MemoryDC = m_pBaseWindow->GetMemoryHDC();
+ m_hdc = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHDC();
+}
+
+
+// This is called to set the target rectangle in the video window, it will be
+// called whenever a WM_SIZE message is retrieved from the message queue. We
+// simply store the rectangle and use it later when we do the drawing calls
+
+void CDrawImage::SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pTargetRect);
+ m_TargetRect = *pTargetRect;
+ SetStretchMode();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current target rectangle
+
+void CDrawImage::GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pTargetRect);
+ *pTargetRect = m_TargetRect;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we want to change the section of the image to draw. We
+// use this information in the drawing operation calls later on. We must also
+// see if the source and destination rectangles have the same dimensions. If
+// not we must stretch during the drawing rather than a direct pixel copy
+
+void CDrawImage::SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ m_SourceRect = *pSourceRect;
+ SetStretchMode();
+}
+
+
+// Return the current source rectangle
+
+void CDrawImage::GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSourceRect);
+ *pSourceRect = m_SourceRect;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when either the source or destination rectanges change so we
+// can update the stretch flag. If the rectangles don't match we stretch the
+// video during the drawing otherwise we call the fast pixel copy functions
+// NOTE the source and/or the destination rectangle may be completely empty
+
+void CDrawImage::SetStretchMode()
+{
+ // Calculate the overall rectangle dimensions
+
+ LONG SourceWidth = m_SourceRect.right - m_SourceRect.left;
+ LONG SinkWidth = m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left;
+ LONG SourceHeight = m_SourceRect.bottom - m_SourceRect.top;
+ LONG SinkHeight = m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top;
+
+ m_bStretch = TRUE;
+ if (SourceWidth == SinkWidth) {
+ if (SourceHeight == SinkHeight) {
+ m_bStretch = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Tell us whose allocator we are using. This should be called with TRUE if
+// the filter agrees to use an allocator based around the CImageAllocator
+// SDK base class - whose image buffers are made through CreateDIBSection.
+// Otherwise this should be called with FALSE and we will draw the images
+// using SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBitsToDevice. None of these calls
+// can handle buffers which have non zero strides (like DirectDraw uses)
+
+void CDrawImage::NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator)
+{
+ m_bUsingImageAllocator = bUsingImageAllocator;
+}
+
+
+// Are we using the image DIBSECTION allocator
+
+BOOL CDrawImage::UsingImageAllocator()
+{
+ return m_bUsingImageAllocator;
+}
+
+
+// We need the media type of the connection so that we can get the BITMAPINFO
+// from it. We use that in the calls to draw the image such as StretchDIBits
+// and also when updating the colour table held in shared memory DIBSECTIONs
+
+void CDrawImage::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// We store in this object a cookie maintaining the current palette version.
+// Each time a palettised format is changed we increment this value so that
+// when we come to draw the images we look at the colour table value they
+// have and if less than the current we know to update it. This version is
+// only needed and indeed used when working with shared memory DIBSECTIONs
+
+LONG CDrawImage::GetPaletteVersion()
+{
+ return m_PaletteVersion;
+}
+
+
+// Resets the current palette version number
+
+void CDrawImage::ResetPaletteVersion()
+{
+ m_PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;
+}
+
+
+// Increment the current palette version
+
+void CDrawImage::IncrementPaletteVersion()
+{
+ m_PaletteVersion++;
+}
+
+
+// Constructor must initialise the base allocator. Each sample we create has a
+// palette version cookie on board. When the source filter changes the palette
+// during streaming the window object increments an internal cookie counter it
+// keeps as well. When it comes to render the samples it looks at the cookie
+// values and if they don't match then it knows to update the sample's colour
+// table. However we always create samples with a cookie of PALETTE_VERSION
+// If there have been multiple format changes and we disconnect and reconnect
+// thereby causing the samples to be reallocated we will create them with a
+// cookie much lower than the current version, this isn't a problem since it
+// will be seen by the window object and the versions will then be updated
+
+CImageAllocator::CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseAllocator(pName,NULL,phr,TRUE,TRUE),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter)
+{
+ ASSERT(phr);
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+
+
+// Check our DIB buffers have been released
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CImageAllocator::~CImageAllocator()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bCommitted == FALSE);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Called from destructor and also from base class to free resources. We work
+// our way through the list of media samples deleting the DIBSECTION created
+// for each. All samples should be back in our list so there is no chance a
+// filter is still using one to write on the display or hold on a pending list
+
+void CImageAllocator::Free()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+ DIBDATA *pDibData;
+
+ while (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) {
+ pSample = (CImageSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(pDibData->hBitmap));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(pDibData->hMapping));
+ delete pSample;
+ }
+
+ m_lAllocated = 0;
+}
+
+
+// Prepare the allocator by checking all the input parameters
+
+STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest)
+{
+ // Check we have a valid connection
+
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which
+ // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation
+ // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not
+ // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) m_pMediaType->Format();
+
+ // When we call CreateDIBSection it implicitly maps only enough memory
+ // for the image as defined by thee BITMAPINFOHEADER. If the user asks
+ // for an image smaller than this then we reject the call, if they ask
+ // for an image larger than this then we return what they can have
+
+ if ((DWORD) pRequest->cbBuffer < pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Reject buffer prefixes
+
+ if (pRequest->cbPrefix > 0) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ pRequest->cbBuffer = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Agree the number of media sample buffers and their sizes. The base class
+// this allocator is derived from allows samples to be aligned only on byte
+// boundaries NOTE the buffers are not allocated until the Commit call
+
+STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)
+{
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Adjusted = *pRequest;
+
+ // Check the parameters fit with the current connection
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckSizes(&Adjusted);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(&Adjusted, pActual);
+}
+
+
+// Commit the memory by allocating the agreed number of media samples. For
+// each sample we are committed to creating we have a CImageSample object
+// that we use to manage it's resources. This is initialised with a DIBDATA
+// structure that contains amongst other things the GDI DIBSECTION handle
+// We will access the renderer media type during this so we must have locked
+// (to prevent the format changing for example). The class overrides Commit
+// and Decommit to do this locking (base class Commit in turn calls Alloc)
+
+HRESULT CImageAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+ DIBDATA DibData;
+
+ // Check the base allocator says it's ok to continue
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We create a new memory mapped object although we don't map it into our
+ // address space because GDI does that in CreateDIBSection. It is possible
+ // that we run out of resources before creating all the samples in which
+ // case the available sample list is left with those already created
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);
+ while (m_lAllocated < m_lCount) {
+
+ // Create and initialise a shared memory GDI buffer
+
+ hr = CreateDIB(m_lSize,DibData);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Create the sample object and pass it the DIBDATA
+
+ pSample = CreateImageSample(DibData.pBase,m_lSize);
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(DibData.hBitmap));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(DibData.hMapping));
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // Add the completed sample to the available list
+
+ pSample->SetDIBData(&DibData);
+ m_lFree.Add(pSample);
+ m_lAllocated++;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We have a virtual method that allocates the samples so that a derived class
+// may override it and allocate more specialised sample objects. So long as it
+// derives its samples from CImageSample then all this code will still work ok
+
+CImageSample *CImageAllocator::CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ CImageSample *pSample;
+
+ // Allocate the new sample and check the return codes
+
+ pSample = new CImageSample((CBaseAllocator *) this, // Base class
+ NAME("Video sample"), // DEBUG name
+ (HRESULT *) &hr, // Return code
+ (LPBYTE) pData, // DIB address
+ (LONG) Length); // Size of DIB
+
+ if (pSample == NULL || FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete pSample;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return pSample;
+}
+
+
+// This function allocates a shared memory block for use by the source filter
+// generating DIBs for us to render. The memory block is created in shared
+// memory so that GDI doesn't have to copy the memory when we do a BitBlt
+
+HRESULT CImageAllocator::CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData)
+{
+ BITMAPINFO *pbmi; // Format information for pin
+ BYTE *pBase; // Pointer to the actual image
+ HANDLE hMapping; // Handle to mapped object
+ HBITMAP hBitmap; // DIB section bitmap handle
+
+ // Create a file mapping object and map into our address space
+
+ hMapping = CreateFileMapping(hMEMORY, // Use system page file
+ NULL, // No security attributes
+ PAGE_READWRITE, // Full access to memory
+ (DWORD) 0, // Less than 4Gb in size
+ InSize, // Size of buffer
+ NULL); // No name to section
+ if (hMapping == NULL) {
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);
+ }
+
+ // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which
+ // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation
+ // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not
+ // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping
+
+ pbmi = (BITMAPINFO *) HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ DbgBreak("Invalid media type");
+ }
+
+ hBitmap = CreateDIBSection((HDC) NULL, // NO device context
+ pbmi, // Format information
+ DIB_RGB_COLORS, // Use the palette
+ (VOID **) &pBase, // Pointer to image data
+ hMapping, // Mapped memory handle
+ (DWORD) 0); // Offset into memory
+
+ if (hBitmap == NULL || pBase == NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(hMapping));
+ DWORD Error = GetLastError();
+ return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);
+ }
+
+ // Initialise the DIB information structure
+
+ DibData.hBitmap = hBitmap;
+ DibData.hMapping = hMapping;
+ DibData.pBase = pBase;
+ DibData.PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;
+ GetObject(hBitmap,sizeof(DIBSECTION),(VOID *)&DibData.DibSection);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We use the media type during the DIBSECTION creation
+
+void CImageAllocator::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to increment the owning object's reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ return m_pFilter->AddRef();
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to decrement the owning object's reference count
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ return m_pFilter->Release();
+}
+
+
+// If you derive a class from CMediaSample that has to transport specialised
+// member variables and entry points then there are three alternate solutions
+// The first is to create a memory buffer larger than actually required by the
+// sample and store your information either at the beginning of it or at the
+// end, the former being moderately safer allowing for misbehaving transform
+// filters. You then adjust the buffer address when you create the base media
+// sample. This has the disadvantage of breaking up the memory allocated to
+// the samples into separate blocks. The second solution is to implement a
+// class derived from CMediaSample and support additional interface(s) that
+// convey your private data. This means defining a custom interface. The final
+// alternative is to create a class that inherits from CMediaSample and adds
+// the private data structures, when you get an IMediaSample in your Receive()
+// call check to see if your allocator is being used, and if it is then cast
+// the IMediaSample into one of your objects. Additional checks can be made
+// to ensure the sample's this pointer is known to be one of your own objects
+
+CImageSample::CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ CMediaSample(pName,pAllocator,phr,pBuffer,length),
+ m_bInit(FALSE)
+{
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+ ASSERT(pBuffer);
+}
+
+
+// Set the shared memory DIB information
+
+void CImageSample::SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData)
+{
+ ASSERT(pDibData);
+ m_DibData = *pDibData;
+ m_bInit = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Retrieve the shared memory DIB data
+
+__out DIBDATA *CImageSample::GetDIBData()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bInit == TRUE);
+ return &m_DibData;
+}
+
+
+// This class handles the creation of a palette. It is fairly specialist and
+// is intended to simplify palette management for video renderer filters. It
+// is for this reason that the constructor requires three other objects with
+// which it interacts, namely a base media filter, a base window and a base
+// drawing object although the base window or the draw object may be NULL to
+// ignore that part of us. We try not to create and install palettes unless
+// absolutely necessary as they typically require WM_PALETTECHANGED messages
+// to be sent to every window thread in the system which is very expensive
+
+CImagePalette::CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,
+ __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,
+ __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage) :
+ m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),
+ m_pFilter(pBaseFilter),
+ m_pDrawImage(pDrawImage),
+ m_hPalette(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_pFilter);
+}
+
+
+// Destructor
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+CImagePalette::~CImagePalette()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette == NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// We allow dynamic format changes of the palette but rather than change the
+// palette every time we call this to work out whether an update is required.
+// If the original type didn't use a palette and the new one does (or vica
+// versa) then we return TRUE. If neither formats use a palette we'll return
+// FALSE. If both formats use a palette we compare their colours and return
+// FALSE if they match. This therefore short circuits palette creation unless
+// absolutely necessary since installing palettes is an expensive operation
+
+BOOL CImagePalette::ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo)
+{
+ // We may not have a current format yet
+
+ if (pOldInfo == NULL) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Do both formats not require a palette
+
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {
+ if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == FALSE) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compare the colours to see if they match
+
+ DWORD VideoEntries = pNewInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == TRUE)
+ if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == TRUE)
+ if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == VideoEntries)
+ if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > 0)
+ if (memcmp((PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pNewInfo),
+ (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pOldInfo),
+ VideoEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD)) == 0) {
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This is normally called when the input pin type is set to install a palette
+// We will typically be called from two different places. The first is when we
+// have negotiated a palettised media type after connection, the other is when
+// we receive a new type during processing with an updated palette in which
+// case we must remove and release the resources held by the current palette
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,
+ const CMediaType *pmtOld,
+ __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtNew->Format();
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtOld->Format();
+ ASSERT(pNewInfo);
+
+ // This is an performance optimisation, when we get a media type we check
+ // to see if the format requires a palette change. If either we need one
+ // when previously we didn't or vica versa then this returns TRUE, if we
+ // previously needed a palette and we do now it compares their colours
+
+ if (ShouldUpdate(pNewInfo,pOldInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No update needed");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // We must notify the filter graph that the application may have changed
+ // the palette although in practice we don't bother checking to see if it
+ // is really different. If it tries to get the palette either the window
+ // or renderer lock will ensure it doesn't get in until we are finished
+
+ RemovePalette();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_PALETTE_CHANGED,0,0);
+
+ // Do we need a palette for the new format
+
+ if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("New has no palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // If we're changing the palette on the fly then we increment our palette
+ // cookie which is compared against the cookie also stored in all of our
+ // DIBSECTION media samples. If they don't match when we come to draw it
+ // then we know the sample is out of date and we'll update it's palette
+
+ NOTE("Making new colour palette");
+ m_hPalette = MakePalette(pNewInfo, szDevice);
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette != NULL);
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // The window in which the new palette is to be realised may be a NULL
+ // pointer to signal that no window is in use, if so we don't call it
+ // Some filters just want to use this object to create/manage palettes
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) m_pBaseWindow->SetPalette(m_hPalette);
+
+ // This is the only time where we need access to the draw object to say
+ // to it that a new palette will be arriving on a sample real soon. The
+ // constructor may take a NULL pointer in which case we don't call this
+
+ if (m_pDrawImage) m_pDrawImage->IncrementPaletteVersion();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Helper function to copy a palette out of any kind of VIDEOINFO (ie it may
+// be YUV or true colour) into a palettised VIDEOINFO. We use this changing
+// palettes on DirectDraw samples as a source filter can attach a palette to
+// any buffer (eg YUV) and hand it back. We make a new palette out of that
+// format and then copy the palette colours into the current connection type
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest)
+{
+ // Reset the destination palette before starting
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pDestInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pDest->Format();
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0;
+
+ // Does the destination have a palette
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pDestInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No destination palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Does the source contain a palette
+
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pSrcInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pSrc->Format();
+ if (ContainsPalette(pSrcInfo) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("No source palette");
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // The number of colours may be zero filled
+
+ DWORD PaletteEntries = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;
+ if (PaletteEntries == 0) {
+ DWORD Maximum = (1 << pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount);
+ NOTE1("Setting maximum colours (%d)",Maximum);
+ PaletteEntries = Maximum;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the destination has enough room for the palette
+
+ ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);
+ ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant <= PaletteEntries);
+ ASSERT(COLORS(pDestInfo) == GetBitmapPalette(pDestInfo));
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PaletteEntries;
+ pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant;
+ ULONG BitmapSize = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pSrcInfo));
+
+ if (pDest->FormatLength() < BitmapSize) {
+ NOTE("Reallocating destination");
+ pDest->ReallocFormatBuffer(BitmapSize);
+ }
+
+ // Now copy the palette colours across
+
+ CopyMemory((PVOID) COLORS(pDestInfo),
+ (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pSrcInfo),
+ PaletteEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is normally called when the palette is changed (typically during a
+// dynamic format change) to remove any palette we previously installed. We
+// replace it (if necessary) in the video window with a standard VGA palette
+// that should always be available even if this is a true colour display
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::RemovePalette()
+{
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ // Do we have a palette to remove
+
+ if (m_hPalette != NULL) {
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ // Make sure that the window's palette handle matches
+ // our palette handle.
+ ASSERT(m_hPalette == m_pBaseWindow->GetPalette());
+
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnsetPalette();
+ }
+
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(m_hPalette));
+ m_hPalette = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_pBaseWindow) {
+ m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called to create a palette for the object, the data structure used by GDI
+// to describe a palette is a LOGPALETTE, this includes a variable number of
+// PALETTEENTRY fields which are the colours, we have to convert the RGBQUAD
+// colour fields we are handed in a BITMAPINFO from the media type into these
+// This handles extraction of palettes from true colour and YUV media formats
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HPALETTE CImagePalette::MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ ASSERT(ContainsPalette(pVideoInfo) == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+
+ const RGBQUAD *pColours; // Pointer to the palette
+ LOGPALETTE *lp; // Used to create a palette
+ HPALETTE hPalette; // Logical palette object
+
+ lp = (LOGPALETTE *) new BYTE[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + SIZE_PALETTE];
+ if (lp == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Unfortunately for some hare brained reason a GDI palette entry (a
+ // PALETTEENTRY structure) is different to a palette entry from a DIB
+ // format (a RGBQUAD structure) so we have to do the field conversion
+ // The VIDEOINFO containing the palette may be a true colour type so
+ // we use GetBitmapPalette to skip over any bit fields if they exist
+
+ lp->palVersion = PALVERSION;
+ lp->palNumEntries = (USHORT) pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ if (lp->palNumEntries == 0) lp->palNumEntries = (1 << pHeader->biBitCount);
+ pColours = GetBitmapPalette(pVideoInfo);
+
+ for (DWORD dwCount = 0;dwCount < lp->palNumEntries;dwCount++) {
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peRed = pColours[dwCount].rgbRed;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peGreen = pColours[dwCount].rgbGreen;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peBlue = pColours[dwCount].rgbBlue;
+ lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peFlags = 0;
+ }
+
+ MakeIdentityPalette(lp->palPalEntry, lp->palNumEntries, szDevice);
+
+ // Create a logical palette
+
+ hPalette = CreatePalette(lp);
+ ASSERT(hPalette != NULL);
+ delete[] lp;
+ return hPalette;
+}
+
+
+// GDI does a fair job of compressing the palette entries you give it, so for
+// example if you have five entries with an RGB colour (0,0,0) it will remove
+// all but one of them. When you subsequently draw an image it will map from
+// your logical palette to the compressed device palette. This function looks
+// to see if it is trying to be an identity palette and if so sets the flags
+// field in the PALETTEENTRYs so they remain expanded to boost performance
+
+// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette
+// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImagePalette::MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice)
+{
+ PALETTEENTRY SystemEntries[10]; // System palette entries
+ BOOL bIdentityPalette = TRUE; // Is an identity palette
+ ASSERT(iColours <= iPALETTE_COLORS); // Should have a palette
+ const int PalLoCount = 10; // First ten reserved colours
+ const int PalHiStart = 246; // Last VGA palette entries
+
+ // Does this have the full colour range
+
+ if (iColours < 10) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Apparently some displays have odd numbers of system colours
+
+ // Get a DC on the right monitor - it's ugly, but this is the way you have
+ // to do it
+ HDC hdc;
+ if (szDevice == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDevice, "DISPLAY") == 0)
+ hdc = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ else
+ hdc = CreateDCA(NULL, szDevice, NULL, NULL);
+ if (NULL == hdc) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ INT Reserved = GetDeviceCaps(hdc,NUMRESERVED);
+ if (Reserved != 20) {
+ DeleteDC(hdc);
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Compare our palette against the first ten system entries. The reason I
+ // don't do a memory compare between our two arrays of colours is because
+ // I am not sure what will be in the flags fields for the system entries
+
+ UINT Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,0,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);
+ for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {
+ if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[Count].peRed ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[Count].peGreen ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[Count].peBlue) {
+ bIdentityPalette = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // And likewise compare against the last ten entries
+
+ Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,PalHiStart,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);
+ for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {
+ if (INT(Count) + PalHiStart < iColours) {
+ if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peRed ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peGreen ||
+ SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peBlue) {
+ bIdentityPalette = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If not an identity palette then return S_FALSE
+
+ DeleteDC(hdc);
+ if (bIdentityPalette == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Set the non VGA entries so that GDI doesn't map them
+
+ for (UINT Count = PalLoCount;INT(Count) < min(PalHiStart,iColours);Count++) {
+ pEntry[Count].peFlags = PC_NOCOLLAPSE;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Constructor initialises the VIDEOINFO we keep storing the current display
+// format. The format can be changed at any time, to reset the format held
+// by us call the RefreshDisplayType directly (it's a public method). Since
+// more than one thread will typically call us (ie window threads resetting
+// the type and source threads in the type checking methods) we have a lock
+
+CImageDisplay::CImageDisplay()
+{
+ RefreshDisplayType(NULL);
+}
+
+
+
+// This initialises the format we hold which contains the display device type
+// We do a conversion on the display device type in here so that when we start
+// type checking input formats we can assume that certain fields have been set
+// correctly, an example is when we make the 16 bit mask fields explicit. This
+// is normally called when we receive WM_DEVMODECHANGED device change messages
+
+// The optional szDeviceName parameter tells us which monitor we are interested
+// in for a multi monitor system
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName)
+{
+ CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);
+
+ // Set the preferred format type
+
+ ZeroMemory((PVOID)&m_Display,sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)+sizeof(TRUECOLORINFO));
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount = FALSE;
+
+ // Get the bit depth of a device compatible bitmap
+
+ // get caps of whichever monitor they are interested in (multi monitor)
+ HDC hdcDisplay;
+ // it's ugly, but this is the way you have to do it
+ if (szDeviceName == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDeviceName, "DISPLAY") == 0)
+ hdcDisplay = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ else
+ hdcDisplay = CreateDCA(NULL, szDeviceName, NULL, NULL);
+ if (hdcDisplay == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(FALSE);
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("ACK! Can't get a DC for %hs"),
+ szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));
+ return E_FAIL;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Created a DC for %s"),
+ szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));
+ }
+ HBITMAP hbm = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdcDisplay,1,1);
+ if ( hbm )
+ {
+ GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+
+ // This call will get the colour table or the proper bitfields
+ GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+ DeleteObject(hbm);
+ }
+ DeleteDC(hdcDisplay);
+
+ // Complete the display type initialisation
+
+ ASSERT(CheckHeaderValidity(&m_Display));
+ UpdateFormat(&m_Display);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("New DISPLAY bit depth =%d"),
+ m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We assume throughout this code that any bitfields masks are allowed no
+// more than eight bits to store a colour component. This checks that the
+// bit count assumption is enforced and also makes sure that all the bits
+// set are contiguous. We return a boolean TRUE if the field checks out ok
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) BITMASKS(pInput);
+
+ for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {
+
+ // First of all work out how many bits are set
+
+ DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+ if (SetBits > iMAXBITS || SetBits == 0) {
+ NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d invalid",iColour);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Next work out the number of zero bits prefix
+ DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+
+ // This is going to see if all the bits set are contiguous (as they
+ // should be). We know how much to shift them right by from the
+ // count of prefix bits. The number of bits set defines a mask, we
+ // invert this (ones complement) and AND it with the shifted bit
+ // fields. If the result is NON zero then there are bit(s) sticking
+ // out the left hand end which means they are not contiguous
+
+ DWORD TestField = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;
+ DWORD Mask = ULONG_MAX << SetBits;
+ if (TestField & Mask) {
+ NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d not contiguous",iColour);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// This counts the number of bits set in the input field
+
+DWORD CImageDisplay::CountSetBits(DWORD Field)
+{
+ // This is a relatively well known bit counting algorithm
+
+ DWORD Count = 0;
+ DWORD init = Field;
+
+ // Until the input is exhausted, count the number of bits
+
+ while (init) {
+ init = init & (init - 1); // Turn off the bottommost bit
+ Count++;
+ }
+ return Count;
+}
+
+
+// This counts the number of zero bits upto the first one set NOTE the input
+// field should have been previously checked to ensure there is at least one
+// set although if we don't find one set we return the impossible value 32
+
+DWORD CImageDisplay::CountPrefixBits(DWORD Field)
+{
+ DWORD Mask = 1;
+ DWORD Count = 0;
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ if (Field & Mask) {
+ return Count;
+ }
+ Count++;
+
+ ASSERT(Mask != 0x80000000);
+ if (Mask == 0x80000000) {
+ return Count;
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called to check the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the input type. There are
+// many implicit dependancies between the fields in a header structure which
+// if we validate now make for easier manipulation in subsequent handling. We
+// also check that the BITMAPINFOHEADER matches it's specification such that
+// fields likes the number of planes is one, that it's structure size is set
+// correctly and that the bitmap dimensions have not been set as negative
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // Check the bitmap width and height are not negative.
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biWidth <= 0 ||
+ pInput->bmiHeader.biHeight <= 0) {
+ NOTE("Invalid bitmap dimensions");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the compression is either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ NOTE("Invalid compression format");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If BI_BITFIELDS compression format check the colour depth
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 32) {
+ NOTE("BI_BITFIELDS not 16/32 bit depth");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check the assumptions about the layout of the bit fields
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ if (CheckBitFields(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Bit fields are not valid");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Are the number of planes equal to one
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biPlanes != 1) {
+ NOTE("Number of planes not one");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the image size is consistent (it can be zero)
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage != GetBitmapSize(&pInput->bmiHeader)) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {
+ NOTE("Image size incorrectly set");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check the size of the structure
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSize != sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) {
+ NOTE("Size of BITMAPINFOHEADER wrong");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return CheckPaletteHeader(pInput);
+}
+
+
+// This runs a few simple tests against the palette fields in the input to
+// see if it looks vaguely correct. The tests look at the number of palette
+// colours present, the number considered important and the biCompression
+// field which should always be BI_RGB as no other formats are meaningful
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // The checks here are for palettised videos only
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ NOTE("Invalid palette entries");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Compression type of BI_BITFIELDS is meaningless for palette video
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ NOTE("Palettised video must be BI_RGB");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check the number of palette colours is correct
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > PALETTE_ENTRIES(pInput)) {
+ NOTE("Too many colours in palette");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used
+
+ if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ NOTE("Too many important colours");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Return the format of the video display
+
+const VIDEOINFO *CImageDisplay::GetDisplayFormat()
+{
+ return &m_Display;
+}
+
+
+// Return TRUE if the display uses a palette
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::IsPalettised()
+{
+ return PALETTISED(&m_Display);
+}
+
+
+// Return the bit depth of the current display setting
+
+WORD CImageDisplay::GetDisplayDepth()
+{
+ return m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+}
+
+
+// Initialise the optional fields in a VIDEOINFO. These are mainly to do with
+// the source and destination rectangles and palette information such as the
+// number of colours present. It simplifies our code just a little if we don't
+// have to keep checking for all the different valid permutations in a header
+// every time we want to do anything with it (an example would be creating a
+// palette). We set the base class media type before calling this function so
+// that the media types between the pins match after a connection is made
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo);
+
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(pVideoInfo);
+ SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcSource);
+ SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcTarget);
+
+ // Set the number of colours explicitly
+
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo)) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used, on
+ // some displays the number of important colours is not initialised when
+ // retrieving the display type so we set the colours used correctly
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+
+ // Change the image size field to be explicit
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage == 0) {
+ pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = GetBitmapSize(&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Lots of video rendering filters want code to check proposed formats are ok
+// This checks the VIDEOINFO we are passed as a media type. If the media type
+// is a valid media type then we return NOERROR otherwise E_INVALIDARG. Note
+// however we only accept formats that can be easily displayed in the display
+// so if we are on a 16 bit device we will not accept 24 bit images. The one
+// complexity is that most displays draw 8 bit palettised images efficiently
+// Also if the input format is less colour bits per pixel then we also accept
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)
+{
+ // First of all check the VIDEOINFOHEADER looks correct
+
+ if (CheckHeaderValidity(pInput) == FALSE) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Virtually all devices support palettised images efficiently
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ if (PALETTISED(pInput) == TRUE) {
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == TRUE);
+ NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // Is the display depth greater than the input format
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount > pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ NOTE("(Video) Mismatch agreed");
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Is the display depth less than the input format
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ NOTE("(Video) Format mismatch");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+
+ // Both input and display formats are either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS
+
+ ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount);
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == FALSE);
+
+ // BI_RGB 16 bit representation is implicitly RGB555, and likewise BI_RGB
+ // 24 bit representation is RGB888. So we initialise a pointer to the bit
+ // fields they really mean and check against the display device format
+ // This is only going to be called when both formats are equal bits pixel
+
+ const DWORD *pInputMask = GetBitMasks(pInput);
+ const DWORD *pDisplayMask = GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);
+
+ if (pInputMask[iRED] != pDisplayMask[iRED] ||
+ pInputMask[iGREEN] != pDisplayMask[iGREEN] ||
+ pInputMask[iBLUE] != pDisplayMask[iBLUE]) {
+
+ NOTE("(Video) Bit field mismatch");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the bit masks for the true colour VIDEOINFO provided
+
+const DWORD *CImageDisplay::GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ static const DWORD FailMasks[] = {0,0,0};
+
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return BITMASKS(pVideoInfo);
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);
+
+ switch (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {
+ case 16: return bits555;
+ case 24: return bits888;
+ case 32: return bits888;
+ default: return FailMasks;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Check to see if we can support media type pmtIn as proposed by the output
+// pin - We first check that the major media type is video and also identify
+// the media sub type. Then we thoroughly check the VIDEOINFO type provided
+// As well as the contained VIDEOINFO being correct the major type must be
+// video, the subtype a recognised video format and the type GUID correct
+
+HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn)
+{
+ // Does this have a VIDEOINFOHEADER format block
+
+ const GUID *pFormatType = pmtIn->FormatType();
+ if (*pFormatType != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+ NOTE("Format GUID not a VIDEOINFOHEADER");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pmtIn->Format());
+
+ // Check the format looks reasonably ok
+
+ ULONG Length = pmtIn->FormatLength();
+ if (Length < SIZE_VIDEOHEADER) {
+ NOTE("Format smaller than a VIDEOHEADER");
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ VIDEOINFO *pInput = (VIDEOINFO *) pmtIn->Format();
+
+ // Check the major type is MEDIATYPE_Video
+
+ const GUID *pMajorType = pmtIn->Type();
+ if (*pMajorType != MEDIATYPE_Video) {
+ NOTE("Major type not MEDIATYPE_Video");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Check we can identify the media subtype
+
+ const GUID *pSubType = pmtIn->Subtype();
+ if (GetBitCount(pSubType) == USHRT_MAX) {
+ NOTE("Invalid video media subtype");
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ return CheckVideoType(pInput);
+}
+
+
+// Given a video format described by a VIDEOINFO structure we return the mask
+// that is used to obtain the range of acceptable colours for this type, for
+// example, the mask for a 24 bit true colour format is 0xFF in all cases. A
+// 16 bit 5:6:5 display format uses 0xF8, 0xFC and 0xF8, therefore given any
+// RGB triplets we can AND them with these fields to find one that is valid
+
+BOOL CImageDisplay::GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskBlue)
+{
+ CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);
+ *pMaskRed = 0xFF;
+ *pMaskGreen = 0xFF;
+ *pMaskBlue = 0xFF;
+
+ // If this format is palettised then it doesn't have bit fields
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < 16) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If this is a 24 bit true colour display then it can handle all the
+ // possible colour component ranges described by a byte. It is never
+ // allowed for a 24 bit colour depth image to have BI_BITFIELDS set
+
+ if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == 24) {
+ ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the mask based on the format's bit fields
+
+ const DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);
+ DWORD *pOutputMask[] = { pMaskRed, pMaskGreen, pMaskBlue };
+
+ // We know from earlier testing that there are no more than iMAXBITS
+ // bits set in the mask and that they are all contiguous. All that
+ // therefore remains is to shift them into the correct position
+
+ for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {
+
+ // This works out how many bits there are and where they live
+
+ DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+ DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);
+
+ // The first shift moves the bit field so that it is right justified
+ // in the DWORD, after which we then shift it back left which then
+ // puts the leading bit in the bytes most significant bit position
+
+ *(pOutputMask[iColour]) = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;
+ *(pOutputMask[iColour]) <<= (iMAXBITS - SetBits);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* Helper to convert to VIDEOINFOHEADER2
+*/
+STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ if (NULL == pmt->pbFormat || pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFO *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ DWORD dwNewSize;
+ HRESULT hr = DWordAdd(pmt->cbFormat, sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER), &dwNewSize);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ PVOID pvNew = CoTaskMemAlloc(dwNewSize);
+ if (pvNew == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(pvNew, pmt->pbFormat, FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));
+ ZeroMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),
+ sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER));
+ CopyMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader),
+ pmt->pbFormat + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pvNew;
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX = (DWORD)pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biWidth;
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY = (DWORD)abs(pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biHeight);
+ pmt->formattype = FORMAT_VideoInfo2;
+ CoTaskMemFree(pmt->pbFormat);
+ pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)pvNew;
+ pmt->cbFormat += sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER);
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video ||
+ pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo ||
+ pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ &pHeader->bmiHeader,
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader))) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER2
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video ||
+ pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo2 ||
+ pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2)) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmt->pbFormat;
+ if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(
+ &pHeader->bmiHeader,
+ pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader))) {
+ return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bd6235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/winutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WinUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines generic handler classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Make sure that you call PrepareWindow to initialise the window after
+// the object has been constructed. It is a separate method so that
+// derived classes can override useful methods like MessageLoop. Also
+// any derived class must call DoneWithWindow in its destructor. If it
+// doesn't a message may be retrieved and call a derived class member
+// function while a thread is executing the base class destructor code
+
+#ifndef __WINUTIL__
+#define __WINUTIL__
+
+const int DEFWIDTH = 320; // Initial window width
+const int DEFHEIGHT = 240; // Initial window height
+const int CAPTION = 256; // Maximum length of caption
+const int TIMELENGTH = 50; // Maximum length of times
+const int PROFILESTR = 128; // Normal profile string
+const WORD PALVERSION = 0x300; // GDI palette version
+const LONG PALETTE_VERSION = (LONG) 1; // Initial palette version
+const COLORREF VIDEO_COLOUR = 0; // Defaults to black background
+const HANDLE hMEMORY = (HANDLE) (-1); // Says to open as memory file
+
+#define WIDTH(x) ((*(x)).right - (*(x)).left)
+#define HEIGHT(x) ((*(x)).bottom - (*(x)).top)
+#define SHOWSTAGE TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGE")
+#define SHOWSTAGETOP TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGETOP")
+#define REALIZEPALETTE TEXT("WM_REALIZEPALETTE")
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseWindow
+{
+protected:
+
+ HINSTANCE m_hInstance; // Global module instance handle
+ HWND m_hwnd; // Handle for our window
+ HDC m_hdc; // Device context for the window
+ LONG m_Width; // Client window width
+ LONG m_Height; // Client window height
+ BOOL m_bActivated; // Has the window been activated
+ LPTSTR m_pClassName; // Static string holding class name
+ DWORD m_ClassStyles; // Passed in to our constructor
+ DWORD m_WindowStyles; // Likewise the initial window styles
+ DWORD m_WindowStylesEx; // And the extended window styles
+ UINT m_ShowStageMessage; // Have the window shown with focus
+ UINT m_ShowStageTop; // Makes the window WS_EX_TOPMOST
+ UINT m_RealizePalette; // Makes us realize our new palette
+ HDC m_MemoryDC; // Used for fast BitBlt operations
+ HPALETTE m_hPalette; // Handle to any palette we may have
+ BYTE m_bNoRealize; // Don't realize palette now
+ BYTE m_bBackground; // Should we realise in background
+ BYTE m_bRealizing; // already realizing the palette
+ CCritSec m_WindowLock; // Serialise window object access
+ BOOL m_bDoGetDC; // Should this window get a DC
+ bool m_bDoPostToDestroy; // Use PostMessage to destroy
+ CCritSec m_PaletteLock; // This lock protects m_hPalette.
+ // It should be held anytime the
+ // program use the value of m_hPalette.
+
+ // Maps windows message procedure into C++ methods
+ friend LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter
+
+ virtual LRESULT OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd, UINT Message);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC = TRUE, bool bPostToDestroy = false);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual ~CBaseWindow();
+#endif
+
+ virtual HRESULT DoneWithWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT PrepareWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT InactivateWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT ActivateWindow();
+ virtual BOOL OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height);
+ virtual BOOL OnClose();
+ virtual RECT GetDefaultRect();
+ virtual HRESULT UninitialiseWindow();
+ virtual HRESULT InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd);
+
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect();
+ HRESULT DoCreateWindow();
+
+ HRESULT PerformanceAlignWindow();
+ HRESULT DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd);
+ void PaintWindow(BOOL bErase);
+ void DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus);
+ virtual HRESULT SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette);
+ void SetRealize(BOOL bRealize)
+ {
+ m_bNoRealize = !bRealize;
+ }
+
+ // Jump over to the window thread to set the current palette
+ HRESULT SetPalette();
+ void UnsetPalette(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground = FALSE);
+
+ void LockPaletteLock();
+ void UnlockPaletteLock();
+
+ virtual BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+ { return FALSE; };
+
+ // Access our window information
+
+ bool WindowExists();
+ LONG GetWindowWidth();
+ LONG GetWindowHeight();
+ HWND GetWindowHWND();
+ HDC GetMemoryHDC();
+ HDC GetWindowHDC();
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ HPALETTE GetPalette();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ // This is the window procedure the derived object should override
+
+ virtual LRESULT OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd, // Window handle
+ UINT uMsg, // Message ID
+ WPARAM wParam, // First parameter
+ LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter
+
+ // Must be overriden to return class and window styles
+
+ virtual LPTSTR GetClassWindowStyles(
+ __out DWORD *pClassStyles, // Class styles
+ __out DWORD *pWindowStyles, // Window styles
+ __out DWORD *pWindowStylesEx) PURE; // Extended styles
+};
+
+
+// This helper class is entirely subservient to the owning CBaseWindow object
+// All this object does is to split out the actual drawing operation from the
+// main object (because it was becoming too large). We have a number of entry
+// points to set things like the draw device contexts, to implement the actual
+// drawing and to set the destination rectangle in the client window. We have
+// no critical section locking in this class because we are used exclusively
+// by the owning window object which looks after serialising calls into us
+
+// If you want to use this class make sure you call NotifyAllocator once the
+// allocate has been agreed, also call NotifyMediaType with a pointer to a
+// NON stack based CMediaType once that has been set (we keep a pointer to
+// the original rather than taking a copy). When the palette changes call
+// IncrementPaletteVersion (easiest thing to do is to also call this method
+// in the SetMediaType method most filters implement). Finally before you
+// start rendering anything call SetDrawContext so that we can get the HDCs
+// for drawing from the CBaseWindow object we are given during construction
+
+class CDrawImage
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Owning video window object
+ CRefTime m_StartSample; // Start time for the current sample
+ CRefTime m_EndSample; // And likewise it's end sample time
+ HDC m_hdc; // Main window device context
+ HDC m_MemoryDC; // Offscreen draw device context
+ RECT m_TargetRect; // Target destination rectangle
+ RECT m_SourceRect; // Source image rectangle
+ BOOL m_bStretch; // Do we have to stretch the images
+ BOOL m_bUsingImageAllocator; // Are the samples shared DIBSECTIONs
+ CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format
+ int m_perfidRenderTime; // Time taken to render an image
+ LONG m_PaletteVersion; // Current palette version cookie
+
+ // Draw the video images in the window
+
+ void SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample);
+ void UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi);
+ void SetStretchMode();
+
+public:
+
+ // Used to control the image drawing
+
+ CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow);
+ BOOL DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst);
+ void SetDrawContext();
+ void SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);
+ void SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);
+ void GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect);
+ void GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect);
+ virtual RECT ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource);
+
+ // Handle updating palettes as they change
+
+ LONG GetPaletteVersion();
+ void ResetPaletteVersion();
+ void IncrementPaletteVersion();
+
+ // Tell us media types and allocator assignments
+
+ void NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator);
+ void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);
+ BOOL UsingImageAllocator();
+
+ // Called when we are about to draw an image
+
+ void NotifyStartDraw() {
+ MSR_START(m_perfidRenderTime);
+ };
+
+ // Called when we complete an image rendering
+
+ void NotifyEndDraw() {
+ MSR_STOP(m_perfidRenderTime);
+ };
+};
+
+
+// This is the structure used to keep information about each GDI DIB. All the
+// samples we create from our allocator will have a DIBSECTION allocated to
+// them. When we receive the sample we know we can BitBlt straight to an HDC
+
+typedef struct tagDIBDATA {
+
+ LONG PaletteVersion; // Current palette version in use
+ DIBSECTION DibSection; // Details of DIB section allocated
+ HBITMAP hBitmap; // Handle to bitmap for drawing
+ HANDLE hMapping; // Handle to shared memory block
+ BYTE *pBase; // Pointer to base memory address
+
+} DIBDATA;
+
+
+// This class inherits from CMediaSample and uses all of it's methods but it
+// overrides the constructor to initialise itself with the DIBDATA structure
+// When we come to render an IMediaSample we will know if we are using our own
+// allocator, and if we are, we can cast the IMediaSample to a pointer to one
+// of these are retrieve the DIB section information and hence the HBITMAP
+
+class CImageSample : public CMediaSample
+{
+protected:
+
+ DIBDATA m_DibData; // Information about the DIBSECTION
+ BOOL m_bInit; // Is the DIB information setup
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor
+
+ CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length);
+
+ // Maintain the DIB/DirectDraw state
+
+ void SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData);
+ __out DIBDATA *GetDIBData();
+};
+
+
+// This is an allocator based on the abstract CBaseAllocator base class that
+// allocates sample buffers in shared memory. The number and size of these
+// are determined when the output pin calls Prepare on us. The shared memory
+// blocks are used in subsequent calls to GDI CreateDIBSection, once that
+// has been done the output pin can fill the buffers with data which will
+// then be handed to GDI through BitBlt calls and thereby remove one copy
+
+class CImageAllocator : public CBaseAllocator
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Delegate reference counts to
+ CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format
+
+ // Used to create and delete samples
+
+ HRESULT Alloc();
+ void Free();
+
+ // Manage the shared DIBSECTION and DCI/DirectDraw buffers
+
+ HRESULT CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData);
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest);
+ virtual CImageSample *CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length);
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout HRESULT *phr);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ ~CImageAllocator();
+#endif
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // Agree the number of buffers to be used and their size
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pActual);
+};
+
+
+// This class is a fairly specialised helper class for image renderers that
+// have to create and manage palettes. The CBaseWindow class looks after
+// realising palettes once they have been installed. This class can be used
+// to create the palette handles from a media format (which must contain a
+// VIDEOINFO structure in the format block). We try to make the palette an
+// identity palette to maximise performance and also only change palettes
+// if actually required to (we compare palette colours before updating).
+// All the methods are virtual so that they can be overriden if so required
+
+class CImagePalette
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Window to realise palette in
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Media filter to send events
+ CDrawImage *m_pDrawImage; // Object who will be drawing
+ HPALETTE m_hPalette; // The palette handle we own
+
+public:
+
+ CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,
+ __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,
+ __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual ~CImagePalette();
+#endif
+
+ static HPALETTE MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice);
+ HRESULT RemovePalette();
+ static HRESULT MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice);
+ HRESULT CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest);
+ BOOL ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo);
+ HRESULT PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,const CMediaType *pmtOld,__in LPSTR szDevice);
+
+ BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample, __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst)
+ {
+ return m_pDrawImage->DrawVideoImageHere(hdc, pMediaSample, lprcSrc,lprcDst);
+ }
+};
+
+
+// Another helper class really for video based renderers. Most such renderers
+// need to know what the display format is to some degree or another. This
+// class initialises itself with the display format. The format can be asked
+// for through GetDisplayFormat and various other accessor functions. If a
+// filter detects a display format change (perhaps it gets a WM_DEVMODECHANGE
+// message then it can call RefreshDisplayType to reset that format). Also
+// many video renderers will want to check formats as they are proposed by
+// source filters. This class provides methods to check formats and only
+// accept those video formats that can be efficiently drawn using GDI calls
+
+class CImageDisplay : public CCritSec
+{
+protected:
+
+ // This holds the display format; biSize should not be too big, so we can
+ // safely use the VIDEOINFO structure
+ VIDEOINFO m_Display;
+
+ static DWORD CountSetBits(const DWORD Field);
+ static DWORD CountPrefixBits(const DWORD Field);
+ static BOOL CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor
+
+ CImageDisplay();
+
+ // Used to manage BITMAPINFOHEADERs and the display format
+
+ const VIDEOINFO *GetDisplayFormat();
+ HRESULT RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName);
+ static BOOL CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ static BOOL CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ BOOL IsPalettised();
+ WORD GetDisplayDepth();
+
+ // Provide simple video format type checking
+
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn);
+ HRESULT CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);
+ HRESULT UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);
+ const DWORD *GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);
+
+ BOOL GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,
+ __out DWORD *pMaskBlue);
+};
+
+// Convert a FORMAT_VideoInfo to FORMAT_VideoInfo2
+STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER
+STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+#endif // __WINUTIL__
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c43303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements ActiveX system debugging
+// facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#define _WINDLL
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <dvdmedia.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif // _UNICODE
+#endif // UNICODE
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi);
+static void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc);
+
+// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.
+// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.
+const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings
+
+/* For every module and executable we store a debugging level for each of
+ the five categories (eg LOG_ERROR and LOG_TIMING). This makes it easy
+ to isolate and debug individual modules without seeing everybody elses
+ spurious debug output. The keys are stored in the registry under the
+ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Debug\<Module Name>\<KeyName> key values
+ NOTE these must be in the same order as their enumeration definition */
+
+const LPCTSTR pKeyNames[] = {
+ TEXT("TIMING"), // Timing and performance measurements
+ TEXT("TRACE"), // General step point call tracing
+ TEXT("MEMORY"), // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ TEXT("LOCKING"), // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ TEXT("ERROR"), // Debug error notification
+ TEXT("CUSTOM1"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM2"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM3"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM4"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM5")
+ };
+
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szEntering[] = TEXT("->: %s");
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szLeaving[] = TEXT("<-: %s");
+
+const INT iMAXLEVELS = NUMELMS(pKeyNames); // Maximum debug categories
+
+HINSTANCE m_hInst; // Module instance handle
+TCHAR m_ModuleName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Cut down module name
+DWORD m_Levels[iMAXLEVELS]; // Debug level per category
+CRITICAL_SECTION m_CSDebug; // Controls access to list
+DWORD m_dwNextCookie; // Next active object ID
+ObjectDesc *pListHead = NULL; // First active object
+DWORD m_dwObjectCount; // Active object count
+BOOL m_bInit = FALSE; // Have we been initialised
+HANDLE m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; // Optional output written here
+DWORD dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE; // Default timeout value
+DWORD dwTimeOffset; // Time of first DbgLog call
+bool g_fUseKASSERT = false; // don't create messagebox
+bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;
+bool g_fAutoRefreshLevels = false;
+
+LPCTSTR pBaseKey = TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\DirectShow\\Debug");
+LPCTSTR pGlobalKey = TEXT("GLOBAL");
+static CHAR *pUnknownName = "UNKNOWN";
+
+LPCTSTR TimeoutName = TEXT("TIMEOUT");
+
+/* This sets the instance handle that the debug library uses to find
+ the module's file name from the Win32 GetModuleFileName function */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst)
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = TRUE;
+
+ m_hInst = hInst;
+ DbgInitModuleName();
+ if (GetProfileInt(m_ModuleName, TEXT("BreakOnLoad"), 0))
+ DebugBreak();
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ DbgInitGlobalSettings(true);
+ dwTimeOffset = timeGetTime();
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to clear up any resources the debug library uses - at the
+ moment we delete our critical section and the object list. The values we
+ retrieve from the registry are all done during initialisation but we don't
+ go looking for update notifications while we are running, if the values
+ are changed then the application has to be restarted to pick them up */
+
+void WINAPI DbgTerminate()
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the debug settings
+ for each logging category for this module from the registry */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ LONG lKeyPos; // Current key category
+ DWORD dwKeySize; // Size of the key value
+ DWORD dwKeyType; // Receives it's type
+ DWORD dwKeyValue; // This fields value
+
+ /* Try and read a value for each key position in turn */
+ for (lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if(fTakeMax)
+ {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = max(dwKeyValue,m_Levels[lKeyPos]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((m_Levels[lKeyPos] & LOG_FORCIBLY_SET) == 0) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = dwKeyValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the timeout value for catching hangs */
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz)
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ UINT cb = lstrlen(psz);
+ DWORD dw;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CHAR szDest[2048];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, psz, -1, szDest, NUMELMS(szDest), 0, 0);
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, szDest, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#else
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, psz, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#endif
+ } else {
+ OutputDebugString (psz);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
+HRESULT DbgUniqueProcessName(LPCTSTR inName, LPTSTR outName)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ const TCHAR *pIn = inName;
+ int dotPos = -1;
+
+ //scan the input and record the last '.' position
+ while (*pIn && (pIn - inName) < MAX_PATH)
+ {
+ if ( TEXT('.') == *pIn )
+ dotPos = (int)(pIn-inName);
+ ++pIn;
+ }
+
+ if (*pIn) //input should be zero-terminated within MAX_PATH
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+
+ DWORD dwProcessId = GetCurrentProcessId();
+
+ if (dotPos < 0)
+ {
+ //no extension in the input, appending process id to the input
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d"), inName, dwProcessId);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR pathAndBasename[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+
+ //there's an extension - zero-terminate the path and basename first by copying
+ hr = StringCchCopyN(pathAndBasename, MAX_PATH, inName, (size_t)dotPos);
+
+ //re-combine path, basename and extension with processId appended to a basename
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d%s"), pathAndBasename, dwProcessId, inName + dotPos);
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called by DbgInitGlobalSettings to setup alternate logging destinations
+ */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitLogTo (
+ HKEY hKey)
+{
+ LONG lReturn;
+ DWORD dwKeyType;
+ DWORD dwKeySize;
+ TCHAR szFile[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ static const TCHAR cszKey[] = TEXT("LogToFile");
+
+ dwKeySize = MAX_PATH;
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ cszKey, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) szFile, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ // create an empty key if it does not already exist
+ //
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_SZ)
+ {
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(TCHAR);
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ cszKey, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_SZ, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE)szFile, // Value for the field
+ dwKeySize); // Size of the field buffer
+ }
+
+ // if an output-to was specified. try to open it.
+ //
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle (m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ if (szFile[0] != 0)
+ {
+ if (!lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Console"))) {
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ if (m_hOutput == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ AllocConsole ();
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ }
+ SetConsoleTitle (TEXT("ActiveX Debug Output"));
+ } else if (szFile[0] &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debug")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debugger")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Deb")))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(szFile, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == m_hOutput &&
+ GetLastError() == ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)
+ {
+ TCHAR uniqueName[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ if (SUCCEEDED(DbgUniqueProcessName(szFile, uniqueName)))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(uniqueName, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != m_hOutput)
+ {
+ static const TCHAR cszBar[] = TEXT("\r\n\r\n=====DbgInitialize()=====\r\n\r\n");
+ SetFilePointer (m_hOutput, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+ DbgOutString (cszBar);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the global debug settings for
+ each logging category for this module from the registry. Normally each
+ module has it's own values set for it's different debug categories but
+ setting the global SOFTWARE\Debug\Global applies them to ALL modules */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hGlobalKey; // Global override key
+
+ /* Construct the global base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,pGlobalKey);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access GLOBAL module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hGlobalKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hGlobalKey);
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the debugging log levels for the different categories. We start
+ by opening (or creating if not already available) the SOFTWARE\Debug key
+ that all these settings live under. We then look at the global values
+ set under SOFTWARE\Debug\Global which apply on top of the individual
+ module settings. We then load the individual module registry settings */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hModuleKey; // Module key handle
+
+ /* Construct the base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,m_ModuleName);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitLogTo(hModuleKey);
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hModuleKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise the module file name */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName()
+{
+ TCHAR FullName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Load the full path and module name
+ LPTSTR pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+
+ GetModuleFileName(m_hInst,FullName,iDEBUGINFO);
+ pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = FullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_ModuleName,NUMELMS(m_ModuleName), pName);
+}
+
+struct MsgBoxMsg
+{
+ HWND hwnd;
+ LPCTSTR szTitle;
+ LPCTSTR szMessage;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ INT iResult;
+};
+
+//
+// create a thread to call MessageBox(). calling MessageBox() on
+// random threads at bad times can confuse the host (eg IE).
+//
+DWORD WINAPI MsgBoxThread(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParameter // thread data
+ )
+{
+ MsgBoxMsg *pmsg = (MsgBoxMsg *)lpParameter;
+ pmsg->iResult = MessageBox(
+ pmsg->hwnd,
+ pmsg->szTitle,
+ pmsg->szMessage,
+ pmsg->dwFlags);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+INT MessageBoxOtherThread(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ LPCTSTR szTitle,
+ LPCTSTR szMessage,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if(g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint)
+ {
+ // can't wait on another thread because we have the loader
+ // lock held in the dll entry point.
+ // This can crash sometimes so just skip it
+ // return MessageBox(hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags);
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MsgBoxMsg msg = {hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags, 0};
+ DWORD dwid;
+ HANDLE hThread = CreateThread(
+ 0, // security
+ 0, // stack size
+ MsgBoxThread,
+ (void *)&msg, // arg
+ 0, // flags
+ &dwid);
+ if(hThread)
+ {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ return msg.iResult;
+ }
+
+ // break into debugger on failure.
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box if the condition evaluated to FALSE */
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...)
+{
+ // A debug break point message can have at most 2000 characters if
+ // ANSI or UNICODE characters are being used. A debug break point message
+ // can have between 1000 and 2000 double byte characters in it. If a
+ // particular message needs more characters, then the value of this constant
+ // should be increased.
+ const DWORD MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE = 2000;
+
+ TCHAR szBreakPointMessage[MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE];
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start( va, szFormatString );
+
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchVPrintf( szBreakPointMessage, NUMELMS(szBreakPointMessage), szFormatString, va );
+
+ va_end(va);
+
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) {
+ DbgBreak( "ERROR in DbgBreakPoint(). The variable length debug message could not be displayed because StringCchVPrintf() failed." );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ::DbgBreakPoint( szBreakPointMessage, pFileName, iLine );
+}
+
+
+/* When we initialised the library we stored in the m_Levels array the current
+ debug output level for this module for each of the five categories. When
+ some debug logging is sent to us it can be sent with a combination of the
+ categories (if it is applicable to many for example) in which case we map
+ the type's categories into their current debug levels and see if any of
+ them can be accepted. The function looks at each bit position in turn from
+ the input type field and then compares it's debug level with the modules.
+
+ A level of 0 means that output is always sent to the debugger. This is
+ due to producing output if the input level is <= m_Levels.
+*/
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level)
+{
+ if(g_fAutoRefreshLevels)
+ {
+ // re-read the registry every second. We cannot use RegNotify() to
+ // notice registry changes because it's not available on win9x.
+ static DWORD g_dwLastRefresh = 0;
+ DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();
+ if(dwTime - g_dwLastRefresh > 1000) {
+ g_dwLastRefresh = dwTime;
+
+ // there's a race condition: multiple threads could update the
+ // values. plus read and write not synchronized. no harm
+ // though.
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ // If no valid bits are set return FALSE
+ if ((Type & ((1<<iMAXLEVELS)-1))) {
+
+ // speed up unconditional output.
+ if (0==Level)
+ return(TRUE);
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ if (Level <= (m_Levels[lKeyPos] & ~LOG_FORCIBLY_SET)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set debug levels to a given value */
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type, DWORD Level)
+{
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = Level | LOG_FORCIBLY_SET;
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* whether to check registry values periodically. this isn't turned
+ automatically because of the potential performance hit. */
+void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto)
+{
+ g_fAutoRefreshLevels = fAuto;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ CHAR szInfoA[2000];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, szInfo, -1, szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), 0, 0);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintfA(szInfoA + lstrlenA(szInfoA), NUMELMS(szInfoA) - lstrlenA(szInfoA), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCatA(szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), "\r\n");
+
+ WCHAR wszOutString[2000];
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, szInfoA, -1, wszOutString, NUMELMS(wszOutString));
+ DbgOutString(wszOutString);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%hs) at line %d in file %hs"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Print a formatted string to the debugger prefixed with this module's name
+ Because the COMBASE classes are linked statically every module loaded will
+ have their own copy of this code. It therefore helps if the module name is
+ included on the output so that the offending code can be easily found */
+
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,LPCTSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintf(szInfo + lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCat(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("\r\n"));
+ DbgOutString(szInfo);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+
+/* If we are executing as a pure kernel filter we cannot display message
+ boxes to the user, this provides an alternative which puts the error
+ condition on the debugger output with a suitable eye catching message */
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%s) at line %d in file %s"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+
+
+/* Each time we create an object derived from CBaseObject the constructor will
+ call us to register the creation of the new object. We are passed a string
+ description which we store away. We return a cookie that the constructor
+ uses to identify the object when it is destroyed later on. We update the
+ total number of active objects in the DLL mainly for debugging purposes */
+
+DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(LPCSTR szObjectName,
+ LPCWSTR wszObjectName)
+{
+ /* If this fires you have a mixed DEBUG/RETAIL build */
+
+ ASSERT(!!szObjectName ^ !!wszObjectName);
+
+ /* Create a place holder for this object description */
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = new ObjectDesc;
+ ASSERT(pObject);
+
+ /* It is valid to pass a NULL object name */
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have been initialised - we may not be initialised when we are
+ being pulled in from an executable which has globally defined objects
+ as they are created by the C++ run time before WinMain is called */
+
+ if (m_bInit == FALSE) {
+ DbgInitialise(GetModuleHandle(NULL));
+ }
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ /* If no name then default to UNKNOWN */
+ if (!szObjectName && !wszObjectName) {
+ szObjectName = pUnknownName;
+ }
+
+ /* Put the new description at the head of the list */
+
+ pObject->m_szName = szObjectName;
+ pObject->m_wszName = wszObjectName;
+ pObject->m_dwCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;
+ pObject->m_pNext = pListHead;
+
+ pListHead = pObject;
+ m_dwObjectCount++;
+
+ DWORD ObjectCookie = pObject->m_dwCookie;
+ ASSERT(ObjectCookie);
+
+ if(wszObjectName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, wszObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, szObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return ObjectCookie;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by the CBaseObject destructor when an object is about to be
+ destroyed, we are passed the cookie we returned during construction that
+ identifies this object. We scan the object list for a matching cookie and
+ remove the object if successful. We also update the active object count */
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie)
+{
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+ ObjectDesc *pPrevious = NULL;
+
+ /* Scan the object list looking for a cookie match */
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if (pObject->m_dwCookie == dwCookie) {
+ break;
+ }
+ pPrevious = pObject;
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ DbgBreak("Apparently destroying a bogus object");
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Is the object at the head of the list */
+
+ if (pPrevious == NULL) {
+ pListHead = pObject->m_pNext;
+ } else {
+ pPrevious->m_pNext = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the object and update the housekeeping information */
+
+ m_dwObjectCount--;
+
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_wszName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_szName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ delete pObject;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* This runs through the active object list displaying their details */
+
+void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+{
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+
+ /* Scan the object list displaying the name and cookie */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT(" ID Object Description")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30ls"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_wszName);
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30hs"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_szName);
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,szInfo));
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("Total object count %5d"),m_dwObjectCount);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,szInfo));
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+}
+
+/* Debug infinite wait stuff */
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForSingleObject(h, dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT(dwWaitResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount,
+ lpHandles,
+ bWaitAll,
+ dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT((DWORD)(dwWaitResult - WAIT_OBJECT_0) < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ dwWaitTimeout = dwTimeout;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ /* Stuff for printing out our GUID names */
+
+ GUID_STRING_ENTRY g_GuidNames[] = {
+ #define OUR_GUID_ENTRY(name, l, w1, w2, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8) \
+ { #name, { l, w1, w2, { b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8 } } },
+ #include <uuids.h>
+ };
+
+ CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+ int g_cGuidNames = sizeof(g_GuidNames) / sizeof(g_GuidNames[0]);
+
+ char *CGuidNameList::operator [] (const GUID &guid)
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g_cGuidNames; i++) {
+ if (g_GuidNames[i].guid == guid) {
+ return g_GuidNames[i].szName;
+ }
+ }
+ if (guid == GUID_NULL) {
+ return "GUID_NULL";
+ }
+
+ // !!! add something to print FOURCC guids?
+
+ // shouldn't this print the hex CLSID?
+ return "Unknown GUID Name";
+ }
+
+#endif /* _OBJBASE_H_ */
+
+/* CDisp class - display our data types */
+
+// clashes with REFERENCE_TIME
+CDisp::CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format)
+{
+ // note: this could be combined with CDisp(LONGLONG) by
+ // introducing a default format of CDISP_REFTIME
+ LARGE_INTEGER li;
+ li.QuadPart = ll;
+ switch (Format) {
+ case CDISP_DEC:
+ {
+ TCHAR temp[20];
+ int pos=20;
+ temp[--pos] = 0;
+ int digit;
+ // always output at least one digit
+ do {
+ // Get the rightmost digit - we only need the low word
+ digit = li.LowPart % 10;
+ li.QuadPart /= 10;
+ temp[--pos] = (TCHAR) digit+L'0';
+ } while (li.QuadPart);
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), temp+pos);
+ break;
+ }
+ case CDISP_HEX:
+ default:
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("0x%X%8.8X"), li.HighPart, li.LowPart);
+ }
+};
+
+CDisp::CDisp(REFCLSID clsid)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, m_String, NUMELMS(m_String));
+#else
+ WCHAR wszTemp[50];
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, wszTemp, NUMELMS(wszTemp));
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%S"), wszTemp);
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+/* Display stuff */
+CDisp::CDisp(CRefTime llTime)
+{
+ LONGLONG llDiv;
+ if (llTime < 0) {
+ llTime = -llTime;
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("-"));
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)24 * 3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d days "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d hrs "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)60 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d mins "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d.%3.3d sec"),
+ (LONG)llTime / 10000000,
+ (LONG)((llTime % 10000000) / 10000));
+};
+
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
+
+/* Display pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ PIN_INFO pi;
+ TCHAR str[MAX_PIN_NAME];
+ CLSID clsid;
+
+ if (pPin) {
+ pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pi);
+ pi.pFilter->GetClassID(&clsid);
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi);
+ #ifndef UNICODE
+ WideCharToMultiByte(GetACP(), 0, pi.achName, lstrlenW(pi.achName) + 1,
+ str, MAX_PIN_NAME, NULL, NULL);
+ #else
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), pi.achName);
+ #endif
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), TEXT("NULL IPin"));
+ }
+
+ m_pString = (PTCHAR) new TCHAR[lstrlen(str)+64];
+ if (!m_pString) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, lstrlen(str) + 64, TEXT("%hs(%s)"), GuidNames[clsid], str);
+}
+
+/* Display filter or pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk)
+{
+ IBaseFilter *pf;
+ HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IBaseFilter, (void **)&pf);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ FILTER_INFO fi;
+ hr = pf->QueryFilterInfo(&fi);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi);
+
+ size_t len = lstrlenW(fi.achName) + 1;
+
+ m_pString = new TCHAR[len];
+ if(m_pString)
+ {
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_pString, len, fi.achName);
+#else
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, len, "%S", fi.achName);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ pf->Release();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IPin *pp;
+ hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IPin, (void **)&pp);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ CDisp::CDisp(pp);
+ pp->Release();
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CDisp::~CDisp()
+{
+}
+
+CDispBasic::~CDispBasic()
+{
+ if (m_pString != m_String) {
+ delete [] m_pString;
+ }
+}
+
+CDisp::CDisp(double d)
+{
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%d.%03d"), (int) d, (int) ((d - (int) d) * 1000));
+}
+
+
+/* If built for debug this will display the media type details. We convert the
+ major and subtypes into strings and also ask the base classes for a string
+ description of the subtype, so MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565 becomes RGB 565 16 bit
+ We also display the fields in the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure, this should
+ succeed as we do not accept input types unless the format is big enough */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn)
+{
+
+ /* Dump the GUID types and a short description */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%s M type %hs S type %hs"), label,
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->majortype],
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Subtype description %s"),GetSubtypeName(&pmtIn->subtype)));
+
+ /* Dump the generic media types */
+
+ if (pmtIn->bTemporalCompression) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Temporally compressed")));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Not temporally compressed")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->bFixedSizeSamples) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Sample size %d"),pmtIn->lSampleSize));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Variable size samples")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcTarget);
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(HEADER(pmtIn->pbFormat));
+
+ } if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo2) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcTarget);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 5, TEXT("Aspect Ratio: %d:%d"),
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX,
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY));
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(&pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader);
+
+ } else if (pmtIn->majortype == MEDIATYPE_Audio) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Subtype %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+
+ if ((pmtIn->subtype != MEDIASUBTYPE_MPEG1Packet)
+ && (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT)))
+ {
+ /* Dump the contents of the WAVEFORMATEX type-specific format structure */
+
+ WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx = (WAVEFORMATEX *) pmtIn->pbFormat;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wFormatTag %u"), pwfx->wFormatTag));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nChannels %u"), pwfx->nChannels));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nSamplesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nSamplesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nAvgBytesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nAvgBytesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nBlockAlign %u"), pwfx->nBlockAlign));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wBitsPerSample %u"), pwfx->wBitsPerSample));
+
+ /* PCM uses a WAVEFORMAT and does not have the extra size field */
+
+ if (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("cbSize %u"), pwfx->cbSize));
+ }
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ }
+}
+
+
+void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Size of BITMAPINFO structure %d"),pbmi->biSize));
+ if (pbmi->biCompression < 256) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit (%d)"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, pbmi->biCompression));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit '%4.4hs'"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, &pbmi->biCompression));
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Image size %d"),pbmi->biSizeImage));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Planes %d"),pbmi->biPlanes));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("X Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biXPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Y Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biYPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Colours used %d"),pbmi->biClrUsed));
+}
+
+
+void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("%s (Left %d Top %d Right %d Bottom %d)"),
+ szLabel,
+ rc.left,
+ rc.top,
+ rc.right,
+ rc.bottom));
+}
+
+
+void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel)
+{
+ if( !pGraph )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IEnumFilters *pFilters;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("DumpGraph [%x]"), pGraph));
+
+ if (FAILED(pGraph->EnumFilters(&pFilters))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumFilters failed!")));
+ }
+
+ IBaseFilter *pFilter;
+ ULONG n;
+ while (pFilters->Next(1, &pFilter, &n) == S_OK) {
+ FILTER_INFO info;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->QueryFilterInfo(&info))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] -- failed QueryFilterInfo"), pFilter));
+ } else {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(info);
+
+ // !!! should QueryVendorInfo here!
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] '%ls'"), pFilter, info.achName));
+
+ IEnumPins *pins;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->EnumPins(&pins))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumPins failed!")));
+ } else {
+
+ IPin *pPin;
+ while (pins->Next(1, &pPin, &n) == S_OK) {
+ PIN_INFO pinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pinInfo))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%x] -- failed QueryPinInfo"), pPin));
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pinInfo);
+
+ IPin *pPinConnected = NULL;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pPinConnected);
+
+ if (pPinConnected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%p] '%ls' [%sput]")
+ TEXT(" Connected to pin [%p]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out"),
+ pPinConnected));
+
+ pPinConnected->Release();
+
+ // perhaps we should really dump the type both ways as a sanity
+ // check?
+ if (pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE mt;
+
+ hr = pPin->ConnectionMediaType(&mt);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ DisplayType(TEXT("Connection type"), &mt);
+
+ FreeMediaType(mt);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,
+ TEXT(" Pin [%x] '%ls' [%sput]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out")));
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPin->Release();
+
+ }
+
+ pins->Release();
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ pFilter->Release();
+ }
+
+ pFilters->Release();
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4c69db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxdebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides debugging facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXDEBUG__
+#define __WXDEBUG__
+
+// This library provides fairly straight forward debugging functionality, this
+// is split into two main sections. The first is assertion handling, there are
+// three types of assertions provided here. The most commonly used one is the
+// ASSERT(condition) macro which will pop up a message box including the file
+// and line number if the condition evaluates to FALSE. Then there is the
+// EXECUTE_ASSERT macro which is the same as ASSERT except the condition will
+// still be executed in NON debug builds. The final type of assertion is the
+// KASSERT macro which is more suitable for pure (perhaps kernel) filters as
+// the condition is printed onto the debugger rather than in a message box.
+//
+// The other part of the debug module facilties is general purpose logging.
+// This is accessed by calling DbgLog(). The function takes a type and level
+// field which define the type of informational string you are presenting and
+// it's relative importance. The type field can be a combination (one or more)
+// of LOG_TIMING, LOG_TRACE, LOG_MEMORY, LOG_LOCKING and LOG_ERROR. The level
+// is a DWORD value where zero defines highest important. Use of zero as the
+// debug logging level is to be encouraged ONLY for major errors or events as
+// they will ALWAYS be displayed on the debugger. Other debug output has it's
+// level matched against the current debug output level stored in the registry
+// for this module and if less than the current setting it will be displayed.
+//
+// Each module or executable has it's own debug output level for each of the
+// five types. These are read in when the DbgInitialise function is called
+// for DLLs linking to STRMBASE.LIB this is done automatically when the DLL
+// is loaded, executables must call it explicitely with the module instance
+// handle given to them through the WINMAIN entry point. An executable must
+// also call DbgTerminate when they have finished to clean up the resources
+// the debug library uses, once again this is done automatically for DLLs
+
+// These are the five different categories of logging information
+
+enum { LOG_TIMING = 0x01, // Timing and performance measurements
+ LOG_TRACE = 0x02, // General step point call tracing
+ LOG_MEMORY = 0x04, // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ LOG_LOCKING = 0x08, // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ LOG_ERROR = 0x10, // Debug error notification
+ LOG_CUSTOM1 = 0x20,
+ LOG_CUSTOM2 = 0x40,
+ LOG_CUSTOM3 = 0x80,
+ LOG_CUSTOM4 = 0x100,
+ LOG_CUSTOM5 = 0x200,
+};
+
+#define LOG_FORCIBLY_SET 0x80000000
+
+enum { CDISP_HEX = 0x01,
+ CDISP_DEC = 0x02};
+
+// For each object created derived from CBaseObject (in debug builds) we
+// create a descriptor that holds it's name (statically allocated memory)
+// and a cookie we assign it. We keep a list of all the active objects
+// we have registered so that we can dump a list of remaining objects
+
+typedef struct tag_ObjectDesc {
+ LPCSTR m_szName;
+ LPCWSTR m_wszName;
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+ tag_ObjectDesc *m_pNext;
+} ObjectDesc;
+
+#define DLLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+#define DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+ #define NAME(x) TEXT(x)
+
+ // These are used internally by the debug library (PRIVATE)
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName();
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(
+ LPCSTR szObjectName, LPCWSTR wszObjectName);
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie);
+
+ // These are the PUBLIC entry points
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto);
+
+ // Initialise the library with the module handle
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst);
+ void WINAPI DbgTerminate();
+
+ void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister();
+
+ // Display error and logging to the user
+
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...);
+
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCTSTR pFormat,...);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...);
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+#endif
+ void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz);
+
+ // Debug infinite wait stuff
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h);
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout);
+
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+ // Display a media type: Terse at level 2, verbose at level 5
+ void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn);
+
+ // Dump lots of information about a filter graph
+ void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel);
+#endif
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // Break on the debugger without putting up a message box
+ // message goes to debugger instead
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // We chose a common name for our ASSERT macro, MFC also uses this name
+ // So long as the implementation evaluates the condition and handles it
+ // then we will be ok. Rather than override the behaviour expected we
+ // will leave whatever first defines ASSERT as the handler (i.e. MFC)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+ #endif
+
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) ASSERT( ((DWORD_PTR) (_ptr_)) % (_alignment_) == 0)
+
+ // Put up a message box informing the user of a halt
+ // condition in the program
+
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgBreakPoint(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ASSERT(_x_)
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) DbgLogInfo _x_
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_)))
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a))
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b))
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c))
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d))
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d,e))
+
+#else
+
+ // Retail builds make public debug functions inert - WARNING the source
+ // files do not define or build any of the entry points in debug builds
+ // (public entry points compile to nothing) so if you go trying to call
+ // any of the private entry points in your source they won't compile
+
+ #define NAME(_x_) ((LPTSTR) NULL)
+
+ #define DbgInitialise(hInst)
+ #define DbgTerminate()
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) 0
+ #define DbgOutString(psz)
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) 0
+
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pObjectName)
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(dwCookie)
+ #define DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+
+ #define DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(fAuto)
+
+ #define DbgWaitForSingleObject(h) WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll) \
+ WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgSetWaitTimeout(dwTimeout)
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_)
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_)
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #endif
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ((void)(_x_))
+
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) ((void)0)
+
+ #define DisplayType(label, pmtIn) ((void)0)
+ #define DumpGraph(pGraph, label) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+// Checks a pointer which should be non NULL - can be used as follows.
+
+#define CheckPointer(p,ret) {if((p)==NULL) return (ret);}
+
+// HRESULT Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,E_INVALIDARG)
+// }
+//
+// Or if the function returns a boolean
+//
+// BOOL Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,FALSE)
+// }
+
+#define ValidateReadPtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateReadWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtr(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrA(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrW(p) 0
+
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ // Outputting GUID names. If you want to include the name
+ // associated with a GUID (eg CLSID_...) then
+ //
+ // GuidNames[yourGUID]
+ //
+ // Returns the name defined in uuids.h as a string
+
+ typedef struct {
+ CHAR *szName;
+ GUID guid;
+ } GUID_STRING_ENTRY;
+
+ class CGuidNameList {
+ public:
+ CHAR *operator [] (const GUID& guid);
+ };
+
+ extern CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REMIND
+ // REMIND macro - generates warning as reminder to complete coding
+ // (eg) usage:
+ //
+ // #pragma message (REMIND("Add automation support"))
+
+
+ #define QUOTE(x) #x
+ #define QQUOTE(y) QUOTE(y)
+ #define REMIND(str) __FILE__ "(" QQUOTE(__LINE__) ") : " str
+#endif
+
+// Method to display objects in a useful format
+//
+// eg If you want to display a LONGLONG ll in a debug string do (eg)
+//
+// DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, n, TEXT("Value is %s"), (LPCTSTR)CDisp(ll, CDISP_HEX)));
+
+
+class CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDispBasic() { m_pString = m_String; };
+ ~CDispBasic();
+protected:
+ PTCHAR m_pString; // normally points to m_String... unless too much data
+ TCHAR m_String[50];
+};
+class CDisp : public CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format = CDISP_HEX); // Display a LONGLONG in CDISP_HEX or CDISP_DEC form
+ CDisp(REFCLSID clsid); // Display a GUID
+ CDisp(double d); // Display a floating point number
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+ CDisp(CRefTime t); // Display a Reference Time
+#endif
+ CDisp(IPin *pPin); // Display a pin as {filter clsid}(pin name)
+ CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk); // Display a filter or pin
+#endif // __strmif_h__
+ ~CDisp();
+
+ // Implement cast to (LPCTSTR) as parameter to logger
+ operator LPCTSTR()
+ {
+ return (LPCTSTR)m_pString;
+ };
+};
+
+
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+class CAutoTrace
+{
+private:
+ LPCTSTR _szBlkName;
+ const int _level;
+ static const TCHAR _szEntering[];
+ static const TCHAR _szLeaving[];
+public:
+ CAutoTrace(LPCTSTR szBlkName, const int level = 15)
+ : _szBlkName(szBlkName), _level(level)
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szEntering, _szBlkName));}
+
+ ~CAutoTrace()
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szLeaving, _szBlkName));}
+};
+
+#if defined (__FUNCTION__)
+
+#define AMTRACEFN() CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace _x_
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_)
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ec67a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a non-MFC based generic list
+// template class.
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised.
+
+ The list name must not conflict with MFC classes as an
+ application may use both
+
+ The nodes form a doubly linked, NULL terminated chain with an anchor
+ block (the list object per se) holding pointers to the first and last
+ nodes and a count of the nodes.
+ There is a node cache to reduce the allocation and freeing overhead.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has an Event which is
+ set whenever the list becomes non-empty and reset whenever it becomes
+ empty.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has a Critical Section
+ which is entered during the important part of each operation. (About
+ all you can do outside it is some parameter checking).
+
+ The node cache is a repository of nodes that are NOT in the list to speed
+ up storage allocation. Each list has its own cache to reduce locking and
+ serialising. The list accesses are serialised anyway for a given list - a
+ common cache would mean that we would have to separately serialise access
+ of all lists within the cache. Because the cache only stores nodes that are
+ not in the list, releasing the cache does not release any list nodes. This
+ means that list nodes can be copied or rechained from one list to another
+ without danger of creating a dangling reference if the original cache goes
+ away.
+
+ Questionable design decisions:
+ 1. Retaining the warts for compatibility
+ 2. Keeping an element count -i.e. counting whenever we do anything
+ instead of only when we want the count.
+ 3. Making the chain pointers NULL terminated. If the list object
+ itself looks just like a node and the list is kept as a ring then
+ it reduces the number of special cases. All inserts look the same.
+*/
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+#define INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+*/
+#define INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+/* Constructor calls a separate initialisation function that
+ creates a node cache, optionally creates a lock object
+ and optionally creates a signaling object.
+
+ By default we create a locking object, a DEFAULTCACHE sized
+ cache but no event object so the list cannot be used in calls
+ to WaitForSingleObject
+*/
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#endif
+
+/* The destructor enumerates all the node objects in the list and
+ in the cache deleting each in turn. We do not do any processing
+ on the objects that the list holds (i.e. points to) so if they
+ represent interfaces for example the creator of the list should
+ ensure that each of them is released before deleting us
+*/
+CBaseList::~CBaseList()
+{
+ /* Delete all our list nodes */
+
+ RemoveAll();
+
+} // destructor
+
+/* Remove all the nodes from the list but don't do anything
+ with the objects that each node looks after (this is the
+ responsibility of the creator).
+ Aa a last act we reset the signalling event
+ (if available) to indicate to clients that the list
+ does not have any entries in it.
+*/
+void CBaseList::RemoveAll()
+{
+ /* Free up all the CNode objects NOTE we don't bother putting the
+ deleted nodes into the cache as this method is only really called
+ in serious times of change such as when we are being deleted at
+ which point the cache will be deleted anway */
+
+ CNode *pn = m_pFirst;
+ while (pn) {
+ CNode *op = pn;
+ pn = pn->Next();
+ delete op;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the object count and the list pointers */
+
+ m_Count = 0;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast = NULL;
+
+} // RemoveAll
+
+
+
+/* Return a position enumerator for the entire list.
+ A position enumerator is a pointer to a node object cast to a
+ transparent type so all we do is return the head/tail node
+ pointer in the list.
+ WARNING because the position is a pointer to a node there is
+ an implicit assumption for users a the list class that after
+ deleting an object from the list that any other position
+ enumerators that you have may be invalid (since the node
+ may be gone).
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetHeadPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+} // GetHeadPosition
+
+
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetTailPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+} // GetTailPosition
+
+
+
+/* Get the number of objects in the list,
+ Get the lock before accessing the count.
+ Locking may not be entirely necessary but it has the side effect
+ of making sure that all operations are complete before we get it.
+ So for example if a list is being added to this list then that
+ will have completed in full before we continue rather than seeing
+ an intermediate albeit valid state
+*/
+int CBaseList::GetCountI() const
+{
+ return m_Count;
+} // GetCount
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at rp, update rp to the next object from
+ the list or NULL if you have moved over the last object.
+ You may still call this function once we return NULL but
+ we will continue to return a NULL position value
+*/
+__out void *CBaseList::GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const
+{
+ /* have we reached the end of the list */
+
+ if (rp == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Lock the object before continuing */
+
+ void *pObject;
+
+ /* Copy the original position then step on */
+
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) rp;
+ ASSERT(pn != NULL);
+ rp = (POSITION) pn->Next();
+
+ /* Get the object at the original position from the list */
+
+ pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //GetNext
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at p.
+ Asking for the object at NULL ASSERTs then returns NULL
+ The object is NOT locked. The list is not being changed
+ in any way. If another thread is busy deleting the object
+ then locking would only result in a change from one bad
+ behaviour to another.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const
+{
+ if (p == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+__out void *CBaseList::GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const
+{
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+
+/* Return the first position in the list which holds the given pointer.
+ Return NULL if it's not found.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::FindI( __in void * pObj) const
+{
+ POSITION pn;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*this, pn){
+ if (GetI(pn)==pObj) {
+ return pn;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+} // Find
+
+
+
+/* Remove the first node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveHeadI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the head position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pFirst);
+} // RemoveHead
+
+
+
+/* Remove the last node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveTailI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the tail position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pLast);
+} // RemoveTail
+
+
+
+/* Remove the pointer to the object in this position from the list.
+ Deal with all the chain pointers
+ Return a pointer to the object removed from the list.
+ The node object that is freed as a result
+ of this operation is added to the node cache where
+ it can be used again.
+ Remove(NULL) is a harmless no-op - but probably is a wart.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION pos)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ // ASSERT (pos!=NULL); // Removing NULL is to be harmless!
+ if (pos==NULL) return NULL;
+
+
+ CNode *pCurrent = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pCurrent != NULL);
+
+ /* Update the previous node */
+
+ CNode *pNode = pCurrent->Prev();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pCurrent->Next();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetNext(pCurrent->Next());
+ }
+
+ /* Update the following node */
+
+ pNode = pCurrent->Next();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pCurrent->Prev();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetPrev(pCurrent->Prev());
+ }
+
+ /* Get the object this node was looking after */
+
+ void *pObject = pCurrent->GetData();
+
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* Try and add the node object to the cache -
+ a NULL return code from the cache means we ran out of room.
+ The cache size is fixed by a constructor argument when the
+ list is created and defaults to DEFAULTCACHE.
+ This means that the cache will have room for this many
+ node objects. So if you have a list of media samples
+ and you know there will never be more than five active at
+ any given time of them for example then override the default
+ constructor
+ */
+
+ m_Cache.AddToCache(pCurrent);
+
+ /* If the list is empty then reset the list event */
+
+ --m_Count;
+ ASSERT(m_Count >= 0);
+ return pObject;
+} // Remove
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the tail end of our list
+ Return the new tail position.
+*/
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddTailI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+ pNode->SetNext(NULL);
+ pNode->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+
+ if (m_pLast == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pNode);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new last node pointer and also increment the number
+ of list entries, the critical section is unlocked when we
+ exit the function
+ */
+
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddTail(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the head end of our list
+ Return the new head position.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddHeadI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(NULL);
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+
+ if (m_pFirst == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pNode);
+ }
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddHead(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+ */
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPositionI();
+
+ while (pos) {
+ if (NULL == AddTailI(pList->GetNextI(pos))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddTail(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+
+ To avoid reversing the list, traverse it backwards.
+ */
+
+ POSITION pos;
+
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ if (NULL== AddHeadI(pList->GetValidI(pos))){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddHead(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add the object after position p
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - same as AddHead
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it failed
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ /* As someone else might be furkling with the list -
+ Lock the critical section before continuing
+ */
+ CNode *pAfter = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+ if (pAfter==m_pLast)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+ CNode * pBefore = pAfter->Next();
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // AddAfter(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddAfterI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddAfter(list)
+
+
+
+/* Mirror images:
+ Add the element or list after position p.
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - same as AddTail
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pBefore = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+ if (pBefore==m_pFirst)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ CNode * pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+
+ CNode * pAfter = pBefore->Prev();
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // Addbefore(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddBeforeI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddBefore(list)
+
+
+
+/* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToTail
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* Algorithm:
+ Note that the elements (including their order) in the concatenation
+ of *pList to the head of *this is invariant.
+ 1. Count elements to be moved
+ 2. Join *pList onto the head of this to make one long chain
+ 3. Set first/Last pointers in *this and *pList
+ 4. Break the chain at the new place
+ 5. Adjust counts
+ 6. Set/Reset any events
+ */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Prev();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pLast!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pList->m_pLast);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+ if (pList->m_pFirst==NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = p->Next();
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL)
+ m_pLast = NULL;
+ pList->m_pLast = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(NULL);
+ p->SetNext(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToTail
+
+
+
+/* Mirror image of MoveToTail:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToHead
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+
+ /* See the comments on the algorithm in MoveToTail */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Next();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pList->m_pFirst);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+
+ if (pList->m_pLast==NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast = m_pLast;
+
+ m_pLast = p->Prev();
+ if (m_pLast==NULL)
+ m_pFirst = NULL;
+ pList->m_pFirst = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(NULL);
+ p->SetPrev(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToHead
+
+
+
+/* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+*/
+void CBaseList::Reverse()
+{
+ /* algorithm:
+ The obvious booby trap is that you flip pointers around and lose
+ addressability to the node that you are going to process next.
+ The easy way to avoid this is do do one chain at a time.
+
+ Run along the forward chain,
+ For each node, set the reverse pointer to the one ahead of us.
+ The reverse chain is now a copy of the old forward chain, including
+ the NULL termination.
+
+ Run along the reverse chain (i.e. old forward chain again)
+ For each node set the forward pointer of the node ahead to point back
+ to the one we're standing on.
+ The first node needs special treatment,
+ it's new forward pointer is NULL.
+ Finally set the First/Last pointers
+
+ */
+ CNode * p;
+
+ // Yes we COULD use a traverse, but it would look funny!
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ while (p!=NULL) {
+ CNode * q;
+ q = p->Next();
+ p->SetNext(p->Prev());
+ p->SetPrev(q);
+ p = q;
+ }
+
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+
+
+#if 0 // old version
+
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL) return; // empty list
+ if (m_pFirst->Next()==NULL) return; // single node list
+
+
+ /* run along forward chain */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst
+ ; p!=NULL
+ ; p = p->Next()
+ ){
+ p->SetPrev(p->Next());
+ }
+
+
+ /* special case first element */
+ m_pFirst->SetNext(NULL); // fix the old first element
+
+
+ /* run along new reverse chain i.e. old forward chain again */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst // start at the old first element
+ ; p->Prev()!=NULL // while there's a node still to be set
+ ; p = p->Prev() // work in the same direction as before
+ ){
+ p->Prev()->SetNext(p);
+ }
+
+
+ /* fix forward and reverse pointers
+ - the triple XOR swap would work but all the casts look hideous */
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+#endif
+
+} // Reverse
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e7123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a non-MFC generic template list
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ No storage management or copying is done on the objects pointed to.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised. An application can cause deadlock with operations
+ which use two lists by simultaneously calling
+ list1->Operation(list2) and list2->Operation(list1). So don't!
+
+ The names must not conflict with MFC classes as an application
+ may use both.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WXLIST__
+#define __WXLIST__
+
+ /* A POSITION represents (in some fashion that's opaque) a cursor
+ on the list that can be set to identify any element. NULL is
+ a valid value and several operations regard NULL as the position
+ "one step off the end of the list". (In an n element list there
+ are n+1 places to insert and NULL is that "n+1-th" value).
+ The POSITION of an element in the list is only invalidated if
+ that element is deleted. Move operations may mean that what
+ was a valid POSITION in one list is now a valid POSITION in
+ a different list.
+
+ Some operations which at first sight are illegal are allowed as
+ harmless no-ops. For instance RemoveHead is legal on an empty
+ list and it returns NULL. This allows an atomic way to test if
+ there is an element there, and if so, get it. The two operations
+ AddTail and RemoveHead thus implement a MONITOR (See Hoare's paper).
+
+ Single element operations return POSITIONs, non-NULL means it worked.
+ whole list operations return a BOOL. TRUE means it all worked.
+
+ This definition is the same as the POSITION type for MFCs, so we must
+ avoid defining it twice.
+ */
+#ifndef __AFX_H__
+struct __POSITION { int unused; };
+typedef __POSITION* POSITION;
+#endif
+
+const int DEFAULTCACHE = 10; /* Default node object cache size */
+
+/* A class representing one node in a list.
+ Each node knows a pointer to it's adjacent nodes and also a pointer
+ to the object that it looks after.
+ All of these pointers can be retrieved or set through member functions.
+*/
+class CBaseList
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : public CBaseObject
+#endif
+{
+ /* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing
+ functionally but it allows us to check there are no memory
+ leaks in debug builds.
+ */
+
+public:
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ class CNode : public CBaseObject {
+#else
+ class CNode {
+#endif
+
+ CNode *m_pPrev; /* Previous node in the list */
+ CNode *m_pNext; /* Next node in the list */
+ void *m_pObject; /* Pointer to the object */
+
+ public:
+
+ /* Constructor - initialise the object's pointers */
+ CNode()
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : CBaseObject(NAME("List node"))
+#endif
+ {
+ };
+
+
+ /* Return the previous node before this one */
+ __out CNode *Prev() const { return m_pPrev; };
+
+
+ /* Return the next node after this one */
+ __out CNode *Next() const { return m_pNext; };
+
+
+ /* Set the previous node before this one */
+ void SetPrev(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pPrev = p; };
+
+
+ /* Set the next node after this one */
+ void SetNext(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pNext = p; };
+
+
+ /* Get the pointer to the object for this node */
+ __out void *GetData() const { return m_pObject; };
+
+
+ /* Set the pointer to the object for this node */
+ void SetData(__in void *p) { m_pObject = p; };
+ };
+
+ class CNodeCache
+ {
+ public:
+ CNodeCache(INT iCacheSize) : m_iCacheSize(iCacheSize),
+ m_pHead(NULL),
+ m_iUsed(0)
+ {};
+ ~CNodeCache() {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ while (pNode) {
+ CNode *pCurrent = pNode;
+ pNode = pNode->Next();
+ delete pCurrent;
+ }
+ };
+ void AddToCache(__inout CNode *pNode)
+ {
+ if (m_iUsed < m_iCacheSize) {
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pHead);
+ m_pHead = pNode;
+ m_iUsed++;
+ } else {
+ delete pNode;
+ }
+ };
+ CNode *RemoveFromCache()
+ {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ if (pNode != NULL) {
+ m_pHead = pNode->Next();
+ m_iUsed--;
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed >= 0);
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed == 0);
+ }
+ return pNode;
+ };
+ private:
+ INT m_iCacheSize;
+ INT m_iUsed;
+ CNode *m_pHead;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CNode* m_pFirst; /* Pointer to first node in the list */
+ CNode* m_pLast; /* Pointer to the last node in the list */
+ LONG m_Count; /* Number of nodes currently in the list */
+
+private:
+
+ CNodeCache m_Cache; /* Cache of unused node pointers */
+
+private:
+
+ /* These override the default copy constructor and assignment
+ operator for all list classes. They are in the private class
+ declaration section so that anybody trying to pass a list
+ object by value will generate a compile time error of
+ "cannot access the private member function". If these were
+ not here then the compiler will create default constructors
+ and assignment operators which when executed first take a
+ copy of all member variables and then during destruction
+ delete them all. This must not be done for any heap
+ allocated data.
+ */
+ CBaseList(const CBaseList &refList);
+ CBaseList &operator=(const CBaseList &refList);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseList();
+
+ /* Remove all the nodes from *this i.e. make the list empty */
+ void RemoveAll();
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the first element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the last element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return the number of objects in *this */
+ int GetCountI() const;
+
+protected:
+ /* Return the pointer to the object at rp,
+ Update rp to the next node in *this
+ but make it NULL if it was at the end of *this.
+ This is a wart retained for backwards compatibility.
+ GetPrev is not implemented.
+ Use Next, Prev and Get separately.
+ */
+ __out void *GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const;
+
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the object at p
+ Asking for the object at NULL will return NULL harmlessly.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const;
+ __out void *GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const;
+
+public:
+ /* return the next / prev position in *this
+ return NULL when going past the end/start.
+ Next(NULL) is same as GetHeadPosition()
+ Prev(NULL) is same as GetTailPosition()
+ An n element list therefore behaves like a n+1 element
+ cycle with NULL at the start/end.
+
+ !!WARNING!! - This handling of NULL is DIFFERENT from GetNext.
+
+ Some reasons are:
+ 1. For a list of n items there are n+1 positions to insert
+ These are conveniently encoded as the n POSITIONs and NULL.
+ 2. If you are keeping a list sorted (fairly common) and you
+ search forward for an element to insert before and don't
+ find it you finish up with NULL as the element before which
+ to insert. You then want that NULL to be a valid POSITION
+ so that you can insert before it and you want that insertion
+ point to mean the (n+1)-th one that doesn't have a POSITION.
+ (symmetrically if you are working backwards through the list).
+ 3. It simplifies the algebra which the methods generate.
+ e.g. AddBefore(p,x) is identical to AddAfter(Prev(p),x)
+ in ALL cases. All the other arguments probably are reflections
+ of the algebraic point.
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION Next(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Next();
+ } //Next
+
+ // See Next
+ __out_opt POSITION Prev(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Prev();
+ } //Prev
+
+
+ /* Return the first position in *this which holds the given
+ pointer. Return NULL if the pointer was not not found.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION FindI( __in void * pObj) const;
+
+ // ??? Should there be (or even should there be only)
+ // ??? POSITION FindNextAfter(void * pObj, POSITION p)
+ // ??? And of course FindPrevBefore too.
+ // ??? List.Find(&Obj) then becomes List.FindNextAfter(&Obj, NULL)
+
+
+ /* Remove the first node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveHeadI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the last node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveTailI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the node identified by p from the list (deletes the pointer
+ to its object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Asking to Remove the object at NULL will harmlessly return NULL.
+ Return the pointer to the object removed.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION p);
+
+ /* Add single object *pObj to become a new last element of the list.
+ Return the new tail position, NULL if it fails.
+ If you are adding a COM objects, you might want AddRef it first.
+ Other existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTailI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of *this.
+ This duplicates all the nodes in *pList (i.e. duplicates
+ all its pointers to objects). It does not duplicate the objects.
+ If you are adding a list of pointers to a COM object into the list
+ it's a good idea to AddRef them all it when you AddTail it.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToTail instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images of AddHead: */
+
+ /* Add single object to become a new first element of the list.
+ Return the new head position, NULL if it fails.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHeadI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of *this.
+ Same warnings apply as for AddTail.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some of the objects may have been added.
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToHead instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Add the object *pObj to *this after position p in *this.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return the position of the object added, NULL if it failed.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this after position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images:
+ Add the object *pObj to this-List after position p in *this.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - equivalent to AddTail
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it fails
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+ public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this before position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Note that AddAfter(p,x) is equivalent to AddBefore(Next(p),x)
+ even in cases where p is NULL or Next(p) is NULL.
+ Similarly for mirror images etc.
+ This may make it easier to argue about programs.
+ */
+
+
+
+ /* The following operations do not copy any elements.
+ They move existing blocks of elements around by switching pointers.
+ They are fairly efficient for long lists as for short lists.
+ (Alas, the Count slows things down).
+
+ They split the list into two parts.
+ One part remains as the original list, the other part
+ is appended to the second list. There are eight possible
+ variations:
+ Split the list {after/before} a given element
+ keep the {head/tail} portion in the original list
+ append the rest to the {head/tail} of the new list.
+
+ Since After is strictly equivalent to Before Next
+ we are not in serious need of the Before/After variants.
+ That leaves only four.
+
+ If you are processing a list left to right and dumping
+ the bits that you have processed into another list as
+ you go, the Tail/Tail variant gives the most natural result.
+ If you are processing in reverse order, Head/Head is best.
+
+ By using NULL positions and empty lists judiciously either
+ of the other two can be built up in two operations.
+
+ The definition of NULL (see Next/Prev etc) means that
+ degenerate cases include
+ "move all elements to new list"
+ "Split a list into two lists"
+ "Concatenate two lists"
+ (and quite a few no-ops)
+
+ !!WARNING!! The type checking won't buy you much if you get list
+ positions muddled up - e.g. use a POSITION that's in a different
+ list and see what a mess you get!
+ */
+
+ /* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToTail(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror image:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToHead(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+ */
+ void Reverse();
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+ #define TRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+ */
+ #define REVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+template<class OBJECT> class CGenericList : public CBaseList
+{
+public:
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems,
+ BOOL bLock = TRUE,
+ BOOL bAlert = FALSE) :
+ CBaseList(pName, iItems) {
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bAlert);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bLock);
+ };
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) :
+ CBaseList(pName) {
+ };
+
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pFirst; }
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pLast; }
+ int GetCount() const { return m_Count; }
+
+ __out OBJECT *GetNext(__inout POSITION& rp) const { return (OBJECT *) GetNextI(rp); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Get(__in_opt POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetI(p); }
+ __out OBJECT *GetValid(__in POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetValidI(p); }
+ __out_opt OBJECT *GetHead() const { return Get(GetHeadPosition()); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveHead() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveHeadI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveTail() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveTailI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Remove(__in_opt POSITION p) { return (OBJECT *) RemoveI(p); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddBeforeI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddAfterI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHead(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddHeadI(pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTail(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddTailI(pObj); }
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddTail((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddHead((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddAfter(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddBefore(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ __out_opt POSITION Find( __in OBJECT * pObj) const { return FindI(pObj); }
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+
+
+/* These define the standard list types */
+
+typedef CGenericList<CBaseObject> CBaseObjectList;
+typedef CGenericList<IUnknown> CBaseInterfaceList;
+
+#endif /* __WXLIST__ */
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.cpp b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc97a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#define STRSAFE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+
+// --- CAMEvent -----------------------
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, fManualReset, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::~CAMEvent()
+{
+ if (m_hEvent) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+
+// --- CAMMsgEvent -----------------------
+// One routine. The rest is handled in CAMEvent
+
+CAMMsgEvent::CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) : CAMEvent(FALSE, phr)
+{
+}
+
+BOOL CAMMsgEvent::WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ // wait for the event to be signalled, or for the
+ // timeout (in MS) to expire. allow SENT messages
+ // to be processed while we wait
+ DWORD dwWait;
+ DWORD dwStartTime;
+
+ // set the waiting period.
+ DWORD dwWaitTime = dwTimeout;
+
+ // the timeout will eventually run down as we iterate
+ // processing messages. grab the start time so that
+ // we can calculate elapsed times.
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+ dwStartTime = timeGetTime();
+ }
+
+ do {
+ dwWait = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(1,&m_hEvent,FALSE, dwWaitTime, QS_SENDMESSAGE);
+ if (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1) {
+ MSG Message;
+ PeekMessage(&Message,NULL,0,0,PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ // If we have an explicit length of time to wait calculate
+ // the next wake up point - which might be now.
+ // If dwTimeout is INFINITE, it stays INFINITE
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+
+ DWORD dwElapsed = timeGetTime()-dwStartTime;
+
+ dwWaitTime =
+ (dwElapsed >= dwTimeout)
+ ? 0 // wake up with WAIT_TIMEOUT
+ : dwTimeout-dwElapsed;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1);
+
+ // return TRUE if we woke on the event handle,
+ // FALSE if we timed out.
+ return (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+}
+
+// --- CAMThread ----------------------
+
+
+CAMThread::CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+ : m_EventSend(TRUE, phr), // must be manual-reset for CheckRequest()
+ m_EventComplete(FALSE, phr)
+{
+ m_hThread = NULL;
+}
+
+CAMThread::~CAMThread() {
+ Close();
+}
+
+
+// when the thread starts, it calls this function. We unwrap the 'this'
+//pointer and call ThreadProc.
+DWORD WINAPI
+CAMThread::InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv)
+{
+ HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();
+ if(FAILED(hrCoInit)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CoInitializeEx failed.")));
+ }
+
+ CAMThread * pThread = (CAMThread *) pv;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pThread->ThreadProc();
+
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hrCoInit)) {
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CAMThread::Create()
+{
+ DWORD threadid;
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (ThreadExists()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = CreateThread(
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ CAMThread::InitialThreadProc,
+ this,
+ 0,
+ &threadid);
+
+ if (!m_hThread) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+DWORD
+CAMThread::CallWorker(DWORD dwParam)
+{
+ // lock access to the worker thread for scope of this object
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return (DWORD) E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // set the parameter
+ m_dwParam = dwParam;
+
+ // signal the worker thread
+ m_EventSend.Set();
+
+ // wait for the completion to be signalled
+ m_EventComplete.Wait();
+
+ // done - this is the thread's return value
+ return m_dwReturnVal;
+}
+
+// Wait for a request from the client
+DWORD
+CAMThread::GetRequest()
+{
+ m_EventSend.Wait();
+ return m_dwParam;
+}
+
+// is there a request?
+BOOL
+CAMThread::CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam)
+{
+ if (!m_EventSend.Check()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (pParam) {
+ *pParam = m_dwParam;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+// reply to the request
+void
+CAMThread::Reply(DWORD dw)
+{
+ m_dwReturnVal = dw;
+
+ // The request is now complete so CheckRequest should fail from
+ // now on
+ //
+ // This event should be reset BEFORE we signal the client or
+ // the client may Set it before we reset it and we'll then
+ // reset it (!)
+
+ m_EventSend.Reset();
+
+ // Tell the client we're finished
+
+ m_EventComplete.Set();
+}
+
+HRESULT CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper()
+{
+ // call CoInitializeEx and tell OLE not to create a window (this
+ // thread probably won't dispatch messages and will hang on
+ // broadcast msgs o/w).
+ //
+ // If CoInitEx is not available, threads that don't call CoCreate
+ // aren't affected. Threads that do will have to handle the
+ // failure. Perhaps we should fall back to CoInitialize and risk
+ // hanging?
+ //
+
+ // older versions of ole32.dll don't have CoInitializeEx
+
+ HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+ HINSTANCE hOle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("ole32.dll"));
+ if(hOle)
+ {
+ typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *PCoInitializeEx)(
+ LPVOID pvReserved, DWORD dwCoInit);
+ PCoInitializeEx pCoInitializeEx =
+ (PCoInitializeEx)(GetProcAddress(hOle, "CoInitializeEx"));
+ if(pCoInitializeEx)
+ {
+ hr = (*pCoInitializeEx)(0, COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // caller must load ole32.dll
+ DbgBreak("couldn't locate ole32.dll");
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// destructor for CMsgThread - cleans up any messages left in the
+// queue when the thread exited
+CMsgThread::~CMsgThread()
+{
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));
+ }
+
+ POSITION pos = m_ThreadQueue.GetHeadPosition();
+ while (pos) {
+ CMsg * pMsg = m_ThreadQueue.GetNext(pos);
+ delete pMsg;
+ }
+ m_ThreadQueue.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMsgThread::CreateThread(
+ )
+{
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL, 0, DefaultThreadProc,
+ (LPVOID)this, 0, &m_ThreadId);
+ return m_hThread != NULL;
+}
+
+
+// This is the threads message pump. Here we get and dispatch messages to
+// clients thread proc until the client refuses to process a message.
+// The client returns a non-zero value to stop the message pump, this
+// value becomes the threads exit code.
+
+DWORD WINAPI
+CMsgThread::DefaultThreadProc(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParam
+ )
+{
+ CMsgThread *lpThis = (CMsgThread *)lpParam;
+ CMsg msg;
+ LRESULT lResult;
+
+ // !!!
+ CoInitialize(NULL);
+
+ // allow a derived class to handle thread startup
+ lpThis->OnThreadInit();
+
+ do {
+ lpThis->GetThreadMsg(&msg);
+ lResult = lpThis->ThreadMessageProc(msg.uMsg,msg.dwFlags,
+ msg.lpParam, msg.pEvent);
+ } while (lResult == 0L);
+
+ // !!!
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return (DWORD)lResult;
+}
+
+
+// Block until the next message is placed on the list m_ThreadQueue.
+// copies the message to the message pointed to by *pmsg
+void
+CMsgThread::GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg)
+{
+ CMsg * pmsg = NULL;
+
+ // keep trying until a message appears
+ while (TRUE) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ pmsg = m_ThreadQueue.RemoveHead();
+ if (pmsg == NULL) {
+ m_lWaiting++;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // the semaphore will be signalled when it is non-empty
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+ // copy fields to caller's CMsg
+ *msg = *pmsg;
+
+ // this CMsg was allocated by the 'new' in PutThreadMsg
+ delete pmsg;
+
+}
+
+// Helper function - convert int to WSTR
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(wstr, 12, L"%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ TCHAR temp[12];
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(temp, NUMELMS(temp), "%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ } else {
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, temp, -1, wstr, 12);
+ }
+#endif
+} // IntToWstr
+
+
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT 4
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2 2
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK MEMORY_ALIGNMENT - 1
+
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void * dst, const void * src, size_t count)
+{
+ void * ret = dst;
+
+#ifdef _X86_
+ if (dst <= src || (char *)dst >= ((char *)src + count)) {
+
+ /*
+ * Non-Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from lower addresses to higher addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ cld
+ mov edx,ecx
+ and edx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ shr ecx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2
+ rep movsd
+ or ecx,edx
+ jz memmove_done
+ rep movsb
+memmove_done:
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+
+ /*
+ * Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from higher addresses to lower addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ std
+ add esi,ecx
+ add edi,ecx
+ dec esi
+ dec edi
+ rep movsb
+ cld
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ MoveMemory(dst, src, count);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count)
+{
+ // prevent read overruns
+ if( count + cb_src_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_src_offset > src_size) // prevent read overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // prevent write overruns
+ if( count + cb_dst_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_dst_offset > dst_size) // prevent write overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ memmoveInternal( (BYTE *)dst+cb_dst_offset, (BYTE *)src+cb_src_offset, count);
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/******************************Public*Routine******************************\
+* Debug CCritSec helpers
+*
+* We provide debug versions of the Constructor, destructor, Lock and Unlock
+* routines. The debug code tracks who owns each critical section by
+* maintaining a depth count.
+*
+* History:
+*
+\**************************************************************************/
+
+CCritSec::CCritSec()
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ m_currentOwner = m_lockCount = 0;
+ m_fTrace = FALSE;
+}
+
+CCritSec::~CCritSec()
+{
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Lock()
+{
+ UINT tracelevel=3;
+ DWORD us = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ DWORD currentOwner = m_currentOwner;
+ if (currentOwner && (currentOwner != us)) {
+ // already owned, but not by us
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 2, TEXT("Thread %d about to wait for lock %x owned by %d"),
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), &m_CritSec, currentOwner));
+ tracelevel=2;
+ // if we saw the message about waiting for the critical
+ // section we ensure we see the message when we get the
+ // critical section
+ }
+ }
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ if (0 == m_lockCount++) {
+ // we now own it for the first time. Set owner information
+ m_currentOwner = us;
+
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, tracelevel, TEXT("Thread %d now owns lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Unlock() {
+ if (0 == --m_lockCount) {
+ // about to be unowned
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 3, TEXT("Thread %d releasing lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+
+ m_currentOwner = 0;
+ }
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace)
+{
+ pcCrit->m_fTrace = fTrace;
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR *pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc)
+{
+ *pstrDest = SysAllocString( szSrc );
+ if( !(*pstrDest) ) return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr)
+{
+ if( (PVOID)*pstr == NULL ) return S_FALSE;
+ SysFreeString( *pstr );
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR psz, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppszReturn, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppszReturn, sizeof(LPWSTR));
+ *ppszReturn = NULL;
+ size_t nameLen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCbLengthW(psz, 100000, &nameLen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppszReturn = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ if (*ppszReturn == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*ppszReturn, psz, nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Waits for the HANDLE hObject. While waiting messages sent
+// to windows on our thread by SendMessage will be processed.
+// Using this function to do waits and mutual exclusion
+// avoids some deadlocks in objects with windows.
+// Return codes are the same as for WaitForSingleObject
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ BOOL bPeeked = FALSE;
+ DWORD dwResult;
+ DWORD dwStart;
+ DWORD dwThreadPriority;
+
+ static UINT uMsgId = 0;
+
+ HANDLE hObjects[2] = { hObject, hEvent };
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ dwStart = GetTickCount();
+ }
+ for (; ; ) {
+ DWORD nCount = NULL != hEvent ? 2 : 1;
+
+ // Minimize the chance of actually dispatching any messages
+ // by seeing if we can lock immediately.
+ dwResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, hObjects, FALSE, 0);
+ if (dwResult < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DWORD dwTimeOut = dwWait;
+ if (dwTimeOut > 10) {
+ dwTimeOut = 10;
+ }
+ dwResult = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(
+ nCount,
+ hObjects,
+ FALSE,
+ dwTimeOut,
+ hwnd == NULL ? QS_SENDMESSAGE :
+ QS_SENDMESSAGE + QS_POSTMESSAGE);
+ if (dwResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount ||
+ dwResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT && dwTimeOut != dwWait) {
+ MSG msg;
+ if (hwnd != NULL) {
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, uMsg, uMsg, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ DispatchMessage(&msg);
+ }
+ }
+ // Do this anyway - the previous peek doesn't flush out the
+ // messages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ DWORD dwNow = GetTickCount();
+
+ // Working with differences handles wrap-around
+ DWORD dwDiff = dwNow - dwStart;
+ if (dwDiff > dwWait) {
+ dwWait = 0;
+ } else {
+ dwWait -= dwDiff;
+ }
+ dwStart = dwNow;
+ }
+ if (!bPeeked) {
+ // Raise our priority to prevent our message queue
+ // building up
+ dwThreadPriority = GetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread());
+ if (dwThreadPriority < THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST);
+ }
+ bPeeked = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (bPeeked) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), dwThreadPriority);
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ if (uMsgId == 0) {
+ uMsgId = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AMUnblock"));
+ }
+ if (uMsgId != 0) {
+ MSG msg;
+ // Remove old ones
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)-1, uMsgId, uMsgId, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ }
+ }
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), uMsgId, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ return dwResult;
+}
+
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult()
+{
+ DWORD dwLastError = GetLastError();
+ if(dwLastError != 0)
+ {
+ return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(dwLastError);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+}
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp)
+{
+ if (lp != NULL)
+ lp->AddRef();
+ if (*pp)
+ (*pp)->Release();
+ *pp = lp;
+ return lp;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+
+CompatibleTimeSetEvent
+
+ CompatibleTimeSetEvent() sets the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag before calling
+timeSetEvent() if the current operating system supports it. TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS
+is supported on Windows XP and later operating systems.
+
+Parameters:
+- The same parameters as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+Return Value:
+- The same return value as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+******************************************************************************/
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent )
+{
+ #if WINVER >= 0x0501
+ {
+ static bool fCheckedVersion = false;
+ static bool fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = false;
+
+ if( !fCheckedVersion ) {
+ fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable();
+ fCheckedVersion = true;
+ }
+
+ if( fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable ) {
+ fuEvent = fuEvent | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif // WINVER >= 0x0501
+
+ return timeSetEvent( uDelay, uResolution, lpTimeProc, dwUser, fuEvent );
+}
+
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void )
+{
+ OSVERSIONINFO osverinfo;
+
+ osverinfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osverinfo);
+
+ if( GetVersionEx( &osverinfo ) ) {
+
+ // Windows XP's major version is 5 and its' minor version is 1.
+ // timeSetEvent() started supporting the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag
+ // in Windows XP.
+ if( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion > 5) ||
+ ( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion == 5) && (osverinfo.dwMinorVersion >= 1) ) ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.h b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..305974a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Samples/multimedia/directshow/baseclasses/wxutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines helper classes and functions for
+// building multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXUTIL__
+#define __WXUTIL__
+
+// eliminate spurious "statement has no effect" warnings.
+#pragma warning(disable: 4705)
+
+// wrapper for whatever critical section we have
+class CCritSec {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CCritSec(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+ CCritSec &operator=(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+
+ CRITICAL_SECTION m_CritSec;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+public:
+ DWORD m_currentOwner;
+ DWORD m_lockCount;
+ BOOL m_fTrace; // Trace this one
+public:
+ CCritSec();
+ ~CCritSec();
+ void Lock();
+ void Unlock();
+#else
+
+public:
+ CCritSec() {
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ ~CCritSec() {
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Lock() {
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Unlock() {
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+#endif
+};
+
+//
+// To make deadlocks easier to track it is useful to insert in the
+// code an assertion that says whether we own a critical section or
+// not. We make the routines that do the checking globals to avoid
+// having different numbers of member functions in the debug and
+// retail class implementations of CCritSec. In addition we provide
+// a routine that allows usage of specific critical sections to be
+// traced. This is NOT on by default - there are far too many.
+//
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace);
+#else
+ #define CritCheckIn(x) TRUE
+ #define CritCheckOut(x) TRUE
+ #define DbgLockTrace(pc, fT)
+#endif
+
+
+// locks a critical section, and unlocks it automatically
+// when the lock goes out of scope
+class CAutoLock {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAutoLock(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+ CAutoLock &operator=(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+
+protected:
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+
+public:
+ CAutoLock(CCritSec * plock)
+ {
+ m_pLock = plock;
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ };
+
+ ~CAutoLock() {
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+ };
+};
+
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects
+class CAMEvent
+{
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMEvent(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+ CAMEvent &operator=(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hEvent;
+public:
+ CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset = FALSE, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CAMEvent();
+
+ // Cast to HANDLE - we don't support this as an lvalue
+ operator HANDLE () const { return m_hEvent; };
+
+ void Set() {EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hEvent));};
+ BOOL Wait(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE) {
+ return (WaitForSingleObject(m_hEvent, dwTimeout) == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ };
+ void Reset() { ResetEvent(m_hEvent); };
+ BOOL Check() { return Wait(0); };
+};
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects that do message processing
+// This adds ONE method to the CAMEvent object to allow sent
+// messages to be processed while waiting
+
+class CAMMsgEvent : public CAMEvent
+{
+
+public:
+
+ CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+
+ // Allow SEND messages to be processed while waiting
+ BOOL WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE);
+};
+
+// old name supported for the time being
+#define CTimeoutEvent CAMEvent
+
+// support for a worker thread
+
+#ifdef AM_NOVTABLE
+// simple thread class supports creation of worker thread, synchronization
+// and communication. Can be derived to simplify parameter passing
+class AM_NOVTABLE CAMThread {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMThread(const CAMThread &refThread);
+ CAMThread &operator=(const CAMThread &refThread);
+
+ CAMEvent m_EventSend;
+ CAMEvent m_EventComplete;
+
+ DWORD m_dwParam;
+ DWORD m_dwReturnVal;
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+ // thread will run this function on startup
+ // must be supplied by derived class
+ virtual DWORD ThreadProc() = 0;
+
+public:
+ CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CAMThread();
+
+ CCritSec m_AccessLock; // locks access by client threads
+ CCritSec m_WorkerLock; // locks access to shared objects
+
+ // thread initially runs this. param is actually 'this'. function
+ // just gets this and calls ThreadProc
+ static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv);
+
+ // start thread running - error if already running
+ BOOL Create();
+
+ // signal the thread, and block for a response
+ //
+ DWORD CallWorker(DWORD);
+
+ // accessor thread calls this when done with thread (having told thread
+ // to exit)
+ void Close() {
+
+ // Disable warning: Conversion from LONG to PVOID of greater size
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312)
+ HANDLE hThread = (HANDLE)InterlockedExchangePointer(&m_hThread, 0);
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+ if (hThread) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ }
+ };
+
+ // ThreadExists
+ // Return TRUE if the thread exists. FALSE otherwise
+ BOOL ThreadExists(void) const
+ {
+ if (m_hThread == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // wait for the next request
+ DWORD GetRequest();
+
+ // is there a request?
+ BOOL CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam);
+
+ // reply to the request
+ void Reply(DWORD);
+
+ // If you want to do WaitForMultipleObjects you'll need to include
+ // this handle in your wait list or you won't be responsive
+ HANDLE GetRequestHandle() const { return m_EventSend; };
+
+ // Find out what the request was
+ DWORD GetRequestParam() const { return m_dwParam; };
+
+ // call CoInitializeEx (COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE) if
+ // available. S_FALSE means it's not available.
+ static HRESULT CoInitializeHelper();
+};
+#endif // AM_NOVTABLE
+
+
+// CQueue
+//
+// Implements a simple Queue ADT. The queue contains a finite number of
+// objects, access to which is controlled by a semaphore. The semaphore
+// is created with an initial count (N). Each time an object is added
+// a call to WaitForSingleObject is made on the semaphore's handle. When
+// this function returns a slot has been reserved in the queue for the new
+// object. If no slots are available the function blocks until one becomes
+// available. Each time an object is removed from the queue ReleaseSemaphore
+// is called on the semaphore's handle, thus freeing a slot in the queue.
+// If no objects are present in the queue the function blocks until an
+// object has been added.
+
+#define DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE 2
+
+template <class T> class CQueue {
+private:
+ HANDLE hSemPut; // Semaphore controlling queue "putting"
+ HANDLE hSemGet; // Semaphore controlling queue "getting"
+ CRITICAL_SECTION CritSect; // Thread seriallization
+ int nMax; // Max objects allowed in queue
+ int iNextPut; // Array index of next "PutMsg"
+ int iNextGet; // Array index of next "GetMsg"
+ T *QueueObjects; // Array of objects (ptr's to void)
+
+ void Initialize(int n) {
+ iNextPut = iNextGet = 0;
+ nMax = n;
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ hSemPut = CreateSemaphore(NULL, n, n, NULL);
+ hSemGet = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, n, NULL);
+ QueueObjects = new T[n];
+ }
+
+
+public:
+ CQueue(int n) {
+ Initialize(n);
+ }
+
+ CQueue() {
+ Initialize(DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE);
+ }
+
+ ~CQueue() {
+ delete [] QueueObjects;
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ CloseHandle(hSemPut);
+ CloseHandle(hSemGet);
+ }
+
+ T GetQueueObject() {
+ int iSlot;
+ T Object;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to put something on our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an object on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemGet, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextGet++ % nMax;
+ Object = QueueObjects[iSlot];
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to put an object onto our queue as there
+ // is now space available in the queue.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemPut, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ return Object;
+ }
+
+ void PutQueueObject(T Object) {
+ int iSlot;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to get something from our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an empty slot on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemPut, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextPut++ % nMax;
+ QueueObjects[iSlot] = Object;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to remove an object from our queue as there
+ // is now an object available to be removed.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemGet, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ }
+};
+
+// Ensures that memory is not read past the length source buffer
+// and that memory is not written past the length of the dst buffer
+// dst - buffer to copy to
+// dst_size - total size of destination buffer
+// cb_dst_offset - offset, first byte copied to dst+cb_dst_offset
+// src - buffer to copy from
+// src_size - total size of source buffer
+// cb_src_offset - offset, first byte copied from src+cb_src_offset
+// count - number of bytes to copy
+//
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_INVALIDARG - values passed would lead to overrun
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count);
+
+extern "C"
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void *, const void *, size_t);
+
+inline void * __cdecl memchrInternal(const void *buf, int chr, size_t cnt)
+{
+#ifdef _X86_
+ void *pRet = NULL;
+
+ _asm {
+ cld // make sure we get the direction right
+ mov ecx, cnt // num of bytes to scan
+ mov edi, buf // pointer byte stream
+ mov eax, chr // byte to scan for
+ repne scasb // look for the byte in the byte stream
+ jnz exit_memchr // Z flag set if byte found
+ dec edi // scasb always increments edi even when it
+ // finds the required byte
+ mov pRet, edi
+exit_memchr:
+ }
+ return pRet;
+
+#else
+ while ( cnt && (*(unsigned char *)buf != (unsigned char)chr) ) {
+ buf = (unsigned char *)buf + 1;
+ cnt--;
+ }
+
+ return(cnt ? (void *)buf : NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr);
+
+#define WstrToInt(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiW(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiA(sz) atoi(sz)
+
+// These are available to help managing bitmap VIDEOINFOHEADER media structures
+
+extern const DWORD bits555[3];
+extern const DWORD bits565[3];
+extern const DWORD bits888[3];
+
+// These help convert between VIDEOINFOHEADER and BITMAPINFO structures
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+// strmbase.lib implements this for compatibility with people who
+// managed to link to this directly. we don't want to advertise it.
+//
+// STDAPI_(/* T */ CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype);
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameW
+#else
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameA
+#endif
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+
+#ifdef __AMVIDEO__
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+#endif // __AMVIDEO__
+
+
+// Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond);
+
+// This is for comparing pins
+#define EqualPins(pPin1, pPin2) IsEqualObject(pPin1, pPin2)
+
+
+// Arithmetic helper functions
+
+// Compute (a * b + rnd) / c
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG rnd);
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG rnd);
+
+
+// Avoids us dyna-linking to SysAllocString to copy BSTR strings
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR * pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc);
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr);
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR pszString, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn);
+
+// Special wait for objects owning windows
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd = NULL,
+ UINT uMsg = 0,
+ HANDLE hEvent = NULL);
+
+// HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 converts ERROR_SUCCESS to a success code, but in
+// our use of HRESULT_FROM_WIN32, it typically means a function failed
+// to call SetLastError(), and we still want a failure code.
+//
+#define AmHresultFromWin32(x) (MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, x))
+
+// call GetLastError and return an HRESULT value that will fail the
+// SUCCEEDED() macro.
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult(void);
+
+// duplicate of ATL's CComPtr to avoid linker conflicts.
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp);
+
+template <class T>
+class QzCComPtr
+{
+public:
+ typedef T _PtrClass;
+ QzCComPtr() {p=NULL;}
+ QzCComPtr(T* lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ QzCComPtr(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp.p) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ ~QzCComPtr() {if (p) p->Release();}
+ void Release() {if (p) p->Release(); p=NULL;}
+ operator T*() {return (T*)p;}
+ T& operator*() {ASSERT(p!=NULL); return *p; }
+ //The assert on operator& usually indicates a bug. If this is really
+ //what is needed, however, take the address of the p member explicitly.
+ T** operator&() { ASSERT(p==NULL); return &p; }
+ T* operator->() { ASSERT(p!=NULL); return p; }
+ T* operator=(T* lp){return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp);}
+ T* operator=(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp.p);
+ }
+#if _MSC_VER>1020
+ bool operator!(){return (p == NULL);}
+#else
+ BOOL operator!(){return (p == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE;}
+#endif
+ T* p;
+};
+
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent );
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void );
+
+// Helper to replace lstrcpmi
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentW(LPCWSTR lpsz1, LPCWSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringW(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(LPCSTR lpsz1, LPCSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringA(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+
+#endif /* __WXUTIL__ */
